ae 


rei 
ie 
Ny 










Ae 


_ EDUCATION LER, 


‘ 


oot 


Lente \ 












Digitized t by le ator Archive 
Jin ee wit Tundi fe 


/ 
i} 


spill ompletefrenchco os art 


oe —- “ffm De 


21 Sk yak ON ag 


meee NCH COURSE 


BASED ON THE 


firse and Second French Courses 


OF 


Ce “CHARDENAEL 


BACHELIER ES LETTRES DE L’UNIVERSITE DE FRANCE 


Boston 
ALLYN AND BACON 


| Copyright, 1892, by John Allyn] 


or fo oe oh w 
' 4 my ay 
zg ell 
mae ~ ‘ 
Vie ; 
Rey 
* 
nay 
Sia | 
w 
- 
. 
' 
. 
~ 
é 
a 
: 
i 
. \ 
< 
. 





CONTENTS. 


Ture NumBErRS REFER TO THE PAGES. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The alphabet : : 
Accents, apostrophe, penne, cedilla, divresis - 
Pronunciation . . . 

Division of syllables, capital letters . 


THE ARTICLE. 


Un, une, le, la 

Du, au, de la, ala. 

De I’, al’, des, aux 

The article before nouns used i ina 4 general sense 
The partitive article 


Before the names of places, rivers, a sh ietine ‘ 


Before nouns of weight, measure, or number 
Table of the articles : 


THE NOUN. 


The possessive case 

Formation of the plural . 

Nouns of quantity to be followed by de 
Collective nouns : - 

The gender of inanimate piaecis : 
Formation of the feminine of animate beings 


THE ADJECTIVE. 


Formation of the feminine . ; 
Formation of the plural. . . . « « « 


7441 


‘ 


o eae ee) O 


ll 

23, 24 

25, 27 

47 

47, 52, 67 
185, 186 
190 

273 


ae eeeeer) Caan 
. 19, 45, 276 


12,88; 91,277 
20, 45 


lV CONTENTS. 


PAGE 
Agreement in gender and number . . ..... . . 12,20,21 
The position of adjectives . . . . . . . . . « « Soe 0Gmeee 
Comparison . ss aces ote a ee 3 ee 
Numerical adjectives. =. . . . 1. . » « « «| 64) 002 ueeE 
Possessive adjectives . . . . . . =. . . 18, 23, 205) ogee 
Mon, ton, son before a vowel t5 cb syseipe yee se 8 ee 


Demonstrative adjectives’ =. 2... Si ws 
Tntérrogative adjectives. 2. 62... we et oe 
Tout, tous. . . - 2 ee 


» Adjectives which change their meaning with their ‘position -. 3818 


THE PRONOUN. 


Aereement in genderand number . =< . -. . =. ee 
POSSESSIVE PrONOUNS . . 1 .vrs yey ees el 8 29 Ae 
Demonstrative pronouns. . .. .. . . +. «=. « 2,05, pemes 
Glest ang ce, sont: 22. we Ay s+) 8 a ee ee 
Relative pronouns. . . oj 0s 2 G4 secon @) oS ae 
That and which always to be expressed o 8 6) ee, 0h 
CoguL and Co quesa. iss. us es > TESS ids ye :) 24 
interrocative pronouns. = =... s \\. 5 -s uae ‘58, 60, 72, 221 
Personal pronouns. . » Te) WAS tees oy 49. 125 ees 
Order of the personal pronouns erm eer ere 
Disjunctive pronouns. . 2 6 « 6 el 6! 6s OSS aa aeans 
En and y; their use and position 2 ee we eo ee, 
Tmdefinite pronounjon -— ..0 2%. «) . so «s,s a ee 


Meeerpronoun le Fs. ee) ge i 


AUXILIARY VERBS. 


Hxercises on avoir and 6tre  . . . « = + « «¥s) (cg eget een 


Use of the past tenses. . 5 a ie Ga veo a ee nek sot 
The future after quand, des que Gls Spanier ve Ves ae: oe ee omens 
Enture and conditional after si. . . .-. 4 «ss % os Sse 
Idiomatic uses Of @VOIT .) sc. 6s 8s Ss oe 
Conjugation of avoir and @tre. . . .... . =. . . . 281-290 


REGULAR VERBS. 
First. Conjugation: 4s). ...he.(.6) Ghysti.ey oy iy eka eae te eee 


Unfinished action or state... <2 -.. 08. » ile ot Std) a eee 
Second Conjugation .- .. «25m se jes nw te et 
Third Conjugation . Ce ae ee ere eee i” 
Peculiarities in the first conjugation 5) “oe Seay es gia Te ieee 


Propominal’verbs «0... e soe sce 6 es, Se GS 1S are ae 


| 
4 


CONTENTS. 


‘The passive form ; 

; The preterite or past definite tense : 

The past anterior tense . 

The formation of tenses . : 
Table of terminations of all the eiaieeicione 
-The conjugations in all their tenses 

The conjugation in -evoir 

Conjugation of a reflective verb . 
Conjugation of a reciprocal verb . 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 


Formation of teuses 
Conjugation of aller : 
Conjugation of partir and sortir ; 
Conjugation of sentir. . . . we a, 3S 
Conjugation of courir and mourir 
Conjugation of acquérir and ouvrir . 
Conjugation of cueillir and assaillir 
Conjugation of tenir and venir 
Conjugation of voir and mouvoir . 
Conjugation of s’asseoir and pleuvoir 
jugation of valoir and savoir . 
Conjugation of connaitre and naitre 


_ Conjugation of prendre 


Conjugation of mettre and suivre ... . 
Conjugation of vivre and craindre 
Conjugation of pouvoir . 
Conjugation of vouloir 

Conjugation of devoir 

Conjugation of faire . : 
Conjugation of plaire and conduire : 
Conjugation of dire : 
Conjugation of lire and €crire . 
Conjugation of rire, nuire, and luire 
Conjugation of croire and vaincre 
Conjugation of falloir .. . 
Tables of all irregular verbs 


THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 


Compared with the indicative . 
After impersonal verbs ; 
After negative or interrogative verbs 


4 


PAGE 


147, 241, 298, 299 


185, 188 


223, 224 


179 
181 
183 
291 


. 292-296 


297 
300 
302 


194, 195 


248 
951, 252 
255 
304-315 


} 
fhe os 


v1 CONTENTS. 


After verbs expressing emotion 

Used with ne after craindre, prendre gare, aa 
After a superlative and after conjunctions 
Agreement of tenses of the subjunctive 
Compared with the infinitive mood . 

After the conjunction que 09 

The pluperfect used for the past youn! 


THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 


Used without a preposition after certain verbs . 
Used with the preposition de after certain verbs 
Used with the preposition a after certain verbs . 
Compared with the subjunctive mood 


THE PARTICIPLES. 


Agreement of the past participle . 
Translation of the past participle . 
Use of the present participle 


THE ADVERB. 


Adverbs of quantity 
Position of adverbs 
Adverbs of negation 
Translation of how long 
Ne used without pas 
‘Variation of tout 


<\ Formation of adverbs 


THE PREPOSITION. 


Repeated before anoun. . . 
De after nouns of quantity . q 
Before the names of towns or countries 


( De used before nouns indicating the material 
\.A used before nouns indicating use or fitness 


Pendant and depuis 


EXTRACTS 
APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES 
VOCABULARIES .. ..3 % 


. 164, 258, 259 


PAGE 
158 
160 
162 


178 
252 
260 


168, 316 
170, 316 
Vee ia 

173 


42-44 
. 64, 246 


. 66, 68, 116 


102, 108 


160, 226, 243, 252 


203 
320 


17 
a 

. 47, 186 
192 

193 


. 100, 102, 249 


263-272 
273-320 


321 


INTRODUCTION. 





THE ALPHABET. 


a b c d e ‘eat h re 
gue be “ke de e "fe \gque hé 4 ~ ge 


u yes ye 
U we fkse 4 ze 


The vowels have their usual French sounds. Be, ke, de, e, etc., have 
about the sounds of English but, cut, dum, up, etc., omitting the final 
consonant. The win gue issilent. The 7 of je sounds like sz in English 
vision. W appears in a few words taken from foreign languages, and 
usually has the sound of v. 


ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS. 


Accents. — Apostrophe. — Hyphen. — Cedilla. — Dieresis. 


Three orthographic marks are called accents, — the 
acute (’), the grave (), and the circumflex (°*). 


The acute accent (’) is used only over the vowel e (6), 
which then has the sound of a in date. As été, vérité. 


The grave accent (°) is used chiefly over the vowel e (8), 
which then has nearly the sound of ai in air. ‘As pres, 
pére. It is used over a and w merely to distinguish 

l 


2 INTRODUCTION. 


certain words which are otherwise spelled alike, and does 
not alter the pronunciation. As a (to) from a (has); la 
(there) from la (the or her); ou (where) from ou (07). 


The circumflex accent (*) is used on any vowel, which 
is then long. As Age, téte, ile, ddme, bfiche. It fre- 
quently indicates that a letter has been dropped. 


These accents do not imply any stress of voice on the syllable where 
they occur. 


The apostrophe (’) indicates that one of the vowels a, 
e, or i has been dropped before a word beginning with 
a vowel or h mute. 

a is elided only in the article or pronoun la; as l’ame for la ame. 

e is elided in le, je, me, te, se, de, ce, ne, que (but when je, ce, le, 
and la come directly after the verb, either as subjects or objects, no 
elision takes place); in jusque and lorsque; in puisque and quoique 
before il, ils, elle, elles, on, un, une; in quelque before un, une; and 
in entre in compound words. 

i is elided only in si before il or ils. 

No elision occurs before onze, onziéme, oui, huit, huitiéme. 


The hyphen (-) marks the connection between two or 
more words or parts of a word. 

The hyphen is used between the verb and the pronouns 
je, moi, nous, tu, toi, vous, il, ils, elle, elles, le, la, les, lui, 
leur, y, en, ce, on, when they are placed after a verb of 
which they are subjects or objects. The other cases of 
its use will be noticed as they occur. 


The cedilla (¢) is put under e when it has the sound 
of s before a, 0, or u. As frangais, gargon, regu. 


The dizresis (-:) is placed over the second of two vowels 
to show that it begins a new syllable. As naif, noél. 


INTRODUCTION. 3 


PRONUNCIATION. 


Simple Vowels. 


a (short) has a sound between the @ of bar and the a in 
mat. As la, the; quatre, four; table, table. 

a (long) or 4 has the sound of @ in dar. The mouth 
should be opened wide. As Ame, soul; batir, to build ; 
sale, dirty ; fable, fable. 


a is silent in adut, Curagao, toast, Sadne. 


é has the sound of a in late. As été, summer ; vérité, 
truth. 

é and é vary in sound between the e of met and the ai 
of air. The mouth should be opened wide. As pres, 
near ; mére, mother ; téte, head ; méme, same. 

e without an accent has a sound between the zw in but 
and the wu in burr. As de, of; je, J; venir, to come. At 
the end of words of more than one syllable it is silent; 
as dame, /ady ; farine, flour. After two consonants, or — 
at the end of a syllable and preceding a consonant, its 
sound is very indistinct; merely sufficient to pronounce 
the consonant before it; as arbre, tree ; samedi, Satuwr- 
day. It has the sound of é (a in date) before final d, f, 
r, t, 2, When mute; as pied, foot ; clef, key ; parler, to 
speak ; et, and ; nez, nose. It has the sound of @ before 
¢, f, l, 7, s, t, « not mute, before a double consonant, and 
in the words les, des, ces, mes, tes, ses; as bec, beak ; 
chef, chief; sel, salt ; fer, iron ; net, clean ; ferme, farm. 


In femme, woman; solennel, solemn ; hennir, to neigh; and in all ad- 
verbs ending in -emment, the first e has the sound of French short a. 


i and i usually have the sound.of 2 in machine. As 
midi, noon ; ile, island ; fini, finished. 


4. INTRODUCTION. 


o (open) has a sound between the o of not and the wu of 
nut. Mode, fashion ; mol, soft. 

o (close) has the sound of 0 in note. As mot, word ; 
cété, side. 

o is silent in faon, Laon, paon, taon. 


u has no equivalent in English; it can be formed by 
trying to pronounce French i with the lips in the position 
for whistling. Lune, moon; murmure, murmur. It is 
usually silent after gy and also when standing between 
gandeor?. As quatre, four; guerre, war; guide, guide. 


y following a consonant, or standing alone, has the 
sound of French i. As type, type; y, there. 

y standing between two vowels performs the office of iy, the 7 unit- 
ing with the preceding vowel. As rayon (ray) = rai-yon; appuyer 
(to support) = appui-yer. (See below, Compound Vowels.) Pays, 
paysan, paysage — pai-is, etc. 


Nasal Vowels. 


m and n, when final or before a consonant, lose their 
value as consonants and form with the preceding vowel a 
nasal sound which is a true vowel. These sounds have 
no exact equivalents in English; and in pronouncing 
them, care must be taken that no consonant m. n, or ng 
be heard. 


They are divided into four groups. 


an 

am | =nasal a= French long a pronounced through 
en the nose. 

em 


As dans, in; lampe, lamp; enfant, child ; empire, 
empire. 


INTRODUCTION. 5 


in 

im f 2 : : 

: = so-called nasal i = English a in man pro- 
ain 

ape, nounced through the nose. 
alm | 

ein } 


As vin, wine; important, important ; pain, bread ; 
faim, hunger ; sein, breast. 
on) = nasal o= French open o pronounced through 
om) the nose. 


As ponton, pontoon ; nom, name. 


un 
= nasal eu = French eu (see p. 6) pronounced 
um 
through the nose. 
eun 


As brun, brown ; parfum, perfume ; a jeun, fasting. 


In words ending in -ien and in the verbs tenir, venir, 
and their compounds, en after i has the sound of nasal i 
As bien, well ; viens, come. En is silent in the third 
person plural of verbs. As ils aiment, they love. Other- 
wise en nearly always has the sound of nasal a, as given 
in the first group. 


Vowels are not nasalized before double n or double 
m, nor before n or m followed by a vowel or h mute. As 
ame, sou/ ; une, one ; pomme, apple ; inhumain, inhuman. 


But the nasal sound is heard in ennui and its derivatives, and in all 
words beginning with emm. 


Compound Vowels and Diphthongs. 


A compound vowel is the union of two or more vowels, 
with the sound of a single vowel. 

A diphthong is the union of two vowels, both of which 
are heard in pronunciation. 


6 INTRODUCTION. 


ai at the end of verbs, in gai, quai, and in je sais, tu 
sais, il sait, has the sound of é; otherwise it has the 
sound of &. As jai, J have; mais, but ; vrai, true. 

In faisant, doing, and its derivatives, it has the sound of wu in but. 

au, eau have the sound of o in note. As autre, other ; 
beau, handsome. In Paul, mauvais (bad), and before r, 
an au has the sound of open o. 

ei has the sound of @&. As reine, queen. 


eu, oeu have no equivalent in English. The sound is 
somewhat hke that of 7 in siv, and is longer in some words 
than in others. As feu, fire ; fleur, flower ; ceuf, egg. 

In all parts of the verb avoir, to have, eu has the sound of u. 

ou has the sound of 00 in moon. As jour, day. 

oi has nearly the sound of wa in wash. As moi, me. 

In all other diphthongs the first vowel is pronounced 
quickly and the voice dwells on the second. As ciel, 
heaven ; Dieu, God ; bruit, noise ; oui, yes ; juin, June. 


Consonants. 


Final consonants are generally silent except c, f, 1, r. 
Otherwise they usually have the same sound as in 
English. 


ce before e, i, y, or with the cedilla (¢) has the sound of s. 
As ceci, this ; legon, lesson ; regu, received. Otherwise it 
has the sound of k. As car, for ; col, neck ; avec, with. 

¢ final is silent after n (as blane, white; france, frank), and in aceroce, 
broc, clerc, cric, échecs, escroc, estomac, lacs, raccroc, tabac. It has 
the sound of hard g in second and its derivatives. 

ch has the sound of chin chagrin. As chat, cat ; cher- 
cher, to seek. 

ch before a consonant, and usually in words derived from the Greek, 


has the sound of k. As yacht (tak); orchestre, orchestra; choeur, 
choir. It is silent in almanach. 


INTRODUCTION. 7 


d final is sounded in proper names (as David) and in sud, south. 

f final is silent in clef (key), cerf (stag), chef-d’ceuvre; and also in 
the plurals beufs (oxen), eufs (eggs), nerfs (nerves), though heard in 
the singulars beuf, euf, nerf. In neuf, nine, f is silent before a con- 
sonant, and has the sound of v before a vowel or h mute. 

g before e,i, and y has the sound of s in pleasure ; 
before a, o, and u, the sound of gin gag. As gingembre, 
ginger ; gage, pledge. gn sounds like gn in mignonette. 
As agneau, lamb. 

h is not heard in pronunciation. It is called mute when 
the final vowel of the preceding word is elided before it; 
and aspirate when no elision takes place. As homme, 
the man ; le héros, the hero. 

Whether the h is mute or aspirate can be learned only by observa- 
tion and practice. The following are among the most usual words in 
which the his aspirate. Lahache, the axe; la haie, the hedge; la haine, 
hate; une halle, a market-place ; les hardes, the clothes ; les haricots, 
the beans ; le hasard, the chance ; la hate, haste ; le haut, the summit ; 
le héros, the hero (but Vhéroine, V’héroisme); la honte, the shame; le 
Havre, Havre ; la Hollande, Holland ; le huit, the eight (but mute in 
dix-huit and vingt-huit). 

j has the sound of s in pleasure. As jour, day ; joli, 
pretty. 

ill, not initial, and il, when final, form the so-called 
liquid l, with nearly the sound of y in your. As péril, 
peril , fille, daughter. | 

Any vowel standing before the liquid Z does not form a 
diphthong with the i, but retains its own sound; ue and 
oe have then the sound of eu. As paille, straw ; soleil, 
sun ; feuille, /eaf; orgueil, pride ; cil, eye. 

There is no liquid sound in il, exil, vil, fil, mil, mille, civil, profil, 
nil, Achille, Lille, tranquille, pupille, ville, village, distiller, vaciller, 
osciller, etc. 


1 is silent in baril, chenil, coutil, fils, fusil, gentil, gril, outil, persil, 
pouls, sofil, sourcil. 


8 INTRODUCTION. 


m and n, if the preceding vowel is not nasal, have the same sound as 
in English. m is silent in damner and its compounds and in automne. 


p is silent in baptéme, compte, corps, dompter, exempt, temps, 
sculpter, sept, and their compounds. ph has the sound of f. 
’ qu has the sound of &. As qui, who ; qualité, quality. 


In aquarelle, équateur, équation, loquace, quadrupéde, quartz, and 
a few other words qu has the same sound as in English. In cing 
followed by a consonant q is silent. 


ris articulated much more distinctly than in English. 

As rue, street ; riviére, river. 
~~ r final is sounded when preceded by a, i, 0, u (as car, 

for ; finir, to finish ; dur, hard), in monosyllables ending 
in -er (as fer, i7on), and in amer, bitter ; cuiller, spoon ; 
enfer, jell ; fier, proud ; hier, yesterday ; hiver, winter. 

In other words final er is sounded like 6. As parler, 
to speak ; dernier, last. 

Both r’s are distinctly sounded in the future and conditional tenses 
of acquérir, courir, and mourir, to distinguish them from other forms 


with a single r. As nous courons, we run; nous courrons, we shall run. 
It is always silent in monsieur. 


s between two vowels has the sound of s in please. As 
voisin, neighbor ; base, base. 


Except in parasol, désuétude, and in compound words, where s re- 
tains the hissing sound of its simple form. As préséance, precedence , 
vraisemblable, /ike/y. 


Otherwise it has the sound of s in sister. As sensation, 
sensation ; prisme, prism; héroisme, heroism. 


Except in transaction, transalpin, transiger, transit, transitif, tran- 
sition, and balsamine, in which it has the sound of z. 

s final is silent, except in aloés, as, atlas, blocus, cens, chorus, der- 
vis, en-sus, fils, florés, gratis, iris, jadis, laps, lis (though silent in 
fleur-de-lis), mais, mars, mceurs, ours, rébus, Rheims, rhinoceros, sinus, 
sens (usually), tous (when used without a noun), vis, and in Greek and 
Latin names. 


INTRODUCTION. 9 


In le Christ both s and t are pronounced, but in Jesus-Christ both 
are silent. 

t usually sounds as in tutor. It has the hissing sound 
of s in the combinations -tion, -tial, -tiel, -tieux, and in a 
few words ending in -tie, which in Enghsh end in -cy. 
As situation, situation ; partialité, partiality ; essentiel, 
essential ; factieux, factious ; démocratie, democracy. 
Also in balbutier, initier, patience, ineptie, minutie, and 
in proper names ending in -tien; as Vénitien, a Venetian. 

In the past tenses of verbs, or when preceded by s, t retains its hard 
sound. As nous partions, question. 

th always has the sound of ¢. As théatre, theatre. 


t final is silent, except in brut, chut, dot, déficit, est (east), fat, 
granit, lest, mat, net, ouest and most words ending in -ct. In sept 
and huit, the t is mute only before a noun or adjective beginning with 
a consonant ; as dans huit jours. In vingt, t is always mute except 
in the numbers 21 to 29 inclusive. 

x usually has the sound of ks. As boxer, to box. ex 
initial and followed by a vowel or h mute has the sound 
of gz. As exil, exile ; examen, examination. 

It has the sound of ss in Bruxelles, soixante, six, and dix; but the 
x of six and dix is silent before a consonant, and sounds like z before a 


yowel or i mute. It has the sound of z in deuxiéme, sixiéme, dixiéme, 
dix-sept, dix-huit, dix-neuf. 


The Union of Words. 


The last consonant of a word, standing before a word be- 
ginning with a vowel or h mute and closely connected with 
it in sense, is often carried over to it in pronunciation. 


In such cases s and x have the sound of z, d that of t, and e and g 
that of k. As mes amis, ils ont, aux armes, grand homme, avec elle, 
rang élevé. 

This union of words, called liaison, is necessary in public speaking 
or reading ; in conversation it is used only when the words thus joined 
cannot do without each other. 


10 INTRODUCTION. 


Division of Syllables. 


In the body of a word each syllable must if possible 
begin with a consonant; as mo-ra-li-té, a-ma-bi-li-té. 

If there are two consonants the division usually takes 
place between the two; as hom-me, vil-le, par-tir, en- 
ten-du. But if the second is 1 or r (and the first is 
neither 1 nor r), or if the two are gn, the division takes 
place before the two; as é-glise, no-tre, vi-gne. 

As h is never heard in pronunciation, the consonant 
which precedes it is always carried, in speaking, to the 
following vowel; as i-nhu-main, i-nha-bi-té. 


The compound consonant x (=ks or gz) always goes with the pre- 
ceding vowel; as ex-il. 


Capital Letters. 


In French no capital letter is used, except at the be- 
ginning of a sentence, for the names of the months and 
of the days of the week; as avril, lundi: — for any word 
used as an adjective; as un officier frangais :—for any 
word used to signify rank or position; as empereur, roi, 
duc, général, cardinal, docteur, abbé, maire, etc. 


EXERCISES. 





i. 


There are only two genders in French, the masculine 
and the feminine.! 
Before a noun masculine use un for @ or an, use le 
for the. 
Before a noun feminine use une for a or an, and la 
for the. 
_ Before a vowel or A mute use Y instead of le or la. 


pére, father. fils, son. eau (f.), water. 
mére, mother. fille, daughter. et, and. 
crayon (m.), pencil. grammaire (f.), grammar. onele, uncle. 
homme, man. ardoise (f.), slate. 


1. Un pére, une mére. 2. Une meéreetun fils. 3. Un 
fils et une fille. 4. Le crayon et la grammaire. 5. Le 
fils et la fille. 6. Le pere et la mére. 7. Le pére et 
le fils. 8. Une grammaire et un crayon. 9. L’oncle, 
Vhomme, l’ardoise, Veau. 10. Le crayon et l’ardoise. 


11. L’onele et la fille. 12. L’homme, le fils et la fille. 


1. A mother, adaughter. 2. A fatherandason. 3. A 
son and a mother. 4. A mother and a father. 5. The 


1 Practice, and a general Rule to be found in the Appendix, will teach 
the gender of inanimate objects. In the meantime pupils are recommended, 
when learning a French noun, carefully to acquire with it the article denot- 
ing the gender. 


12 EXERCISES. 


grammar and the pencil. 6. A pencil and a grammar. 
7. The daughter and the mother. 8. The son and the 
father. 9. The water and the slate. 10. The man and 
the uncle. 11. The uncle and the son. 12. The slate 
and the grammar. 


2. 


An adjective always agrees in gender with the noun 
which it qualifies. ‘To form the feminine of adjectives, 
add e mute to the masculine. 

Adjectives ending with e mute in the masculine do 
not change in the feminine. 

petit (m.), petite (f.), /ittle, small, short. 

grand (m.), grande (f.), /arge, tall, great. 

bon (m.), bonne (f.),! good. 

mauvais (m.), mauvaise (f.), bad. 
riche, rich. facile, easy. est, zs. 
pauvre, poor. aimable, amiable. trés, very. 

1. Le crayon est bon, l’ardoise est mauvaise. 2. Le 
pere est grand, la fille est petite. 3. Un bon pére, une 
mauvaise mére. 4. Un petit crayon, une grande ardoise. 
5. Le pere est bon, la fille est bonne. 6. Un bon fils et 
une bonne fille. 7. Je mauvais fils et la mauvaise fille. 
8. Le bon pere et la bonne mere. 9. La mere est riche, 
le pére est pauvre. 10. La grammaire est facile. 11. La 
fille est tres? aimable. 12. L’homme est riche. 


1. The bad grammar, the bad slate, the bad pencil. 
2. The water is bad. 3. A good son and a good daugh- 
ter. 4. The slate is good, the pencilis bad. 5. A father 


1 The doubling of the n in this word is an exception which is to be 
explained in § 54. 

2 The last consonant of the words, est, trés, bon, mon, ton, son, is 
always sounded upon the next word if it begins with a vowel, but the 
t of et is never sounded. 


EXERCISES. 15 


is good, a mother is good. 6. The mother is tall, the 
daughter is short. 7. A good grammar, a good pencil, 
a good slate. 8. The uncle is very rich, the father is 
very poor. 9. The son is amiable. 10. The man is 
rich. 11. The grammar.is easy. 12. The son is bad, 


the daughter is very amiable. 


3. 


The possessive adjective his, her, its, always agrees 
in French with the thing possessed, and not, as in 
English, with the possessor. Whoever be the posses- 
sor, we put son before a masculine noun, and sa before 
afeminine. Therefore, before a masenmee noun sin- 
gular, use mon, ton, son; before a feminine noun sin- 
gular, use ma, ta, sa. 


son (m.), sa (f.), his, her, its. 

mon (m.), ma (f.), my. ton (m.), ta (f.), thy. 

a, has. mais, but. aussi, a/so. 
perdu, lost. vu, seen. plume (f.), pen. 


1. Mon oncle a vu son fils et sa fille. 2. Ma fille a 
perdu son crayon et sa grammaire. 3. Ta fille a aussi 
perdu son crayon. 4. Mon fils a perdu sa petite gram- 
maire. 5. Son crayon est mauvais. 6. Sa petite ardoise 
est bonne. 7. Mon peére est grand, mais ma mere est 
petite. 8. Ma mére est une bonne mére. 9. Ta fille est 
une bonne fille. 10. Ton pére est un bon pére. 11. Ton 
fils a une bonne grammaire. 12. Mon oncle a aussi une 
bonne grammaire. 13. Ton fils a un mauvais crayon et 
une mauvaise ardoise. 


1. His mother is good. 2. Hersonis good. 3. His 
daughter is tall, but his father is short. 4. Thy daugh- 


- 


14 EXERCISES. 


ter has lost her pencil, her grammar, and also her large 
slate. 5. The man has seen his son and his daughter. 
6. My uncle has seen thy father and thy daughter. 
7. My son has a good pen. 8. My father, my mother, 
thy daughter, thy son. 9. My son has a good grammar. 
10. My mother is poor, my uncle is rich. 11. My mother 
isa good mother. 12. My son is also a good son. 


4. 


The e of je is suppressed when the following verb be- 
gins with a vowel, and an apostrophe takes its place. 

When the verb is interrogative, it is connected with 
the following pronoun by a hyphen. 


je, I. ai, have. jai, [ have. - ai-jet have I? 
tu, thou. as, hast. tu as, thou hast. as-tu? hast thou? 
notre (m. and f.), our. votre (m. and f.), your. 


leur (m. and f.), their. difficile, difficult. 
exercice (m.), le frére, the brother. 


; exercise. ; 
théme (m.) la sceur, the sister. 


1. J’ai perdu votre crayon. 2. As-tu aussi perdu ma 
grammaire ? 3. Tuas un bon frere et une bonne sceur. 
4, As-tu une bonne mere? 5. J’ai un bon pére et une 
bonne mere. 6. J’ai perdu une grammaire, une ardoise 
etuncrayon. 7. As-tu aussi perdu ton exercice? 8, J’ai 
aussi perdu mon exercice. 9. Notre exercice est difficile. 
10. Votre grammaire est facile. 11. Leur pére est riche, 
mais leur oncle est pauvre. 12. Votre mére est une bonne 
mére. 13. Sa fille a vu notre oncle. 14. Leur sceur a 
une mauvaise grammaire. 


1. Hast thou seen my little sister? 2. I have seen thy 
little sister and thy little brother. 38. Your sister has a 


EXERCISES. nD 


very good daughter. 4. Hast thou lost thy grammar ? 
5. I have lost my grammar, my exercise, and my pencil. 
6. Hast thou seen my father? 7. I have seen your 
father, your sister, and also your uncle. 8. Our gram- 
mar is very easy. 9. Your exercise is very difficult. 
10. Their son has a large slate. 11. Our uncle is rich, 
but our father is very poor. 12. My father has seen 
your mother. 13. Our daughter has a bad grammar. 


5. 
il, he. a, has. il a, he has. a-t-il 21 has he? 
elle, she. a, has. elle a, she has. a-t-elle 21 has she? 
la maison, the house. la tante, the aunt. 
le jardin, the garden. trouvé, found. 
le couteau, the knife. acheté, bought. 


1. J’ai acheté une maison et un jardin. 2. As-tu acheté 
une grande maison? 3. La maison est petite, mais le 
jardin est grand. 4. Mon frere a aussi acheté une mai- 
son. 5. A-t-il aussi acheté un jardin? 6. A-t-elle vu ma 
tante? 7. As-tu trouvé mon couteau? 8. Ta sceur a 
perdu mon crayon, mais elle a trouvé un petit couteau. 
9. Tu as acheté une mauvaise grammaire. 10. Votre 
frére a un mauvais crayon. 11. Notre fils a aussi un 
mauvais crayon. 12. Leur maison est tres grande. 


1. He has lost hispen. 2. Has he seen my little sister? 
3. He has seen thy little sister and thy little brother. 
4. Your aunt has bought a house. 5. Has she bought a 
large house? 6. Have I seen your house? 7. Has she 
seen my garden? 8. Hast thou seen our garden and our 
house? 9. He has found their knife. 10. She has also 


1 The t placed between the verb and the pronoun does not belong to the 
verb, and its use is explained in § 55, 4. 


16 EXERCISES. 


found her knife. 11. Their uncle has a very good son 
and a very good daughter. 12. Hast thou a good sister 
and a good brother? 13. His sister has a large house. 


6. 


(1) When the nominative ¢¢ stands for a masculine 
noun (such as crayon), translate it by il; when it 
stands tor a feminine noun (such as maison), translate 
it by elle. 

(2) The auxiliary verb to do does not exist in 
French and, in translation, you must change did I 
into have I; did he into has he; did she into has she; 
did you into have you, ete. 


la lettre, the letter. pris, taken. 
le portrait, the portrait. - ou, where. 
écrit, wrilten. quand, wien. 
nous, we. nous avons, we have. avons-nous ? have we ? or did we ? 
vous, you. vous avez, you have. avez-vous? have you? or did you? 
le livre, the book. la canne, (he cane. 


1. J’ai vu sa maison, elle est tres grande. 2. Quand! 
a-t-elle pris votre couteau? 3, Ot as-tu acheté ta gram- 
maire? 4, J’ai écrit mon exercice, il est tres difficile. 
5. Ot ai-je perdu son couteau? 6. Ot a-t-elle vu son 
onele ? 7. Avez-vous vu mon portrait? 8. Nous avons 
vu votre portrait, il est trés bon. 9. Quand avez-vous 
vumameére? 10. Vous avez pris notre livre. 11. Votre 
sceur a trouvé leur lettre. 12. Ou as-tu perdu mon livre ? 


1. When did he buy his garden? 2. Where did she lose 
her portrait? 3. When did I see your daughter? 4. I 
have seen your letter, it is very good. 5. She has written 


1 A d placed at the end of a word must be sounded like a t when the 
next word begins with a vowel. 


EXERCISES. a ie 


a short letter. 6. Did I take their pen? 7. Has she lost 
her knife? 8. Where didst thou see my father? 9. Did 
you lose her book? 10. Have we taken their grammar ? 
11. I have seen his letter, it is very short. 12. Did you 
take my good pen? 15. Where did we lose their letter? 


it 


The Possessive Case. 


(1) The sign ’s denoting possession is not used in 
French. Turn therefore my brother's book, their 
aunt’s garden, and all such expressions, into the book 
of my brother, the garden of their aunt, etc. 

(2) The prepoeions a and a are raed before 

each noun. 


de, of or from. a,! to or at. recu, received. 
le mouchoir, the pocket-handkerchief. 


1. Quand avez-vous perdu le livre de ma fille? 2. Nous 
avons écrit 4 notre tante et a notre oncle. 3. J’ai recu 
une lettre de ma sceur. 4. Avez-vous écrit a la mére de 
votre oncle? 5. J’ai perdu le couteau de mon frére et le 
mouchoir de ma sceur. 6. L’exercice de mon frere est 
tres difficile. 7. J’ai acheté la maison de votre frére. 
8. Avez-vous vu le petit couteau de ma sceur? 9. Nous 
avons regu une lettre de notre oncle et de notre tante. 
10. Quand avez-vous écrit & votre scur? 11. J’ai vu 
votre portrait, il est trés bon. 


1. Where is my mother’s book? 2. Where did you 
lose your sister’s knife? 3. My uncle’s house is very 
large. 4. We have bought your aunt’s garden. 5. She 

1 The preposition & is accented simply to be distinguished in writing 


from the verb a, but the pronunciation is the same. 
2 


13 EXERCISES. 


has written to her father and to her mother. 6. I have 
received a letter from your father and from your mother. 
7. She has lost her brother’s grammar. 8. Where did 
you find my daughter’s pencil? 9. We have bought our 
aunt’s portrait. 10. Did she lose her mother’s hand- 
kerchief ? 11. We have seen your exercise, it is bad. 
12. Where did she lose her knife ? 


8. 


Qui, who, which, that, is nominative. 
Que, whom, which, that, is accusative (or objective). 
In other words, when the relative pronoun which or 
that is next the verb in English, translate it by qui. 
When it is separated from the verb by one or several 
words, translate it by que. 


joli, pretty. utile, useful. 
haut, high. jeune, young. 
pour, for. dans, zn. 


1. Nous avons vu une maison qui est tres haute. 2. Le 
livre que vous avez acheté est tres utile. 3. L’homme que 
nous avons vu dans le jardin est tres jeune. 4. Elle a 
acheté pour sa tante une maison quiest tres johe. 5, J’ai 
trouvé une plume qui est tres mauvaise. 6. Nous avons 
vu le jardin que votre pere a acheté, il est trés grand. 
7. Le livre quwil* a perdu est mon livre. 8. Avez-vous 
vu le jeune homme qui a acheté la canne de mon frére ? 
9, Avez-vous perdu le couteau que vous avez acheté pour 
mon fils? 10. Avez-vous vu le portrait qu’il a acheté ? 


1. We have bought the garden which you have seen. 
2. Your brother has a grammar which is very useful. 


1 The e of que is always elided before a vowel or h mute, but the i of qui 
can never be suppressed. 


EXERCISES. 19 


3. The man whom you have seen in my father’s garden 
is very tall. 4. You have an aunt who is very ami- 
able. 5. Where did you see the knife which he has 
bought ? 6. The garden which she has bought is very 
large. 7. She has written an exercise which is very diffi- 
cult. 8. My uncle, whom you have seen in the garden, 
is very rich. 9. Did you take the small knife which I 
have bought for your brother? 10. I have taken a small 
knife whichel have found in the garden. 


9. 


(1) Nouns form their plural, as in English, by add- 
ing s to the singular. 
(2) Before all plural nouns use les for the. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
le frére, the brother. les fréres,! the brothers. 
la sceur, the sister. les sceurs, the sisters. 
Voncle, the uncle. les oncles, the uncles. 
la table, the table. mis, put. 
le fauteuil, the arm-chair. SUI, on OF upon. 


1. Notre oncle a vu la maison et les jardins. 2. Leur 
tante a aussi vu les jardins. 3. J’ai vu la table et le fau- 
teuil. 4. J’ai vu les tables et les fauteuils. 5. Nous 
avons mis les livres sur votre table. 6. Ot avez-vous 
vu les plumes de mon peére. 7. J’ai vu le crayon, l’ar- 
doise et les plumes de votre sceur. 8.° Nous avons acheté 
les portraits que vous avez mis sur la table. 9. Avez- 


1 As the s put at the end of a plural noun is not sounded in French, the 
only way we have to show that a noun is singular or plural is the proper 
pronunciation of the preceding article. Pupils must therefore accustom 
themselves at once to pronounce les, and also mes, tes, ses, etc., long, as 
if they were written with a grave accent, les, més, tés. sés. 


20 EXERCISES. 


vous recu les lettres ? 10. Nous avons regu les lettres 
et les portraits. 


1. Where have you seen my sister’s books? 2. I have 
lost my brother’s pencils. 3. Did you also lose your sis- 
ter’s pens ? 4. We have seen the house and the gardens. 
5. Has he written his brother’s exercises? 6. Where 
did you put the letters? 7 I have put the letters on 
the arm-chair. 8. Has she seen the portraits which I 
have put on her table? 9. We have seen my daughter’s 
exercises. 10. She has lost her brother’s pencil and pens. 
11. Where and when did you buy your grammar ? J 


10. 


(1) An adjective always agrees in number (as well 
as in gender) with the noun which it qualifies. 

(2) Adjectives form their plural, like nouns, by 
adding s to the singular. 


SINGULAR. 
petit (m.). 

petite (f.). 

bon (m.). 

bonne (f.). 

méchant (m.), naughty. 
méchante (f.). 

aimable (m. and f.). 


Yenfant, the child. 
Yami, the friend. 

ils sont (m.), ‘hey are. 
elles sont (f.), they are. 


PLURAL. 

petits (m.). 

petites (f.). 

bons (m.). 

bonnes (f.). 
méchants (m.). 
méchantes (f.). 
aimables (m. and f.). 


la chambre, the room. 
la montre, the watch. 
ils ont (m ), they have. 
elles ont (f.), they have. 


1. Les enfants de votre frére sont trés aimables. 
Les amis de mon onecle sont trés riches. 3. Les 


“7 
4 


EXERCISES. red 


montres de notre oncle et de notre tante sont jolies. 
4. Avez-vous vu les fils et les filles de notre ami? 
5. Les fils sont aimables, mais les filles sont mé- 
chantes. 6. J’ai vu dans le jardin les enfants de votre 
frére, ils sont tres jeunes. 7. Les mouchoirs que ma 
sceur a mis sur la table sont tres jolis. 8. Avez-vous 
vu les petites cannes de mon frere? 9. Les enfants de 
ma sceur sont trés aimables. 10. Les fils de ma sceur 
sont petits, mais les filles sont grandes. 


1. You have taken the little books. 2. Did you see 
my uncle’s little children? 3. My brother’s pencils are 
good, my sister’s pens are bad. 4. My friend’s: rooms 
are very large. 5. My father’s houses are small. 6. We 
have seen your uncle’s daughters, they are very pretty 
and very amiable. 7. Where did you see our friend’s 
children? 8. Are they tall? 9. Are they pretty ? 
10. You have seen my son’s exercises; are they good? 


s 


tt. 


(1) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns 
masculine, must be masculine plural. 

(2) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns 
feminine, must be feminine plural. 

(3) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns of 
different genders, must be masculine plural. 


parlé, spoken. souvent, often. 


1. Le pere et le fils sont grands. 2. La mére et la fille 
sont grandes. 3. L’oncle et la tante sont petits. 4. J’ai 
vu votre fils et votre fille dans le jardin de ma tante, ils 
sont tres jolis et tres aimables. 5. Nous avons vu les 


29 EXERCISES. 


tables et les fauteuils de votre oncle, ils sont trés hauts. 
6. Ou avez-vous vu les plumes de ma sceur? 7. J’ai vu les 
plumes et les crayons de votre sceur sur la table, ils sont 
trés bons. 8. Nons avons parlé a la mere, a la tante et 
a la fille, elles sont trés bonnes et tres aimables. 9. J’ai 
souvent vu le fils et la fille de votre oncle. 10. Sont-ils 
tres jolis? 11. Ils sont trés jeunes et trés jolis. 


1. The daughter, the mother, and the aunt are very 
amiable. 2. The son, the father, and the uncle are very 
good. 3. We have often spoken to your uncle and (to) 
your auut; they are young and amiable. 4. Are they 
rich ? 5. They are very poor. 6. I have seen your 
friend’s arm-chairs and tables; they are pretty, but 
very high. 7%. Your daughter’s pens and pencils are 
good. 8. Did you often speak to your friend’s aunt 
and mother? 9. Are they poor? 10. They are poor, 
but amiable. 11. When did you see her book ? 


12. 


(1) The past participle of a verb! coming after any 
forms of to be agrees in gender and number, like all 
adjectives, with the subject. 

(2) The following ten past participles are always 
used in French with to be: — 


allé, gone. devenu, become. 

sorti, gone out. arrivé, arrived. 

parti, gone away, departed, set out, left. entré, entered, come in. 
venu, come. resté, remained, stayed. 
revenu, come back, returned. tombé, fallen. 


1 See § 57 for the definition of a past participle. 


EXERCISES. 23 


Before any plural noun use mes for my; tes for 
thy ; ses for his, her, its; nos for our; vos tor your; 
leurs for thezr. 


2 


1. Ou sont-elles allées? 2. Mes fréres sont sortis. 
3. Leurs sceurs sont parties. 4. Nous avons vu votre 
oncle, ses fils sont venus. 5. Tes filles sont revenues. 
6. Nos tantes sont entrées dans la maison. 7. Elles sont 
devenues trés pauvres. 8. Sont-ils restés dans la maison ? 
9. Les lettres sont arrivées. 10. Ma sceur est tombée 
dans le jardin. 11. Vos freres et vos sceurs sont revenus. 
12. Nous avons acheté leur maison et leurs Jardins, 


1. I have seen thy sisters in the garden, they are ar- 
rived. 2. My uncles have become rich. 3. Has she 
come also? 4. Our brothers are gone out. 95. My sis- 
ters have remained in the garden. 6. They are de- 
parted. 7. Have you seen my sons and my daughters ? 
they have become very tall. 8. Her exercises are diffi- 
cult. 9. My sisters have fallen. 10, Where did they 
fall? 11. Your brothers haye entered (in) the house. 
12. Their rooms are very large. 


13. 


Before a masculine noun singular beginning with a 
consonant, use du for of the or from the; au for to 
the or at the. 


le frére, the brother. 
du frére, of or from the brother. 
au frére, to the brother. 


le professeur, the professor. le cadeau, the present. 
le médecin, the doctor. vendu, sold. 
le prince, the prince. prété, lent. donné, given. 


24 EXERCISES. 


1. J’ai donné mes livres au frére du médecin. 2. Nous 
avons vendu notre maison a l’oncle du professeur. 3. Le 
jardin du prince est tres grand. 4. Ma fille a recu un 
cadeau de la tante du médecin. 5. Avez-vous parlé au 
prince? 6. Elle a prété sa grammaire au fils du profes- 
seur. 7. A-t-elle regu une lettre du prince? 8. A-til 
vendu ses livres au médecin? 9. J’ai prété ma canne au 
professeur. 10. Nous avons vendu nos maisons et nos 
jardins au fils du prince. 11. Nos enfants sont partis, 
mais vos sceurs sont restées. 


1. The father, of the father, to the father. 2. The 
prince, of the prince, to the prince. 3. The garden, of 
the garden, to the garden. 4. The present, of the pres- 
ent, to the present. 5. The arm-chair, of the arm-chair, 
to the arm-chair. 6. My brother has lent his handker- 
chief to the doctor’s son. 7. We have sold our house to 
the professor’s brother. 8. Has she given her books, her 
pens, and her pencils, to the prince’s son? 9. He has 
received a present from the professor. 10. My brothers 
have written to the prince. 11. Did you speak to the 
prince’s father? 12. She has given a book to the doctor. 
13. The son and the daughter of the prince have arrived. 
14. The doctor’s house is very small. . 15. Did you re- 
ceive a letter from the professor? 16. Our daughters 
have become tall. 17. Your friends have arrived. 


14. 


Before a feminine noun singular beginning with a 
consonant, use de la for of the or from the; @ 1a for to 
the or at the. 

la sceur, the sister. 


de la sceur, of or from the sister. 
& la sceur, to the sister. 


EXERCISES. 25 


la modiste, the milliner. offert, offered. 
la bonne, the maid-servant. accepté, accepted. 
la princesse, the princess. appartient, belongs. 


1. Nous avons offert notre maison au prince et a la 
princesse. 2. Avez-vous accepté un cadeau de la fille de 
votre oncle ? 3. Le petit livre que vous avez vu appar- 
tient au frére dela bonne. 4. J’ai vendu mon jardin a 
la modiste. 5. Avez-vous regu une lettre de Voncle de 
la princesse ? 6. Elle a parlé a la tante du prince. 7. A- 
t-il prété sa canne au fils de la modiste? 8. J’ail donné 
ma grammaire 4 la fille du médecin. 9. Elles ont vendu 
leur maison a la tante du professeur. 10. Avez-vous 
offert un fauteuil a la fille du prince ? 


1. The mother, of the mother, to the mother. 2. The 
daughter, of the daughter, to the daughter. 3. The 
maid-servant, of the maid-servant, to the maid-servant. 
4. The princess, of the princess, to the princess. 5. Of 
the father, of the mother. 6. To the father, to the 
mother. 7%. The table, the arm-chair. 8. Of the table, 
of the arm-chair. 9. To the table, to the arm-chair. 
10. The uncle of the prince and of the princess has de- 
parted. 11. I have lent my books to the son and to the 
daughter of the milliner. 12. The pencil belongs to the 
professor’s daughter. 13. Have you given your knife to 
the maid-servant ? 14. Has she received a letter from 
the milliner? 15. They have sold their house to the 
princess. 16. He has often spoken to the maid-servant’s 
father. 


15. 


Before all singular nouns, whether masculine or 
feminine, beginning with a vowel or h mute, use del 
for of the or from the ; al for to the or at the. 


26 EXERCISES. 


Venfant, the child. 
de l’enfant, of or from the child. 
a Venfant, to the child. 


VYomnibus (m.), the omnibus. la fleur, the flower. 
Vorange (f.), the orange. le chien, the dog. 
Varbre (m.), the tree. le chat, the cat. 


1. Le livre que vous avez trouvé appartient 4 l’oncle 
du prince. 2. Avez-vous vu l’arbre que j’ai vendu a 
votre pére? 3.,J’al donné mes fleurs a V’enfant. 4. O& 
ont-ils vu le petit chien et le petit chat de l’enfant ? 
5. Elle a offert une orange a l’ami de mon oncle. 6. J’ai 
donné mes fleurs & ’homme qui a trouvé votre livre. 
7. [1 a donné son petit chien a Venfant du prince. 
8. J’ai vu votre frére dans omnibus. 9. OW ont-ils vu 
les plumes de enfant ? 10. J’ai offert un livre au jeune 
homme qui a trouvé votre montre. 


1. The water, of the water, to the water. 2. The tree, 
of the tree, to the tree. 3. The child, the pen, the knife. 
4, Of the child, of the pen, of the knife. 5. To the 
child, to the pen, to the knife. 6. The present, the 
flower, the exercise. 7. Of the present, of the flower, 
of the exercise. 8. To the present, to the flower, to the 
exercise. 9. The professor, the princess, the man. 10. Of 
the professor, of the princess, of the man. 11. To the 
professor, to the princess, to the man. 12. The child’s 
knife is bad. 18. Did you write to the man who has 
taken your dog? 14. When did they offer a present to 
the doctor’s uncle? 15. Your brother has come in the 
omnibus. 16. I have given my kitten (little cat) to the 
milliner’s child. 17. Did you see the tree which he has 
sold to my father ? : 


EXERCISES. oe 


1G; 


Before all plural nouns, use des for of the or from 
the ; aux for to the or at the. 


les fréres, the brothers. les sceurs, the sisters. 
des fréres, of the brothers. des sceurs, of the sisters. 
aux fréres, to the brothers. aux sceurs, fo the sisters. 


les enfants, the children. 
des enfants, of the children. 
aux enfants, to the children. 


Vavocat, the lawyer. le ministre, the minister. 
le propriétaire, the landlord. le prétre, the priest. 


1. Nous avons écrit aux sceurs du propriétaire. 2. Elles 
ont recu une lettre des sceurs de l’avocat. 3. Avez-vous 
offert vos fleurs 4 la fille du ministre? 4. Le grand jar- 
din que vous avez vu appartient aux fils de l’avocat. 
5. Avez-vous donné vos plumes aux fréres du prétre ? 
6. A-t-elle écrit aux filles du médecin? 7. A-t-il regu 
une lettre des fils du propriétaire ? 8. La grande maison 
appartient au ministre. 9. Elle a parlé aux enfants du 
prince. 10. Il a écrit aux amis de son oncle. 


1. The doctors, of the doctors, to the doctors. 2. The 
lawyer, of the lawyer, to the lawyer. 3. The lawyers, of 
the lawyers, to the lawyers. 4. The son, the daughter ; 
of the son, of the daughter; to the son, to the daughter. 
5. The sons, the daughters; of the sons, of the daugh- 
ters; to the sons, to the daughters. 6. The tree, the 
trees; of the tree, of the trees; to the tree, to the trees. 
7. The house, the houses; of the house, of the houses ; 
to the house, to the houses. 8. The dog, the dogs; of 
the dog, of the dogs; to the dog, to the dogs. 9. The 
friend, the friends; of the friend, of the friends; to the 


28 EXERCISES. 


friend, to the friends. 10. The letter, the letters ; of the 
letter, of the letters ; to the letter, to the letters. 11. We 
have given our books and our pens to the children of the 
landlord. 12. They have written to the minister’s sons 
and daughters. 13. Have you accepted a present from 
the maid-servant’s sisters ? 14. The small garden which 
you have seen belongs to the lawyer’s brothers. 15. Did 
you speak to your uncle’s men ? 


17. 


(1) The comparative is formed by putting plus, more, 
or moins, less, before an adjective. We therefore say 
in French more large, more small, more high, ete. (in- 
stead of larger, smaller, higher), and less large, less 
small, less high. 

(2) By exception we say meilleur (Cetter) instead of 
plus bon. 


plus, more. que, than, as. 
moins, /ess. peut-étre, perhops. 


1. Mon frére est plus petit que votre sceur. 2. Ma 
tante est plus riche que vous. 3. Votre fille est plus 
petite que mon fils. 4. La chambre de mon pére est plus 
grande que leur maison. 5. Un médecin est plus utile 
quwun avocat. 6. Vos filles sont trés aimables, elles sont 
plus aimables que mes sceurs. 7. Mon crayon est peut- 
étre meilleur que votre plume. 8. Mon frére est moins 
jeune que votre oncle. 9. J’ai vu vos sceurs dans le jar- 
din, elles sont plus jolies que les filles du propriétaire. 
10. Leurs arbres sont plus hauts que votre maison. 


1. The dog is more useful than the cat. 2. She is 
younger than you. 3. The doctor’s daughter is prettier 


EXERCISES. 29 


than the princess. 4. Your house is perhaps smaller 
than my room. 5. Their brothers are very rich, they 
are richer than we. 6. My daughter is taller than your 
sister. 7. Did you see their sisters? they are prettier 
than my daughter. 8. A lawyer is less useful than a 
doctor. 9. Your house is higher than our trees. 10. His 
aunt is richer than your landlord. 11. Did you offer my 
flowers to the minister’s daughter? 12. Your children 
have arrived and are in the garden. 13. My sisters 
have become very poor. 14. Have you accepted the gift 
of the princesses ? 


Ls. 


Pronouns, in French, must agree in gender and 
number with the nouns for which they stand. 


In the sentence: My pencil is larger than hers, mon crayon est plus 
YP q , 
grand que le sien, the pronoun le sien must be masculine singular, 
because crayon, the noun which it represents, is masculine singular. 
In the sentence: My watch is larger than thine, ma montre est plus 
JY gq 
grande que la tienne, the pronoun la tienne must be feminine singular, 
because the noun montre, for which it stands, is feminine singular. 


MASCULINE SINGULAR. FEMININE SINGULAR. 


le mien, la mienne, mine. 

le tien, la tienne, thine. 

le sien, la sienne, his, hers, tts. 

le notre, la nétre, ours. 

le votre, la votre, yours. 

le leur, la leur, theirs. 
MASCULINE PLURAL. FEMININE PLURAL. 

les miens, les miennes, mine. 

les tiens, les tiennes, thine. 

les siens, les siennes, his, her, its. 

les nétres, les nétres, ours. 

les votres, les votres, yours. 


les leurs, les leurs, theirs. 


30 EXERCISES. 


Louis, Louis. Louise, Louisa. 
Jean, John. Jeanne, Jane. 


1. La chambre de mon frére est plus grande que la 
mienne, mais la mienne est plus jolie que la sienne. 
2. Votre maison est plus haute que la leur. 3. Leur 
table est plus petite que la votre. 4. Mon frére a une 
fleur qui est plus johe que la tienne. 5. Votre plume est 
meilleure que la mienne, mais mon crayon est meilleur 
que le votre. 6. Avez-vous vu le portrait de ma sceur ? 
le votre est meilleur que le sien. 7. Louise a pris mes 
plumes et les tiennes. 8. Jean a perdu les siennes. 
9. Les fleurs de Jeanne sont plus jolies que les votres. 
10. Le cadeau que vous avez regu est plus joli que le 
mien. 11. Vos plumes sont bonnes, mais les miennes et 
les siennes sont meilleures que les votres. 12. Votre 
maison est plus haute que la ndtre et que la leur. 


1. Her father is richer than ours. 2. His’ aunt as 
richer than mine. 38. My watch is larger than his. 
4. My son has given his book to his sister, who has lost 
hers. 5. Did you finda dog? 6. They have lost theirs. 
7. My garden is larger than yours, but your house is 
larger than mine. 8. The lawyer’s daughters are taller 
than yours. 9. John has sold his watch, which is larger 
than mine. 10. Jane has lost hers. 11. I have lost your 
letters and his in the landlord’s garden. 12. My books 
are more useful than theirs. 13. Your pencils are better 
than ours, but our pens are better than yours. 


1 His is sometimes an adjective, sometimes a pronoun. When it comes 
before a noun, it is an adjective and translated by son, 8a, ses, as HIS book 
or HIs small books. When it is used instead of a noun, it is a pronoun and 
is translated by le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes. 


j 


EXERCISES. 31 


19. 


This or that placed before a noun (as this or that 
book) or before an adjective followed by its noun (as 
this or that excellent book) is an adjective, and must 
be translated by 


ce, before a masculine noun or adjective beginning 
with a consonant ; 

cet, before a masculine noun or adjective beginning 
with a vowel or h mute ; 

cette, before any feminine noun or adjective. 


ce livre, this or that book. cet excellent livre, th/s or that excellent book. 
cet hotel, this or that hotel. ce petit hotel, this or that little hotel. 
cette table, this or that table. cette eau, this or that water. 


These or those placed before a noun, or before an ad- 
jective followed by its noun, is an adjective, and must 
be translated by ces before all nouns or adjectives. 


ces livres, these or those books. ces excellents livres, these or those 
excellent books. 
ces hotels, these or those hotels. ces petits hétels, these or those small 
hotels. 
ces tables, these or those tables. ces jolies tables, these or those pretty 
tables. 
la porte, the door. ouvert, opened. 
la fenétre, the window. fermé, shut. 


appartiennent, be/ong (3d person plural). 


1. Quand avez-vous acheté cette table? 2. Ce prince 
a perdu sa mere. 3, Cette eau est trés bonne. 4. J’ai 
vendu a leur pére ce jardin et cette maison. 5. Avez- 
vous vu la maison de cet avocat? 6. Avez-vous donné 
une orange a cet enfant? 7. Cette orange est plus petite 


ao EXERCISES. 


que la votre, mais elle est meilleure. 8. Avez-vous fermé 
cette porte et ces fenétres ? 9. Ow ont-ils mis ces fleurs 
et ces oranges ? 10. Ces arbres sont plus hauts que les 
notres. 11. J’ai offert un cadeau a ces jolis petits en- 
fants. 12. Jeanne a acheté ces tables et ces fauteuils. 


1. This child has lost his father and his mother. 
2. That cat is prettier than ours. 5. When did you buy 
that large house? 4. That exercise is difficult. 5. That 
short exercise is very difficult. 6. That man has de- 
parted. 7. That tree is higher than theirs. 8. Did you 
see that prince’s daughter? 9. Did you receive those 
books from the lawyer? 10. That house and those gar- 
dens belong to my sister. 11. The landlord’s uncle has 
given those trees to my brother. 12. Did you open these 
doors and these windows? 13. These flowers are pret- 
tier than his. 


20. 


When this or that, instead of being placed before a 
noun, stands znstead of a noun, it is a pronoun, and 
is translated by celui, masculine, or celle, feminine. 


gai, cheerful, merry. encore, sti//, yet, ayain. 


1. Votre chambre est plus grande que celle de Louis. 
2. Celle de Jean est plus gaie que la mienne. 3. Cet hétel 
est plus riche que celui de mon oncle. 4. Avez-vous vu 
celui (the one) que notre propriétaire a acheté? 5. J’ai 
offert 4 Jean mon portrait et celui de Louise. 6. La 
montre de Jean est plus petite que la mienne, mais celle 


1 A pronoun is a word standing for a noun before mentioned, to avoid its 
repetition. Observe that this distinction between this, that, these, those, 
when adjectives and when pronouns, is of the greatest importance, and, if 
studied well by the pupil, will save him much trouble afterwards. 


EXERCISES. 33 


de ma sceur est encore plus petite. 7. Notre jardin est 
plus grand que celui de Vavocat. 8. Ce chien appartient 
a mon frere, mais celui que vous avez vu dans notre jardin 
appartient au professeur. 9. Votre fenétre est plus haute 
que celle de mon frere, mais celle de mon oncle est encore 
plus haute. 10. Ces hommes sont restés dans la maison. 
11. Les sceurs de Louis sont plus johes que les vétres, 
mais les votres sont plus aimables. 





1. The dog which you have given to my aunt is very 
little, but that of John is still smaller. 2. This tree is 
very high, it is higher than the landlord’s (than that of 
the landlord). 38. Your house is larger than my aunt’s 
(than that of my aunt). 4. His watch is bad, but John’s 
is still worse. 5. This table is pretty, but my mother’s 
is still prettier. 6. Their son is taller than the lawyer’s. 
7. Jane’s book is more useful than Louisa’s. 8. The 
knife which you have found in your father’s garden is 
better than my brother’s. 9. Your brother has arrived, 
but Louisa’s has departed. 10. These doctors have 
arrived and have found these pencils. 11. Did they 
write those letters to their children? 12. Where did 
you buy that book and that pen ? 


oe 
21. 
When these or those, instead of being placed before 


a noun, stands znstead of a noun, it is a pronoun, and 
is translated by the masculine ceux, or the feminine 


celles, 
la bottine, the boot. la pomme, the apple. 
la robe, the dress. apportez-moi, bring me. 
le soulier, the shoe. donnez-moi, give me. 
le gant, the glove. montrez-nous, show us. 


34 EXERCISES. 


1. Donnez-moi mes bottines et celles de Jean. 2. Ap- 
portez-moi aussi celles de mon frére. 3. Ow avez-vous vu 
mes gants et ceux de Louise? 4. J’ai vu les votres sur la 
table, et ceux de Louise dans la chambre de sa mere. 
5. Montrez-nous ces petites fleurs, elles sont plus jolies 
que celles de ma tante. 6. Vos souliers sont plus grands 
que ceux de Jean. 7. Ces pommes sont plus petites que 
celles du propriétaire, mais elles sont meilleures. 8, Les 
robes de ma sceur sont plus grandes que celles de 
Jeanne. 9. Apportez-moi mes gants et ceux de mon 
rere: 


1. These windows are higher than those of your hotel. 
2. Did they sell your flowers and your mother’s (those 
of your mother)? 3. Bring me your boots and your 
father’s. 4. These rooms are more cheerful than those 
of your house. 5. She has received that watch from the 
prince, and those gloves from the princess. 6. Bring 
me the flowers which you have, and those which are in 
my room. 7. Show us your portrait and your aunt's. 
8. He has given to the doctor’s daughter your apples, 
mine, and those of your sister Louisa. 9. Give me your 
stick and John’s. 10. Your boots have fallen on this 
table. 11. These children have lost their father and 
mother and have become véry poor. 12. That table is 
higher than mine. 13. My aunt has opened those small 
rooms. | 


22. 
un, une, one. cing,! five. neuf, nzne. 
deux, fwo. Six, Sir. aa Vix, fen. 
° trois, three.” * sept, seven. -.* onze, eleven. 
quatre, four. huit, evght. douze, fwelve. 


1 In the six numbers cing, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix, the final consonant 
is mute when the noun or adjective following them begins with a consonant 


EXERCISES. 35 


treize, thirteen. seize, sixteen. dix-neuf, nineteen. 
quatorze, fourteen. dix-sept, seventeen. vingt, twenty. 
quinze, jificen. dix-huit, ezyhteen. 
le franc, the franc (about 18 cents). ya } there is. 
la chaise, the chair. ’ | there are. 
un an, one year or a year. une semaine, one week or a week. 
un mois, one month or a month. un jour, one day or a day. 


font, make (3d pers. plur. of the pres. indic.). 


1. Il y a trois crayons et treize plumes sur cette table. 
2. Cet homme a sept enfants, deux fils, et cinq filles. 
8. Louise a regu dix lettres de ses fréres, de ses sceurs, 
et de ses oncles. 4. Nous avons trouvé dix-neuf pom- 
mes dans le jardin. 5. Il y a dans cette chambre six 
chaises, deux fauteuils, et une table. 6. Ses cing fréres 
sont revenus de Paris. 7. Douze mois font un an. 
8. Donnez-inoi dix-huit francs. 9. Elle a vu onze chaises 
et trois fauteuils dans votre chambre. 10. J’ai regu seize 
lettres cette semaine. 11. Il y a quinze arbres dans ce 
jardin. 12. Apportez-moi les douze mouchoirs que vous 
avez mis sur ma table. 


1. I have found three pens on your table. 2. Where 
did you find those eighteen francs? 3. There are six 
large trees in our garden. 4. They have received nine 
letters from their uncles, (from) their aunts, and (from) 
their mother. 5. Give me five franes for your brother. 
6. There are in this house seven doors and sixteen 
windows. 7. We have in our room one arm-chair, five 
chairs, and one table. 8. My four brothers have gone to 
Paris. 9. There are eleven trees in my father’s garden. 


or an aspirate h, as in cing fenétres, cinq grandes fenétres, cing hautes 
fenétres. In all other cases that final consonant is sounded, as in cing 
alone or placed at the end of a clause; as cing enfants, cing aimables 
personnes, j’en ai vu cing qui sont trés aimables. 


36 EXERCISES. 


10. We have found fifteen pencils, seventeen pens, and 
thirteen books in your room. 11. Bring me nineteen 
francs. 12. The year has twelve months. 13. Seven 
days make a week. 


23. 


(1) The conjunction and is often introduced in an 
Enelish number (two hundred and thirty-five, four 
hundred and twenty, etc.), but in French the con- 
junction et is used only in the six following num- 


bers: 21 (vingt-et-un). 31, 41, 51, 61, 71. 


(2) Hyphens connect the different parts of any French number 
from 17 to 99, either when that number is alone (trente-sept) or when 
it is part of a larger number (deux cent trente-sept). 

(3) Neither a@ nor one are expressed before cent (a hundred) or 


mille (a thousand). 


vingt, twenty. 
vingt-et-un,! twenty-one. 
vingt-deux, twenty-two. 


vingt-trois, etc., twenty-three, etc. 


trente, thirty. 
trente-et-un, thirty-one. 
trente-deux, thirty-two. 


trente-trois, etc., thirty-three, etc. 


quarante, forty. 
quarante-et-un, forty-one. 
quarante-deux, forty-two. 
cinquante, fifty. 
cinquante-et-un, fifty-one. 
cinquante-deux, fifty-two. 
soixante, sixty. 
soixante-et-un, sixty-one. 


1. L’an dix-huit cent soixante-neuf. 
mille deux cent quatre-vingt-deux frances. 3. 


soixante-deux, sixty-two. 
soixante-trois, etc., sixty-three, etc. 
soixante-dix, seventy. 
soixante-et-onze, seventy-one. 
soixante-douze, seventy-two. 
soixante-treize, etc., seventy-three, etc. 
quatre-vingts, eighty. 
quatre-vingt-un, eighty-one. 
quatre-vingt-deux, eighty-two. 
quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. 
quatre-vingt-onze, ninety-one. 
quatre-vingt-douze, ninety-two. 
cent, one hundred. 

cent un, one hundred and one. 
mille, one thousand. 

un million, one million. 


2. J’ai regu trois 
J’ai acheté 


1 Jn all numbers un becomes une before a feminine noun. 


EXERCISES. 37 


soixante-deux arbres. 4. Jeanne a perdu ses vingt-et-une 
lettres. 5. Cinquante-deux semaines font un an. 6. Mon 
oncle a vendu deux cent cinquante montres a sa sceur. 
7. Il y a 44 arbres dans ce jardin. 8. Il a perdu 512 
franes. 9. Nous avons vu 6,000 homines. 10. Montrez- 
moi ces vingt oranges. 


feel 24, 20. 2. Sl, on, 38-3. 41,49) 52! 42 6-71, 
73. G./77, 78, 79. C6./81, 85, 88. (7.) 89, 90, 93. (8) 96, 
98, 99. 9. 103, 118, 128. 10. 222, 333, 444. 11. 20 and 
20 make 40. 12. They have lost 58 pencils. 13. There 
are 555 books in that room. 14. She has lost 777 franes. 
15. That house has 24 rooms. 16. There are 52 weeks 
ma year. 17. The year 1892 (dix-huit cent... .). 
18. There are 61 men who have fallen in the garden. 


24. 


(1) With the exceptions only of premier (first) and 
second ! (second), the ordinal number is formed by 
adding -iéme to the cardinal, as trois, troisiéme. 


(2) If the cardinal ends in e, the e is suppressed before adding 
-iéme, as quatre, quatrieme; trente, trentiéme. 

(3) Whenever a q is followed by two or more vowels, the first of 
them must always be u; cinq will therefore make cinquiéme. 

(4) For the sake of euphony, the f of neuf, dix-neuf, etc., is changed 
into v before -iéme: neuviéme, dix-neuviéme, etc. 


premier (m.), first, premiére (f.). quatriéme, fourth. 
second or deuxieme, second. cinquiéme, /ifth. 
troisiéme, third sixiéme, etc., s:xth, etc. 


1 The French has two words for second: 1st, second (pronounce ce-gon); 
2d, the regular ordinal number deuxiéme. Strictly speaking, le second is 
the second of only two: le deuxiéme is the second of more than two The 
second floor will be called in a house two stories high le second étage (or 
simply le second), in a house three or four stories high le deuxiéme étage 
(or simply le deuxiéme). 


38 EXERCISES. 


vingtiéme, twentieth. centiéme, hundredth. 
vingt-et-uniéme, (wenty-first. milliéme, thousandth. 
vingt-deuxiéme, etc., twenty-second, etc. dernier, last. 
dimanche (m.), Sunday. jeudi (m.), Thursday. 
lundi (m.), Monday. vendredi (m.) Friday. 
mardi (m.), Z'wesday. samedi (m.), Saturday. 
mercredi (m.), Wednesday. 
la classe, the class. léléve (m. or f.), the pupil. 
la partie, the part. je suis, Z am. 


1. Je suis la premiére de ma classe. 2. Jeanne est 
lat onziéme. 3. Louise est la derniére. 4. Il y a vingt- 
cing éléves dans cette classe. 5. Jean est le premier. 
6. Mon frere est le deuxiéme. 7. Je suis le troisiéme. 
8. Louis est le quatrieme. 9. Charles est le dernier. 
10. Six est la cinquiéme partie de trente. 11. Le sa- 
medi est le septiéme jour de la semaine. 12. Le di- 
manche est le premier. 


1, ood.) 2.7, (th. 3. 13, 13th. 4. 19, 19th.) See 
Sist. 6.32, 32d.. 7. 85, 85th.. 8. 9%, 97th. - —Gaaiae 
211th. 10. 555, 555th. 11. Tuesday is the third day 
of the week. 12. Thursday is the fifth. 13. Saturday 
is the last. 14. Sunday is the first. 15. Wednesday is 
the fourth. 16. Monday is the second. 17. Friday is 
the sixth. 18. A month is the twelfth part of a year 
(une année). 


25. 


(1) Use the ordinal number premier for the first 
day of a month, and the cardinal numbers for the 
other days. 

(2) The English word on used before days and 
dates is never translated in French. 


1 By exception, no letter is elided before onze or onziéme. 


EXERCISES. 39 


janvier (m.), January. juillet (m.), July. 

février (m.), February. aout (m.), August. 

mars (m.), March. septembre (m.), September. 

avril (m.), April. octobre (m.), October. 

mai (m.), May. novembre (m.), November. 

juin (m.), June. décembre (m.), December. 
nous sommes, we are. vous étes, you are. 


le cousin, la cousine, ‘ie cousin. le voisin, la voisine, the neighbor. 
pourquoi, why. 


1. Mes cousins sont partis! de Paris le 1° février. 
2. Ils sont arrivés le 3. 3. Avez-vous parlé 4 votre 
cousine quand elle est venue le 13 juin? 4. Votre 
voisine est revenue jeudi dernier. 5. J’ai écrit & mon 
onele et & ma cousine le 10 mars. 6. Quand avez-vous 
recu une lettre de votre tante? 7. J’ai recu une lettre 
de ma tante samedi dernier. 8. Elle a offert ce livre a 
votre sceur vendredi. 9. Nous sommes partis de Glas- 
gow le 15 décembre. 10. Nous sommes arrivés le 17. 
11. Pourquoi avez-vous donné votre montre a Louise 
mercredi? 12. Ou avez-vous mis le mouchoir que vous 
avez trouvé, mardi ? 


1. The 14th of? July, 1789. 2. The 22d of Septem- 
ber, 1792. 3. The 24th of February, 1848. 4. They 
(are) arrived on Saturday. 6. She (has) found that book 
and those pencils on Friday. 6. Where did you go on 
Tuesday last? 7. We (have) departed on the 1st of 
June. 8. My sister (has) lost her watch on Sunday. 
9. Where did you see the handkerchief which I (have) 
lost on Wednesday? 10. Did you speak to your aunt 


on Monday? 11. I saw (have seen) your father on 


1 The two Rules in § 40 should be studied before reading this paragraph 
and the next one. 
2 This of had better be left out in French, as it is scarcely ever used now. 


40 EXERCISES. 


Thursday. 12. Show me these fifteen letters. 13. Those 
four windows are higher than ours. 


26. 


(1) The adjective tout cannot, like the English 
whole, be preceded by the article le, la, les, or un, une. 
The whole house, for instance, must be turned into all 
the house, the whole town into all the town, ete. 

(2) The same adjective tout forms the following 
idioms : — 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
tout (m.), toute (f.), tous (m.), toutes (f.), all, whole, every. 


tout le monde, everybody, every one. tous les jours, every day. 


tous les ans, every year. tous les dimanches, every Sunday. 
tous les mois, every month. tous les lundis, every Monday, 
toutes les semaines, every week. and so on for each day. 
arrosé, watered. autre, other. 
visité, visited. méme, same. 
il aime, he likes. la ville, the town. 
lu, read. - 


1. Tous mes crayons sont mauvais. 2. Toutes les filles 
de Vavocat sont jeunes. 05. Avez-vous arrosé toutes mes 
fleurs? 4. J’ai arrosé toutes les vodtres et toutes les 
miennes. 65. Elle a visité toute la ville. 6. Elle a acheté 
la méme robe, les mémes gants, et les mémes fleurs que 
vous. 7. Tout le monde aime les enfants du médecin. 
8. Avez-vous arrosé mon jardin tous les jours? 9. Ont- 
ils Iu les autres lettres? 10. A-t-elle visité tout le 
jardin? 11. A-tul écrit 4 sa mére tous les jeudis? 
12. Donnez-moi toutes ces lettres et tous ces portraits. 

1. That garden belongs to everybody. 2. She has vis- 


ited my mother every week. 3. Did you see the other 
pupils? 4. Jane has seen the same man as (que) you. 


EXERCISES. 41 


5. Everybody likes that poor man’s daughters. 6. Did 
you visit the whole house ? 7. Bring me my other boots. 
8. Give me the same books and the same pens. 9. Has 
he watered all his flowers? 10. He has watered all 
yours and all his (own). 11. She has written to her 
sister every Friday. 12. The whole grammar is useful. 


27. 


Nouns of quantity and measure require the preposi- 
tion de or @ (without the article) before the noun 
which they modify. 


le métre, the metre = 3 ft. 3} in. 

le kilogramme, the kilogramme = 2 Ibs. 3} oz. 
la douzaine, the dozen. 

la demi-douzaine, the hulf dozen. 


le demi-kilogramme, the half kilogramme. la livre, the pound. 


le litre, the litre = 1} pints. la demi-livre, the half pound. 
une paire, a pair. une bouteille, «a bottle. 

un panier, a basket. un verre, a glass. 

une carafe, a carafe or decanter. une tasse, a cup. 

le drap, the cloth. le thé, the tea. 

le sucre, the sugar. le café, the coffee. 

la fraise, the strawberry. le vin, the wine. 

le beurre, the butter. la biére, the beer, the ale. 


1. Ils ont acheté un litre de vin, un demi-kilogramme 
de café, et un panier de fraises. 2. Apportez-moi une 
tasse de café et un verre d’eau. 38. Donnez-moi une autre 
tasse de café. 4. Ma tante a acheté pour sa fille trois 
kilogrammes de beurre et deux kilogrammes de sucre. 
5. Jean et son frére ont regu de leur oncle une douzaine 
de bouteilles de vin. 6. Elle a offert asa cousine cing 
metres de drap, deux paires de bottines, dix kilogrammes 
de sucre, et cing kilogrammes de beurre. 7. Donnez-moi 


42, EXERCISES. 


une carafe Veau. 8. J’ai donné deux paniers de fraises 
a&mascur. 9. J’ai offert une tasse de thé a ma tante, et 
une tasse de café a4 mon oncle. 10. Ma cousine a pris 
un verre de vin, et mon cousin un verre de biere. 


1. Did you give a glass of water to that poor woman ? 
2. She has taken a cup of tea. 3. We have received 
from our uncle six bottles of wine, two pounds of tea, 
one pound of coffee, three pounds of sugar, and four 
baskets of strawberries. 4. My sister has bought a 
dozen pocket-handkerchiefs. 5. He has taken a glass of 
beer. 6. Bring us a carafe of water. 7. She has bought 
one pair of boots and two pairs of shoes. 8. She has 
received from her aunt two pairs of pretty gloves. 
9. Give me a glass of beer. 10. There are a dozen (of) 
pupils in his class. 11. I have given (to) my sister 
half a dozen handkerchiefs and three pairs of gloves. 
12. Where did you buy that half dozen chairs ? 


28. 


Adverbs of quantity require the preposition de 
(without the article) before the noun which they 
modify.? 


( much, a great beaucoup dargent, much or a creat 
beaucoup, < deal, plenty. deal of money. 
( many. beaucoup d@hommes, many men. 
little. peu d’eau, /itt/e water. 
aie ee peu de livres, few books. 
( enough. assez de viande, meat enough. 
Tae 64, senough. assez de pommes, apples enough. 
( more. plus d’argent, more money. 
plus, 1 more. plus d’amis, more friends. 


1 The only exception is the adverb bien (a great many); it requires the 
article as well as de before the next noun. Ex.: beaucoup de livres, bien 
des livres. 


EXERCISES. 43 


le pain, the bread. le sel, the salt. 

la viande, the meat. le poivre, the pepper. 

le lait, the milk. le fromage, the cheese. 
Vargent (m.), the money, the silver. voulez-vous ? wi/l you have 2 
prenez, take. or, do you wish? 


ou, or. 


1. Voulez-vous un peu de pain et de’ lait? 2. Prenez 
plus de beurre. 3. Avez-vous assez de viande? 4. Elle 
a peu de pain, mais elle a beaucoup de pommes. 95. Vous 
avez donné beaucoup de fromage a Louis. 6. Notre pro- 
priétaire a plus d’enfants que le vétre. 7. Voulez-vous 
un peu plus de sel et de poivre? 8. Avez-vous assez de 
crayons? 9. J’ai plus de pain que vous, mais vous 
avez plus de lait. 10. Donnez-moi un peu de _ pain. 
11. Prenez un peu de beurre. 12. Voulez-vous plus de 
sucre ou plus de café? 


1. There are more flowers in your garden than in 
ours. 2. Have you meat enough? 3. Give mea little 
milk. 4. Will you have a little salt or pepper? 5. Take 
a little’ of this meat, it is very good. 6. Louis has 
more children than you. 7. There are many omnibuses 
in this city. 8. You have taken many oranges. 9. My 
daughter has more money than yours, but your son has 
more books than mine. 10. Take a glass of water. 11. I 
have plenty of books, but I have little money. 12. Will 
you have a little more meat? 13. Take more wine. 
14. Give me a little water. 15. I have taken a cup of 
milk and a little bread. 


1 Notice the repetition of de before every noun governed by an adverb 
of quantity. 
2 When peu is used as a noun, it is masculine. 


44 EXERCISES. 


29. 
pit: so much. tant de viande, so much meat. 
so many. tant d’hommes, so many men. 
antant, ( as much. autant de vin, as much wine. 
las many. autant d@’amis, as many friends. 
oer } too much, too. _ trop d’eau, foo m uch water ; trop petit too little. 
too many. trop d’arbres, too many trees. 
ebinbien: how much. combien d’argent, how much money. 
how many. combien d’enfants, how many children. 
. less. moins de beurre, /ess butter. 
eee Sewer. moins de pommes, fewer apples. 


ami (m.), amie (f.), frend. 
mangé, cuter. bu, drunk. 

1. Mon ami a perdu cette semaine moins d’argent que 
vous. 2. Combien d’argent avez-vous perdu? 3. J’ai 
mangé un peu de pain et de fromage, mais j’al bu trop 
de vin. 4. Combien d’enfants a-t-elle? 5. Elle a cing 
enfants, quatre fils et une fille. 6. Louise a trop d’amies. 
7. Avez-vous autant d’amies qu’elle ? 8. Donnez-moi un 
peu de fromage. 9. Notre propriétaire a moins d’enfants 
que le votre. 10. Il y a trop de fleurs dans ce jardin. 
11. Louise a autant d’argent que moi.! 12. Elle a moins 
(oranges que lui. 13. Mes exercices sont trop difficiles. 
14. Vous avez bu trop deau. 15. Avez-vous mangé 
autant de fraises que lui? 


1. Take as many apples as Louisa. 2. Will you have 
less butter and more cheese? 38. How many friends 
have you in that town? 4. How much money did you 
receive from the physician? 5. You have fewer pencils 
than Jane, but you have more books. 6. He has drunk 
too much water. 7. There are too many doors and win- 
dows in that house. 8. Have you enough salt and pep- 


1 Translate 7 by moi and he by lui, when they are not placed imme- 
diately before a verb. 


EXERCISES. 45 


per? 9. She has put too many books on this table. 
10. I have drunk more wine than he.! 11. You have 
eaten more meat than I. 12. How much money will 
you have? 13. How many baskets of strawberries did 
you put on my table? 14. Take as much wine as he. 
15. You have taken too much milk. 


30. 
Exceptions to the formation of the plural of nouns and 
adjectives. 
(1) Nouns and adjectives ending in s, x, z, are 
alike in both numbers. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
le fils, the son. les fils, the sons. 
la voix, the voice. les voix, the voices. 
le nez, the nose. les nez, the noses. 
heureux, heureux, happy, fortunate 


(2) Nouns and adjectives ending in -au or -eu take 
x in the plural. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL, 

le tableau, the picture. les tableaux, the pictures. 

le bateau, the boat. les bateaux, the boats. 

le chapeau, the hat. les chapeaux, the hats. 

le feu, the fire. les feux, the fires. 

un cheveu, a hair. les cheveux, the hair. 

beau, beaux, beautiful, handsome, fine. 


(3) Nouns and adjectives ending in -al change al 
into aux: — 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

le cheval, the horse. les chevaux, the horses. 
Vanimal, the animal. les animaux, the animals. 
le général, the general. les généraux, the generals. 
égal, égaux, equal. 

principal, principaux, principal. 


1 See foot-note on preceding page. 


46 EXERCISES. 


(4) Six nouns ending in -ail change ail into aux : 1 — 


le travail, the work, the labor. les travaux, the works, the labors. 


(5) Six nouns ending in -ou take x :1— 


le joujou, the toy. les joujoux, the toys. 


1. Nous avons vu beaucoup de bateaux. 2. Ces voix 
sont tres gaies. 3. Vos cheveux sont plus beaux que les 
miens et que ceux de ma sceur. 4. Ot avez-vous acheté 
ces grands chapeaux? 5. Les fils et les filles de mon 
oncle sont beaucoup plus aimables que les enfants de 
Vavocat. 6. Avez-vous vu nos tableaux ? ils sont beau- 
coup moins jolis que ceux de votre oncle. 7. Ces enfants 
sent heureux, ils sont plus heureux que moi. 8. Quand 
avez-vous recu ces cadeaux? 9. Louis et Jean sont 
égaux dans leur classe. 10. Ces animaux sont tres jolis. 
11. Avez-vous vu les chevaux du prince? 12. Tes jou- 
joux sont plus jolis que les miens. 15. J’ai parlé a vos 
deux principaux médecins. 14. Vos travaux sont moins 
utiles que les leurs. 15. Nous avons autant de chevaux 
qve de chiens. 16. Les trois généraux sont partis pour 
Paris. 


1. My brother has bought half a dozen pictures. 2. My 
sister has much more hair than I. 3. These knives are 
for my sons. 4. They have sold all their boats to my 
father and my uncle. 5. Your friends are very happy,— 
their father has come back from Paris. 6. How many 
boats have you? 7. Your hats are smaller than ours. 
8. Did you buy these presents for your landlord’s sons ? 
9. Have you as many toysasI? 10. Your generals are 
more fortunate than ours. 11. This animal is very ht- 


1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, p. 277. 


EXERCISES. AT 


tle. 12. These little animals are very beautiful. 13. The 
works of these men are of little use (little useful). 
14. Your brother and mine are equal. 15. Your hair is 
prettier than mine. 16. Your horses are finer than ours. 


Si. 


(1) Some or any, which may be either expressed or 
understood before an English noun, must always be 
expressed in French, and is translated by — 

du before anoun masculine singular beginning with a consonant ; 

as, du pain. 

de la before a noun feminine singular beginning with a consonant ; 

as, de la viande. 

del’ before a noun masculine or feminine singular beginning with 


a vowel or h mute; as, de eau. 
des before nouns in the plural; as, des pommes, des arbres. 


(2) When persons or things are spoken of in a gen- 
eral sense, put le, la, les before the noun. 

(5) The English prepositions, to, at, in, placed be- 
fore the names of towns, are translated by a. 


la science, science. cher, dear. 

Yor (m.), gold. rare, rure. 

Voiseau, the bird. ce matin, this morning. 
la vie, /ife, living. court, short. 
nombreux, numerous. Londres, London. 

le libraire, the bookseller. Vencre (f.), the ink. 

le papier, the paper. il vend, He sel/s.1 


1. Voulez-vous du pain ou de la viande? 2, Donnez- 
moi de eau. 3. La bonne a acheté du sel et du poivre. 
4. Ce libraire vend de V’encre, du papier, des plumes et 
des crayons. 5. Nous avons recu de Paris du café, du 


1 Observe that the 3d person singular in a French verb never ends with 
8: ila, il est, il aime, il vend. - 


48 EXERCISES. 


vin, du fromage, des pommes et des oranges. 6. Il y a 
dans mon panier des plumes, des crayons et deux livres. 
7. Cette femme vend du beurre et du fromage. 8. Voulez- 
vous de l’eau ou de la biere ce matin? 9. Il y a du pain, 
des fraises, de eau et du lait sur cette table. 10. Les 
sciences sont utiles aux hommes. 11. Tout le monde 
aime l’argent. 12. Le vin est beaucoup plus cher 4 Lon- 
dres qu’a Paris. 13. La vie d’un oiseau est courte. 
14. Les omnibus sont plus nombreux a Paris qu’a Rome. 
15. Les bons princes sont rares. 16. Les chienssont 
plus nombreux a Constantinople qu’a Londres. 


1. Some milk, some trees. 2. Any trees, some money. 
3. Any sugar, any strawberries. 4. Some men, of the 
men, to the men, any men. 5. The maid-servant has re- 
ceived some money this morning. 6. Bring me a pen 
and some ink. 7. John has bought dresses, gloves, and 
boots for his sister. 8. She has given (to) my brother 
some pens, pencils, books, paper, and ink. 9. There are 
in this basket gloves, sugar, coffee, and money. 10. Her 
cousin sells tables and chairs. 11. There are princes 
who are happy. 12. She hkes dogs and cats. 13. My 
aunt is fond of birds (my aunt likes birds). 14. Every- 
body is fond of flowers. 15. Tea is better than coffee. 
16. Horses are more useful than dogs. 17. Life is short. 
18. Gold is rarer in Rome than in Paris. 


32. 


There is no word in English corresponding exactly 
to the French on. That word is used, — 

Ist, To translate the pronouns we, you, and they, 
when we, you, and they do not represent certain per- 
sons in particular, but anybody; as, WE get news- 


EXERCISES. 49 


papers, pens, paper, and ink at the bookseller’s; you 
cannot read the Bible without becoming a better man ; 
THEY say that the king is dead. 

2d, To translate the word people used indefinitely 
as above ; a8, PEOPLE say so, and tt is thought the news 
is true. 

In each of these sentences the indefinite pronoun 
on must be used for the indefinite words we, you, they, 
or people; and being singular, requires the verb in 
the third person singular. 

After a preposition — 


translate me by moi. us by nous. 
thee by toi. you by vous. 
him by lui. { eux (m.), 
her by elle. ee DY elleat( fk 


Chez (at, or in, or to, the house of ), being a preposi- 
tion, in French will give — 


chez moi for at my house. chez nous at our house. 
chez toi at thy house. chez vous at your house. 
chez lui at his house. chez eux (m.) : 

chez elle at her house. chez elles (f.) at ther hase. 
le négociant, the merchant. la conduite, conduct. 

le fer, ‘ron. lexpérience (f.), experience. 

le cuivre, copper. les maniéres (f.), manners. 

le courage, courage. le journal, the newspaper. 
Vambition (f.), ambition. le poisson, the fish. 

le talent, talent. il trouve, he finds, he gets. 


s'il vous plait, 7f you please. 


1. On trouve chez ce négociant du fer, du cuivre et de 
Vargent. 2. Apportez-moi, s’il vous plait, de Veau et du 
thé. 3. Cet homme a du courage et de l’ambition. 4. La 
vie est chére dans les grandes villes. 5. Vous avez chez 
vous de l’encre, du papier et des plumes. 6. Donnez-moi, 

4 


50 EXERCISES. 


s’il vous plait, du beurre et du fromage. 7. Votre frére 
est heureux, il a de argent et des amis. 8. On trouve 
chez les libraires des journaux, des crayons, du papier et 
de Vencre. 9. Avez-vous acheté des joujoux pour ma 
sceur et pour moi? 10. J’ai acheté des gants pour elle 
et une petite canne pour vous. 11. Les chevaux de mon 
pere sont plus grands et plus beaux que ceux du prince. 
12. Avez-vous acheté du poisson pour elles? 13. Il a 
donné du vin a sa sceur et de la biére a son frére. 
14, Ils sont venus ce matin chez moi. 


1. For them (m.), for them (f). 2. Of me, of him. 
3. Of you, of her. 4. At my house, at her house. 5. At 
his house, at our house. 6. At your house, at their 
house. 7. At the landlord’s house. 8. At the lawyer’s; 
at the professor’s; at the prince’s; at the general’s. 
9. We find at the bookseller’s newspapers, pens, ink, 
and paper. 10. People find at his house wine and beer. 
11. She has courage. 12. We have eaten some fish and 
some meat, and we have drunk water. 13. Your brother 
has talent and manners. 14. We find iron and copper 
at this merchant’s. 15. Bring us, if you please, some 
bread and (some) knives. 16. There are trees and 
flowers in our garden. 17. We have spoken to the 
generals. 18. Fire and water are useful to man. 


33. 
Voici, here is, here are. Voila, there is, there are. 


There is and there are are both translated (Ist) by il y a, when 
making a statement; as, There are trees and flowers in our garden, Il y 
a des arbres et des fleurs dans notre jardin; (2d) by voila, when point- 
ing toa thing; as, See, there is some bread, Tenez, voila du pain. 

Literally, voici means sce here, and voila, see there. Voici points, 
therefore, to nearer objects,:and voila to more distant ones. 


EXERCISES. 51 


la chose, the thing. le ruban, the ribbon. 
la dentelle, the luce. le fil, the thread. 

une boucle d’oreille, an ear-ring. _la soie, the silk. 

la mousseline, the mus/in. une aiguille, a needle. 
une écharpe, a scary. tenez! hold! see! 


1. J’ai acheté beaucoup de choses pour vous, ma cou- 
sine; tenez, voila de la dentelle, des boucles d’oreilles, 
de la mousseline, du fil, de la soie et des aiguilles. 
2. Voici aussi une écharpe et des rubans. 3. Il y a, sur 
la petite table dans la chambre de ma mére, de la soie et 
de la dentelle. 4. Tenez, voila un petit livre que j’ai 
acheté pour vous. 6. Voila du vin pour mon frére et 
voici de eau pour moi. 6. Elle a acheté une paire de 
souliers et une paire de bottines. 7. Avez-vous un 
peu de soie et de dentelle? 8. Apportez-moi du fil et 
des aiguilles. 9. Voulez-vous aussi de la mousseline ? 
10. J’ai trouvé beaucoup de johes choses sur ma table: 
trois metres de ruban, une paire de boucles d’oreilles et 
cing metres de dentelle. 11. Votre ami ade Vambition, 
mais il a aussi du talent, de l’expérience et des manieres. 
12. Votre sceur a beaucoup de courage. 18. Voici du 
pain, de la viande, du sel et du fromage. 14. Donnez- 
moi aussi, s’1l vous plait, une carafe d’eau et un verre. 
15. Leurs chapeaux sont plus grands que les notres. 


1. There is a little water in the carafe; bring mea 
glass. 2. There is the fine picture which your father 
has given to my brother. 5. Did you buy thread and silk 
for my sister and (for) me? 4. I have bought some 
lace, some muslin, and some ribbons for your sister, and 
there is a pair of ear-rings for you. 95. Give me, if you 
please, a little bread anda glass of wine. 6. Will you 
_have alittle meat? 7. Hold, there is some money for 
you. 8. Your brothers have bought two pairs of shoes 


52 EXERCISES. 


and four pairs of boots. 9. Have you as many horses as 
dogs? 10. How much money will you have ? 11. These 
three animals are more useful than all yours. 12. Have 
you enough bread? 13. Give me less butter and more 
cheese. 14. There is a book which is very rare; it be- 
longs to my uncle. 15. There is a pair of ear-rings 
which is very dear; it belongs to my mother. 16. You 
get (on trouve) many things at this merchant’s. 


34. 
The Place of Adjectives. 


Place after their nouns, — 

1st. Adjectives of color (black, red, etc.): 2d. Ad- 
jectives of nationality (nglish, French, etc.): 3d. In 
general, adjectives having more syllables than their 
noun (du drap magnifique, de l’encre excellente, etc.): 
4th. Two or more adjectives qualifying the same noun 
(un général brave et habile.) 


First Exception to the rule of some or any, expressed 
or understood before a noun. 


If the French noun is to be preceded by an adjective, 
some or any, expressed or understood, is transiated 
simply by de (or d’); as: 


du pain, de bon pain. 

de la viande, de bonne viande. 

de l’eau, de bonne eau. 

des pommes, de bonnes pommes. 
rouge, red. noir, black. 
blanc (m.), blanche (f.), white. anglais,! English. 
habile, clever. francais, French. 


1 An adjective never takes a capital letter in French. 


EXERCISES. | 53 


chaud,! hot, or warm. magnifique, magnificent. 
froid,! cold. excellent, excellent. 
le roman, the novel. intéressant, interesting. 


la poire, the pear. 


1. Jean a donné a ma mere de tres jolies boucles - 
doreilles. 2. Voila de la dentelle magnifique. 3. Ap- 
portez-nous, s’il vous plait, de meilleur vin, de Veau 
chaude et du sucre. 4. Votre cousine a prété a mon 
pere des romans anglais qui sont tres intéressants. 
5. Vous avez Whabiles professeurs. 6. Nous avons 
acheté du drap excellent. 7. Ils ont de tres mauvais 
sucre. 8. Apportez-moi de meilleur café. 9. Voulez- 
vous de l’eau chaude ou de l’eau froide ? 10. Ma sceur 
a acheté de johes bottines frangaises. 11. Voila de trés 
bon beurre, il est meilleur que celui que vous avez acheté 
ce matin. 12. Voila de mauvaises aiguilles, elles sont 
plus mauvaises que celles de votre sceur. 13. Elle a 
offert 4 sa sceur des rubans rouges et de la soie blanche. 


1. She has bought some pretty flowers and some 
French pears, which are very good. 2. They have excel- 
lent ink. 3. You have some fine horses. 4. How many 
French books have you? 5. Louisa has given to my 
sister a black scarf, some English needles, and red silk. 
6. Here is some pretty lace. 7. Here are pretty ear- 
rings. 8. Bring me some hot water, if you please. 
9. Will you have some black coffee? 10. Give me a 
little white bread. 11. We find interesting novels at 
this bookseller’s. 12. My father has offered (to) my 
mother this morning a magnificent scarf. 13. There are 
some clever merchants in this town. 14. Have you good 
bread and good meat? 15. Our water is bad, but we 
have very good beer. 16. Has he bought some presents 
for you? 


1 Chaud and froid are always placed after their noun. 


54 EXERCISES. 


35. 


(1) The English use the two words this and that 
when they have to compare two persons or two 
things: as, THIS man is richer than THAT man ; THIS 
book ts smaller than THAT book ; THIS watch is better 
than THAT watch. But in French we have only one 
word for the adjectives this and that ; namely, ce, cet, 
or cette (see § 27). In order, therefore, to mark the 
distinction so well expressed in English by the two 
contrasting words this and that, we add to the first 
noun ci (here), and to the second 1a (there); as, — 


cet homme-ci est plus riche que cet homme-la. 
ce livre-ci est plus petit que ce livre-la. 
cette montre-ci est meilleure que cette montre-la. 


(2) The same process is used to render in French 
the distinction expressed in English by the plural 
adjectives these and those; as, — 


ces hommes-ci sont plus riches que ces hommes-la. 
ces livres-ci sont plus petits que ces livres-la. 
ces montres-ci sont meilleures que ces montres-la. 


(3) As in each of these sentences the repetition of 
the same noun sounds ill, we replace the second by 
one of the pronouns, celui, celle, ceux, celles, according 
to the gender and number of that noun; as,— 


cet homme-ci est plus riche que celui-la. 

ce livre-ci est plus petit que celui-la. 

cette montre-ci est meilleure que celle-la. 
ces hommes-ci sont plus riches que ceux-la. 
ces livres-ci sont plus petits que ceux-la. 
ces montres-ci sont meilleures que celles-la. 


Observe, in all these examples, that ci, pointing to a nearer object, 
corresponds to the English this and these ; whilst la, pointing to a more 
distant object, corresponds with that and those. 


EXERCISES. 55 


Thérése, Therese. Ernest, “nest. 
Charles, Charles. la broche, ‘he brooch. 
Henri, Henry. le parapluie, ‘he umbrella. 


1. Ce livre-ci est meilleur que celui-la. 2. Cette fené- 
tre-ci est plus haute que celle-la. 5. Ces bouteilles-la 
sont plus petites que celles-ci. 4. Ces enfants-la sont 
plus jolis que ceux-ci. 5. Avez-vous vu ma montre et 
celle de ma scour? 6. Celle-ci est la mienne, celle-la est 
celle de Jeanne. 7. Nous avons trouvé deux broches, 
et vos sceurs ont perdu les leurs. 8. Celle-ci est celle de 
Thérése, et voila celle de Louise. 9. Voici le parapluie 
que j’ai trouvé chez nous. 10. Ce parapluie est peut-étre 
celui de Charles, qui a perdu le sien. 11. Celui-ci est le 
mien, celui-la est le v6tre. 12. Nous avons trouvé deux 
cannes; avez-vous perdu la votre, Henri? 13. J’ai 
perdu la mienne dans le jardin, et j’ai pris celle de 
mon frere. 14. Celle que vous avez est peut-étre celle 
d’Ernest; il a perdu la sienne ce matin. 


1. This house is higher than that. 2. This arm-chair 
is larger than that. 3. These strawberries are better 
than those. 4. These gloves are prettier and dearer 
than those. 5. That portrait is more beautiful than 
this.. 6. That lace is. prettier than this. 7... Those 
novels are more interesting than these. 8. Those scarfs 
are dearer than these. 9. Where did you see my hand- 
kerchief? 10. This one’ is mine, that one is yours. 
11. Did you also see my watch? 12. That one is your 
brother’s, this one is yours. 13. There is your umbrella, 
which my brother has found. 14. That umbrella is my 
eSister’s. 15. Here is your pencil, that one is mine. 
16. Those apples are better than these. 17. These pears 
are better than those. 


™ One is not translated after this or that, nor ones after these or those. 


, 


56 EXERCISES. 


36. 


(1) The superlative is formed by putting le, la, les, 
before the comparative. 


POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
: grand (m.), great, plus grand, greater, le plus grand, the greatest. 
Sing. : 
grande (f.), plus grande, la plus grande. 
grands (m.), plus grands, les plus grands. 
Pl. 
grandes (f.), plus grandes, les plus grandes. 


(2) In, after a superlative, is translated by de: — 
la plus jolie fille de la ville, the prettiest girl in the town. 
(3) He is, she is, tt ts, and they are, followed by a 
superlative, are generally translated by e’est before a 
singular, by ce sont before a plural : — 


c’est le plus brave des hommes, he is the bravest of men. 
ce sont les meilleures des femmes, they are the best of women. 


le pays, the country. le quartier, (he quarter. 
la rue, the street. la phrase, the sentence, 
le monde, the world. fait, done, made. 


1. Prenez cette petite chambre, c’est la plus gaie de la 
rue. 2. Voulez-vous ces deux journaux? ce sont les 
meilleurs du pays. 5. Donnez-moi, s’1l1 vous plait, une 
de ces poires frangaises. 4. Elles sont meilleures que 
les poires anglaises, ce sont peut-étre les meilleures de 
toutes les poires. 5. Avez-vous fait votre exercice ? 
e’est le plus difficile du livre. 6. Ces fraises sont chéres, 
elles sont plus chéres que dans mon pays. 7. Prenez 
cette soie blanche, c’est la plus jolie de toutes. 8. Ces 
souliers sont les moins beaux, mais ce sont les plus 
utiles. 9. Cet hétel est excellent, c’est le meilleur de la 
ville et peut-étre du pays. 10. Les phrases frangaises 
de ce livre sont plus faciles que les phrases anglaises, 


EXERCISES. . 57 


elles sont aussi moins utiles et moins nombreuses. 
11. Thérése est la fille la plus aimable de la ville. 
12. Sa sceur est plus jolie quelle. 18. C’est la plus jolie 
file du quartier. 14. Ce quartier est un des plus beaux 
de Paris. 


1. This book is very useful, it is the most useful of 
my books. 2. Did you see my uncle’s house? it is the 
largest in the town. 3. This needle is better than yours, 
it is the best of my needles. 4. Charles is very young, 
he is the youngest of my brothers. 5. My cousin is the 
merriest of all girls. 6. Your little white cat is the 
prettiest of all cats. 7. Our landlord is the richest man 
(the man the richest) in the town. 8. Louisa is the 
tallest girl in the class. 9. Your two sisters are richer 
than mine, but mine are more cheerful. 10. This pen 
is good, mine is better, but my brother’s is the best. 
11. The man who has bought this bottle of wine is the 
poorest in the town. 12. Your uncle is the best man in 
the world. 15. Those apples are better than these, but 
mine and his are the best. 14. Their house is the high- 
est in the street. 15. Your sisters are very clever, they 
are cleverer than mine. ) 

l 


37. 


The Rule of c’est and ce sont continued 


He is, she is, it is, and they are, are translated by 
c'est or ce sont before a noun, or a pronoun. 


e’est Henri, it is Henry. ce sont mes fréres, ?f 7s my brothers. 


e’est un négociant, he isa merchant. ce sont des négociants, they are mer- . 
chants 
c’est une couturiére, she is a dress- ce sont des couturiéres, they are 
maker. dressmakers. 


58 EXERCISES. 


c’est moi, zt zs J. est-ce moi? is it I? 

c’est toi, zt 7s thou. est-ce toi? is it thou ? 

cest lui, it is he. est-ce lui? cs tt he? 

c’est elle, if zs she. est-ce elle? is it she 2 

c'est nous, ?f 7s we. est-ce nous? is zt we 2 

c’est vous, it is you. est-ce vous? is 2t you ? 

ce sont eux, vt is they (m.). est-ce eux ? vs it they (m.) % 
ce sont elles, it is they (f.). est-ce elles? is it they (f.) ? 


ce sont ceux, 
ce sont celles, 


c’est celui, 
c’est celle, 
cestile mien,” "52'S. ce sont les miens, 

: : it is mine. 2 
c’est la mienne, j ce sont les miennes, 


t they are those. 
c’est le tien, ce sont les tiens, 


it is that, or it is the one. 
they are mine. 


it is thine. they are thine. 


c’est la tienne, ce sont les tiennes, 


e’est le sien, Re Seta ce sont les siens, they are his or 
é : it is his or hers. ; 
c’est la sienne, ce sont les siennes, hers. 
cest le notre, ). . mn 
, is it is ours. ce sont les ndtres, they are ours. 
c’est la notre, f ; 
c’est le votre, sae x U 
‘ i it us yours. ce sont les votres, they are yours. 
c’est la votre, : J 
c’est le leur aye ; 
; it ts theirs. ce sont les leurs, they are theirs. 
c’est la leur, 


Observe that ce sont is used before a third person plural (excepting 
the interrogative est-ce eux? and est-ce elles?) while c’est is used in 
all other cases. 


Who ? oul, yes. 
Whom ? la femme, the woman, the wife. 


Qui, 
Notice that the interrogative pronoun whom is 


translated by qui; the relative pronoun whom, by que. 


qui avez-vous vu? whom have you seen? 
Vhomme que vous avez vu, the man whom you have seen. 


M. or Monsieur, sr, Mr. MM. or Messieurs, gentlemen, Messrs. 
Mme or Madame, madam, Mrs. Mmes or Mesdames, /adies, mesdames. 
Mile or Mademoiselle, miss. Milles or Mesdemoiselles, misses, the 


misses. 


EXERCISES. 59 


ce monsieur, this or that gentle- ces messieurs, these or those gentle- 


man. men. 
cette dame, this or that lady. ces dames, these or those ladies. 
cette demoiselle, this or that young ces demoiselles, these or those young 
lady. ladies. 


1. Quiest 14? 2. Est-ce vous, Ernest? 3. Oui, c’est 
moi. 4. Qui sont ces messieurs ? 5. Ce sont les amis 
du propriétaire. 6. Qui sont ces dames? 7. Ce sont les 
sceurs du ministre. 8. Qui est cette femme? 9. C’est la 
bonne de l’avocat. 10. Qui sont ces enfants? 11. Ce 
sont les miens, ¢’est mon fils et ma fille. 12. Qui avez- 
vous vu dans la maison? 13. J’ai vu monsieur Auguste 
et madame Gustave. 14. Est-ce vous, monsieur Joly ? 
15. De qui avez-vous regu ces lettres ? Est-ce du pro- 
priétaire ou de Vavocat ? 16. C’est du propriétaire. 


1. Who is that gentleman? 2. It is our landlord’s 
brother. 3. Who is that lady? 4. It is the priest’s 
sister. 5. Who are those men? 6. They are my cousin’s 
friends. 7. They are! John, Charles, and Gustave. 
8. It is! talent and manners that he likes. 9. It is man- 
ners and talent that he likes. 10. Is it you, Mr. Henry ? 
me Wes, it is ‘J. 12. Who is that) maid-servant?..132 14 
is ours. 14. Who are those young ladies? 15. They 
are the minister’s daughters. 16. Whom did you see in 
the garden? 17. I have seen your mother and Miss 
Jane. 18. She is fond of horses; they are more useful 
than dogs. 


38. 


(1) As the auxiliary verb to do does not exist in 
French (§ 6), do and does are omitted in translation: 


1 Translate by c’est, as the next noun is not plural. 


60 — EXERCISES. 


— To whom do these trees belong? must, therefore, be 
turned into: to whom belong these trees ? 

(2) The interrogative pronoun whose, having no 
corresponding word in French, is changed into to 
whom: — Whose garden is this? must be changed 
into: to whom belongs this garden? or, to whom is 
this garden? 


; : Avago 
2 ia appary Garice aera Whose garden is this 2 
A qui est ce jardin? 

Il appartient 4 mon frére. 


C’est celui de mon frére. It is my brother’s. 
C’est & mon frére. 
A qui appartiennent ces jardins ? 
A qui sont ces jardins? 

~ Ils appartiennent 4 ma sceur. 


Ce sont ceux de ma sceur. 


Whose gardens are these 2 


They are my sister’s. 


une ombrelle, a parasol. une épingle, a pin. 
un dé, a thimble. un manchon, a muff. 


1. A qui appartient ce manchon? 2. C’est & ma 
secur. 3. A qui est cette ombrelle? 4. C’est celle de 
Thérese. 5. A qui appartient ce parapluie? 6. C’est 
celui que vous avez acheté ce matin. 7. A qui sont ces 
aiguilles, ces épingles, ce filet ce dé? 8. Ils appartien- 
nent 4 ma cousine. 9. A qui sont ces deux mouchoirs ? 
10. Ce sont les vétres, ce sont ceux que vous avez pris 
ce matin. 11. Sont-ce vos cousins qui sont arrivés ce 
matin? 12. Oui, ce sont eux. 138. A qui sont ces 
épingles ? Sont-ce les vétres ou les miennes? 14. Ce 
sont celles de ma sceur. 15. Pour qui est ce dé? Est-ce 
pour vous ou pour moi? 16. C’est pour vous. 


1. Whose house is this? 2. It is my uncle’s. 3. To 
whom does this parasol belong? 4. It belongs to my 
sister. 5. Whose muffs are those? 6. They are The- 


EXERCISES. 61 


resa’s, Jane’s, and Louisa’s. 7. To whom does this bread 
belong? 8. It is your own.’ 9. It is the one which you 
have bought for your cousin. 10. To whom do these 
novels belong? 11. They are mine. 12. They are 
those which you have put this morning on my table. 
13. Whose brooch is this? 14. It is Louisa’s. 15. For 
whom have you bought these two small mutis? 16. For 
your two daughters. 17. Your house is very high, it is 
the highest in the street. 


39. 
PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
to have, avoir. to be, étre. 
T have, jai. Iam, je suis. 
thou hast, tu as. thou art, tues. 
he has, il g; he is, il est. 
we have, nous avons. we are, nous sommes. 
you have, vous avez. you are, vous @tes. 
they have, ils ont. they are, ils sont. 
INTERROGATIVELY. 

have [2 ai-je? am I 2 suis-je ? 
hast thou? as-tu? art thou? es-tut? 
has he? a-t-il ? is he? est-il ? 
have we? avons-nous? are we? sommes-nous ? 
have you? avez-vous ? are you? €tes-vous ? 
have they ? ont-ils? are they? sont-ils? 

triste, sad. aujourd’hui, to-day. 

malade, i//, wnwell, sick. parce que, because. 

laborieux, industrious. avec, with. 


ce soir, this evening, to-night (till bed-time). 


1 Translate my own, thy own, his own, her own, etc., as if it were mine, 
thine, his, hers, etc. 


62 EXERCISES. 


1. Pourquoi étes-vous si triste’ aujourd’hui? 2. Je 
suis triste parce que ma sceur est tres malade. 3. Nous 
aussl, nous sommes un peu malades ce soir. 4. Vos 
sceurs sont plus gaies et plus aimables que les miennes. 
5. Avez-vous vu votre cousine ? elle est arrivée ce soir. 
6. Avec qui est-elle venue? 7. Elle est venue avec son 
onele et sa tante. 8. Etes-vous souvent dans ce jardin ? 
9. Votre frére et votre cousin ont fait leurs exercices, 
ils sont trés laborieux. 10. Elles ont acheté de trés 
jolies boucles d’oreilles ce matin. 11. Elles sont ar- 
rivées ce soir. 12. Le ruban rouge que vous avez acheté 
est magnifique. 13. Combien avez-vous acheté cette 
écharpe? 14. Nous avons vu aujourd’hui de tres jolie 
dentelle. 15. Votre oncle est parti ce soir pour Londres. 


1. You have, you are. 2. They have, they are. 3. She 
has, she is. 4. I have, I am. 5. My brothers have, my 
brothers are. 6. We have, we are. 7. He has, he 1s. 
8. Thou hast, thou art. 9. My brother and my sister 
have. 10. My brother and my sister are. 11. Is it you 
who have written this letter to my mother? 12. Yes, 
sir, it is I. 13. Why are you sad? 14. I am sad be- 
cause I am sick. 15. Are you often sad and sick ? 
16. I am sick every Monday. 17. They have done their 
exercises. 18. They have arrived. 19. Have you spoken 
to your uncle to-day ? 20. Yes, sir, I have seen my uncle 
this evening. 21. Did you sell as many things as 
your neighbor ? 22. How much money has she lost ? 
23. These novels are more interesting than those. 
24. English novels are very interesting. 25. They have 
bought three French grammars. 


1 The pronoun vous may stand for one as well as for several persons. 
When it stands for only one, the adjective referring to it must be singular. 


EXERCISES. 63 


40. 


(1) ! The past tense is the past of a verb used with- 
out to be or to have, as L wrote, you saw, they spoke. 
Translate it generally by the past participle of that 
verb preceded by j'ai, tu as, il a, etc.; as j’ai écrit, vous 
avez vu, ils ont parleé. 

In other words, the French make no difference between J wrote and 


I have written, I saw and I have seen, I spoke and I have spoken, and, 
generally speaking, they use only the latter form. 


(2) By exception, put je suis, tu es, il est, nous 
sommes, vous étes, ils sont (instead of j'ai, tu as, etc.) 
before the ten past participles always used in French 
with to 6e ($18). Translate therefore in the following 
way : — 


I went, je suis allé. I became, je suis devenu. 
I went out, je suis sorti. I arrived, je suis arrivé. 
I went away, je suis parti. I entered, je suis entré. 
I came, je suis venu. I remained, je suis resté. 
I came back, je suis revenu. I fell, je suis tombé. 


il y a (before a noun implying il y a quinze jours, | 
a period of time), ago. il y a une quinzaine, j 

il y a huit jours, hier, yesterday. 

il y a une semaine, hier soir, /ast night (till bed-time). 


a fortnight ago. 


ba week ago. 


1. Nous avons vendu notre maison lundi dernier. 
2. Ils ont perdu leur mére il y a huit jours. 3. Elle 
a écrit & son frére hier matin. 4. Ot étes-vous allé 
ce soir? 5. Je suis allé chez mon oncle. 6. Sont-ils 
sortis hier soir? 7. Ils sont partis il y a quinze jours. 
8. Elle a vu ce matin le portrait que j’ai donné a sa 


1 Pupils are recommended to pay the greatest attention to these two rules, — 
their application being constantly required in French conversation. 


64. EXERCISES. 


sceeur il y a trois semaines. 9. Pourquoi étes-vous restés 
chez vous hier? 10. Pourquoi avez-vous offert au fils 
du propriétaire le livre que j’ai donné Vautre jour 4 
votre seur? 11. Ou est le couteau que vous avez trouvé 
jeudi dernier? 12. A-telle écrit 4 son pére vendredi 
soir? 13. Est-elle arrivée hier matin? 14. Votre cou- 
sine est devenue tres jolie. 


1. He spoke; she read; we sold. 2. They lent; you 
received; I offered. 3. We accepted; you lost; they 
saw. 4. She wrote; I visited; she came back. 5. He 
remained; we arrived; you became. 6. They went 
away; they went out. 7. I went; I entered. 8. I saw 
your father yesterday. 9. I spoke to your sister this 
morning. 10. She has seen the present which I offered 
to her sister three or four days ago. 11. Where did he 
go last night? 12. When did he come back? 138. He 
came back on Tuesday last. 14. Show me the novel 
which she lent to your brother. 15. I wrote to my sister 
three weeks ago. 16. The bonnet which she bought at 
your house is very pretty. 17. Have you seen the fine 
picture which I received from my father last night ? 
18. Have you read the novel which I lent to your brother 
five or six months ago? 


41. 


Adverbs are generally placed after the verb in 
a simple tense, and between the auxiliary verb and 
the past participle in a compound tense; as — 


Elle danse bien, She dances well. 

Ils jouent adroitement, They play skilfully. 

Elle a bien dansé, She has danced well. 

Ils ont adroitement joué, They have played skilfully. 


Nous avons beaucoup ri, We laughed much. 


EXERCISES. 65 


EXCEPTIONS: — Hier, aujourd’hui, demain, ici, la, 
and all adverbial phrases,! are placed after the 
participle : — 


Ils sont partis hier, They left yesterday. 
Elles sont revenues aujourd@’hui, Zhey came back to-day. 
Vous n’aurez pas fini demain, You will not have done to-morrow. 
Je suis arrivé ici hier, I arrived here yesterday. 
Il est tombé la, He fell there. 
Elle a pleuré tout 4 Vheure, She cried just now. 
Vous avez agi avec prudence, You have acted prudently. 
étre bien mis, to be well dressed. la bague, the ring. 
étre mal mis, to be badly dressed. le porte-monnaie, the purse. 
ri, /aughed. la chaine, the chain. 
pleuré, wept, cried. la poche, the pocket. 
agi, behaved. plein, full. 
dormi, s/ept. toujours, always. 


cette nuit, last night (from 12 till this morning). 


1. Mon frére a beaucoup pleuré ce matin. 2. Il a 
perdu son porte-monnaie hier soir. 3. A-t-il beaucoup 
perdu? 4. Est-il venu ici? 5. Il a mal agi aujourd’hui. 
6. Le fils du propriétaire est toujours bien mis. 7. Il 
aime beaucoup les choses qui sont chéres. 8. Nous avons 
beaucoup ri ce soir. 9. Nous avons bien pleuré ce soir-la. 
10. Votre frére est arrivé cette nuit. 11. Ses poches 
sont toujours pleines d’argent. 12. Vous avez mal écrit 
votre lettre. 13. La lettre de votre frére est trés bien 
écrite. 14. Le pauvre enfant a pleuré toute cette nuit, 
il a perdu tous ses joujoux. 15. Nous sommes partis 
de Paris hier soir. 


1. I slept well last night. 2. Your little cousin wept 
much this morning, her mother is ill. 35. My cousin is 
poor, but she is always well dressed. 4. Ernest lost 


1 An adverbial phrase is composed of two or more words: sur-le-champ, 
at once; tout a fait, quite; tout a l’heure, just now, 


66 EXERCISES. 


this morning his purse and his watch. 5. Did he also 
lose his chain and his ring? 6. Did they come here ? 
7. Your brother laughed much last night. 8. Did you 
sleep well last night? 9. He ate very little. 10. She 
is always badly dressed. 11. She fell there. 12. Your 
letter is badly written. 13. Your uncle offered some 
money and some books to Henry’s cousin yesterday. 
14. He is very fond of dogs (he likes dogs much).} 
15. My mother wept very much. 16. Did she arrive 
Monday or Tuesday morning ? 


42. 


(1) The negation not is expressed by the two words 
ne and pas, and the verb is placed between them. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


TI have not, je n’ai pas. I am not, je ne suis pas. 
thou hast not, tu n’as pas. thou art not, tu n’es pas. 
he has not, il n’a pas. he is not, il n’est pas. 
she has not, elle n’a pas. she is not, elle n’est pas. 


we have not, nous n’avons pas. we are not, nous ne sommes pas. 
you have not, vous n’avez pas. you are not, vous n’étes pas. 
} ils n’ont pas. au ils ne sont pas. 


th ; 
elles n’ont pas. ey GPE NO, Y elles ne sont pas. 


they have not, 


INTERROGATIVELY. 
have I not 2 n’ai-je pas? am I not ? ne suis-je pas? 
je p 
hast thou not? n’as-tu pas? art thou not? wes-tu pas? 
has he not 2 n’a-t-il pas? is he not 2 n’est-il pas ? 
p 
has she not? —wa-t-elle pas? is she not? _ n’est-elle pas? 


have we not? wavons-nous pas? are we not? ne sommes-nous pas? 
have you not? n’avez-vous pas? are you not? n’étes-vous pas? 
n’ont-ils pas ? ne sont-ils pas ? 


‘e they not? 
n’ont-elles pas ? ane HEY TEN ve sont-elles pas? 


have they not ? 


1 We never say trés beaucoup for very much, but simply beaucoup. 


EXERCISES, 67 


Final exception to the rule of some or any before a 


noun. , 


(2) If the verb is negative, some or any, whether 
expressed or understood before a noun, is translated 
simply by de (or da’), as: — 

Je n’ai pas d'argent, J have no money, or I have not any money. 

Je n’ai pas de souliers, / have no shoes, or I have not any shoes. 


Je n’ai pas de livre, / have not a book, or I have no book. 
Je n’ai jamais vu de lion, / have never seen a lion. 


le diamant, the diamond. le lion, the lion. 

la fourrure, the fur. Véléphant, the elephant. 

le bracelet, the bracelet. le tigre, the tiger. 

le bouton, the stud, button. le léopard, the leopard. 

Vhabit, the coat. le serpent, the serpent. 
si, if. 


1. Je n’ai pas de diamants, mais j’ai de la fourrure, 
de trés beaux bracelets et de joes boucles doreilles. 
2. Votre fréere n’a pas perdu sa chaine, c’est un bouton 
qwil a perdu dans votre jardin. 3. Son habit n’est pas 
meilleur que le mien. 4. Vous avez de l’expérience, 
vous n’étes pas trés jeune. 5. Nos maisons ne sont 
pas trés hautes. 6. Nous ne sommes pas riches, nous 
n’avons pas autant d’argent que vous. 7. Je ne suis 
pas habile, mais j’ai du courage et de la persévérance. 
8. Cette encre rouge n’est pas trés bonne. 9. Vous 
n’avez pas encore vu de lions; moi, j’ai vu des lons, 
des éléphants, des tigres, des léopards et des serpents. 
10. I] n’a pas encore lu de roman francais. 11. Je n’ai 
pas de soie, mais j’ai de trés beau fil blane. 


1. They have not; they are not. 2. We have not; 
we are not. 3. She has not; she is not. 4. I have 


1 See general rule, § 31, and 1st exception, § 34. 


68 EXERCISES. 


not; I am not. 5. You have not; you are not. 6. My 
brothers have not. 7. My sisters are not. 8. Have they 
not? 9. Are they not? 10. Has she not? 11. Is she 
not? 12. HaveI not? 138. AmI not? 14. Have you 
not? 15. Are you not? 16. My pen is not better than 
yours. 17. My pens are not better than yours. 18. She 
has no books. 19. She has not an umbrella. 20. Bring 
us some bread, if you please, and, if you have no wine, 
give us some tea also. 21. We have bought wine, apples, 
pears, knives, paper, ink, and pens. 22. My sisters have 
no needles, but they have very good pins. 


43. 


(1) As followed by an adjective or an adverb is 
translated by aussi: as beautiful, aussi beau; as well, 
aussi bien. 

(2) So followed by an adjective or an adverb is 
translated by si: so beautiful, si beau; so well, si bien. 

aussi is used in comparisons, and is always followed by que; si is 
used in comparisons only when they are negative, and does not require 
que after it. 

(5) As coming after another as, or after so, or after 
same, is translated by que :— 


as beautiful as, aussi beau que. so beautiful as, si beau que. 
as well as, aussi bien que. so well as, si bien que. 
the same as, le méme que, la méme que, les mémes que. 
ne... point, not, or notatall.1 ne... plus, not again, no more, no longer. 
ne... jamais, never. 

la représentation, the representation, the picture. fort, strong. 
le moyen age, the middle ages. ordinaire, common. 
Pécrivain, the author. presque, a/most. 


tout a Vheure, just now. 


1 The negation ne . . . point is more energetic than ne . . . pas, but is 
not so often used. 


é EXERCISES. 69 


1. Cette mousseline est aussi belle que la mienne, mais 
elle n’est pas si forte. 2. Votre lettre n’est pas si bien 
écrite que celle de votre frére. 3. Ce papier n’est pas si 
beau que le votre, mais il est plus fort. 4. Ce roman de 
Dickens est aussi intéressant que beaucoup des? romans 
de Walter Scott, mais il n’est pas aussi beau qu’lvanhoe. 
5. Je n’ai jamais lu d’aussi beau roman. 6. Ivanhoe 
nest pas un roman ordinaire, c’est la plus parfaite 
représentation du moyen age. 7. Cet écrivain n’a pas 
de talent. 8. Avez-vous perdu votre porte-monnaie ? 
9. Je n’ai jamais de porte-monnaie. 10. Mon oncle n’est 
pas si riche que votre cousin. 11. Ces arbres sont pres- 
que aussi beaux que ceux de votre jardin. 


1. They have not. 2. They are not. 3. We have no 
more. 4. We are nomore. 65. My brothers have never. 
6. My sisters are never. 7. Has she no more? 8. Is 
she no more? . 9. Have you not at all? 10. Are you 
not at all? ‘11. Have they not? 12. Are they not? 
13. Have we no more? 14. Are we no more? 15. Has 
he never? 16. Is she never? 17. The garden which 
you sold to my brother is not so small as ours. 
18. Your brothers saw this morning two horses which 
are almost as high as mine. 19. The novel which you 
lent (to) my mother is not so interesting as this one. 
20. That young man has no manners. 21. Has he not 
come back? 22. She has never gone away. 23. You 
are no longer so merry as just now; are you sick ? 
24. No, sir, I am never sick; but I ama little sad be- 
cause I have no more money. 


1 Observe that des, not de, is used here after the adverb of quantity 
beaucoup, because it means of the. 


70 EXERCISES. 


44. 


(1) What or which followed by a noun is an adjec- 
tive and translated by — 


quels. 
quelles. 


quel (m.). 


queulevey: PLURAL. 


SINGULAR. 


(2) To express what o’clock it is, we name first the 
hour which is nearest, whether it is past or to come, 
and add less so much, if the hour has not struck yet, 
or and so much, it the hour is past. 

Supposing we wish to tell what the time is every 
five minutes, beginning at 25 minutes to 10 till 25 
minutes to 11, we shall say : — 


9.35. dix heures moins vingt-cing minutes, or simply, moins vingt-cing. 
9.40. dix heures moins vingt minutes, or moins vingt. 
9.45. dix heures moins quinze, or moins un quart. 
9.50. dix heures moins dix minutes, or moins dix. 
9.55. dix heures moins cing minutes, or moins cinq. 
10. dix heures. 
10.5. dix heures et cing minutes, or dix heures cinq. 
10.10. dix heures et dix minutes, or dix heures dix. 
10.15. dix heures et quart, or dix heures quinze. 
10.20. dix heures et vingt minutes, or dix heures vingt. 
10.25. dix heures et vingt-cing minutes, or dix heures vingt-cing. 
10.30. dix heures et demie, or dix heures trente. 
10.35. onze heures moins vingt-cing minutes, or moins vingt-cinq. - 


Observe that the half-hour goes with the preceding hour. 


(3) O'clock is often dropped in English, but heure or heures must 
be expressed in French. It is the reverse with the word minutes, when 
the number is 5, 10, 15, etc., as: 20 minutes to 10, dix heures moins 
vingt. 

(4) When demi is expressed after its noun, it is not preceded by an 
article, and is variable: dix heures et demie (not dix heures et une 
demie). — When placed before its noun, it is preceded by the article, 


EXERCISES. 71 


is invariable, and is connected with the noun by a hyphen: une 
demi-heure. 

(5) To avoid a possible confusion between douze heures and deux 
heures, douze heures is not used in French: we say midi for 12 at 
noon, and minuit for 12 at night. 


la minute, the minute. la station, the station. 
le quart, the quarter, the fourth. non, no. 
heure, (f.), hour, o'clock. tard, late. 


1. Quelle couturiére a fait votre robe? 2. Dans quel 
quartier est votre maison? 3. De quel pays étes-vous ? 
4, Sur quelle table avez-vous mis mes gants? 95. Quels 
souliers avez-vous pris? 6. De quelles chambres avez- 
vous ouvert les fenétres? 7. Quelle heure est-il?! 8. Il 
est midi cing ou midi dix. 9. Il n’est pas encore midi 
un quart. 10. Est-il parti avec elles? 11. Non, Mon- 
sieur, il est parti plus tard, a3 heures et demie. 12. Nous 
avons perdu mon pauvre frére ce matin a 9 heures moins 
un quart. 


1. We have not taken. 2. He has never taken. 3. He 
is never taken. 4. You have not taken. 65. You are not 
taken. 6. I am not taken. 7. They are never taken. 
8. Have we not taken? 9. Is he never taken? 10. Have 
IT not taken? 11. Am I not taken? 12. Have they 
never taken? 13. Are they never taken? 14. What 
French book have you read? 15. Which pen is the 
best? 16. Which pens are the best? 17. What hand- 
kerchiefs have you taken? 18. What hour is it? 19. It 
is a quarter to two. 20. It is five minutes to three. 
21. It is twenty minutes past four. 22. It is half-past 
five. 23. It is not twenty minutes to six. 24. It is not 
yet a quarter past seven. 25. Itis midnight. 26. It is 


1 Est-il, not est-elle, because this il est is an impersonal verb, and as 
such cannot have any other subject than the invariable il. 


te EXERCISES. 


five minutes past twelve (at night). 27. At what o’clock 
did my sisters go away? 28. They went away from 
the house at five minutes of eleven, and from the station 
half an hour later. 


45. 


Which followed by of (expressed or understood) is 
a pronoun and translated by — 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
MASC. FEM. MASC. FEM. 
lequel, which (of), laquelle. lesquels, lesquelles. 
duquel, of which (of), de laquelle: desquels, desquelles. 
auquel, to which (of), & laquelle. auxquels, auxquelles. 


jeune personne, young lady. 
le bagage, the luggage. 
prés de, near. 


1. Lequel de ces messieurs est votre frére? 2. C’est 
celui qui est pres de la table. 3. Laquelle de ces jeunes 
personnes est votre scour? 4. Elle n’est pas ici, elle est 
sortie. 5. Duquel de ces enfants avez-vous parlé ? 
6. J’ai parlé de celui qui est arrivé ici il y a quinze 
jours. 7. De laquelle de vos sceurs avez-vous regu ce 
joi cadeau? 8. De Jeanne; c’est la plus jeune de mes 
scurs. 9. Auquel de nos écrivains avez-vous parlé? 
10. J’ai parlé a celui quia écrit ce beau roman. 11. A 
laquelle de ces dames avez-vous écrit? 12. A celle qui 
a tant pleuré hier. 18. Auxquelles de ces jeunes per- 
sonnes avez-vous lu ma lettre? 14. J’ai lu votre lettre 
a toutes ; elles ont beaucoup ri. 


1. We (m.) are not found. 2. She has never found. 
3. She is never found. 4. You have no more found. 
5. You (pl.) are no more found. 6. I have nos 
found. 7. My sons have not found, 8. My daughters 


EXERCISES. 73 


are not found. 9. Have we not found? 10. Are we 
not found. 11. Has she never found? 12. Is she 
never found? 13. Have you no more found? 14. Are 
you no more found? 15. Am I not found? 16. Are 
they (f.) never found? 17. Here are six hats; which 
(of them) is the best ? 18. There are ten pens; which 
(of them) is the best? 19. Which of these two books 
did you lend to my brother? 20. Which of these chairs 
is the highest? 21. Which of these apples are the 
best ? 22. To which of these young ladies did you lend 
your brooch? 23. To which of these gentlemen did you 
sell your watch? 24. Which of these rooms is the 
largest ? 25. Which of your sisters has gone away ? 
26. Which of your brothers has lost his luggage ? 


H- 


46. 


We have seen (§ 8) that the nominative which or 
that is translated by qui and the accusative by que. 

To complete the rule, translate the pronoun which 
after a preposition by lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles. 


Where is the pen with which I wrote Ouest la plume avec laquelle j’ai 


this letter 2 écrit cette lettre ? 
Here is the table on which I put your Voici la table sur laquelle j’ai mis 
purse, votre porte-monnaie. 


When of which, of whom, or whose are not interrog- 
ative, they may be expressed by dont for both genders 
and numbers, instead of the variable duquel, de laquelle, 
desquels, etc. 

Bring me the book of which I spoke, Apportez-moi le livre dont j’ai 


parlé. 
The man of whom I spoke has arrived, YWhomme dont j’ai parlé est arrivé. 


74 EXERCISES. 


le prix, the prize. caché, hidden. 

le tiroir, the drawer. coupé, cut. 

la boite, the box. enfin, at last. 

le nom, the name. demeuré, lived. 
travaillé, worked, wrought. plusieurs, several. 


1. Dans quelle rue avez-vous perdu votre chien? 
2. Voici la rue dans laquelle j’ai perdu mon chien. 3. De 
quel livre avez-vous parlé a mon oncle? 4. Voila le 
livre dont j’ai parlé a votre oncle. 5. Ou avez-vous mis 
Vardoise sur laquelle vous avez écrit votre nom et le 
mien? 6. Apportez-moi la table sur laquelle j’ai mis 
mes livres et mes papiers. 7. Dans quel journal avez- 
vous lu cette lettre? 8. Montrez-moi le journal dans 
lequel vous avez lu cette lettre. 9. Voila ces bottines 
pour lesquelles vous avez tant pleuré. 10. Voici la table 
sur laquelle j’ai tant écrit. 11. Il a enfin regu le prix 
pour lequel il a tant travaillé. 12. Apportez-moi le 
tiroir dans lequel vous avez mis mes gants. 13. Il n’a 
pas visité la chambre dans laquelle nous avons caché ses 
joujoux. 14. Elles ont visité la chambre dans laquelle 
vous avez demeuré plusieurs mois. 15. Apportez-moi le 
livre dont j’ai parlé a votre sceur. 


1. They (m.) have not laughed. 2. They are not cut. 
3. She has never fallen. 4. You have no more hidden. 
5. You (pl.) are no more hidden. 6. We have never 
hidden. 7. We are never hidden. 8. Henry and his sis- 
ter have not come. 9. Have they not hidden 210. Are 
they not hidden. 11. Has she never worked? 12. Is 
she never hidden? 13. Are you no more hidden? 
14. Have we never hidden? 15. Are we never hidden ? 
16. Have I not slept? 17. In which drawer did you 
hide my novel? 18. Did you find the drawer in which 
your brother has hidden your novel? 19. Where is the 


EXERCISES. 05 


brooch of which you spoke to my sister? 20. Here 
is the knife with which I cut bread. 21. Here is the 
box in which I put your letters and portrait. 22. In 
which room did you hide my gloves and my hat? 
23. Did you find the room in which we hid your gloves 
and your hat ? 24. Here are the two pencils with which 
I wrote my exercises. 25. Here are the two pens with 
which we wrote our letters. 26. The table upon which 
you have put your papers belongs to your father. 


47. 
Imperfect. 
The termination of the imperfect, in all verbs, 


1s8:— ; 
-ais. -ions. 


SINGULAR. 2 -ais. PLURAL. @ -iez. 
-ait. -aient. 


Before that termination put av- in the imperfect 
of avoir, to have, and ét- in the imperfect of 6tre, to 
be: — 


I had, javais. I was, j étais. 

thou hadst, tu avais. thou wast, tu étais. 

he had, il avait. he was, il était. 

she had, elle avait. she was, elle était. 

we had, nous avions. we were, nous étions. 

you had, vous aviez. you were, vous étiez. 
ils avaient. ils étaient. 

hegihed, elles avaient. AREY Te, elles étaient. 


INTERROGATIVELY. 


had I? avais-je ? was [ 2? étais-je ? 
hadst thou?  avais-tu? wast thou? étais-tu? 
had he ? avait-il ? was he? était-il ? 


had she? avait-elle ? was she ? était-elle ? 


76 EXERCISES. 


had we ? avions-nous ? were we 2 étions-nous 2? 
had you? aviez-vous ? were you?  €tiez-vous ? 
avaient-ils ? étaient-ils 2 
had they 2 § E were they 2 } hie 
y | avaient-elles 2 4 étaient-elles 2 


mes parents, my parents or relatives. | abondant, abundant. 
la campagne, the country (in contradis- le lapin, the rabbit. 


tinction to the town). paresseux, lazy, idle. 
a la campagne, in the country. appliqué, diligent. 
le pays, the country (the whole coun- autrefois, formerly. 
try, the whole territory). il y a, there ts, there are. 
le bois, the wood. il y avait, there was, there were. 


1. Quand vous étiez jeune, vous aviez de beaux joujoux. 
2. Mes parents n’étaient pas si riches que les votres, mais 
j’avais aussi de jolies choses. 3. Nous avions une grande 
maison 4lacampagne. 4. Il y avait pres de la maison un 
petit bois et de grands arbres. 5. J’avais prés de ma 
fenétre un petit jardin plein de fleurs rouges et blanches. 
6. Mon jardin était trés petit, mais mes fleurs étaient si 
jolies! 7. Il y avait beaucoup d’oiseaux dans le jardin et 
dans le bois. 8. Les oranges étaient rares, mais les fraises 
étaient abondantes. 9. Nous avions aussi beaucoup de 
poires et de pommes. 10. Nos chiens et nos chats étaient 
aussi heureux que nous. 11. Les chiens étaient heureux 
parce quwil y avait beaucoup de lapins dans le bois, et les 
chats parce qu’il y avait beaucoup d’oiseaux dans le 
jardin. 12. Nous étions heureux parce que nous avi- 
ons beaucoup de bons amis. 138. Tout le monde était 
heureux. 


1. They had; they have. 2. They were; they are. 
3. Had you? have you? 4. Were you? are you? 
5. We had; we have. 6. We were; we are. 7. Had 
I? have Il? 8 WasI? am 1? 9. She had; she hagas 
she was; she is. 10. His sisters were rich because they 
were very diligent. 11. My brothers wereidle. 12. They 


EXERCISES. rar 


had too many horses and dogs. 13. Her father had 
many horses, gardens, and meadows. 14. Where were 
youan hour ago? 15. We were at our uncle’s. 16. Our 
neighbor was formerly as rich as you, he had many 
houses. 17. John had more money than you this morn- 
ing. 18. They were poor, but their children had always 
pretty toys. 19. There was formerly a large wood near 
that town. 


48. 
I had not, je n’avais pas. I was not, je n’étais pas. 
thou hadst not, tu n’avais pas. thou wast not, tu n’étais pas. 
he had not, il n’avait pas. he was not, il n’était pas. 
she had not, elle n’avait pas. she was not, elle n’était pas. 
we had not, nous n’avions pas. we were not, nous n’étions pas. 
you had not, —_- vous n’aviez pas. you were not, vous n’étiez pas. 


( ils n’avaient pas. 
l elles n’avaient pas. 


is n’étaient pas. 


they had not, elles n’étaient pas. 


they were not, } 


INTERROGATIVELY. 
had I not? n’avais-je pas? was I not? wn’étais-je pas ? 
etc. ete. 
(1) Tout (everything) and rien (nothing) are placed 
between the auxiliary verb and the past participle : — 
J’ai tout vu, J have seen everything. 


Je n’ai rien perdu, J have lost nothing. 


(2) Personne (nobody, no one) is placed after the 
past participle as in English : — 


Je n’ai vu personne, J have seen no one. 


ne... personne, nobody, no one. tout, everything. | 
ne... rien, nothing. dit, said. 

affaires, business. quand, when. 

eu,! had. été, been. 

jai eu, J have had. jai été, J have been. 


1 Had is translated by eu when it is a past participle, that is, when it 
comes after any part of the verb to have: I have had, I had had, ete. 


78 EXERCISES. 


il n’y a pas, there ts not. 

il n’y avait pas, there was not. 

il n’y a plus, there is no more (or no longer). 
il n’y avait plus, there was no more (or no longer). 
il n’y a personne, there is nobody. 

il n’y avait personne, there was nobody. 

il n’y a rien, there is nothing. 

il n’y avait rien, there was nothing. 


1. Je suis allé chez vous hier soir & 6 heures et 
demie, mais il n’y avait personne. 2. N’avez-vous pas 
vu mes parents ou mes fréres? 3. Je n’ai vu per- 
sonne. 4. N’avez-vous pas eu mon livre ce matin ? 
5. Non, mon ami, je n’al pas eu votre livre ce matin. 
6. N’ont-ils pas été malades ce soir? 7. Ils ont tous 
été malades. 8. Jean et Louis n’ont pas fait d’affaires 
aujourd’hui. 9. Ce soir, 4 5 heures moins un quart, ils 
n’avaient encore rien vendu. 10. Je n’avais pas encore 
(yet) vu ma scour quand vous étes venu chez moi. 
11. Donnez-moi du fil, il n’y a plus de soie. 12. Appor- 
tez-nous de l’eau, il n’y a plus de vin. 18. Il n’a rien 
eu, 11 n’a rien dit, il n’a vu personne. 14. Personne n’a 
vu le livre que vous avez perdu. 


1. IJ have had nothing. 2. She has had nothing, 
3. You have had nothing. 4. They have had nothing. 
5. Thou hast seen nobody. 6. He has seen nobody. 
7. We have seen nobody. 8. They have seen nobody. 
9. I had lent everything. 10. Thou hadst lent every- 
thing. 11. She had lent everything. 12. We had lent 
everything. 13. You had lent everything. 14. I have 
not been ill. 15. He has not been ill. 16. You have 
not been ill. 17. They have not been ill. 18. Have you 
visited everything ? 19. I have visited everything and 
seen everything. 20. When I saw your brother, he had 


EXERCISES. 79 


written everything. 21. There was nobody at your house 
at 5 o’clock. 22. Have you had much business to-day ? 
23. I have sold nothing, everything is so dear. 24. There 4 
is no money in your purse: will you have 20 francs ? 
25. Did you find the thimble which you lost? 26. I 
found nothing. 27. There was nothing on your table. 


49. 


Future. 


The termination of the future in all verbs is: — 


-rai. -rons. 
SINGULAR: ¢ -ras. PLURAL. ¢ -rez. 
-ra. -ront. 


Before that termination put au- in the future of 
avoir, and se- in the future of étre : — 


T shall or will have, jaurai. IT shall or will be, je serai. 
thou shalt or wilt have, tu auras. thou shalt or wilt be, tu seras. 
he shall or will have, ‘il aura. he shall or will be, —_— il sera. 

she shall or will have, elle aura. she shall or will be, — elle sera. 


we shall or will have, nous aurons. we shall or will be, nous serons. 
you shall or will have, vous aurez. you shall or will be, vous serez. 


j ils auront. Tey ghell weal be j ils seront. 


they shall or will have, ieellee ascecan? > ) elles se-ont. 


INTERROGATIVELY. 


shall I have 2? aurai-je? shall I be? serai-je ? 
etc. ete. 


The future tense must be used after quand, dés que, 
aussitét que, if futurity is implied, as : — 


Vous aurez ce livre quand vous aurez You will have that book when you 


écrit votre lettre, have written your letter. 
Vous aurez ce livre dés que (or aus- You will have that book as soon as 
sitét que) vous aurez écrit votre you have written your letter. 


lettre, 


80 EXERCISES. 


dés que, la pantoufle, the slipper. 
aussitot que, bien aise, glad, or very glad. 
demain, to-morrow. commande, ordered. 


as soon as. 


1. Votre pere sera ici demain, a 9 heures et demie du 
soir. 2. Serez-vous bien aise quand j’aurai fini ces jolies 
pantoufles pour vous? 938. Aurons-nous aujourd’bui le 
poisson que nous avons commandé. 4. Des que leur 
mere sera ici, elles auront du fil, de la soie et des ai- 
guilles. 5. Vous aurez aussi beaucoup de jolies choses. 
6. Vous aurez une petite montre, une petite chaine et 
un beau portemonnaie avec un franc. 7. Aurai-je aussi 
un beau cheval blanc? 8. Vous n’aurez pas de cheval 
blane, ces animaux-la sont trop chers. 9. Des qu’elle 
aura écrit ses exercices, elle aura une tasse de lait et 
des fraises. 10. Nous aurons le journal frangais tous 
les samedis. 11. Vous serez un peu plus aimable quand 
vous ne serez plus malade. 


1. They will have; they will be. 2. We shall have; 
we shall be. 3. He will have; he will be. 4. You will 
have; you will be. 5. My cousins (m.) will have. 
6..°Mycousins (f-). will bets: Will they ime 
8. Will they be? 9. Shall we have? 10. Shall we 
be? 11. Will you have? 12. Will you be? 13. Shall 
Ihave? 14. Shall I be? 15. He shall have-this stick 
as soon as he has done his exercise. 16. She will be 
prettier than her sister. 17. My exercises will not be 
so easy as yours. 18. They will be much more difficult. 
19. As soon as they are here, they shall have some bread 
and some meat. 20. You will not be ill to-morrow. 
21. They will be here ata quarter to six this evening. 
22. We shall be very glad when you are with us. 


EXERCISES. 81 


50. 

T shall or will not have. T shall or will not be. 
je n’aurai pas. je ne serail pas. 
tu n’auras pas. tu ne seras pas. 
il n’aura pas. il ne sera pas. 
elle n’aura pas. elle ne sera pas. 
nous n’aurons pas. nous ne serons pas. 
vous n’aurez pas. vous ne serez pas. 
ils n’auront pas. ils ne seront pas. 
elles n’auront pas. elles ne seront pas. 

INTERROGATIVELY. 


shall I not have? n’aurai-je pas? shall I not be? ne serai-je pas ? 


etc. etc. 
il y aura, there will be. il n’y aura pas, there will not be. 
la fin, the end. libre, free. 
la récompense, the reward. préférable, preferable. 
le fruit, the fruit. choisi, chosen. 


1. Vous ne serez pas heureux si vous n’étes pas appli- 
qué. 2. N’aurez-vous pas de prix a la fin de cette 
session ? 3. Laquelle de vos sceurs sera préte la pre- 
miere? 4. Ce ne sera pas Thérése. 5. Ne serez-vous 
pas libre ce soir? 6. Ne serez-vous pas chez votre oncle 
4 cing heures? 7. N’aurons-nous pas de fruits? 8. Ne 
serez-vous pas bien aises quand vous aurez fait tout 
ce travail? 9. N’aurai-je pas enfin ma récompense ? 
10. La date choisie par mon frére ne sera pas préférable 
ala votre. 11. Vos exercices ne seront pas plus difficiles 
que les miens. 12. Quand serez-vous & Paris ? 


1. We shall not have found. 2. We shall not be 
found. 3. They will not have found. 4. They will not 
be found. 5. She will not have found. 6. She will not 
be found. 7. You will not have found. 8. You (pl.) 
will not be found. 9. I shall not have found. 10. I 

6 


82 EXERCISES. 


_ Shall not be found. 11. Shall we not have found ? 
12. Shall we not be found? 18. Will they not have 
found? 14. Will they not be found? 15. Will you 
not have found ? 16. Will you not be found? 17. Shall 
I not have found? 18. Shall I not be found? 19. Shall 
we not have much work? 20. Shall we not be free to- 
morrow night? 21. Will you have much business ? 
22. Will you not be in a beautiful country ? 23. Will 
they not have a reward? 24. Will they not be indus- 
trious ? 25. Shall you not be at London the 23d of this 
month? 26. You will have a letter from your brother 
as soon as you are at London. 


61. 


Conditional. 


The termination of the conditional in all verbs 
ic 


-rais. -rions. 
SINGULAR, ¢ -rais. PLURAL, < -riez. 
-rait. . -raient. 


Before that termination put au- in the conditional 
of avoir, and se- in the conditional of étre: — 


I should or would have, j’aurais. TI should or would be, je serais. 


tu aurais. tu serais. 
il aurait. il serait. 
elle aurait. elle serait. 
nous aurions. nous serions. 
vous auriez. vous seriez. 
ils auraient. ils seraient. 
elles auraient. elles seraient. 
INTERROGATIVELY. 
should I have? aurais-je % should I be? serais-je ? 


etc. etc. 


EXERCISES. 83 


Neither the future nor the conditional can be used 
after si beginning a clause. When they are so used 
in English, we put the present instead of the future, 
and the imperfect instead of the conditional, as: — 


Si vous étes chez vous 4 six heures, Jf you will be at home at six o’clock, 


vous aurez ma visite, you shall have a visit from me. 
Si vous étiez chez vous 4 six heures, Jf you would be at home at six o'clock, 
vous auriez ma visite, you would have a visit from me. 
le mot, the word. simple, simple. 
la réponse, the answer. malheureux, unhappy, unfortunate. 
Vopéra (m.), the opera. content, contented, pleased. 


1. Si vous étiez resté la, votre sceur ne serait pas 
partie. 2. Ils n’auraient pas été si contents si leur 
pere était resté avec eux. 3. Si j’avais dit un mot, elle 
serait revenue. 4. Vos fréres ne seraient pas si heureux 
s’ils1 n’avaient pas fini leurs exercices. 5. Auriez-vous 
parlé 4 votre cousine si elle était entrée ? 6. Seriez-vous 
aussi gale que votre sceur si vous étiez aussi riche 
qu’elle? 7. Auraient-elles regu une réponse si elles 
avaient écrit cette lettre? 8. Aurais-je dit tant de 
choses aimables a votre sceur si elle avait été méchante ? 
9. I] aurait acheté plusieurs paires de bottines ce jour-la 
si elles avaient été bien faites. 10. Elle serait allée a 
Vopéra si sa mére n’avait pas été malade. 11. Si j’étais 
allé chez eux ce soir, je n’aurais trouvé personne. 
12. Rien ne serait plus utile que ce livre s’il était plus 
simple. 13. Nous n’aurions plus de vin si nous avions 
bu ces dix bouteilles. 


1. They will be; they will have. 2. They would 
be; they would have. 3. We shall be; we shall have. 
4. We should be; we should have. 5. She will be; she 
will have. 6. She would be; she would have. 7. Will 


1 i is elided in si only when followed by il or ils: s’il est, s’ils sont. 


84 EXERCISES. 


they be? 8. Will they have? 9. Would they be? 
10. Would they have? 11. Shall we be? 12. Shall 
we have? 13. Should we be? 14. Should we have ? 
15. You would be very happy, if your brother were here. 
16. He would always be with you. 17. They should 
have more prizes, if they were more industrious: 
18. These ribbons would be prettier, if they were red. 
19. That silk would be prettier, if it were black. 20. If 
that water were cold, it would be better. 21. Will you 
be glad when you have received that money ? 22. Would 
you be glad, if you had received that money ? 23. I should 
have gone to your house, if I had not been ill. 24. If 
I had not had any money, I should have been very 
unhappy. 25. They (f.) would have bought some lace 
and some silk, if they had received more money. 26. My 
little sister would have lost her thimble, if my brother 
had not been in the chamber. - 


pg 


52. 
I should or would not have. I should or would not be. 
je n’aurais pas. je ne serais pas. 
tu n’aurais pas. tu ne serais pas. 
il n’aurait pas. il ne serait pas. 
elle n’aurait pas. elle ne serait pas. 
nous n’aurions pas. nous ne serions pas. 
vous n’auriez pas. vous ne seriez pas. 
ils n’auraient pas. ils‘he seraient pas. 
elles n’auraient pas. — elles ne seraient pas. 
INTERROGATIVELY. 


should I not have? n’aurais-je pas? should I not be ? ne serais-je pas? 


etc. etc. 
la régle, the rule. maintenant, now, by this time. 
Vexemple (m.), the example. sans, without, but for. 
chagrin, sad, vexed, sorry. bien, very. 


1 Bien is more emphatic than trés; it is generally used with some feel- 
ing of admiration, surprise, desire, envy, etc, 


EXERGISES. 85 


1. N’auriez-vous pas été bien chagrin si vous n’étiez 
pas venu avec moi? 2. J’aurais été trés malheureux si 
vous étiez parti sans moi. 3. Nous étions allés a l’opéra, 
et la bonne était sortie. 4. Ne seraient-ils pas plus 
laborieux si leur pere était ic1? 5. Si vous aviez mis 
moins d’exemples dans vos régles, ne seraient-elles pas 
beaucoup plus simples? 6. Si vous étiez parti ce matin, 
vous seriez arrivé maintenant. 7. N’aurions-nous pas 
eu de réponse a notre lettre si nous avions écrit a votre 
pere ? 8. Seriez-vous resté ici sans moi? 9. N’auraient- 
ils pas été malades s’ils avaient mangé ces mauvaises 
poires ? 10. N’auraient-elles pas été trés chagrines si 
elles avaient perdu leurs exercices? 11. S’uls étaient 
partis a trois heures, ils ne seraient pas encore arrivés 
maintenant, mais ils seraient bien pres de la ville. 
12. Ne serais-je pas bien malheureux si vous n’étiez 
pas avec moi? 15. S’il était allé dans votre chambre, 
n’aurait-il rien trouvé ? 


1. You would not have; you would not have had. 
2. You would not have been. 3. She would not have. 
4. She would not have had; she would not have been. 
5. They would not be; they would not have been. 
6. They would not have had. 7. I should not be; I 
should not have been; I should not have had. 8. There 
is nothing; there was nothing. 9. There will be noth- 
ing; there would be nothing. 10. There is not; there 
was not. 11. There will not be; there would not be. 
12. If you had been more diligent, your mother would 
not have been so sad. 13. These children would not 
be so unhappy, if they had not lost their mother. 14. If 
he had come a little later, he would not have found his 
father here. 15. If your brother had left three hours 
ago, would he not be at his house by this time? 16. I 


86 EXERCISES. 


would have gone to the opera, if you had come with me. 
17. If you had gone into my room, you would have 
found nothing. 18. If there were not so many words in 
your rules, would they not be more simple and easy ? 
19. I would not have written my exercises, if my mother 
had come back to-day. 20. Should we not have found 
anybody, if we had gone to your house at half past 
nine? 21. No, sir, you would not have found anybody. 


53. 


(1) In questions, if the subject is a personal pro- 
noun (je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, elles), or one of the 
pronouns ce, on, it stands, as in English, after the 


verb: 
Est-il chez nous? Ts he at our house 2 
Est-elle chez elle? Is she at home ? 


(2) If the subject is not one of these pronouns, it 
begins the sentence, and is repeated after the verb 
under the form of a pronoun : — 


Votre frére est-il heureux ? Is your brother happy 2 
Ma mere est-elle venue ? Has my mother come ? 
La votre est-elle partie ? Is yours gone away ? 


(3) If the question begins in English with an inter- 
rogative adverb (why ? where? when? how ? etc.), the 
adverb is also placed first in French, and the rest of 
the sentence is constructed as above : — 


Pourquoi votre frére est-il si malheu- Why is your brother so un- 
reux ? happy ? 
Quand ma mere est-elle venue ? When has my mother come ? 


A quelle heure la votre est-elle partie? At what o’clock did yours go 
away ? 


EXERCISES. 87 


(4) When the third person singular ends with a 
vowel, it is followed by a euphonic t before il, elle, on, 
to prevent an hiatus: — 


A-t-il perdu son livre? Has he lost his book ? 
A-t-elle vu son pére? Has she seen her father ? 
Sera-t-on aimable avec vous? Well they be amiable towards you? 


ya-t-il? is there? are there? n’y a-t-il pas? is or are there not? 
y avait-il? was or were there? n’y avait-il pas? was or were there not ? 


maintenant que, now that or simply now. 
la semaine prochaine, next week. 

le mois prochain, next month. 

a la campagne, in the country. 

fini, ended, finished. 


1. Votre cousin a-t-il regu une réponse & sa lettre ? 
2. Votre cousine n’a-t-elle pas encore regu de réponse a 
sa lettre? 3. Vos scurs ne sont-elles pas bien aises 
maintenant qu’elles ont fini leur travail? 4. Votre mere 
n’a-t-elle pas perdu son porte-monnaie? 5. Ce véloci- 
pede n’est-il pas bien joh ? 6. Votre frére n’avait-il pas 
pleuré quand nous sommes entrés chez vous? 7. Ne 
serez-vous pas libre la semaine prochaine? 8. N’aurez- 
vous pas tout fini le mois prochain? 9. Pourquoi cette 
jeune personne est-elle si chagrine ? 10. Ou mon frére 
a-t-il eaché mon porte-monnaie ? 11. Ot vos amis ont- 
ils perdu leurs bagages ? 12. Quand M. Herbulot est-il 
parti pour la campagne? 13. A quelle heure Ernest 
sera-t-il 4 la station? 14. Combien votre oncle a-t-il 
vendu cette maison? 15. N’y a-t-il rien dans ce tiroir ? 


IIs there? Is there not.? 2: Was: there ? Was 
there not? 3. Will there be? Will there not be? 
4. Would there be ? Would there not be? 5. Is there 
never? Was there never? 6. Will there never be? 


88 EXERCISES. 


Would there never be ? 7. Is there no more ? Was there 
no more ? 8. Will there no longer be ? Would there no 
longer be ? 9. Is there nobody ? Was there nobody ? 
10. Will there be nobody ? Would there be nobody ? 
11. Is your sister il1? 12. Are your brothers diligent ? 
13. Is this novel interesting? 14. Has not your mother 
lost her bracelets? 15. Have your parents a house in 
the country ? 16. Which of his books has your brother 
lost 2 17.. Where has my cousin hidden my ear-rings ? 
18. In what box has Henry put my gloves? 19. When 
will Miss Louisa be in London? 20. At what o’clock 
will Therese have finished her exercise ? 21. When did 
your father buy this wood ? 


54. 


Exceptions to the formation of the feminine of 
Adjectives. 


We have seen (§$ 2) that to form the feminine 
of adjectives, an e mute is added to the masculine: 
vrai, true, vraie; appliqué, diligent, appliquée; secret, 
secret, secrete.! 

Exceptions. — Adjectives ending with e mute in 
the masculine are the same in the feminine. 

Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the Jast 
consonant, and take an e mute after it: cruel, crvel, 
eruelle; ancien, o/d, ancienne; bon, good, bonne; sujet, 
subject, sujette. But secret, complet, and five others in 
-et form their feminine regularly. 

1 Observe that if the adjective ends in the masculine with a consonant 


preceded by an e mute, the latter takes a grave accent in the feminine : 
complet, compléte; premier, premiére; cher, chére. 


EXERCISES. 89 


The following adjectives also double their last consonant in the 
feminine. 


pareil, like, alike, such, pareille. 
épais, thick, épaisse. 
gros, stout, big, grosse. 
gras, fat, grasse. 
bas, low, basse. 
gentil, pretty, gentille. 
las, tired, lasse. 
sot, foolish, sotte. 


Adjectives ending in -f change f to ve:! vif, lively, 
quick, vive; actif, active, active; neuf, new made, neuve. 

Adjectives ending in -x change x into se:? heureux, 
heureuse. 


délicieux, delicious, délicieuse. jaloux, jealous, jalouse. 
orageux, stormy, orageuse. pluvieux, rainy, pluvieuse. 
studieux, sfudious, studieuse. généreux, generous, généreuse. 
nombreux, numerous, nombreuse. 

garcon, boy. sauvage, wild. 

fille, girl. moderne, modern. 

histoire (f.), history. la langue, the language. 

la béte, the beast. italien, /talian. 

la géographie, geography. jamais, ever. 

chat (m.), chatte (f.), cat. appris, /earnt. 


1. Ces derniéres nuits ont été trés orageuses. 2. Votre 
frére est paresseux, mais votre sceur est trés studieuse. 
3. Votre cousine n’est-elle pas un peu jalouse ? 4. Votre 
bonne n’est pas si active que la notre. 5. J’ai un cha- 
peau neuf et aussi des bottines neuves. 6. Nos oncles 
sont heureux, mais nos cousines sont bien malheureuses. 
7. Ces fraises ne sont-elles pas délicieuses ? 8. Vous étes 

1 The reason is that, but for the change, there would be no difference in 
pronunciation between the masculine and the feminine. 


2 Were an e mute added to z, according to the general rule, the sound 
(heureuxe, jalouxe) would be too hard. 


90 EXERCISES. 


bien heureuse, Madame, vous avez des enfants laborieux. 
9. Ces filles sont moins actives que ces garcons. 10. Les 
éléphants ne sont pas cruels, mais ces bétes sauvages 
sont tres cruelles. 11. L’histoire moderne n’est pas 
si facile que l’histoire ancienne, mais la géographie 
ancienne est beaucoup plus difficile que la géographie 
moderne. 12. La langue italienne n’est pas difficile. 
13. Les grosses fraises ne sont pas si bonnes que les 
petites. 14. Cette viande est trop grasse, donnez-nous 
autre chose. 15. Cette petite fille est bien lasse. 
16. Pourquoi votre frere a-t-il vendu son petit chien ? 
il était si gentil. 17. Ot votre sceur a-t-elle trouvé cette 
gentille petite chatte ? 


1. Have you ever read ancient history or learnt ancient 
geography ? 2. Has your brother seen that pretty little 
beast ? 3. This little boy is prettier than that little 
girl. 4. Yes, but in five or six years, the little girl will 
be prettier than the little boy. 5. Our arm-chairs are 
not so low as your chairs. 6. This beast is cruel. 7. Is 
the Italian language difficult ? 8. No, sir, it is one of 
the easiest of languages! 9. Your watch is too big. 
10. That cat (f.) is too fat and her hairs are too thick. 
11. Your brothers are very tired. 12. Omnibuses are 
not numerous in this town. 13. These men are generous. 
14. Those women are not generous. 15. Is not your 
sister happy ? 16. His shoes are new, but his boots are 
not new. 17. Aunt, your tea is delicious, but your 
butter is not very good. 18. We shall have a rainy 
night. 19. Our maid-servant is not so active as theirs. 


1 Observe that, when a superlative is placed after its noun, the article is 
repeated: c’est une des langues les plus faciles. 


EXERCISES. 91 


55d. 


Exceptions to the formation of the feminine of 
Adjectives continued. 


The following adjectives form their feminine ir, 
regularly. 


vieux, vieil, old, vieille. 
beau, bel, beautiful, fine, handsome, belle. 
nouveau, nouvel, new,! nouvelle, 
fou, fol, mad, foolish. folle. 
faux, false, fausse. 
doux, sweet, gentle. douce. 
blanc, white, blanche. 
franc, frank, franche. 
sec, dry, séche. 
public, public, publique. 
grec, Greek, grecque. 
malin, malignant, cunning, clever, maligne. 
frais, Sresh, cool, fraiche. 
long, long, longue. 
favori, favorite, favorite. 


Observe that the first four adjectives of this list have each two 
forms for the masculine. The second form is used only before a 
noun beginning with a vowel or h mute: un bel oiseau, le nouvel 
opéra, le fol enfant, mon vieil ami.” 


large, broad. la promenade, the walk. 

latin, Latin. la nouvelle, the news. 

régulier, reyular. le bruit, the report. 

Vavenue (f.), the avenue. Vouvrage (m.), the work, the book. 


' Nouveau, placed before its noun, means another: j’ai acheté de nou- 
veaux livres, / have bought some more books. 

Nouveau, placed after its noun, means recent: j’ai acheté quelques 
livres nouveaux, / have bought some books which have appeared recently. 

Neuf means new made, that has not been in use yet: un habit neuf, un 
chapeau neuf, a new coat, a new hat. Neuf is always placed after its 
noun. 

2 Vieil is not absolutely required before a noun beginning with a vowel; 
we also say mon vieux ami. 


92, EXERCISES. 


1. Apportez-moi un verre d’eau fraiche. 2. Cette table 
est longue et large. 3. La langue grecque est plus riche 
que la langue latine: elle est aussi plus difficile. 4. Je 
n’ai jamais vu de petite béte plus maligne que celle-ci. 
5. Cette nouvelle promenade n’est-elle pas publique ? 
6. Oui, c’est maintenant ma promenade favorite. 7. Au- 
trefois @’était cette longue avenue par laquelle nous 
sommes venus hier. 8. Voici des poires qui sont bien 
vieilles. 9. Mon nouvel ami n’est pas malin. 10. Sa 
sceur est la plus franche et la plus aimable des filles. 
11. Mon frére avait un bel habit neuf, et ma sceur une 
robe blanche. 12. Sa cousine est une trés belle femme. 
13. Son cousin est un trés bel homme. 14. Cette nou- 
velle est fausse. 15. Ce bruit n’est pas moins faux. 


1. Did you read Dickens’s new work ? 2. Is not this 
little girl your favorite ? 3. This wine is cool, but this 
water is not cool. 4. There is a fine animal. 5. My old 
friend (m.) is more cunning than you. 6. My old friend 
(f.) is more cunning than he. 7. The Italian women 
are more numerous in this country than the Greek 
women. 8. Your chain is longer than mine or (than) his. 
9. We are lost if that news is true. 10. It is not true, 
it is false. 11. This long avenue is not public. 12. Your 
strawberries are not very fresh. 13. Your sister is more 
frank than his. 14. This muslin is as white as mine. 
15. That poor woman is mad. 16. Your brother is very 
fond of (likes much) sweet ale. 17. Why is your aunt 
so unhappy? Is not her daughter industrious ? 


EXERCISES. 93 


56. 
VERBS. 


French verbs are divided into three conjugations,} 
distinguished from each other by the termination o* 
the infinitive. 


The 1st ends in -er, the 2d in -ir, the 3d in -re. 


The present participle is that part of a verb which 
ends in-ing. It is frequently used in English with 
the verb to be, but it is never so used in French. 
When we have to translate it from English, we turn 
it into the simplest form. For example, instead of J 
am speaking, we say I speak ; instead of L was speak- 
ing, we say I spoke ; instead of I shall be speaking, I 
shall speak. 


The auxiliary verb to do does not exist in French, 
and must be suppressed in translating: Do you 
speak ? is therefore turned into speak you? Do they 
speak ? into speak they ? etc. 


FIRST CONJUGATION. 


In the first conjugation, which contains more than 
four-fifths of the French verbs (3,400), the infinitive 
ends in -er, and the past participle in -é. 


1 Most grammars divide French verbs into four conjugations; but one con- 
jugation having only seven regular verbs and about forty irregular ones, it 
has been thought better to put all these among the irregular verbs. 


94 EXERCISES. 


porter, to carry ; porté, carried. 


Indicative Present. 


TERMINATIONS: -€, -€S, -€, -OnS, -ez, -ent. 


AFFIRMATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. 
se arte, } I id I am carrying, i 
o carry. porté-je ?! 
tu portes. portes-tu ? 
il or elle porte. porte-t-il ? 
nous portons. portons-nous ? 
vous portez. portez-vous ? 
ils or elles portent. portent-ils ? 
NEGATIVE. INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE. 
je ne porte pas. ne porté-je pas ¢! 
tu ne portes pas. ne portes-tu pas ? 
il ne porte pas. ne porte-t-il pas ? 
nous ne portons pas. ne portons-nous pas? 
vous ne portez pas. ne portez-vous pas ? 
ils ne portent pas. ne portent-ils pas ? 
trouver, to find. visiter, to visit. 
donner, to give. parler, to speak. 
préter, to lend. pleurer, to weep. 
accepter, to accept. travailler, to work. 
fermer, to shut. cacher, to hide, to conceal. 
montrer, to show. commander, to command. 
arroser, to water. penser, to think. 
aimer, to like, to love. admirer, to admire. 


que, that (conjunction). 


Imperative.’ 
porte, carry thou. portons, /et us carry. portez, carry you or ye. 
1 In questions, when the lst person singular ends in e mute, an acute 


accent is put upon it for the sake of the sound. 
2 The imperative is formed from the present indicative in all verbs, 


EXERCISES. 95 


1. Je pense que vous aimez les animaux. 2. Je trouve 
que votre frere travaille beaucoup. 3. N’acceptez-vous 
pas ce joli cadeau? 4. Ils donnent toujours de jolies 
choses 4 ma tante. 5. Si vous ne pleurez pas, vous 
aurez un beau ruban rouge. 6. Je ne pleure plus; 
montrez-moi ce beau ruban. 7. Avez-vous visité les 
principales villes du pays? 8. Nous n’avons rien visité, 
nous sommes venus par le bateau. 9. Nous ne fermons 
jamais cette porte. 10. Vous cachez toujours mes 
plumes, ot sont-elles? 11. Pardon, Mademoiselle, je 
ne cache jamais vos plumes; je pense, au contraire, que 
c’est vous qui cachez toujours les miennes. 12. Vous 
serez malade, si vous pleurez tant. 15. Pourquoi votre 
frere n’arrose-t-il pas vos fleurs? 14. II arrose les 
miennes tous les jours. 15. Henri n’arrose jamais les 
siennes. 16. Jeanne, fermez la porte. 


1. He is visiting; he is visited. 2. He is not visit- 
ing; he is not visited. 38. He has visited; he has not 
visited. 4. He has been visited; he has not been visited. 
). He had visited; he had not been visited. 6. He 
will be visited; he will not be visited. 7. He will 
have visited; he will not have visited. 8. He would be 
visited; he would not be visited. 9. He would have 
visited; he would not have visited. 10. He would 
have been visited; he would not have been visited. 
11. He does visit; he does not visit. 12. Does he visit 
(§ 53, 4)? 13. Does he not visit? 14. Are you speak- 
ing of me? 15. We are not speaking of you, we are 
speaking of Therese. 16. They do not accept your pres- 
ent, they think that you are giving too many things to 
your friends. 17. Did you give John the new work 
which I bought the other day? 18. They never shut 
that window. 19. Why do you not water your sister’s 


96 EXERCISES. 


flowers ? 20. Why are you not working? 21. I work 
perhaps more than you. 22. Are you fond of (do you 
like) flowers? 23. My sister is fond of birds. 24. J 
think that we shall have an answer to our letter nex 
week. 


57. 


The Past Participle and the Past Tense. 


The past participle is the past used with to be or to 
have, as, 1 am blamed, 1 have blamed. It is translated 
literally. 

The past tense (§ 40) is the past of a verb used 
without to be or to have, as I blamed. In translating 
an English past tense into French, first try if it can 
be changed into wsed to (as L used to speak), or into 
the present participle with J was, thou wast, he or she 
was, etc. (as was speaking). 

If either of these two modes can be employed, use 
the imperfect (je parlais) ; if neither can be employed, 
use the past indefinite (j’ai parlé), as explained in § 40. 


Imperfect. 
TERMINATIONS: -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 


I used to carry or I was carrying (or I carried, when I carried means 
either J used to carry or I was carrying). 


je portais. nous portions. 
tu portais. vous portiez. 
il or elle portait. ils or elles portaient. 
NEGATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. INTERROG. NEGATIVE. 
je ne portais pas, etc. portais-je? etc. ne portais-je pas ? etc. 
flatter, to flatter. le maitre, the teacher. 


tromper, to deceive. le plaisir, pleasure. 


EXERCISES. 97 


rencontrer, to meet. quelquefois, sometimes. 
blamer, to blame. partout, everywhere. 
louer, to praise. alors, then, at that time. 
chercher, to look (for), to seek. a présent, now. 
évident, evident. ensemble, together. 


1, Quand j’étais a Paris, je rencontrais souvent votre 
frére. 2. I] travaillait beaucoup alors, il n’aimait pas le 
vin et les plaisirs. 3. J’admirais le plan de ce jardin 
lorsque j’ai rencontré votre pere. 4. Les maitres louai- 
ent tous les jours nos exercices, ils trouvaient que nous 
travaillions beaucoup. 5. Je pense que vos maitres 
flattaient un peu leurs éléves. 6. Ils blamaient les 
paresseux, mais il était évident qwils aimaient tous 
leurs éléves. 7. Nous arrosions notre jardin quand 
votre sceur est entrée. 8. Elle a un peu travaillé avec 
nous. 9. Elle aimait beaucoup les fleurs autrefois, mais 
maintenant ce sont les livres quelle aime. 10. Nous 
parlions de vous quand vous étes entré. 11. Ob étiez- 
vous ce matin quand je suis allé chez vous? 12. J’étais 
chez ma tante, qui est revenue hier de Paris. 


1. I was not flattering; I was not flattered. 2. I am 
not flattering; I am not flattered. 3. I used not to 
flatter; I used not to be flattered. 4. I would have 
flattered ; I would not have flattered. 5. I would have 
been flattered; I would not have been flattered. 6. I 
would be flattered ; I would not be flattered. 7. I will 
have flattered; I will not have flattered. 8. I had 
flattered ; I had not flattered. 9. I had been flattered ; 
I had not been flattered. 10. I have flattered; I have 
not flattered. 11. I have been flattered; I have not 
been flattered. 12. Do I flatter? Do I not flatter ? 
15. We were speaking of you this morning. 14. Where 
were you? 15. Your father was looking everywhere 


7 


98 EXERCISES. 


for the paper which you have lost. 16. My sister used 
formerly to lend her books to everybody. 17. Were not 
these children weeping when I came in? 18. Yes, sir, 
they were weeping, because they have lost their money. 
19. Why were you working so much, when your father 
came in yesterday? 20. I was working because my 
father is not fond of idle children. 
\ 


58. 


Past Indefinite. 


I have carried or I did carry (or I carried, when I carried does not 
mean either J used to carry or [ was carrying). 


jai porté. nous avons porté. 
tu as porté. vous avez porte. 
il or elle a porté. ils or elles ont porté. 


When a verb has several subjects of different per- 
sons, after enumerating them, we generally put one 
of the pronouns nous and vous to sum them up in 
one : — 

Ma mére et moi, nous sommes allés /y mother and I went to your house. 
chez vous, 


Mon frére et vous, vous étes partis 1/y brother and you left at five. 
& cing heures, 


récompenser, to reward. la sculpture, scu/pture. 
commencer, to begin, to commence. longtemps, a long time.! 
le mois dernier, /ast month. injustement, unjustly. 

le musée, the museum. quelque part, somewhere. 


1. Le maitre a récompensé votre frere, parce quwil a 
bien travaillé. 2. Avez-vous enfin commencé votre ex- 
ercice ? 3. Non, Monsieur, nous n’avons encore rien 
fait. 4. Mon frére et moi, nous sommes un peu malades 
aujourd’hui. 5. Nous.sommes allés hier 4 la campagne, 


1 Longtemps, an adverb, cannot be preceded by an article. 


EXERCISES. 99 


et nous avons mangé de mauvaise viande et bu de 
mauvais vin. 6. Ce matin vous et votre frere, vous avez 
bl4amé injustement votre cousin. 7. Ces dames sont- 
elles restées longtemps chez vous? 8. Non, Madame, 
elles sont arrivées & huit heures et sont parties 4 neuf. 
9. Elles ont beaucoup admiré le tableau que mon pere a 
acheté Vautre jour. 10. Elles ont trouvé notre vin ordi- 
naire délicieux. 11. Henri, n’avez-vous pas caché ma 
montre quelque part? 12. Tenez, voici votre montre, 
elle était sur votre table. 13. Nous étions souvent 
ensemble, nons visitions les musées, qu’il admirait beau- 
coup. 14. Il admirait le plus, je pense, le musée de 
sculpture. 


1. Is she praising ? is she praised? 2. Was she not 
praising ? was she not praised? 5. Has she praised ? 
has she been praised? 4. Had she not praised ? had 
she not been praised ? 5. Will she be praised ? will she 
have praised? 6. Would she not be praised? 7. Would 
she not have praised? 8. Would she not have been 

praised? 9. The garden which you bought last month 
is not so large as your uncle’s. 10. I lost the book which 
. you had lent to my mother. 11. Did you show to your 
landlord’s wife the beautiful muff which you bought last 
week ? 12. Did you and your sister go to the museum 
yesterday evening? 15. Did you see my stick anywhere ? 
14. Have you not worked long enough ? 15. I think that 
the doctor has bought my uncle’s house. 16. Where did 
~ your sister hide my handkerchief? 17. When did your 
| ~ father come back from London? 18. Why did you shut 
‘all the doors and (all) the windows? 19. When did 
your parents arrive ? 20. My mother arrived on Thurs- 
day, my father and I arrived on Saturday, June 28th, 
1889. 


100 EXERCISES. 


5°”. 
Future. 
TERMINATIONS : -erai, -eras, -era, -erons, -erez, -eront. 
je porterai, / shall or will carry. nous porterons. 
tu porteras. vous porterez. 
il or elle portera. ils or elles porteront. 
Conditional. 


TERMINATIONS: -erais, -erais, -erait,  -erions, -eriez, -eraient. 


je porterais, / would or should carry. nous porterions. 
tu porterais. vous porteriez. 
il or elle porterait. ils or elles porteraient. 


That and which may often be understood in English, 
but must always be expressed in French : — 


Je pense que votre frére est malade, I think your brother is unwell. 
Ou est le roman que vous avez acheté Where is the novel you bought 
hier ? yesterday 2 


For is translated by pendant when it marks the 
whole duration of an action or a state, from the be- 
ginning to the end; and, in this sense, it may gen- 
erally be omitted. 


Je travaillerai encore pendant une heure, 
Je travaillerai encore une heure, 

Il a été malade pendant trois jours, 

Il a été malade trois jours, 


I shall work yet for an hour. 


! He was unwell for three days. 


le temps, time, weather. oublier, to forget. 
un moment, one moment. oser, to dare. 


1. Mon frére a travaillé longtemps ce matin, et il 
travaillera encore deux ou trois heures ce soir. 2. Je 
commencerai mes exercices dans une heure. 3. Je 


EXERCISES. 101 


pense que nous visiterons votre mere aujourd’hul, 
4, Pourquoi n’accepteriez-vous pas cette bague? 5. Ne 
parlez pas de cette nouvelle si vous rencontrez votre 
cousine. 6. Combien d’heures travaillerez-vous  au- 
jour@’hui. 7. Je travaillerai huit heures. 8. Ne vi- 
siterez-vous pas votre vieux maitre quand vous serez a 
Londres? 9. Je n’oublierai pas Vouvrage dont vous 
avez parlé. 10. Blameriez-vous un pere qui donnerait 
quelquefois des mots orageux a son fils, si celui-ci était 
paresseux? 11. Des qwils auront commencé leur tra- 
vail ordinaire, je fermerai la maison et je visiterai 
votre pere un moment. 12. 51 nous avions le temps, 
nous visiterions cette ville, elle est pleine de tableaux 
magnifiques. 


nk They will forget; they would forget. 2. They (m.) 
will be forgotten ; they would be forgotten. 3. They will 
have forgotten; they would have forgotten. 4. They 
will have been forgotten; they would have been for- 
gotten. 5. They used to forget; they used to be for- 
gotten. 6. They did forget; they do forget. 7. They 
have been forgotten; they had been forgotten. 8. They 
were forgetting ; they were forgotten. 9. They are for- 
getting; they are forgotten. 10. I think he will not 
work much to-day. 11. I shall be very glad if he will 
work for two or three hours. 12. I would accept her 
present if Idared. 15. But you would not dare. 14. You 
forget that you and your brother will have no prize this 
month. 15. You will not forget my ring, it is in the 
drawer near the door. 16. I looked for your ring and 
your chain for half an hour, and I found nothing. 17. If 
we have time, we will look together this evening. 
18. She would deceive her father if she dared. 19. Your 
sister and you will look for the thimble I have lost. 


102 EXERCISES. 


60. 


When an action or a state which began some time 
ago is still going on, the present tense must be used 
in French; and in such cases for is translated by 
depuis. 

I have been working for three hours, Je travaille depuis trois heures. 


I have been here for half an hour, Je suis ici depuis une demi-heure. 


Observe that for does not mark the whole duration of the action or 
state in these examples, but only the beginning; it cannot, therefore, 
be translated by pendant, which expresses the whole space of time 
between the beginning and the end. 


How long is translated : — ‘ 
(1) By depuis quand with the present tense, if the 
action or state is still continuing : — 


Depuis quand étes-vous malade? ow long have you been ill 2 


(2) By combien de temps with the past indefinite, if 
the action or state is past : — 


Combien de temps avez-vous demeuré gee 
3 P ow long did you live in Rome ? 
a Rome ? j 


(3) By combien de temps with the future, if the 
action or state is future : — 


Combien de temps resterez-vous a 


Térnsalei? Howlong shall you stay in Jerusalem ? 


rester, to stay. bient6t, soon. 

jouer, to play. Vaprés-midi (f.), the afternoon. 
chanter, to sing. plus tot, sooner. 

a Vécole, at school. gaiement, cheerfully. 
demeurer, to live, to dwell. donc, then, therefore. 

étudier, to study. ensuite, afferwards. 


voyager, to travel. au moins, at /east. 


EXERCISES. 103 


1. Je demeure 4 Glasgow depuis quinze ou seize ans. 
2. Henri a demeuré a Glasgow pendant trois ans, de 
1860 a 1863. 3. Il était trois heures quand j’ai com- 
mencé mes exercices. Il est maintenant quatre heures 
et demie, je travaille done depuis une heure et demie. 
4, J’étudieral encore une demi-heure, et ensuite je vi- 
siteral ma tante qui est un peu malade depuis _ hier. 
5. Votre cousin n’est-il pas a Londres depuis long- 
temps? 6. Oui, Monsieur, mon cousin demeure a Lon- 
dres depuis trois mois. 7. J’ai demeuré a Londres quinze 
jours, il y a bien longtemps. J’étais alors tres jeune, et 
jaimais le plaisir plus que le travail. 8. J’ai peu voyagé 
depuis, mais je pense que je visiterai bient6dt Paris. 
9. Quand étes-vous allé 4 Edimbourg? 10. Il y aura 
trois mois a la fin de la semaine prochaine. 11. Depuis 
quand étes-vous ici? 12. Je suis ici depuis deux jours. 
13. Combien de temps étes-vous restés a Paris? 14. Nous 
sommes restés trois jours a Marseille, deux & Lyon, deux 
a Dijon, et huit a Paris. 15. Combien de temps resterez- 
vous & Londres? 16. Quinze jours seulement. 


1. I have been here for a long time, at least two hours 
and a half. Where were you? 2. I was at the house 
of the lawyer, who arrived this morning from Paris. 
3. I have been looking for your brother for half an hour. 
Where is he? 4. He has been living at his aunt’s for 
two days. 5. My father and my mother have been trav- 
elling for two months. They are nowin Paris. 6. They 
have been in Paris since Wednesday. 7. They were? in 
Rome for ten days. 8. They were in Rome when they 

1 They were, in this sentence, cannot be translated by the imperfect ils 
étaient, as you cannot turn it either into they used to be, they used to live, 
or into they were staying, they were living. But, in the next sentence, 


they were, meaning they were staying there when another event took place, 
must be translated by the imperfect. 


104. EXERCISES. 


received your letter. 9. They lived in Florence for three 
weeks. 10. How long has he been here? 11. How long 
have my sisters been here? 12. How long was my 
brother at London? 183. How long were they (f.) at 
London? 14. How long shall I stay at Paris? 15. How 
long will your mother and aunt stay at Paris? 16. He 
would not work so much if he were rich enough. 
17..When she was young, she was fond of play. 
18. We used to play with your brother when we lived 
at your uncle’s. 19. We sang together every evening. 
20. You used to forget everything when you were at 
school. 21. If she were more diligent, she would not 
forget her exercises. 


61. 
SECOND CONJUGATION. 


In verbs of the second conjugation (more than 350 
in number) the infinitive ends in -ir, and the past 
participle in -i. 

Finir, to finish; fini, finished. 


Indicative Present. 


TERMINATIONS: -is, -is, -it, -issons, -issez, -issent. 

je finis, 7 finish, I am finishing, I do finish. nous finissons. 

tu finis. vous finissez. 

il or elle finit. ils or elles finissent. 

Imperative. 
finis, finish thou. finissons, let us finish. finissez, finish you or ye. 

obéir,! to obey. choisir, to choose. 
désobéir, to disobey. réussir, to succeed, to be successfu.. 
rougir, to blush. punir, to punish. 


1 Obéir and désobéir require a before their object. 


EXERCISES. 105 


agir, to act. celui qui, he who. 
remplir, to fill, to fulfil. le devoir, the duty. 
batir, to build. ainsi, thus, so. 

le boulanger, the baker. pourtant, yet, however. 
la legon, the lesson. séverement, severely. 


1. Est-ce vous qui désobéissez ainsi a votre mere ? 
2. Un enfant sage obéit toujours 4 ses parents et 4 ses 
maitres. 3. Est-ce votre oncle qui batit cette maison ? 
4. Non, c’est le boulanger; il est devenu bien riche. 
5. Si vous rougissez ainsi, tout le monde pensera que 
vous avez mal agi. 6. Ne remplissez plus mon verre, 
jai assez bu..-7. Si vous désobéissez toujours a vos 
maitres, vous serez malheureux toute votre vie. 8. Voici 
de bien johs boutons; mon freére choisit celui-ci, et ma 
sceur celui-la. 9. Il a du talent, des maniéres et de la 
conduite, et pourtant il ne réussit pas. 10. Punissez- 
vous souvent Venfant de mon voisin? 11. Il est moins 
souvent puni que votre frere. 12. I] n’a jamais désobéi 
& ses maitres, et il a toujours rempli ses devoirs. 


1. They are choosing; they are chosen. 2. They do 
not choose. 3. Are you (m. s.) not choosing? 4. Are 
you (f. pl.) not chosen? 5. She had not chosen; she 
had not been chosen. 6. She has not chosen; she has 
not been chosen. 7. They do not obey their mother. 
8. If he does not obey his teacher, he will be punished. 
9. Does this girl obey her father? 10. He who does 
not obey his parents will never be happy. 11. They are 
choosing the best pears, but we choose the best straw- 
berries. 12. It is she (§ 37) who is building that beau- 
tiful museum, she is so rich! 13. For whom is the 
book you are choosing? 14. Why do you not obey 
your master? 15. Why are you blushing? 16. If 
you do not succeed, you will be severely punished. 


106 EXERCISES. 


17. If you had come sooner, you would have seen your 
cousin Jane; she arrived this morning at a quarter of 
eight, and went away this afternoon at half past three. 


62. 


Imperfect. 
TERMINATIONS: -issais, -issais, -issait, -issions, -issiez, -issaient. 


I used to finish or I was finishing (or I finished, when I finished means 
either J used to finish or I was finishing). 


je finissais. nous finissions. 

tu finissais. vous finissiez. 

il or elle finissait. ils or elles finissaient. 
guérir, to cure. parler mal, to speak ill. 
trahir, to betray. grace a, thanks to. 
salir, to soil, to dirty. tout a fait, quite. 


étre enrhumé, Vordre (m.), the order. 
avoir un rhume, Vexactitude (f.), the punctuality. 
gaiement, cheerfully. le magasin, the shop. 


to have a cold. 


1. Ls finissaient leurs exercices quand nous sommes 
entrés. 2. C’est elle qui guérissait ses freres et ses 
sceurs quand ils étaient enrhumés. 3. Grace a elle, . 
nous étudiions nos lecons et nous obéissions toujours 
a& nos parents et a nos maitres. 4. Nous ne salissions 
jamais nods habits. 5. Votre frére était-il tout a fait 
euéri quand vous étes parti de Liverpool? 6. Il était 
si bien guéri qu’il jouait du matin au soir. V7. Je choi- 
sissais une petite broche pour elle quand elle est entrée 
dans le magasin. 8. Elle a rougi, et je pense que j’al 
rougiaussi. 9. Je n’ai jamais aimé ce monsieur. Quand 
nous étions a l’école chez lui, nous étions toujours punis. 
10. Et pourtant nous obéissions toujours a@ ses ordres. 
Nous remplissions toujours nos devoirs avec exactitude. 
11. Combien de temps ma cousine est-elle restée chez 


EXERCISES. 107 


vous? 12. Elle est restée sept heures et demie. Elle 
serait partie plus gaiement, si elle avait vu son cher 
cousin. 


1. She is not cured; she is not curing. 2. She was 
not curing; she was not blaming. 5. She was not cured; 
she was not blamed. 4. She has not been quite cured. 
5. She has not been seen to-day. 6. She was choosing 
a red ribbon for her sister when I entered the shop. 
7. She would be very naughty if she did not obey her 
parents and her master. 8. They used to choose the 
best apples, but we always chose the best strawberries. 
9. I was filling her glass when your father came in. 
10. It was my aunt who cured my sisters when they 
had a cold. 11. Why did you not (habitually) obey 
your mother? 12. Why were you blushing this morn- 
ing when I was speaking to your mother? 13. I was 
thinking that you were speaking ill of me. 14. When 
you worked well, you always succeeded. 15. I was work- 
ing well because I was never punished. 16. But were 
you not sometimes lazy? 17. Yes, sometimes. 18. How 
long were my brothers in London ? 


63. 


Past Indefinite. 


I have finished or I did finish (or I finished, when I finished does not 
mean either J used to finish or I was finishing). 


j'ai fini. nous avons fini. 
tu as fini. vous avez fini. 
il or elle a fini. ils or elles ont fini. 


We have seen (§ 60) that an action or a state 
which began some time ago is expressed by the pres- 
ent tense in French, if it is still continuing, as : — 


108 EXERCISES. 


Je travaille depuis trois heures, J have been working for three hours. 
Depuis quand étes-vous malade? How long have you been ill? 


There is another and more idiomatical way to ex- 
press these two ideas, namely : — 


Il y a trois heures que je tra- Jt is three hours since I began to 


vaille, work. 
Combien y a-t-il que vous étes ma- How long is it that you have been 
lade ? all 2 


In each of these two sentences, the verb may also 
be put in a past tense to express a past action : — 


Il y avait trois ans que j’habitais J had been inhabiting that house for 
cette maison. three years. 
Combien y avait-il que votre frére 


Lie CA Se t How long was your brother sick ? 


Observe that the word depuis cannot be expressed after il y a or 
y a-t-il, the conjunction que taking its place. 


déménager, to remove. un scélérat, a scoundrel. 
parfaitement, perfectly. violer, to violate. 
comme, how, as, like. le serment, the oath. 
comme & l’ordinaire, as usual. merci, thanks. 


1. Combien y a-t-il que vous demeurez ici? 2. Ilya 
trois ans et demi que nous avons déménagé. 3. Combien 
y a-t-il que votre frére est revenu? 4. Il y a quinze 
jours quwil est arrivé de Paris. 5. A-t-il réussi dans ses 
affaires? 6. Je pense qwil a parfaitement réussi. 

—7. Combien de temps y a-t-il que vous avez commencé 
votre théme grec? 8. Avez-vous vu comme ma scur a 
rougi? 9. Oui, Monsieur, j’ai vu qu’elle a rougi parce 
que vous parliez mal de votre tante. 10. Cet enfant 
a-t-il encore désobéi 4 son maitre? 11. Il a désobéi 
aujourd’hui comme 4a l’ordinaire. 12. I] n’est pas assez 
souvent pun, 


EXERCISES. 109 


1. Does he sing? 2. Does he blush? 8. Did he 
play? 4. Did he succeed? 5. Is he admiring? Is he 
admired? 6. Is he betraying? Is he betrayed ? 
7. Was he in the habit of admiring? 8. Was he 
(usually) admired? 9. Was he in the habit of betray- 
ing? 10. Was he (usually) betrayed ?/ 11. Was he be- 
traying ? was he betrayed ? 12. Has he admired ? has 
he been admired? 13. Has he betrayed? has he been 
betrayed ? 14. Had he admired ? had he been admired ? 
15. Had he betrayed ? had he been betrayed ? 16. Have 
you been here long (translate 16 to 19 in both ways) ? 
17. I have been here for an hour. 18. How long has 
your father been travelling ? 19. He has been travelling 
fora month. 20. How long is it since your mother went 
out? 21. He is a scoundrel, he violated his oath. 
22. Did you succeed in your affair? 23. I have suc- 
ceeded very well, thanks? 24. Has not your sister 
finished her letter? 25. Where did you soil your boots 
thus ? 26. How long did your sisters stay in Paris ? 


64. 
Future. 
TERMINATIONS: -irai, -iras, -ira, -irons, -irez, -iront. 
je finirai, J shall or will finish. nous finirons. 
tu finiras. vous finirez. 
il or elle finira. ils or elles finiront. 
Conditional. 
TERMINATIONS : -irais, -irais, -irait, -irions, -iriez, -iraient. 
je finirais, 7 would or should finish. nous finirions. 
tu finirais. vous finiriez. 
il or elle finirait. ils or elles finiraient. 
lentreprise (f.), the enterprise. certainement, certainly 
la maitresse, the mistress. parmi, among. 


la gloire, the glory. le choix, the choice. 


110 EXERCISES. 


1. Quand réussirez-vous dans vos entreprises? 2. Pour- 
quoi ne finiriez-vous pas votre theme ce soir? 3. Obéira- 
t-elle & sa nouvelle maitresse ? 4. Saliront-ils toujours 
leurs gants ? 5. Laquelle de ces deux robes choisiriez- 
vous? 6. Je rougirais pour vous, si vous ne travailhez 
pas plus que votre seur. 7. Si monsieur Ernest n’obéit 
pas & ses maitres et n’étudie pas, il sera séverement puni. 
8. Si j’étais votre maitre, n’obéiriez-vous pas & mes 
ordres? 9. Non, certainement, je n’obéirais pas a vos 
ordres. 10. Je désobéirais toujours & un maitre plus 
jeune que moi. 11. Alors le jeune maitre punirait son 
vieil éleve. 


1. Will he not admire? 2. Will he not be betrayed ? 
3. Will he not have betrayed? 4. Will he not have 
been admired ? 5. Would he not admire? 6. Would 
he not be betrayed? 7. Would he not have admired ? 
8. Would he not have been betrayed? 9. Would he not 
punish your sister if she did not work? 10. She will 
punish her child if he soils his dress./ 11. Will you not 
fill my glass? 12. Does she never punish her children ? 
13. If he does not obey his teacher, he will be punished. 
14. They would not build so many houses, if they had no 
money. 15. You would soil your gloves, if you carried 
this bottle. 16. If my sisters were here, I would finish 
my exercise. 17. How long is it since your brother went 
to Paris? 18. He has been at Paris for two years. 
19. Would you choose this book, if you had the choice 
among all these works ? 20. I would not choose the one 
which you have; here, I think, is the most interesting 
of all. 21. Why would you not choose the one which I 
have taken? 22. I find that it is the least interesting 
of the works of this writer, 


EXERCISES. i 


65. 
THIRD CONJUGATION. 


In verbs of the 3d conjugation (of which there are 
about 240) the infinitive ends in -re, and the past par- 
ticiple in -u. 


Rendre, to return (to give back); rendu, returned. 


Indicative Present. 


TERMINATIONS: -S, -S, -, -ons, -ez, -ent. 


I give back or return, I am giving back, I do give back. 


je rends. nous rendons. 

tu rends. vous rendez. 

il or elle rend. ils or elles rendent. 
Imperative. 


rends, give thou back. rendons, let us giveback. rendez, give you or ye back. 


le voyage, the journey. lattention (f.), the attention. 

le tonnerre, the thunder. attendre, fo wait, to wait for. 
ces gens-la, those people. entendre, fo hear (a noise). 

le beau-frére, the brother-in-law. entendre dire, to hear (ineaning 
la belle-sceur, the sister-in-law. to hear it said, to learn). 

le jeu, the game, the play. répondre (a), to answer. 

la raison, the reason. perdre, ¢o /ose. 


un quart d’heure, a quarter of an hour. la réponse, the answer 
exprimer, fo express. 


1. Si vous attendez un moment, nous commencerons 
notre voyage ensemble. 2. Avez-vous entendu le ton- 
nerre ? 3. Avez-vous entendu dire que votre frére est un 
peu malade ? 4. Avez-vous répondu a la lettre de votre 
cousin? 5. Nous ne répondons jamais aux lettres de 
ces gens-la; nous ne perdons pas notre temps ainsi. 
6. Quand vous jouez avec votre beau-frére et votre belle- 
sceur, n’est-ce pas toujours vous qui perdez? 7. Oui, 
mademoiselle, c’est toujours moi qui perds; je joue si 


$12 EXERCISES. 


mal, et ma belle-sceur joue si bien! 8. Pourquoi, Made- 
moiselle, ne répondez-vous jamais a mes lettres? 9. Je 
ne réponds pas a vos lettres parce que. 10. Votre raison 
est simple et trés bien exprimée, et pourtant elle n’est 
pas claire. 11. N’attendez pas d’autre réponse. 


1. You (m. s.) are not losing; you are not choosing. 
2. You are not lost; you are not blamed. 3. You do 
not lose; you do not choose. 4. You have not lost ; 
you have not blamed. 5. You have not been lost; you 
have not been chosen. 6. You had not lost; you had 
not blamed. 7. You had not been lost; you had not 
been chosen. 8. You did not lose; you did not blame. 
9. Have you been waiting (for) your brother-in-law 
long? 10. My aunt and I have been waiting for a 
quarter of an hour.! 11. Do you hear your brother ? 
12. Yes, I hear my brother and yours. 13. When I 
play with you, I always lose. 14. You always lose be- 
cause you do not play with attention. 15. If you do 
not answer his letter this evening or to-morrow morn- 
ing, she will be very sad. 16. Are you waiting for your 
aunt? 17. No, sir, it is for my mother that I am wait- 
ing. 18. I hear that your sister-in-law is quite cured. 
19. Was he admiring ? was he admired? 20. Will he 
not have admired ? would he not have been admired ? 


66. 


Imperfect. 


TERMINATIONS : -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 
« used to return (give back) or I was returning (or I returned, when I 
returned means either J used to return or I was returning). 
je rendais. nous rendions. 
tu rendais. vous rendiez. 
il or elle rendait. ils or elles rendaient. 


EXERCISES. 118 


fameux, famous. justement, just, exactly. 
passer, to pass, to spend. le whist, whist. 

évident, evident. la somme, the sum. 

en effet, in effect (or you are right). le billet, the note. 

déja, already. descendre, to come down. 
jusqu’a, till. battre, to beat. 


au bord de la mer, at the coast, or sea-shore. 


1. Ne rendiez-vous pas cette fameuse somme a votre 
frére lorsqu’Henri est entré ? 2. Oui, je rendais a Louis 
Vargent quwil a prété autrefois 4 ma scour. 3. Qui at- 
tendiez-vous ce matin, lorsque j’ai passé prés de vous 
dans la rue? 4. A quelle heure attendais-je quelqu’un 
dans la rue ce matin? 5. Il était 8 heures, ou 8 heures 
moins dix. 6. Vous parliez avec votre cousin Ernest, 
mais il était évident que vous attendiez quelqu’un. 
7. En effet, j’attendais omnibus, dans lequel je suis 
entré a2 8 heures moins cing. 8. Je suis allé chez votre 
pere, qui était déja sorti et que j’ail attendu jusqu’a 
9 heures. 9. A cette heure-la je suis revenu chez moi. 
10. Je répondais justement a votre billet lorsque votre 
pere est entré. 11. Nous avons parlé du plaisir que nous 
avons eu au bord de la mer l’année derniere. 12. Nous 
passions presque tout notre temps ensemble. 13. Nous 
jouions au whist tous les soirs. 14. C’était lui qui per- 
dait presque toujours. 15. Quand ce n’était pas votre 
mere et lui qui perdaient, c’était votre sceur et votre frére. 


1. You (m. p.) were not lost; you were not praised. 
2. You were not losing; you were not punishing. 
3. You are not lost; you are not praised. 4. You are 
not losing; you are not punishing. 5. You used not to 
be lost; you used not to be praised. 6. You used not 
to lose; you used not to punish. 7. Do you not lose ? 
do you not praise? 8. Did you not lose? did you not 
punish? 9, Why were you not waiting yesterday, 


114 EXERCISES. 


when your father was at our house? 10. I was not 
waiting just because my father was at your house. 
—11. I had not finished my exercises. 12. They have 
been waiting for their mother a long time (meaning they 
are still waiting for her). 105. She beats? this poor 
animal every day. 14. They used to beat these poor 
animals. 15. Why were you not coming down this 
morning ? 16. She was not coming down because her 
mother was ill. 17. I was answering her note when you 
came in (40). 18. We always used to lose when we 
played with you. 19. We do not play so much now, we 
are more industrious. 20. How long have you been in 
Paris? 21. It is exactly two weeks since I arrived. 


67. 


Past Indefinite. 


I have returned (given back) or I did return (or I returned, when I 
returned does not mean either J used to return or I was returning). 


jai rendu. nous avons rendu. 
tu as rendu. vous avez rendu. 
il or elle a rendu. ils or elles ont rendu. 


In questions, when you wish to express some sur- 
prise, however little, begin the interrogative sentence 
by est-ce que : — 


Est-ce qu’il n’est pas encore revenu Has he not yet come back from 
de Paris? Paris ? 
Est-ce que mon frére est malade ? Is my brother unwell ? 


4 


Est-ce que means ¢s ¢t true that? or is it possible that ? 
Its use is often merely a matter of euphony. 
1 Battre takes only one t in the three persons sing. of the pres. indicative, 


and the second sing. of the imperative : Je bats, tu bats, il bat; ne bats 
pas ce chien. In all other persons and tenses it is regular. 


EXERCISES. 115 


le coup de canon, the cannon shot. la pluie, the rain. 

la visite, the visit. Vempereur, the Emperor. 

Crésus, Cresus. Amérique, America. 

mort, -e, dead. le louis, the Jowis (a gold coin 
joli, pretty-looking. worth 20 francs). 


1. Est-ce que vous avez attendu longtemps ? 2. Est-ce 
que vous n’avez pas entendu ce coup de canon ? 3. Est-ce 
que vous n’avez pas entendu dire que votre oncle est 
revenu d’Amérique riche comme Crésus? 4. Thérese, 
est-ce que vous ne descendez pas? votre mere est ici. 
5. Est-ce que vous n’avez pas encore répondu a la lettre 
de votre pere? 6. Avez-vous enfin vendu votre maison 
et votre jardin? 7. Est-ce que vous avez vendu cette 
jole maison que vous aimiez tant? 8. Pourquoi avez- 
vous battu ce pauvre chien? 9. Est-ce parce qw1l est 
sorti sans vous ce matin? 10. Vous étes triste, est-ce 
que vous avez encore perdu votre argent? 11. Juste- 
ment, j’ai perdu mon porte-monnaie ou j’avais mis six 
louis ce matin. 12. Est-ce que vous perdez souvent 
votre porte-monnaie ? 


1. Were you (f/f. s.) losing?! were you praising ? 
2. Were you lost ? were you punished? 3. Shall you 
be lost ? shall you be praised ? 4. Will you have lost ? 
will you have punished? 5. Were you not losing ? 
were you not praising? 6. Were you not lost? were 
you not praised ? 7. Shall you not be lost ? shall you 
not be punished ? 8. Will you not have lost ? will you 
not have praised? 9. Have you and your brother 
waited long for your father ? 10. Did she look for her 
brother ? 11. Did they lose their money? 12. Did you 
not hear the rain this morning? 18. Did you not hear 


1 Presume that each of these questions implies some surprise, and begin 
by est-ce que. 


116 EXERCISES. 


that the Emperor is dead? 14. Do you think we have 
sold our pretty-looking house? 15. Have you not yet 
returned the book which Louisa lent to your sister two 
years ago ¢ 16. Has she not yet replied to your note ? 
17.° Did they not wait for their sister? 18. Louisa, 
have you not lost.your ear-rings ? 19. My sister here ? 
Has she already arrived from London? Why did she 
not wait for my visit ? 


68. 
Future. 
TERMINATIONS: -Yrai, -ras, -ra, -rons, -rez, -ront. 

je rendrai, J shal/ or will return (give back). nous rendrons. 

tu rendras. vous rendrez. 

il or elle rendra. ils or elles rendront. 

Conditional. 
TERMINATIONS: -rais, -rais, -rait, -rions, -riez, -raient. 

je rendrais, 7 would or should return (give back). nous rendrions. 
tu rendrais. vous rendriez. 
il or elle rendrait. ils or elles rendraient. 


Neither ... nor is translated by ni repeated, and 
the verb must be preceded by the usual ne. 


Je ne blame ni votre frére nivotre J blame neither your brother nor your 


sceur, sister. 
la terre, the land. le bruit, the noise. 
sembler, to appear, to seem. prét, ready. 


raisonnable, reasonable. 


1. Rendrez-vous cette plume a votre cousin si vous 
trouvez la votre? 2. Rendriez-vous cette plume a votre 
cousin si vous trouviez la votre ? 3. Combien de temps 
avez-vous attendu votre cousin? 4. J’aurais attendu 
plus longtemps, si j’avais pensé que vous attendiez aussi. 


EXERCISES. a's 


5. Avez-vous rendu a4 votre cousine sa bague, ses brace- 
lets, et ses boucles d’oreilles? 6. Je ne rendrai 4 ma 
cousine ni sa bague, ni ses bracelets, ni ses boucles 
WVoreilles; ni ses gants, ni sa broche. 7. Est-ce que vous 
n’attendrez pas votre sceur ? elle sera préte dans un mo- 
ment. 8. Nous n’attendrons ni ma sceur ni ma cousine ; 
elles ne sont jamais prétes. 9. Est-ce que vous battez 
encore cette pauvre petite béte ? elle semble si mal- 
heureuse! 10. Est-ce que vous n’entendez pas ce 
bruit-la ? 


1. Will you (fi pl.) not wait? will you not choose ? 
2. Will you not be waited for? will you not be de- 
ceived ? 3. Will you not have waited ? will you not 
have chosen? 4. Will you not have been waited for ? 
will you not have been chosen? 5. Would you not 
wait? would you not deceive? 6. Would you not be 
waited for? would you not be chosen? 7. Would you 
not have waited? would you not have deceived ? 
8. Would you not have been waited for ? would you not 
have been chosen? 9. They would return all the 
money which they received, if they were not so poor. 
10. If we were playing for money, we should lose too 

Tinuch. 11. Will you not come down this morning ? 
12. Wait one minute, I am ready. 13. When will she 
reply to my letter? 14. I think they will sell neither 
their house nor their lands. 15. Why would they wait 
solong? 16. I shall not wait much longer. 17. If you 
were more reasonable, you would not beat these poor 
animals. 18. I never beat my cat, but I sometimes beat 
my dog. 19. Whom are you looking for in this long 
street? 20. There is the man! He is a scoundrel 
who has often deceived me, but he will deceive me no 
longer. 


118 EXERCISES. 


69. 
Peculiarities in Verbs of the lst Conjugation. 


All the verbs of the 1st conjugation but two are 
regular, and consequently conjugated like porter. 
But a few present some peculiarities caused by pro- 
nunciation, and which may be very easily understood 
and remembered. These verbs are : — 


ist. Those having an é before their last syllable, as 
cé-lé-brer, ex-a-gé-rer, pré-fé-rer. 

2d. Those having an e mute before their last sylla- 
ble, such as me-ner, le-ver, ap-pe-ler, je-ter. 

3d. Those ending in -yer. 

4th. Those ending in -cer or -ger. 


Verbs having an é before their last Syllable. 


When pronouncing the infinitive cé-lé-brer,! it will be observed that 
the sound is equally short on each of the three syllables, the two first 
ending each with an é, and the third ending with er, which in pro- 
nunciation is equivalent to é. But when pronouncing the singular 
of the present indicative, the sound, in the last two syllables, is com- 
pletely changed, — the last syllable is now mute, and the preceding 
on that account has become much longer. je cé-lé-bre, tu cé-lé-bres, 
il cé-lé-bre. ‘This longer sound of the second last syllable is expressed 
by a grave accent replacing the acute. 


Therefore, all verbs of the 1st conjugation having 
an € before their last syllable in the infinitive change 
that é into an €, when the following syllable, in the 
course of the conjugation, is to be mute.? 


1 For the division of syllables see Introduction, page 10. 
2 The rule excepting verbs in -éger from the above changes in accents 
was abolished by the French Academy in 1878. 


EXERCISES. 119 


Cé-lé-brer, to celebrate. 
INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
je cé-lé-bre, tu cé-lé-bres, il cé-lé-bre, nous cé-lé-brons, vous cé-lé-brez, 
ils cé-lé-brent. 
INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
je cé-lé-brais, tu cé-lé-brais, il cé-lé-brait, etc. 
INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
jai cé-lé-bré, tu as cé-lé-bré, il a cé-lé-bré, etc. 
INDICATIVE FUTURE. 
je cé-lé-bre-rai, tu cé-lé-bre-ras, il cé-lé-bre-ra, nous cé-lé-bre-rons, vous 
cé-lé-bre-rez, ils cé-lé-bre-ront. 
CONDITIONAL. 
je cé-lé-bre-rais, tu cé-lé-bre-rais, il cé-lé-bre-rait, etc. 
IMPERATIVE. 
cé-lé-bre, cé-lé-brons, cé-lé-brez. 


Verbs having an e mute before their last Syllable. 


Writing the singular of the present indicative of the verb mener, 
we have je me-ne, tu me-nes, il me-ne, in each of which there is no 
sound, both syllables being mute in each word. In order, therefore, 
to obtain a sound, we put a grave accent over the e of me; and we 
do so whenever me- is followed by a mute syllable. 


Therefore, verbs of the 1st conjugation, having an 
e mute before their last syllable in the infinitive, 
change that e mute into é, when, in the course of the 
conjugation, the syllable following is mute. 


Me-ner, to take (to), to lead, to guide. 
INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
je mé-ne, tu mé-nes, il mé-ne, nous me-nons, vous me-nez, ils mé-nent. 
INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
je me-nais, tu me-nais, il me-nait, nous me-nions, vous me-niez, ils 
me-naient. 
INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
j'ai me-né, tu as me-né, il a me-né, etc. 


120 EXERCISES. 


INDICATIVE FUTURE. 
je mé-ne-rai, tu mé-ne-ras, il mé-ne-ra, etc. 
CONDITIONAL. 
je mé-ne-rais, tu mé-ne-rais, il mé-ne-rait, etc. 
IMPERATIVE. 


mé-ne, me-nons, me-nez. 


EXcePTions : — In verbs ending in -eler as appeler, 
and -eter, as jeter, we double the 1 and the t, instead of 
putting a grave accent before a mute syllable, the 
effect being exactly the same. 


J’appelle, tu appelles, il appelle, j’appellerai, j’appellerais, etc., je 
jette, je jetterai, je jetterais, etc. 

But note that the four verbs acheter (to buy), étiqueter (to Jabe/), 
geler (to freeze), and peler (to peel), follow the general rule, and their 
t orl is never doubled : j’achéte, tu achetes, il achéte, nous achetons, 
etc. Je géle, tu géles, il géle, nous gelons, etc. 


espérer, to hope, to hope for. vilain, ugly, bad. 
préférer, to prefer. Vhabitude (f.), the habit. 
posséder, fo possess. la fortune, fortune. 
exagérer, fo exaggerate. le cas, the case, circumstance. 
appeler, to call. la féte, the birthday. 
jeter, to throw, to throw away. le chiffre, the number. 
acheter, to buy. @ailleurs, besides. 

geler, to freeze. l’année derniére, /ast year. 
promener, to take out to walk. avant, before. 

protéger, to protect. fort (adv.), much, hard. 
patiner, to skate. le coin, the corner. 
deviner, fo guess. maman, mamma. 


Vhiver (m.), winter. 


1. Ma sceur préfére ces bracelets-ci 4 ceux-la, mais je 
trouve ceux-la bien plus beaux que ceux-cil. 2. Est-ce 
que vous n’exagérez pas un peu? 3. J’exagére peut- 
étre quelquefois, c’est une vilaine habitude, mais je 
n’exagére pas dans ce cas-cl. 4. Quand célébrerez-vous 


EXERCISES. y Ia 


la féte de votre cousine ? 5. Je pense que sa féte tombe 
le 18 du mois prochain. 6. Le 13! c’est un bien vilain 
chiffre! Je préfererais le 12 ou le 14. 7. D/ailleurs le 
13 est un dimanche, nous célebrerons cette féte le 12. 
8. Espérons que le temps sera beau; l’année derniere 
nous avons eu un temps tres orageux. 9. Vous étes bien 
content ce soir; il géle tres fort, vous patinerez demain. 
10. Nous n’avons pas patiné Vhiver dernier; il n’a 
presque jamais gelé. 11. Ot: achetez-vous vos livres et 
vos plumes? 12. J’achete mes livres, mes plumes et 
mes journaux chez le libraire qui demeure au coin de 
notre rue. 13. Comment appelez-vous cette enfant ? 
14. Marie! e’est un bien joli nom; mademoiselle Marie, 
menez-moi pres de votre maman. 15. La bonne pro- 
ménera les enfants ce soir; ils ne sont pas préts main- 
tenant. 16. N’est-ce pas vous qui protégez ce pauvre 
jeune homme? 17. Non, monsieur, ce n’est pas moi, 
c’est mon frére. 


1. They would not prefer these books to those. 
2. Let us hope that you will always be happy. 3. Do 
you not exaggerate his fortune? 4. I exaggerate noth- 
ing; he possesses many houses and lands. 5. I hope 
you will not forget the book which I lent (to) your 
sister on Tuesday last? 6. When will you celebrate 
my birthday ? 7. (On) what day does it fall? 8. (On) 
a Friday. I think it is also (on) the 13th of the month. 
9. Untortunate (man), we shall never celebrate your 
birthday ; choose another day, if you please. 10. It is 
freezing a little this evening, I hope that you will skate 

~soon. 11. When will the girls take the children out to 
walk? 12. I shall buy that picture for my mother. 
13. Where are you taking my brother? 14. I am tak- 
ing your brother to school. 15. Throw (away) that 
pear, it is very hard. 16. Guess who called your sister 


122 EXERCISES. 


at the corner of Queen Street. 17. I hope that we shall 
skate to-morrow. 18. | think it is freezing hard now; 
it has been freezing for the last twenty-four hours. 


70. 
Verbs ending in -yer. 


A y placed between two vowels is equivalent to iy, the i unit- 
ing with the preceding vowel and the y beginning the next syllable. 
Appuyer, for example, is pronounced exactly as if it were written 
ap-pui-yer, the sound of both i and y being very distinct in the 
word. 

If we write the singular of the present indicative according to the 
orthography of the infinitive, we shall have: j’appuye, tu appuyes, il 
appuye, or, which amounts to the same thing : — j’ap-pui-ye, tu ap- 
pui-yes, il ap-pui-ye, but this produces a very disagreeable breath- 
ing on the last syllable, to avoid which we simply change y into i 
before an e mute. 


Therefore, in verbs ending in -yer, the y becomes i 
before e mute. 

However, in verbs ending in -ayer, it is optional to keep the y 
throughout the whole conjugation, or to adhere to this rule strictly. 
Appuyer, to support. 

INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
jappuie, tu appuies, il appuie, nous appuyons, vous appuyez, ils 
appuient. 
INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
j’appuyais, tu appuyais, il appuyait, nous appuyions, etc. 
INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
j'ai appuyé, tu as appuyé, il a appuyé, etc. 

INDICATIVE FUTURE. : 
j’appuierai, tu appuieras, il appuiera, nous appuierons, etc. 
CONDITIONAL. 
jappuierais, tu appuierais, il appuierait, nous appuierions, etc, 


IMPERATIVE. 
appuie, appuyons, appuyez, 


j ; 
i 


EXERCISES. £23 


Verbs ending in -cer or -ger. 

In verbs ending in -cer, the ¢,! being soft in the in- 
finitive, must be kept soft throughout the whole verb. 
When, therefore, in any tense, ¢ is followed by aor 0, a 
cedilla is placed under the ¢, to show that it must re- 
tain a soft sound: nous commengons, je commengais, etc. 

In verbs ending in -ger, the g,! being soft in the 
infinitive, must also be kept soft throughout. When, 
therefore, it happens, in any tense, to be followed by 
a or 0, a Silent e is put after the g, simply to soften its 
sound : nous partageons, tu corrigeais, etc. 


effrayer, to frighten. obliger, to oblige. 

essayer, fo try. annoncer, to announce. 

payer, to pay, to pay for. menacer, to threaten. 

aboyer, to bark. sale, dirty. 

employer, to employ. juste, just. 

nettoyer, to clean. certain, certain. 

envoyer, to send. amener, to bring, 

constamment, constantly. mordre, to bite. 

assez (before an adjective or casser, to break. 
adverb), pretty. le proverbe, the proverb. 

manger, fo eat. autrement, otherwise. 

déranger, to distur), to trouble. occupé, busy, engaged. 

corriger, to correct. prononcer, to pronounce, 


1. Essayez ce crayon-ci, c’est mon meilleur. 2. En 
effet, il est trés bon, j’essaierai aussi votre plume. 
3. Combien payez-vous vos plumes et vos crayons ? 
4, Je paie tres cher les plumes et les crayons que 
jachéte chez le libraire du coin. 5. Nettoyez un peu 
cette table, elle est toujours sale. 6. Monsieur, je 
nettoie cette table tous les matins. 7. Ce vilain petit 


1 See Introduction, pages 6, 7. 


124 EXERCISES. 


chien que vous amenez toujours avec vous aboie con- 
stamment. 8. Tous les chiens qui aboient ne mor- 
dent pas. 9. Le proverbe est assez juste, mais votre 
chien a mordu le nez de Charles hier. 10. Appuyez, 
s’il vous plait, ma chaise contre cette table. Merci. 
11. Je mangeais, je pense, lorsque vous étes entré. 
12. Vous mangiez, en effet, avec vos fréres et vos 
sceurs, mais je n’ai dérangé personne. .13. Nous pro- 
noncons les langues anciennes autrement que vous. 
14. Si nous dérangeons votre frére, maintenant qu’il 
est occupé, il ne sera pas content. 15. J’achéterai une 
montre la semaine prochaine; je n’ai pas assez d’argent 
aujourd’hui. 16. Protégeons les malheureux. 17. Si 
vous menacez cet enfant, il ne travaillera plus. 18. Ne 
menagons personne. 


1. You frightened your mother when you broke that 
glass. 2. They would pay their uncle this evening, if 
they had money enough. 3. She is very lazy; she does 
not employ her time well. 4. If you do not pay my 
aunt before Saturday, I am certain that she will not 
be contented. 5. Why does he not send that book to 
his cousin (m.)? 6. Why did you not send my letter 
to your sister? 7. Those dogs bark all night. 8. Have 
you not yet cleaned my watch ? 9. Do not try his pen ; 
it is bad. 10. My brother was correcting my exercise 
when my aunt came in this morning. 11. He used to 
correct all my letters and all my exercises formerly. 
12. Let us not eat before ten o’clock. 138. Let us oblige 
our friends. 14. Formerly they used to pronounce very 
well. 15. Why do you always disturb your uncle? 
16. When I was young I ate too often. 17. They were 
announcing sad news to their friends when your letter 
arrived. 


EXERCISES. 125 


THE PLACE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
‘t1. 


After a Preposition (See § 32). 


moi, me. nous, wus. 

toi, thee. vous, ou. 

lui, Aim. eux, them (m.). 

elle, her. elles, them (f.). 

moi-méme, myself. nous-mémes, ourselves. 
toi-méme, thyself. vous-mémes, yourselves. 
lui-méme, /imself. eux-mémes, themselves (m.). 
elle-méme, herself. elles-mémes, themselves (f.). 


Personal pronouns governed by any preposition ex- 
cept to stand in the same place as in English, and are 
translated as above. 


aprés, after. selon, according to. 
par, by. malgré, in spite of. 
contre, against. tranquille, easy. 
quant a, as for. Voffre, (f.), the offer. 
sans, but for, without. soyez, Le. 


1. J’ai regu ce livre de votre frére oude vous. 2. Nous 
travaillons pour lui. 35. Ils sont arrivés avant elles. 
4. Soyez tranquille, je n’agirai ni contre vous ni contre 
eux. 95. Selon eux, nous ne réussirons pas. 6. Chez qui 
étes-vous allé hier soir? 7. Je suis allé chez elles. 
8. Sans vous je n’aurais pas écrit cette sotte lettre. 
9. Est-ce pour elle-méme qu’elle a accepté ces boucles 


1 Pupils must learn by heart the list of pronouns given in §§ 71-76, so as 
to be able to answer without hesitation such questions as these: ‘‘ How do 
you translate him before the verb ? him after ? them before ? them after ? 
themselves before ? themselves after?’ ete. In this way, the rule as to the 
place of Personal Pronouns will become one of the easiest in the language, 
instead of one of serious difficulty. 


126 EXERCISES. 


Woreilles ? 10. Non, mon ami, c’est pour vous ou pour 
moi. 11. Elles n’agiront certainement pas contre elles- 
mémes. 12. Est-ce pour eux ou pour nous-mémes que 
nous travaillons maintenant? 13. C’est pour nous- 
mémes. 14. Quant 4 eux, je suis certain qwils n’accep- 
teront pas notre offre. 15. Je donnerai cette bague a 
Thérése malgré vous et malgré eux. 16. Contre qui 
parlez-vous? 17. Nous ne parlons contre personne, 
nous parlons de vous et d’elle. 


1. My brothers will arrive before us. 2. We went 
away after them. 3. We are not speaking of you, we 
are speaking of him and of her. 4. According to her, 
we shall be punished. 5. As for you, my friend, I am 
certain you will succeed. 6. I shall accept his present 
in spite of you and (in spite of) her. 7. I think you 
spoke this morning against me. 8. I never speak 
against you; on the contrary, I sometimes speak for 
you. 9. Why did you leave without them (m.) ? 
10. We went to her house, but she was out with you. 
11. At what time did I go out with her? 12. Is it for 
me or for yourself that you are playing? 13. It is for 
myself. 14. I will play for you in half an hour. 
15. They left in spite of me. 


72. 

Personal Pronouns before the Verb. 
me, me, fo me. nous, us, to us. 
te, thee, to thee. vous, you, to you. 
lui, to him, to her. leur, to them. 
le, him, it. les, them (m.). 
la, her, it. les, them (f.). 


Personal pronouns governed by a verb or preceded 
by fo are translated as above, and must be placed im- 


EXERCISES. 127 


mediately before the verb in simple tenses, and before 
the auxiliary in compound tenses ; as— 


Je le blame, I blame him. 
Je l’ai blamé, I have blamed him. 

Je ne l’ai pas blamé, I have not blamed him. 
Je ne lui ai pas parlé, I have not spoken to him. 
garder, to keep. ingrat, ungrateful. 

refuser, fo refuse. sir, sure. 


1. Je vous parlerai dans une heure. 2. Je ne vous ai 
pas vu ce matin. 3. Votre cousine est arrivée, mais je 
ne lui ai pas parlé. 4. Si vous n’avez jamais été a ce 
jardin, nous le visiterons ensemble la semaine prochaine. 
5. J’ai perdu ma grammaire anglaise, je la cherche par- 
tout et ne la trouve pas. 6. Votre oncle est devenu 
bien vieux, nous Vavons rencontré hier dans la rue. 
7. Voici un nouvel ami pour vous, j’espere que vous 
Vaimerez bien. 8. Je l’espere aussi; s’il m’aime un 
peu, je suis sar que je l’aimerai beaucoup. 9. Est-ce 
que vous n’admirez pas ce joli porte-monnaie? Ingrat, 
je Vai acheté pour vous. 10. Si vous ne le trouvez pas 
beau, je le garderai pour moi. 11. Je suis sar que votre 
frére ne le refusera pas. 12. Voici, je pense, le verre 
de votre sceur; est-ce vous qui l’avez rempli? 13. Non, 
monsieur, ce n’est pas moi qui l’ai rempli; je pense que 
cest ma mere. 14. Votre frére m’a écrit hier, mais je 
ne lui ai pas encore répondu. 


Models of Construction. 


je ne lui ai pas parle. 

tu ne leur as pas parle. 

il ne nous a pas parlé. 
mon frére ne vous a pas parle. 
nous ne leur avons pas parlé. 
vous ne lui avez pas parle. 
ils ne vous ont pas parle. 


mes fréres ne mm’ ont pas parlé. 


128 EXERCISES. 


1. Tam speaking to him. 2. He is speaking to her. 
3. She was speaking to them. 4. We shall speak to you 
no more. 95. You would not have spoken to them. 
6. They had not sold it. 7. They are not praising you. 
8. I will lend you my pen, if you have lost yours. 9. If 
you deceive him he will punish you. 10. He has offered 
me his book, but I have not accepted it. 11. I am look- 
ing for my pencil; I had it an hour ago, but I have lost 
it in this room. 12. They would not have spoken to 
me, if you had not been with them. 13. If you had 
lent me your pen, J would have written to your sister. 
14. If you lend her that book, she will never return it. 


73. 
retrouver, to find (a thing lost). marchander, to bargain (for). 
réclamer 4, to claim from. supposer, fo suppose. 
égarer, to mislay. tremblant, trembling. 
expliquer, to explain. promis, promised. 


demander &, to ask from a person. 


1. Il vous punira sévérement si vous ne lui obéissez 
pas. 2. Ov done, petite méchante, avez vous caché mon 
dé? 3. Pardon, ma tante, je n’ai pas caché votre dé; 
pourquoi m’appelez-vous méchante ? Voici un tiroir dans 
lequel je Vai retrouvé, ce fameux dé que vous réclamez 
& tout le monde. 4. Qui Vavait caché dans ce tiroir? 
5. Personne, je pense, ne l’avait caché; c’est vous qui 
Vaviez égaré. 6. Si nous arrivons avant eux, nous fer- 
merons la porte aprés nous. 7. Je lui rendrai son livre 
quand il me rendra le mien. 8. Si vous lui portez cette 
somme, il la refusera. 9. Vous @tes tout tremblant, 
est-ce que ce chien vous a effrayé? 10. Mon frére vous 
a offert cette bague; l’acceptez-vous ou la refusez-vous ? 
11. Je ne Vaccepte pas, je lui expliquerai pourquoi. 


EXERCISES. 129 


12. Je vous ai donné un journal frangais, l’avez-vous 
envoyé a votre seur? 13. Ne lui avez-vous pas encore 
envoyé ces journaux? 14. Est-ce que vous m’apportez 
des lettres ou des journaux? 15. Il y a trop longtemps 
que vous marchandez ces boucles d’oreilles; les achetez- 
vous ou ne les achetez-vous pas ? 


1. I would never have lent my watch to him. 2. My 
sisters will not wait for you. 38. You have not given 
her! the three books which you had promised her. 
4, Where did you put her ribbon? 5. I think I have 
put it upon the table; I suppose you have lost it. 
6. Where is my book? are you not looking for it? 
7. Will you lend it to your mother? 8. Will he not 
lend it to his mother? 9. Where are my pencils? has 
she taken them? 10. Were you not speaking to her? 
11. Will she not lend you the book which you asked 
from (to) her? 12. Are you not working for her and 
forme? 13. Did he speak to you of me? 14. Did he 
not speak to you of me? 15. Why did she not lend you 
the pencil which you had asked from (fo) her? 16. Did 
she not put it in your brother’s pocket? 17. When shall 
you give her the bird which you promised her ? 


Te. 


When two personal pronouns placed before the verb 
are governed by the same verb, they stand in the fol- 
lowing order : 2? — 


1 Note that the preposition to is often understood in English: her stands 
here for to her. 

2 These pronouns shguld be thoroughly learnt by heart in the order in 
which they stand. They seem complicated, but this is only in appearance, 
as they are perfectly regular: me le, me la, me les: te le, te la, te les; 
nous le, nous la, nous les, etc. 


9 


130 EXERCISES. 


re him to me. i aatile him to us. 
? it to me. ‘ it to us. 
mae a } her to me. Hes her to us. 
it to me. , it to us. 
me les, them to me. nous les, them to us. 
him to thee. him to you. 
te le 1 ; vous le : : 
‘ it to thee. * lit to you. 
her to thee. ; her to you. 
te la, S ; vous la, : J 
| it to thee. it to you. 
te les, them to thee. vous les, them to you. 
him to him. 
3 it to him. him to them. 
le lui, ; le leur, : 
him to her. it to them. 
it to her. 
her to him. 
iia it to him. isa her to them. 
4 her to her. , it to them. 
it to her. 
: them to him. 
les lui, les leur, = them to them. 
them to her. 


Observe that, when two pronouns are placed before a verb, the first 
person precedes the second or third, the second precedes the third, lui 
and leur always stand last. 


un article, an article. défendu, forbidden. 
en ce moment, at this moment. 


1. Monsieur, je vous ai demandé le Journal des Débats 
il y a une demi-heure, et vous ne me l’avez pas donné. 
2. Pardon, monsieur, je finis un article trés intéressant, 
je vous le donnerai dans un moment. 38. Quand me pré- 
teras-tu le nouvel ouvrage de Victor Hugo? 4. Tu n’as 
pas oublié que tu me Vas promis? 5. Je te le préterai 
samedi. 6. C’est Auguste qui l’a en ce moment, mais il 
me le rendra demain. 7. Je trouve que ces régles ne 
sont pas trés faciles, mais j’espére que le professeur nous 
les expliquera. 8. Si vous lui demandez ces deux lettres, 
je suis sir qwil vous les refusera. 9. Si je lui demande 
seulement celle de Thérése, je suppose quw’il ne me la 


EXERCISES. 131 


refusera pas. 10. Elle m’a demandé mon parapluie, 
mais je ne le lui ai pas donné. 11. Si mon beau-frere et 
ma belle-sceur vous réclamaient l’argent quwils vous ont 
prété, est-ce que vous ne le leur rendriez pas? 12. Je 
le leur rendrais, si je l’avais. 


1. I have asked you for it (it to you). 2. He would 
not have asked her for it (¢ to her). 3. We have for- 
bidden it to them. 4. You had not forbidden it to us. 
5. She has not returned it to me. 6. She will never 
return it to you. 7. I have never spoken to her of you. 
8. Why do you ask me for it (# to me)? 9. You have 
not given it to me. 10. If I have promised it to her, 
I shall give it to her. 11. I shall have a new hat, my 
father has promised it tome. 12. When will he give it 
to you? 13. I hope he will give it to me on Thursday. 
14. Mary has asked (a) her brother for Henry’s letter, 
but he will refuse it to her. 15. Why did you not show 
him the knife which I have given you? 16. I will show 
it to him to-morrow, and am quite ready to give it to 
him if he asks me for it. 


rise 

poliment, politely. conseiller, to advise, to recom- 
précisément, exactly. mend. 
un mauvais sujet, a bad boy, a bad a la maison, at home. 

fellow. demander pardon a, to ask a 
un encrier, an inkstand. person’s pardon. 
le miel, honey. reprocher 4, to reproach for. 
quelqu’un, somebody. emprunter a, to borrow from 
quelque chose, something. regretter, to regret. 
manquer de respect, to be disrespectful. pardonner, to forgive. 
gronder, to scold. porter a, to take to. 


apporter, to bring here. 


une faute, a fault committed against duty, an offence. 
un défaut, a fault in our disposition, an imperfection, a defect. 


132 EXERCISES. 


1. Pourquoi n’avez-vous pas prété a Ernest le volume 
qwil vous a demandé? 2. Je n’ai pas prété ce volume a 
M. Ernest parce que M. Ernest ne me la pas demandé 
poliment. 65. Est-ce qwil vous a manqué de respect ? 
4, Pas précisément, mais il m’a parlé comme si }’étais sa 
petite sceur; il a oublié quw il parlait a sa vieille tante. 
5. C’est un mauvais sujet, ma tante, mais je le gronderai, 
et il vous demandera pardon. 6. Tres bien, ma chere, 
s’il regrette sa faute, je la lui pardonnerai. 7. Nous pen- 
sions qu’il avait perdu ses vilaines habitudes, mais nous 
les lui reprocherons tant qwil les perdra. 8. Henri vous 
a demandé votre nouvel encrier, pourquoi ne le lui avez- 
vous pas prété? 9. Je ne le lui ai pas prété parce que 
je ne Vai plus. 10. Quelqu’un me I’a emprunté la se- 
maine derniére et ne me l’a pas rendu. Si je le retrouve, 
je le préterai 4 Henri. 11. Voici le miel que je vous ai 
promis, la bonne vous le portera ce soir. 12. Quand 
je vous ai demandé ce. billet, vous me l’avez refusé. 
13. Vous avez supposé que je le montrerais & ma cousine, 
mais je ne le lui aurais certainement pas montré. 


1. Why would they refuse it to us? 2. Because you 
would not return it to them. 35. Will you not lend it 
to me? 4. No, I shall not lend it to you, because you 
would lose it. 5. It is my mother who has asked him 
for it (i¢ to him). 6. Have you not told it to her? 
7. Does she not advise it to you? 8. We have bought 
a horse for our aunt, have you sent it to her? 9. She 
had promised me that bird, but she has not yet given it 
to me. 10. I should have given it to him, if he had 
asked me for it.. 11. If he reproaches you for it (é to 
you), I shall scold him. 12. Did he borrow it from you 
(it to you)? 18. Did he ask your pardon (did he ask 
pardon to you)? 14. You are a bad boy, somebody will 


EXERCISES. 1383 


scold you. 15. My sisters bought some inkstands at this 
bookseller’s; do you think that he will send them to 
them? 16. I did not ask them for the book, because 
they would not have lent it tome. 17. If your daughter 
will bring it to me, this evening or to-morrow morn- 
ing, I shall be at home, and shall give her something. 


\\ 
76. 


Exception to the rule on the Place of Pronouns. 


If the verb is in the imperative affirmative, personal 
pronouns are placed after it and translated thus :'— 


: give him to me. 
donnez-le-moi, ¢°.. 
give it to ne. 
. (give her to me. 
donnez-la-moi, de : 
give it to me. 
donnez-les-moi, give them to me. 
give him to him. 


give it to him. 


donnez-le-lui, ; ; 
give him to her. 
give it to her. 
‘ give it to him. 
donnez-la-lui, 2 


give her to her. 
give it to her. 


: give them to him. 
donnez-les-lui, J 


| give her to him. 


give them to her. 


ive him to us. 
donnez-le-nous, 7 


give it to us. 
ive her to us. 
donnez-la-nous, } d See 
give it to us. 


donnez-les-nous, give them to us. 


give him to them. 
donnez-le-leur, J 


give it to them. 


ive her to them. 
donnez-la-leur, J sey 
give it to them. 
donnez-les-leur, give them to them. 


Observe that, when the imperative is negative, personal pronouns 
precede the verb and follow the general rule, as ; — 


ne me le donnez pas, 
ne nous le donnez pas, 
ne le lui donnez pas, 
ne le leur donnez pas. 
remercier, to thank. 
raconter, /o relate, to tell. 
de ma part, from me. 
de ta part, from thee. 


Do not give it to me. 
Do not give it to us. 
Do not give it to him. 
Do not give it to them. 
de sa part, from him, from her. 
rencontrer, to meet. 
répéter, to repeat. 
comment, how. 


1 Observe that their order and place are the same as in English. 


134 EXERCISES. 


Vaffaire (f.), the affair. le malheur, the misfortune. 
en un mot, in a word. la permission, the permission. 

1. Voici deux paires de boucles d’oreilles que j’achete, 
envoyez-les-moi ce soir. 2. Mais ne me les envoyez pas 
avant cing heures. 3. Je pense que voici mon verre, 
remplissez-le-mol, s’i1 vous plait. 4. Je vous remercie. 
5. Quand vous rencontrerez votre oncle, remerciez-le de 
notre part. 6. Racontez-lui comment la fameuse nou- 
velle nous est arrivée. 7. En un mot, expliquez-lui 
toute Vaffaire. 8. Si vous la rencontrez aujourd’hui, 
racontez-lui l’affaire, mais ne lui répétez pas le mot que 
je vous ai dit. 9. Ces jolies fleurs appartiennent a ma 
tante, rendez-les-lui. 10. Ne les perdez pas. 11. Non, 
ne les lui rendez pas, donnez-les-nous. 12. C’est mon 
crayon que vous avez la pres de vous; jetez-le-moi, s’il 
vous plait. 15. Ce petit cadeau est pour vous, acceptez-le 
de moi. 14. Je vous remercie, monsieur; je l’accepterai 
avec la permission de mon pere. 15. Dés que votre 
sceur sera arrivée, amenez-la-mol. 

1. This pen issnot.very good, do not give it to him. 
2. Give it tome. 3. This pencil belongs to her; give it 
back to her. 4. Do not give it back to her, give it to 
her sister. 5. She is very studious, do not punish her. 
6. Lend her the book which I gave you yesterday. 7. Do 
not speak to me of him. 8. If you have lost your pen- 
cils, look for them. 9. You have promised me a French 
book, give it to me. 10. You have promised it to her, 
give it to her. 11. No, do not give it to her, give it to 
us. 12. Lend him the money (for) which he has asked 
you, but do not lend him your watch; he will never 
give it back to you. 13. Mary has asked you for her 
brother’s letter; give it to her. 14. No; do not.’ 


1 As the auxiliary verb to do does not exist in French, we must, in such 
cases, repeat the verb of the preceding sentence: no; do not give it to her. 


EXERCISES. 135 


PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
Ut: 


Verbs are called pronominal when they are conju- 


gated with two pronouns of the same person. 


They 


follow the conjugations to which they respectively 
belong, the verb being preceded by the pronouns. 


INDIC. PRES. 


IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE, 


CONDITIONAL. 


IMPERATIVE. 


INDIC. PRES. 


IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE. 


CONDITIONAL. 


IMPERATIVE. 


INDIC. PRES. 
IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE. 


CONDITIONAL. 


IMPERATIVE. 


First Conjugation. 


je me cache, J hide myself. 

tu te caches. 

il or elle se cache. 

nous nous cachons. 

vous vous cachez. 

ils or elles se cachent. 

je me cachais, etc. 

je me cacherai, etc. 

je me cacherais, etc. 

cache-toi, cachons-nous, cachez-vous. 

Negatively. 

je ne me cache pas, J do not hide myself. 

tu ne te caches pas. 

il or elle ne se cache pas. 

nous ne nous cachons pas. 

vous ne vous cachez pas. 

ils or elles ne se cachent pas. 

je ne me cachais pas, etc. 

je ne me cacherai pas, etc. 

je ne me cacherais pas, etc. 

ne te cache pas, ne nous cachons pas, ne vous cachez 
pas. 


Second Conjugation. 


je me punis, etc., J punish myself, etc. 
je me punissais, etc. 

je me punirai, etc. 

je me punirais, etc. 

punis-toi, punissons-nous, punissez-vous. 


1386 EXERCISES. 


Third Conjugation. 


INDIC. PRES. je me rends, etc., / surrender myself, ete. 
IMPERFECT. je me rendais, etc. 
FUTURE. je me rendrai, etc. 


CONDITIONAL. Je me rendrais, etc. 
IMPERATIVE. rends-toi, rendons-nous, rendez-vous. 


The conjugation of pronominal verbs is a mere application of the 
rule on the place of personal pronouns in the objective case: me, 
myself; te, thyself; se, himself or herself; nous, ourselves ; yous, your- 
selves; and se, themselves, are placed immediately before the verb ; 
while if the verb is in the imperative affirmative, the pronoun-object 
is placed after: cache-toi, cachons-nous, cachez-vous. 


se cacher, to hide one’s self. se porter mal, to be unwell. 
se flatter, to flatter one’s self. s’appeler, fo call one’s self. 
se montrer, to show one’s self. s’amuser, lo enjoy one’s self. 
se blamer, to blame one’s self. se punir, fo punish one’s self. 
s’admirer, to admire one’s self. se guérir, fo cure one’s self. 
se porter, to be. se trahir, to betray one’s self. 
se porter bien, to be well. se rendre, to surrender one’s self. 
se perdre, fo /ose one’s self. 
la philosophie, philosophy. comment, how. mais, why! 
la route, the road. seul, alone. fois, time. 


1. Ne trouvez-vous pas que cette petite fille s’admire 
beaucoup? 2. Elle ne s’admirera pas tant quand elle 
sera plus vieille. 3. Comment vouz portez-vous? 4. Je 
me porte trés bien, je vous remercie, et vous? 5. Je 
suis un peu malade ce matin. 6. Comment s’appelle ce 
monsieur? 7. Il s’appelle Joly, je pense, il est pro- 
fesseur de philosophie. 8. Et cette dame, comment 
s’appelle-t-elle? 9. Mais je pense que c’est madame 
Joly. 10. Je trouye quelle s’admire un peu, mais elle 
est si belle et si aimable! 11. Ces messieurs se flattent 
que nous leur raconterons notre histoire, mais nous la 
garderons pour d’autres. 12. Ne vous perdrez-vous pas 


1 To be, used with reference to health, is idiomatically rendered by se 
porter, to carry one’s self. Il se porte bien, he is well. 


EXERCISES. 137 


si vous voyagez seul? 13. Moi, me perdre! et comment 
ine perdrais-je ? est-ce que je m’ai pas voyagé vingt fois 
par cette route? 14. Nous sommes battus: rendons- 
nous. 15. Non, ne nous rendons pas encore. 

1. He is not enjoying himself. 2. He was not curing 
himself. 3. He will not surrender himself. 4. He 
would not enjoy himself. 5. She is not well. 6. She 
will not be well. 7%. They were not well. 8. They 
would not be well. 9. Are you not well? 10. Were 
you not well? 11. Will you not be well? 12. They 
will show themselves here no more. 13. Are you enjoy- 
ing yourself at the coast? 14. I enjoy myself every- 
where. 15. What is that young man called (how does 
that young man call himself)? 16. He is called John 
(he calls himself John). 17. What is your cousin called ? 
18. She is called Louisa. 19. And you, sir, what are 
you called? 20. I am called Henry. 21. I will hide; 
my brother and sister would hide also, if they dared. 
22. Do I not flatter myself? 


hes 


Pronominal verbs are divided into two classes ac- 
cording to their meaning. They are called reflective 
when they express action confined to the actor, like 
those which we have seen in the preceding section ; 
and they are called reciprocal when they express 
action reciprocated between two or more subjects, 
as nous nous aimons, we like each other. 

Reciprocal verbs are used only in the plural, as 
they express the action of more than one subject: ! 
nous nous aimons, vous vous aimez, ils s’aiment. 


1 Except the case when on is used to represent several persons: on se 
tuait les uns les autres. 


138 EXERCISES. 


Supposing we have to translate we flatter one another, if we simply 
say nous nous flattons, a person hearing us may indeed understand 
we flatter one another, but another person may as well understand we 
flatter ourselves. To avoid that misunderstanding we add to the re- 
ciprocal verb l'un l’autre or les uns les autres: l'un l’autre, when the 
action is reciprocated between only two subjects ; les uns les autres, 
if there are more than two subjects: nous nous flattons l’un l’autre or 
nous nous flattons les uns les autres.! 

But this addition is unnecessary if the meaning is clearly recip- 
rocal, as nous nous cherchons dep’ is une heure, we have been looking 
for each other for an hour ; mon frére et votre sceur s’aiment, my brother 
and your sister love each other. 


continuellement, continually. se vanter, to extol one’s self or each other. 


personnages, personages. se blesser, fo wound one’s self or each other. 
c’est vrai, it is true. se tuer, to kill one’s self or each other. 
en duel, in a duel. se défendre, to defend one’s self or each other. 
faire, to do. se séparer, to part from each other. 
plus avaneé, better off. se quereller, to quarrel. 
le chemin, the way. s’embrasser, to kiss each other. 

attaquer, to attack. recommencer, to begin again. 

se battre, to fight. réciproquement, reciprocally. 


1. Je pense que vous vous flattez continuellement V’un 
Vautre. 2. Vous vous admirez réciproquement, vous 
vous vantez, vous vous louez, comme si vous n’aviez 
jamais vu de plus grands personnages. 3. Au contraire, 
votre frére et votre sceur se grondent toujours. 4. C’est 
vrai, ils se grondent toujours, ils ne s’aiment pas. 5. Ces 
deux officiers se battraient en duel, si on les laissait 
faire. 6. Seraient-ils plus avancés s’ils se blessaient ou 
sils se tuaient? 7. Si quelqu’un vous attaque quand 
vous serez absent, je vous défendrai, et, si quelquw’un 
m’attaque quand je serai absent, vous me défendrez. 


1 Instead of l’un l’autre, les uns les autres, the adverb réciproque- 
ment is sometimes added, or entre is put before the verb: Pierre et Paul 
se louent réciproquement, or Pierre et Paul s’entre-louent. This latter 
form is becoming obsolete. 


EXERCISES. 139 


8. Nous nous défendrons ainsi l’un l’autre. 9. Si vous 
vous séparez dans le bois et si vous perdez votre chemin, 
vous vous appellerez les uns les autres. 10. Est-ce que 
deux sceurs se querellent ainsi? 11. Embrassez-vous, et 
ne recommencez plus. 12. Nous ne nous embrasserons 
pas, parce que nous ne nous embrassons jamais, mais 
nous ne recommencerons plus. 


1. We are blaming each other (2 persons). 2. We 
were punishing each other. 3. We shall defend each 
other. 4. They do not defend each other (more than 
2 persons). 5. They used not to blame each other. 
6. They will not punish each other. 7. They would not 
defend each other. 8. Why do you not like each other ? 
9. Who told you that we did not lke each other? 
10. Nobody ;? but you are always scolding one another. 
11. Two brothers quarrel, it is true, but in spite of that 
they are fond of each other. 12. We always defend one 
another. 13. Yes, but, when you are together, you 
always quarrel. 14. If we lose our way in this wood, 
we will not part from each other; and if any one attacks 
us, we will defend ourselves. 15. Who will attack us ? 
I am ready to defend myself. 16. You forget that I am 
no longer the young man you saw five years ago. 


A 
79. 


Pronominal verbs, in all their compound tenses, take 
the auxiliary étre, instead of avoir, as : — 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


je me suis caché, J hid myself. nous nous sommes cachés.” 
tu t’es caché. vous vous étes cachés. 
il s’est caché. ils se sont cachés. 


1 If there is no verb expressed, ne is not to be used. 
2 Past participles of pronominal verbs do not always agree, but, till the 
rule is explained (in § 98), only those which agree will be given. 


140 EXERCISES. 


PLUPERFECT. je m’étais caché, J had hidden myself. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. je me serai caché, J shall have hidden myself. 
CONDIT. PAST. je me serais caché, J should have hidden myself. 


se lever, to rise, to get up (to raise one’s self). 
se coucher, to go to bed (to lay one’s self down). 
se tromper, to deceive one’s self, to be mistaken. 


se promener, to take a walk. se facher, to get angry. 
se reposer, to rest one’s self. simplement, simply. 
s’enrhumer, fo catch cold. sitdt, so soon. 


1. A quelle heure vous @tes-vous couché hier? 2. Je 
me suis couché, hier 4 dix heures et demie. 3. A quelle 
heure vous €tes-vous levé ce matin? 4. Je me suis levé 
a sept heures moins un quart. 5. Votre frére s’est-il 
promené aujourd’hui? 6. Il s’est promené une demi- 
heure. 7%. Votre cousine ne s’est-elle pas enrhumée 
hier soir? 8. Elle s’est, je pense, un peu enrhumée. 
9. Est-ce que vos cousins se sont fachés, quand vous 
leur avez raconté Vaffaire? 10. Henri m/’a dit sim- 
plement que je me trompais, mais Ernest s’est faché. 
11. Nous nous sommes promenés longtemps ce matin, 
si longtemps que ma sceur était fort lasse. 12. Vous 
étes-vous reposés quelque part? 15. Nous nous sommes 
reposés un quart d’heure chez notre tante. 14. Si j’étais 
sorti avec vous hier soir, je me serais certainement en- 
rhumé. 15. Nous sommes allés a Vopéra mardi dernier, 
nous nous sommes bien amusés. 


1. We (m.) are not enjoying ourselves. 2. We have 
not enjoyed ourselves. 38. We have not surrendered 
ourselves. 4. We were not enjoying ourselves. 5. We 
had not surrendered ourselves. 6. We would not enjoy 
ourselves. 7. We would not punish ourselves. 8. We 
would not have enjoyed ourselves. 9. We would not 
have surrendered ourselves. 10. How long did she walk 
to-day ? 11. She walked for three quarters of an hour. 
12. When did I rise this morning? TI rose at nine. 


= EXERCISES. 141 
13. My brother went to bed very late last night. 14. We 
took cold on Wednesday night. 15. She got angry when 
I told her that you were gone. 16. Would you have 
gone to bed so soon if I had come? 17. Get up, your 
brother is arrived. 18. They rose this morning at 8 
o'clock. 19. Have you been out this evening? 20. Yes, 
sir, | went out with my father at half-past seven; we 
walked till a quarter of nine, when we returned. 21. I 
enjoyed myself much, and I think he did also. 


8O. 
EWN and Y. 


When some or any (whether expressed or under- 
stood) is not followed by its noun, it is translated 
by en, which follows the rule on the place of personal 
pronouns : — 

Avez-vous du pain? Qui, j’enai, Have youany bread? Yes,I have 
some, or simply I have. 

Non, je n’en ai pas, No, I have not any or none. 

Achetez-en, Buy some. 

En means also of it, of them, or for tt. 

Voulez-vous des fruits? cette caisse Will you have any fruit? this box is 
en est pleine, full of it. 

When a number (one, two, three, four, etc.), or an 
adverb of quantity (much, many, little, few, etc.), or 
noun of quantity or measure (métre, paire, douzaine, 
bouteille, etc.), is not followed by its noun, that noun 
is replaced by en. 

Avez-vous des fréres? J’enaiun, Have youany brothers? Ihave one. 
Avez-vous lu des romans anglais? Have you read any English novels? 
Oui, j’en ai beaucoup lu, Yes, J have read a great many. 


Avez-vous du vin chez vous? J’en Have you any wine at home? I 
ai encore deux bouteilles, have still two bottles. 


142 EXERCISES. 


There (expressed or understood) is translated by 
la, when pointing to a place or thing, and by y when 
referring to a place mentioned before : — 


Voyez-vous cette maison-la ? Do you see that house ? 
J’y ai demeuré trois mois, IT lived there three months. 


Y means also fo it, or to them, and follows the rule 
on the place of personal pronouns : — 
Ces champs formeront une trés These fields will form a very fine 


belle propriété quand vous y property when you have added 
aurez ajouté ce bois, that wood to them. 


un accés de colére, a fit of anger. compter, to count. 
de temps en temps, from time to time. a léglise, at church. 


1. Avez-vous de l’eau fraiche ? 2. Oui, nous en avons. 
3. Donnez-en un verre 4 mon frere. 4. Votre oncle 
n’est-il pas un peu sujet a des accés de colére? 5. Il y 
est beaucoup trop sujet. 6. N’étes-vous jamais entré 
dans cette belle église ? 7. Non, je n’y suis jamais entré. 
8. Combien de sceurs avez-vous ? 9. J’enaiune. 10. Il 
y a beaucoup de fautes dans sa lettre, mais la votre en 
est pleine. 11. J’en ai compté au moins une douzaine. 
12. Voici une avenue ot votre propriétaire se promeéne 
tous les soirs. 13. J’y rencontre aussi quelquefois lavo- 
cat qui demeure prés de vous. 14. N’y avez-vous jamais 
vu mon oncle? 15. De temps en temps, mais 1] n’y est 
jamais seul. 


1. Have you any money about (sw) you? 2. Have I 
any money ? my pockets are full of it. 3. If youw'would 
lend (§ 51, 3d) a little to your brother, I am sure he 
would be very glad of it. 4. How many French books 
have you at home? 5. I have ten or twelve. 6. If you 
have any good beer, give my brother a glass of it. 7. Has 
your mother been at church? 8. She has not been there. 


EXERCISES. 143 


9. Have you ever been to Paris? 10. No, I have never 
been. 11. Has your sister still many birds? 12. She 
has more than ever. 13. You have too much bread; 
give some to your sister. 14. But, aunt, I have not 
enough; it is my brother who has too much. 105. Shall 
I find you at church next Sunday? 16. I am sure 
that I shall be there, and I hope you will be there also. 
17. My daughter has asked for your inkstand ; why did 
you not lend it to her ? 


81. 


When y is to be placed before the verb with one or 
two pronouns, it comes after them : — 


Je vous les y porterai, / shall carry them to you there. 


When en is to be used with any other pronoun, or 
with y, it comes last : — 


Je vous y en porterai, J shall carry some to you there. 


m’en, some to me. nous en, s me to us. 

ten, some to thee. vous en, some to you. 

luien, some to him, to her. leur en, some to them. 
redemander,! to ask again. une histoire, a story. 
de tout mon ceeur, with all my heart. une chanson, a song. 
quelques-uns, quelques-unes, a few, some. quelque temps, some time. 


1. Vous avez de si bon lait que je vous en demanderai 
encore un peu. 2. Ma sceur n’ose pas vous en redeman- 
der comme moi, mais vous lui en donnerez peut-étre en- 
core une tasse. 3. Votre sceur a eu beaucoup de bontés 
pour moi, je ’en remercie de tout mon cceur. 4. Votre 
frére a tant de jolis romans que je lui en emprunterai 
quelques-uns. 5. I] ne vous les prétera pas; du moins 
il ne m’en a jamais prété un seul. 6. Si vous trouvez 


? Re- beginning a verb generally means back or again. 


144 EXERCISES. 


cette histoire jolie, je vous en raconterai beaucoup d’au- 
tres. 7. N’avez-vous pas recu de livres quand vous étiez 
& la campagne? 8. Mon cousin vous y en a envoyé. 
9. Ces chansons sont fort jolies: chantez-nous-en en- 
core une autre. 10. Est-ce que vous n’aimez pas notre 
vin? Henri vous enaremph un grand verre. 11. Soyez 
tranquilles, nous n’oublierons pas vos lettres, quand 
vous demeurerez chez votre tante. 12. Charles vous les 
y portera. 13. Et s’il les oublie, je vous les porterai 
moi-méme. 14. Comment vous remercierai-je de vos bons 
soins? 15. Ne m’en remerciez pas, et soignez-vous 
bien. 


1. If you buy so many pretty things, J am sure your 
brother will ask you for some (some to you). 2. If he 
asks me for any, I will give him some; but I think he 
will not ask me for any. 3. I offered some to him some 
time ago, but he has refused me. 4. You will not for- 
get, I hope, that you have promised me some. 5. If I 
have promised you any, I will give you a few. 6. Did 
you see any flowers in their garden? 7. Yes, I have 
seen many there. 8. Were there many ladies at church ? 
9. There were very few. 10. How many were there ? 
11. There were fourteen or fifteen. 12. When shall 
you be in the country ? 13. We shall be there during 
the months of August and September. 14. I think I 
shall visit you there. 15. These rules are a little diffi- 
cult, but the master has already explained some of them 
tous. 16. That lady flatters herself that she sings well, 
but she is mistaken. 

QA 


EXERCISES. 145 


SOME PECULIARITIES OF SYNTAX. 
82. 


This, that (see §§ 19, 20, 35), are translated by ceci, 
cela, when pointing to something without naming it, 
or when referring to an idea just expressed (cela), or 
about to be expressed (ceci) ; as: — 


donnez-moi ceci, donnez-moi cela, give me this, give me that. 

le malheur dans lequel vous étes the misfortune into which you fell 
tombé prouve bien ceci, que les proves indeed this, that the great- 
plus grandes précautions sont est precautions are often useless. 
souvent inutiles. 

cela est-il vrai? is that true 2 


Such expressions as a friend of mine, a countryman 
of yours, a book of hers, must be turned, for transla- 
tion, into : — 


one of my friends, un de mes amis, or une de mes amies. 
one of your countrymen, un de vos compatriotes. 
one of her books, un de ses livres. 


Asa mark of respect, the words monsieur, madame, 
mademoiselle, or their plurals, are placed before the ad- 
jective votre or vos followed by pére, mére, frére, sceur, 
oncle, cousin, ami, etc., or their plurals. 


J’ai rencontré monsieur votre pére I met your father and mother. 
et madame votre mére, 
Comment se porte mademoiselle How is your sister ? 


votry sceur ? 


But if the person spoken to is an intimate friend or an inferior, the 
word monsieur, madame, or mademoiselle is left out.! 


1 We shall suppose this to have been the case in all the preceding exercises, 
10 


146 EXERCISES. 


The a of ma, ta, sa is never elided; therefore, to 
avoid hiatus, use mon, ton, son before a feminine be- 
ginning with a vowel or A mute. 


mon amitié, my friendship. 

ton étourderie, thy heedlessness. 

son aimable cousine, his amiable cousin. 
étre a, to belong to. l’excuse (f.), the excuse. 
& cause de, on account of. la jeunesse, the youth. 
définitivement, positively. s’imaginer, to fancy. 
renoncer &, to renounce. le wagon, the railway earriage. 
bien, indeed. depuis (prep. of place), from. 
étourdi, heedless. incroyable, incredible. 
méme, even. la pension, the boarding school. 
Vintérét (m.), the interest. captiver, to captivate, to take up. 


1. Je pense que ceci appartient 4 monsieur votre 
oncle? 2. Pardon, monsieur, ceci est & moi, mais voila 
quelque chose qui appartient & mon oncle. 3. Cela 
n’est-il pas & un de vos amis? 4. Oui, madame, cela 
appartient & monsieur votre fils. 5. A mon fils ? est-ce 
que mon fils est toujours de vos amis? 6. Mais (why) 
certainement, madame, et pourquoi non? 7. Mais je 
pensais qu’a cause de son étourderie vous aviez défi- 
nitivement renoncé a son amitié? 8. Il est bien un peu 
étourdi, mais cela n’annonce pas un mauvais coeur; c’est 
méme le contraire qui est le plus souvent vrai. 9. Je 
vous remercie de tout mon cceur, monsieur, de lintérét 
que vous lui portez (bear); il a un bien grand défaut, 
mais son excuse est dans sa jeunesse. 10. Thérése, 
n’est-ce pas une de vos petites amies qui est arrivée ce 
matin? 11. Oui, ma tante, c’est la petite Jeanne; im- 
aginez-vous que cette étourdie a oublié son écharpe et 
son ombrelle dans le wagon, et qu’elle a perdu sa montre 
avec la chaine depuis la station! 12. Cela est incroy- 


EXERCISES. 147 


able, mademoiselle Jeanne est devenue folle! 138. Son 
excuse est qu’elle a rencontré une de ses amies de pension 
dans le wagon ou elle était, cela a captivé toute son atten- 
tion. 14. Montrez-moi ceci. 


1. When did you see that? 2. Is this for you? 3. I 
do not accept his excuse. 4. His sister was a friend of 
mine. 6. Your mother wrote to me yesterday; I shall 
answer her to-morrow. 6. Repeat all that to her. 7. A 
cousin of yours visits us from time to time. 8. He lost 
a son of his last week. 9. A sister of his took cold the 
other day. 10. I took a walk with your uncle yester- 
day. 11. Is not that generous? 12. Do not show all 
that to him. 13. How long is it since you saw your 
mother ? 14. I met her friend, Miss Louisa, yesterday. 
15. I shall visit her one of these days. 16. Give that 
to your brother, if you please; for a long time he has 
been (§ 60) a good friend of mine. He is well now, I 
hope ? 


83. 
Peculiarities of Syntax continued. 


(1) The passive form is not so much used in 
French as in English; when the agent is indefinite, 
the English passive sentence is in French generally 
changed to an active sentence with on (§ 82) for its 
subject ; as : — 


Some books have been given them, On leur a donné des livres. 


On may be changed into l'on whenever it sounds better. For ex- 
ample, on apprend facilement ce que l’on comprend, we learn easily 
what we understand, sounds better than, on apprend facilement ce qu’op 
comprend. 


148 EXERCISES. 


If the expression is not indefinite, the noun repre- 
senting the agent is put as subject instead of the in- 
definite on : — 

He has been beaten by the English, Les Anglais l’ont battu. 


(2) When the pronoun what means the thing which, 
it is translated by ce qui, if what is the subject; by 
ce que, if it is the object (see § 8). 


Ce qui m’effraie, c’est qu’il me What frightens me is, that he is 
manque de respect, disrespectful to me. 
Ce que je vous raconte est vrai, What I tell you is true. 
un sou, a cent. Prussien, a Prussian. 
une gravure, an engraving. Autrichien, an Austrian. 
une bataille, a battle. complétement, completely. 
facher, to ver. acheter & (p.), to buy from. facilement, eastly. 


1. Ces pauvres gens n’ont pas un sou; on leur a donné 
tout a l’heure du pain et de la viande. 2. Avez-vous fait 
ce qu’on vous a ordonné ? 3. Les Prussiens ont com- 
pletement battu les Autrichiens & Sadowa. 4. Sa mere 
Va puni. 5. Ne prétez pas vos livres 4 ma sceur, elle 
perd tout ce qu’on lui préte. 6. On vous a payé, je pense, 
tout ce qu’on vous avait acheté. 7. On vous a cherché 
partout, et l’on ne vous a pas trouvé. 8. On dit quil 
a gelé tres fort cette nuit. 9. On ne dit pas toujours 
tout ce que l’on pense. 10. Ses freres ont abandonné. 
11. Oui, mais ses sceurs l’ont regu chez elles et l’ont 
soigné. 12. Ce qui ne vous fachera pas, ma tante, c’est 
que j’al bien employé mon temps ce matin, je n’ai pas 
perdu une seule minute. 


1. It is said (one says) that your brother will get (wedl 
have) the first prize. 2. He has been rewarded by his 
father (his father has rewarded him). 38. You do not 
hear (entendre) what you are reproached for (what one 
reproaches you). 4. I easily guess what deceives you. 


EXERCISES. 149 


5. They are very poor; some money was given them 
yesterday morning (one has given them...). 6. Where 
are these beautiful watches sold (where does one sell 
...)? 7%. We have not yet received what we have been 
promised. 8. What vexes me is that he has been ac- 
cepted by his uncle. 9. I will give you nothing more, 
you lose everything which is given to you. 10. Have 
any engravings been bought ? 11. Yes; Jane has bought 
one for me and two for you. 12. Where is that sold? 
13. Where is that (to be) found? 14. It is thought 
that you will succeed. 15. It is supposed that the 
Emperor will not dare to show himself in that battle. 
16. Are you vexed that we do not defend one another ? 


84. 
Peculiarities of Syntax continued. 


In the following idioms avoir is used instead of the 
English to be : — 


avoir raison, to be right. avoir soif, to be thirsty. 
avoir tort, to be wrong. avoir chaud, to be warm. 
avoir peur, to be afraid. avoir froid, to be cold. 
avoir honte, to be ashamed. avoir sommeil, fo be sleepy. 
avoir faim, to be hungry. avoir besoin, to be in need. 


In all these expressions, bien is generally used for very or quite: 
vous avez bien raison, j’ai eu bien tort, il a bien peur, etc. 


In asking or stating a person’s age, the following 
construction is generally used : — 
Quel age avez-vous ? How old are you? 
J’ai vingt ans, I am twenty years old. 
The adjective a2gé may also be used, though this construction is not 
so frequent in conversation : — 


Elle est agée de vingt ans, She is twenty years old, 
approuver, fo approve. tout de suite, at once. 
le service, the service. le morceau, the piece. 


150 EXERCISES. 


1. Quel age a votre petit frére? 2. Il a six ans 
et demi, il aura sept ans le 1* du mois prochain. 
3. Et vous, monsieur Charles, quel 4ge avez-vous ? 
4, Vingt-deux ans, madame. 5. Si M. votre cousin 
s’imagine que je lui redemanderai l’argent que je lui 
ai prété, il a bien tort; je ne le lui réclamerai jamais. 
6. N’avez-vous pas trop chaud pres de ce grand feu? 
7. En effet javais froid tout 4 Vheure, mais mainte- 
nant j’ai trop chaud. 8. Mon frére avait sommeil; il 
s’est couché il y a une heure. 9. Il a eu raison, je l’ap- 
prouve. 10. N’aurez-vous pas peur, seul dans cette 
grande chambre? 11. Votre petite sceur a honte de 
sa conduite. 12. Vous n’aurez pas besoin de ces livres, 
jespere ? 13. Mon cousin a dix-sept ans. 14. Je pen- 
sais qu'il était beaucoup plus agé. 15. I] est moins agé 
que vous. 


1. If your brother repeats that, he will be wrong. 
2. You are quite right; do not reply to him. 3. Speak 
to him a little; he is afraid of us. 4. If you are ashamed 
of your conduct, I will pardon you. 5. I am hungry, and 
you give me a glass of water! 6. Would you give mea 
piece of bread if I were thirsty? 7. Claim my services 
if ever you are in need of them. 8. We came.back very 
late; we were cold and hungry. 9. Is your brother a 
little warmer? 10. I think he is very sleepy. 11. How 
old is he? 12. He will be ten years old in two months. 
13. If he went to bed (imperf.) at once, he would soon 
be warmer. 14. You are quite right, he will take cold 
in this room. 15. Charles, do you hear me? go to bed 
at once, you are sleepy. 16. She has not done what she 
was bidden, and now she flatters herself that she will 


be happy. 


EXERCISES. R51 


THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 


Preliminary Observations. 


In a sentence there are as many clauses as verbs in a 
personal mood (that is, verbs in any other mood than 
the infinitive). Thus, in the sentence, J shall send you 
a book if you wish, there are two verbs in a personal 
mood, there are consequently two clauses. 

Clauses are divided into principal and secondary. 

A principal clause is independent, and generally ex- 
presses complete sense of itself; a secondary clause de- 
pends, directly or indirectly, on a principal clause, and 
explains or modifies it. In the sentence, Z shall send 
you a book if you wish, I shall send you a book is a prin- 
cipal clause, if you wish is secondary. 

The word connecting a secondary clause with the one 
on which it depends is either a relative pronoun or a 
conjunction; as — 


(Relative pronoun.) — He is the only man that I know here. 
(Conjunction. ) — I fear that he will come. 


Observe, however, that the four conjunctions, et, ou, 
ni, mais, may connect principal clauses, and they there- 
fore announce a secondary clause only when they are 


immediately followed by another conjunction or a rela- 
tive pronoun. 


The subjunctive mood can never be used in a prin- 
cipal clause, and can be used only in a clause begin- 
ning with a conjunctive word or a relative pronoun. 

The indicative mood, which may be used in either 
a principal or secondary clause, expresses an action 


152 EXERCISES. 


or a state in a positive, certain, and absolute manner ; 
as :— 

Je crois qu’il est venu, I believe he is come. 

Je déclare que je lui pardonne, I declare that I forgive him. 

The subjunctive mood, on the contrary, always de- 

pends upon a principal clause, and is used when that 
principal clause implies necessity, uncertainty, or 
emotion. 


Il faut qwil soit puni, It is necessary that he should be 
punished. 

Je ne pense pas qu'il ait vu votre fils, 7 do not think he has seen your son. 

Je crains qu’il ne soit mort, I fear he is dead. 


Therefore, if the thought expressed in the principal 
clause implies certainty, the verb in the secondary ~ 
clause must be in the cndicative ; if the thought ex- 
pressed in the principal clause implies necessity, wn- 
certainty, or emotion, the verb in the secondary clause 
must be in the subjunctive. 


Je crois que la santé est préférable J believe that health is preferable to 


a tous les biens. all riches. 
Je ne crois pas que la santé soit J do not believe that health is pref- 
préférable a tous les biens. erable to all riches. 


The conjunction que, which is followed sometimes 
by the indicative, sometimes by the subjunctive, it- 
self governs no mood. It is the certainty or uncer- 
tainty in the mind of the speaker that requires the 
indicative or subjunctive, as the case may be. 


85. 


An impersonal verb implying necessity or uncer- 
tainty requires the verb depending on it to be put 
in the subjunctive with the conjunction que; as : — 


_EXERCISES. 153 


il est juste que je sois puni, it is right that I should be punished. 
il faut qu’il soit ici ce soir, tis necessary for him to be here this evening. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


ae diaio, that I may have, that I qiage iets i that I may be, that I 
should have, that I have. "should be, that I be. 
que tu aies. que tu sois. 
quwil or qu'elle ait. qu’il or qu’elle soit. 
que nous ayons, que nous soyons. 
que vous ayez. que vous soyez. 
qw’ils or qu’elles aient. quw’ils or qu’elles soient. 
il faut, apy: 
: E ; it is necessary, must. 
il est nécessaire, 
i 7a sel t, it is important, it is of consequence. 
il convient, Le ; 
ete edcenvenahlo; it ws becoming, or proper. 


il vaut mieux, | 
il est préférable, 
il se peut, 

il est possible, 


it is better, or preferable. 
it may be, it is possible. 


il est juste, it is right, or just. il est essentiel, it 7s essential, or material. 


il est bon, it is good. il est urgent, zt is urgent, or pressing. 
il est indispensable, it zs in- il est temps, if 7s time. 
dispensable. 


1. Il faut que mon frére ait ce livre aujourd’hui. 2. Tl 
vaut mieux quelle soit ici ce soir. 3. Il est essentiel que 
vous soyez a Londres demain. 4. Est-il possible que cette 
histoire soit vraie? 5, Je leur ai sacrifié mon temps et 
mes peines, faut-il encore quwils aient tout mon argent ? 
6. Vous lui avez désobéi, il est juste que vous soyez puni. 
7. Se peut-il que M. votre cousin soit encore ici apres 
cette scandaleuse affaire! 8. I] est essentiel que j’aie cet 
argent ce soir: réclamez-le et envoyez-le-moi. 9. Est- 
il indispensable que M™* votre mere ait cette lettre 
cette semaine? 10. Oui, Madame, cela est urgent; 
il faut qu’elle ait tous les détails de Vaffaire avant 


154 EXERCISES. 


mon arrivée. 11. Mais est-il nécessaire que vous soyez 
présent ? 12. Cela n’est pas absolument nécessaire, 
mais il est préférable dans mon intérét, et peut-étre 
aussi dans le vOtre, que je sois présent a la discussion. 


1. It is possible that your father is now in Paris. 2. It 
is time that we should have that letter. 3. It is right 
that she should be punished. 4. She must have (7 ¢s 
necessary that she should have) that dress to-night. 
5. They must be (it is necessary that they should be) 
here at three. 6. That letter must be sent before one. 
7. My sister has given you my ring; must you have my 
ear-rings also? 8. Is it indispensable that you should 
be in Paris to-morrow? 9. It is important that they 
should be with us. 10. Is it proper that we should be 
alone? 11. Must my brother have that horse to-day ? 
12. Must not my brother have that horse to-day ? 13. Is 
it right that your sister should always have the best 
place? 14. Is it possible that you have sacrificed so 
much time to that affair? 15. You are right; if my 
father accepts your invitation, it is possible for us to 
be at your house on Saturday next. 


86. 
Verbs used negatively or interrogatively and im- 
plying uncertainty are followed by the subjunctive 
with the conjunction que; as : — 


Croyez-vous que j’aie raison ? Do you believe I am right 2 
Je ne crois pas que vous ayez tort, J/ do not believe you are wrong. 
Croire (an irregular verb), to believe. 


INDIC. PRES. Je crois. nous croyons. 
tu crois. vous croyez. 
il croit. ils croient. 

PAST INDEF. j’ai cru. IMPERF. je croyais. 


FUTURE. je croirai. CONDIT. je croirais. 


EXERCISES. fap 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


1st Conjugation. 2d Conjugation. 3d Conjugation. 
que je porte. que je finisse. que je rende. 
que tu portes. que tu finisses. que tu rendes. 
qu’il porte. qu'il finisse. qu’il rende. 
que nous portions. que nous finissions. que nous rendions. 
que vous portiez. que vous finissiez. que vous rendiez. 
qu’ils portent. qu’ils finissent. qu’ils rendent. 


1. Je crois que M"* votre sceur espére que vous lui 
donnerez cette jolie broche. 2. Je ne crois pas que vous 
nous ayez prété le livre que vous réclamez. 3. Supposez- 
vous que nous osions jamais lui parler de cela? 4. Si 
vous €étes puni, ne croyez pas que j’en sois la cause: je 
n’ai pas parlé de vous a votre maitre. 5. N’espérez pas 
que je trahisse mon ami pour vous faire plaisir. 6. Ils 
se flattent que je répondrai a leur lettre, mais ils se 
trompent. 7. Elle ne croit pas que vous préfériez mon 
livre au sien; répétez-le-lui vous-méme. 8. Je vous de- 
mande pardon, je vous assure quelle a écrit six lettres 
depuis mon arrivée. 9. Ne vous imaginez pas que nous 
nous amusions ici sans vous; nous vous regrettons beau- 
coup; nous parlons de vous 4 chaque instant. 10. Je sup- 
pose que vous me défendrez si l’on m’attaque. 11. Soyez 
tranquille; je ne pense pas que personne ose vous atta- 
quer, mais, si on le fait, je serai la et vous défendrai. 
12. Je n’espere pas qu’il réussisse, mais je pense qwil a 
fait de son mieux. 18. Croient-ils que je les attende ? 
14. Ow, Monsieur, ils espérent que vous les attendrez. 


1. She does not think that her father is come. 2. She 
thinks that her father is come. 3. Does she think that 
her father is come? 4. It may be that he is come. 
5. She must finish her exercise at onee. 6. I do not 
pretend that he is right, but I think you are wrong. 


156 EXERCISES. 


7. Do you hope that they will lend you the money of 
which you have need? 8. She thinks that you have 
forgotten her muff. 9. She does not think that you will 
arrive before her father. 10. I think that her brother 
is ill, 11. Do you think that her brother isill? 12. I 
do not think that her brother is ul. 138. Do you believe 
that they are in London? 14. I do not suppose you 
will give her all that money. 15. She does not hope 
that her father will answer your letter. 


87. 
A few impersonal verbs, implying certainty, are 
followed by the indicative. The most frequently 
used are: — 


il résulte, it follows, the result is. il est vrai, zt zs true. 


il s’ensuit, zt follows. il est évident, zt is evident. 

il parait, 2 appears. il est démontré, 7t 7s proved. 

il (me, te, lui. . .) semble, 7¢ il est incontestable, it 7s indisputable. 
seems to me, to thee, tohim. ... il est clair, it is obvious. 

il est sfir, it 7s sure. il est manifeste, it is manifest. 

il est certain, it 7s certain. il est décidé, 2t has been decided, 


A negative or interrogative verb is not followed by 
the subjunctive when there is no doubt in the mind of 
the speaker ; as : — 


Savez-vous que votre pére est ma- Do you know that your father is 
lade ? unwell 2 
Je ne savais pas qu'il était ici, I did not know that he was here. 


Hence the subjunctive is not used after est-ce que? 
n’est-ce pas que? nor generally after the verbs savoir 
(to know), faire savoir (to let know), dire (to tell), ap- 
prendre (to learn, to hear, to inform), informer (to 
inform), oublier (to forget), and such like, used in- 


EXERCISES. Ri 


terrogatively, or even negatively if there is no doubt 
whatever in the mind of the speaker. 


Savoir (an irregular verb), to know. 


INDIC. PRES. Je Sais. nous savons. 
tu sais. vous savez. 
il sait. ils savent. 

PAST INDEF. j’al Su. IMPERF. je Savais. 

FUTURE. je saurai. CONDIT. je saurais. 


1. Il parait que mon frére est malade depuis quinze 
jours. 2. Il me semble que vous avez eu tort dans cette 
discussion ; est-ce qu’on parle ainsi asa sceur? 3. J’al 
eu tort, c’est vrai, mais il est certain qu’elle m’a provo- 
qué pendant une demi-heure. 4. I] est décidé que votre 
petit cousin n’aura pas la permission qwil demandait. 
5. Il résulte de toutes vos discussions que vous et Henri, 
vous avez eu tort. 6. Il est certain que ma sceur sera 
ici ce soir; elle me l’a écrit ce matin. 7. Il s’ensuit que 
sa présence n’est pas du tout certaine. 8. I] vous semble 
que j’ai tort, mais je vous prouverai le contraire. 9. Il 
est clair que vous avez sommeil, couchez-vous vite. 10. I 
est vrai que j’ai sommeil, mais j’ai tant marché aujour- 
d’hui que je suis horriblement fatigué. 11. Oubliez-vous 
que je suis plus 4gé que vous? 12. Ne savez-vous pas 
que M. votre frére est revenu de Paris? 13. Vous ne 
m’avlez pas dit que vous étiez indisposé; j’aime a croire 
que vous vous portez mieux. 14. Avez-vous appris que 
le bateau & vapeur par lequel -vous étes venu Vannée 
derniére a fait naufrage sur la cote d’Ivlande? 15. Est- 
ce que vous ne saviez pas cela? 16. Est-ce que vous ne 
me croyez pas ? 


1. It is certain that you are wrong. 2. It is possible 
that you are wrong. 3. It appears that he will be 
punished. 4. It is just that he should be punished. 


158 EXERCISES. 


5. It is proved that he did not buy your uncle’s house. 
6. It may be that he has bought your uncle’s house. 
7. It seems to me that you have at last completed your 
exercise. 8. It is essential that you should have com- 
pleted your exercise before ten. 9. I must have some 
paper, some ink, and a better pen. 10. Did you tell 
them that I would thank them myself? 11. Do you 
not find that this water is very bad? 12. I hope you 
will answer your mother’s letter; do you forget she is 
ill? 138. Ido not forget that she is ill, but I shall not 
answer her letter yet. 14. Does she know that I have 
lent you some money? 15. I have not told her that 
you had lent me some money, but I think she knows it. 
16. Do (est-ce que) you believe that? 17. (Hst-ce que) 
Is not that true? 18. Do you know that your father 
and I have quarrelled? 19. Do you not think that I 
am right ? VS 

88. a 


Verbs expressing will, wish, doubt, fear, expecta- 
tion, prohibition, permission, complaint, joy, sorrow, 
surprise, or any emotion,’ are followed by the sub- 
junctive with the conjunction que; as :— 

Je désire que vous lui parliez, I wish you to speak to him. 

Je veux que vous m’attendiez, I want you to wait for me. 

After verbs expressing wish or will, the English 
put either the infinitive, to express a future action 
or state, as in the above examples; or the subjunctive 
to express a present or a past action or state, as I 
wish I were rich, I wish he had been rich. 

1 Except only espérer, to hope. Croire and penser do not express an 


emotion, and therefore require the indicative, unless used interrogatively 
or negatively. 


EXERCISES. 159 


But in French the subjunctive is always used after 
verbs expressing wish or will, except only in the case 
when both verbs (that is, the verb expressing wish or 
will, and the verb depending on it) have the same 
person or persons for subjects; in which case the 
second verb is put in the infinitive, as je voudrais étre 
riche, J should like to be rich, or, I wish I were rich. 


Vouloir (an irregular verb), to wish. 


INDIC. PRES. je veux. nous voulons. 
tu veux. vous voulez. 
il veut. ils veulent. 
PAST INDEF.  j’ai voulu. IMPERF. Je voulais. 
FUTURE. je voudrai. CONDIT. je voudrais. 
je veux, IL command, I want. 
je veux bien, I consent, I am willing. 
je voudrais or je voudrais bien, IT should tike. 


1. Je doute qwil réussisse. 2. Je désire que vous 
m’attendiez. 3. Il veut que nous lui obéissions sans 
réplique. 4. Vous ordonnez qu’on vous obéisse. 5. Elle 
exige que nous vous chassions. 6. Je défends qu’on le 
punisse. 7. Je suis surpris que vous lui parliez encore 
apres ce qu’il a dit et fait contre vous. 8. Je regrette 
vivement que vous m’ayez attendu, mais je vous assure 
que ce n’est pas ma faute. 9. Adieu, Monsieur, je sou- 
haite que vous vous portiez bien. 10. Je désire que vous 
m’accompagniez, mais je ne l’exige pas. 11. Voulez- 
vous bien permettre que ma sceur et mol nous jouions un 
peu? 12. Je veux que vous restiez ici ’une et l’autre, 
vous n’avez pas encore appris vos legons. 13. Nous 
doutons fort qu’il vous attende. 14. Ma mere est bien 
aise que vous soyez enfin revenu. 


15. Obéis, si tu veux qu’on t’obéisse un jour. — ( Voltaire.) 


160 EXERCISES. 


1. They wish you to speak tome. 2. Iam glad that 
you are so well. 3. Do you wish him to speak to you 
to-night? 4. Do you not wish her to sing that song ? 
5. No, I want you to sing it yourself. 6. I hope she 
will reply to my letter this week. 7. She forbids me to 
speak to you. 8. Are you not surprised that your 
brother has already come back? 9. Do you insist upon 
(exigez-vous) my being punished? 10. I consent (veux 
bien) that you may play a little, but you must stay here: 
11. I wish I were in Paris! 12. They wish us to dine 
with them on Monday. 13. We regret that you have 
not received our letter. 14. She doubts that we shall 
arrive before her. 15. I want (je veux) you to work 
with me. 16. Did you not know (imperf.) that I had 
met him ? 


89. 


The following verbs meaning to fear, craindre, avoir 
peur, and trembler, and the two verbs prendre garde (to 
take care), and empécher (to prevent, to keep from) not 
only are followed by the subjunctive, but they also 
require ne before it. 


je crains qu'il ne réussisse, 7 fear that he will succeed. 


However, if they are used negatively or interroga- 
tively, the ne is left out: — 


n’empéchez pas qu'il réussisse, do not prevent him from succeeding. 


Craindre (an irregular verb), to fear. 


INDIC. PRES. je crains. nous craignons. 
tu crains. vous craignez. 
il craint. ils craignent. 

PAST INDEF.  j’ai craint. IMPERF. je craignais. 


FUTURE. je craindrai. CONDIT. je craindrais. 


EXERCISES. 161 


1. Je crains bien que vous ne vous soyez trompé. 2. Je 
ne crains pas que vous perdiez votre belle montre, vous 
n’étes plus un enfant. 3. Soyez tranquille, j’empécherai 
quwon ne vous dérange. 4. Préférez-vous que je les pu- 
nisse moi-méme? je le veux bien, mais je crois qu’il 
vaut mieux que ce soit vous. 5. Ils méritent bien que 
nous les corrigions, mais ne soyons pas trop séveres. 
6. Quoi! vous souffrez quwon vous batte! un grand 
garcon comme vous! 7. Trouvez bon que je vous pu- 
nisse quand vous le méritez: vous m’en remercierez plus 
tard. 8. Je tremble que votre supercherie ne soit dé- 
couverte. 9. Ne craignez pas que je vous afflige: je 
garderai tous mes chagrins pour moi seul. 10. Ne me 
parlez pas ainsi, j’alme mieux que vous me grondiez. 
11. Est-il possible que vous souffriez qu’on vous in- 
sulte ? 12. Mon pere n’aime pas que vous demeuriez ici. 
13. Trouvera-t-il mauvais aussi que vous voyagiez avec 
moi? 14. Je crains bien qu’il ne s’y oppose. 


1. I fear you will lose the money which I have given 
you. 2. But my sister does not fear that you will lose 
it. 3. I am afraid you are wrong. 4. Are you afraid 
that I have forgotten you? 5. I shall not suffer you to 
insult me. 6. I shall not punish her, I much prefer that 
she ask my pardon. 7. We shall prevent them from 
succeeding. 8. Do you disapprove of her not answering 
your note (trowvez-vous mauvais qwelle ...)? 9. Do 
you approve of their disobeying you? 10. I tremble 
lest you should be discovered. 11. Do not fear that I 
shall be betrayed. 12. She requires (exige or veut) me 
to wait for her. 13. I hope you are better. 14. He 
wants us to take a walk together. 15. He does not fear 
that we shall lose our way. 16. Does he know that we 
are much better to-day ? 

11 


162 EXERCISES. 


90. 
(1) A superlative (and also le seul, the equivalent of 
a superlative) is followed by the subjunctive ; as :— 


C’est le plus beau livre que j’aie It is the most beautiful book that I 


jamais lu, have ever read. 
C’est laplusnombreuse ménagerie Jt is the largest menagerie that 
qui soit jamais venue ici, has ever come here. 


(2) But the indicative should be used if the thought 
is positive, absolute ; and it is always so when the 
superlative is followed by a genitive plural (that is, 
a noun or pronoun preceded by of) : — 


C’est le plus intéressant des ro- This is the most interesting of the 
mans que j’ai, novels which I have. 

Voici la plus belle de toutes les This is the best of the menageries 
ménageries que j’ai vues, I have seen. 


Connaitre (an irregular verb), to know by sight, to be acquainted with. 


INDIC. PRES. Je connais. nous connaissons. 
tu connais. vous connaissez. 
il connait. ils connaissent. 
PAST INDEF. j’ai connu. IMPERF. je connaissais. 
FUTURE. je connaitrai. CONDIT. je connaitrais. 
SUBJ. PRES. que je connaisse. SUBJ. IMP. que je connusse. 


(3) The following conjunctions are followed by the 
subjunctive : — 
afin que, jusqu’a ce que, wniz/. 
pour que, pourvu que, provided that. 
avant que, before. sans que, without (that). 


quoique, although. supposé que, suppose that. 
bien que, 


in order that. 


(4) The three following conjunctions require not 
only the subjunctive, but also ne before it :— 


& moins que, wnless. de crainte que, 
de peur que, 


Sor fear, lest. 


EXERCISES. 163 


1. Voila un bel animal, c’est le plus beau cheval que 
jaie jamais vu. 2. C’est, en tout cas, le plus beau des 
chevaux qui étaient hier sur le champ de course. 3. Votre 
cousine est la plus heureuse femme que je connaisse. 
4, Vous avez raison; c’est bien certainement la plus 
aimable des femmes que je connais. 5. De ces trois 
officiers c’est le plus jeune que je connais. 6. Cette 
“ Histoire de France” est la meilleure de celles que j’ai 
dans ma bibliothéque. 7. C’est, je crois, le seul livre 
sérieux que vous ayez chez vous. 8. Je suis venu mol- 
méme afin que vous me racontiez toute Vaffaire. 9. Il 
faut que tout soit prét avant que M. votre pere arrive. 
10. Bien que vous soyez beaucoup plus agé que moi, j’ose 
dire que vous avez tort et que c’est moi qui ai raison. 
11. Nous travaillerons jusqu’& ce que vous arriviez. 
12. Pourvu que j/aie votre approbation, je suis content. 
15. Est-ce que vous croyez que vous Vinsulterez sans 
quil vous punisse? 14. Supposé que votre chien me 
morde, est-ce que vous croyez que je ne lui donnerai pas 
de coups de pied? 15. Je ne vous raconterai pas Vhis- 
toire, de peur que vous ne la répétiez a votre cousin. 
16. Le hon n’attaque jamais Vhomme & moins qu'il ne 
soit provoqué. 17. La gloire est le seul bien qui me 
puisse tenter (Racine). 


1. This is (vozer) the most beautiful bird that we have 
ever had. 2. Do not cut this rose, it is the only one we 
have in our garden. 38. Give me back my French dic- 
tionary, it is the best I have ever seen. 4. Of these 
four ladies, it is the tallest that I know. 5. She is the 
happiest woman I know. 6. She is the happiest of the 
women that I know here. 7. I like him, although he 
does not always obey me. 8. You must work until I 
am ready. 9. I do not think he will reply to your letter 


164 EXERCISES. 


before we arrive from the country. 10. He will not give 
me the money he has promised me, unless I obey him. 
11. I shall not punish you to-day, although you deserve 
it. 12. He will go away (partira) lest we should scold 
him. 13. You must be diligent, in order that your 
mother may be pleased with (de) you. 14. I shall give 
you a beautiful book illustrated by Gustave Doré, pro- 
vided you gain (remporter) the first prize in (de) French. 
15. I shall not gain that prize unless you help me a little. 
16. She does not dare to come here, for fear you should 
scold her. 17. I shall not look for your ring until (e- 
fore) you return me my muff. 18. He flatters us in 
order that we may forgive him. 


The uses of the subjunctive may be shown by this 
short table : — 


Principal clause. Secondary clause. 
Impersonal verbs. 
Negative verbs. 
Interrogative verbs. 
Emotional verbs. 
Superlatives. 

Certain conjunctions. 


fj 


Subjunctive mood: Lod, 


Sh car - 
“Age 


91. 


The Use of the Tenses of the Subjunctive. 


If the verb in the principal clause is in the present 
or the future tense, the subjunctive is put in the 
present ; if the verb in the principal clause is in a 
past tense or in the conditional, the subjunctive is 
put in the emperfect ;+ as: — 


1 This rule has two exceptions, which will be explained in § 128. 


EXERCISES. 165 


j exigeais 
+ oxi jai exigé 
eee. qu'il finisse. javais exigé qu’il finit. 
j exigerai sh hes 5 

j exigerais 


jaurais exigé 

When the subjunctive is in a compound tense, the 
same rule applies, — that is: if the verb in the prin- 
cipal clause is in the present or the future tense, the 
auxiliary of the subjunctive is put in the present ; if 
the verb in the principal clause is in a past tense or 
in the conditional, the auxiliary of the subjunctive 
is put in the imperfect ; as: — 


j exigeais 
eens jai exigé 
1. a qu il ait fini. javais exigé qu il efit fini. 
J exigerai Steet ; 

j exigerais 


jaurais exigé 
This rule for the use of the imperfect subjunctive is 
strictly followed in writing or in public speaking; in 
familar conversation the imperfect subjunctive is rarely 
heard. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


que j’eusse, that I might have. que je fusse, that I might be. 
que tu eusses. que tu fusses. 

qu’il efit. qu'il fit. 

que nous eussions. que nous fussions. 

que vous eussiez. que vous fussiez. 

qu’ils eussent. quwils fussent. 


1. Je veux que vous soyez plus attentif. 2. Je vou- 
drais que vous fussiez plus attentif. 35. I] est indispensa- 
ble qwil ait ses livres ce soir. 4. I] était indispensable 
qwil etit ses livres ce soir. 5. Elle ne croit pas que vous 
ayez recu tout cet argent ce matin. 6. Elle ne croyait 
pas que vous eussiez recu tout cet argent ce matin. 
7. Mon pére craint que vous ne soyez fatigué. 8. Mon 


166 EXERCISES. 


pere craignait que vous ne fussiez fatigué. 9. C’est le 
plus beau morceau de musique que j’ale jamais entendu. 
10. C’etait le plus beau morceau de musique que j’eusse 
jamais entendu. 11. I) travaille beaucoup, bien quw’il 
soit malade. 12. I] travaillait beaucoup, bien qu’il fat 
malade. 13. Je souhaite que vous ayez ma lettre a 
temps. 14. Je voudrais bien que vous eussiez ma lettre 
a temps. 15. Il n’a pas osé entrer de crainte que l’heure 
ne fit passée. 


1. Are you thinking that he is right? 2. Were you 
thinking that he was right? 3. I think that he is wrong. 
4, I fear that he is wrong. 5. I do not think he is wrong. 
6. I did not think (imperfect) that he was wrong. 7. I 
feared (imperfect) he was wrong. 8. It was necessary 
that she should be there. 9. It is necessary that she 
should be there. 10. Do you believe they are guilty ? 
11. Did you believe they were guilty ? 12. He approves 
of my being (he finds it good that I am) idle. 13. He 
approved of my being idle. 14. It is of importance that 
you should have those letters in time (@ temps). 15. It 
was of importance that you should have those letters in 
time. 16. I will not accept your present, unless I have 
the permission of my father. 


92. 
SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 

1st Conjugation, 2d Conjugation. 3d Conjugation. 

que je portasse. que je finisse. que je rendisse. 

que tu portasses. que tu finisses. que tu rendisses 

qwil portat. qu’il finit. qwil rend‘t. 

que nous portassions. que nous finissions. que nous rendissioxs. 
que vous portassiez. que vous finissiez. que vous rendissiez. 


qwils portassent. quwils finissent. qwils rendisssnt. 


EXERCISES. 167 


More is translated by davantage when it is not fol- 
lowed by than, or, in other words, when the second 
term of the comparison is understood ; as:— 


Il veut que je travaille davantage, [He wants me to work more (than Ido). 


1. J’empécherai qu'il ne ferme la porte. 2. J’ai em- 
péché qu’il ne fermat la porte. 3. Il est temps qu’il 
finisse sa lettre et qu’il l’envoie a la poste. 4. II était 
temps quwil finit sa lettre et qu’1l Venvoyat a la poste. 
5. Il est préférable que vous me rendiez ce livre. 6. Il 
était préférable que vous me rendissiez ce livre. 7. Ne 
lui parlez pas de peur qu’elle ne fonde en larmes. 8. Je 
ne lui ai pas parlé de peur qu’elle ne fondit en larmes. 
9. Je veux qwil étudie davantage. 10. Je voudrais bien 
quil étudiat davantage. 11. Je préfere qu’elle choisisse 
elle-eméme le ruban qu’elle désire. 12. Je préfeérerais 
quelle choisit elle-méme le ruban qu’elle désire. 15. J’ai 
préféré qu’elle choisit elle-méme le ruban qu’elle désirait. 
14. Ne commencez pas la discussion avant que votre freére 
arrive. 15. Vous étes entré dans la discussion avant que 
votre frére arrivat. 


1. Do you desire her to speak to you to-night ? 2. Did 
you desire (¢mperf.) her to speak to you to-night? 3. Do 
you want my brother to help her? 4. Would you wish 
my brother to help her? 5. I do not think your cousin 
will sell his dog to that man. 6. I did not believe (im- 
perfect) that your cousin would have sold his dog to that 
man. 7. It is time for her to choose (that she should 


choose). 8. It was time for her to choose. 9. You are 


the only man whom (@ qui) she obeys. 10. You were 
the only man whom she obeyed. 11. It is certain that 
Iam right. 12. It was certain that I was right. 13. I 
fear she will disobey you. 14. I feared she would dis- 


168 EXERCISES. 


obey you. 15. He was the best man I had ever met 
with. 16. I shall not speak to you, unless you stay here 
this evening. 


The use of the tenses of the subjunctive is shown 
in this table : — 


Verb in principal clause. Subjuncee 
Present. : ; 
Future. resent. 
Past. 

es I f : 
Conditional. i mpertect 
93. 


THE INFINITIVE. 


When two verbs come together, the second is put in 
the infinitive, with or without a preposition ; unless 
the first is one of the auxiliaries, étre or avoir; as: 


Je veux parler 4 mon frére, I wish to speak to my brother. 
Il n’ose pas venir, He does not dare to come. 


Of verbs requiring an infinitive after them without 
a preposition, there are about fifty ;1 among those 
most frequently used are : — 


aimer mieux, fo like better. oser, to dare. 

aller, fo go. prétendre, to pretend. 
compter, to intend. venir, fo come. 
désirer, fo desire, to wish. voir, to see. 

espérer, fo hope. vouloir, to wish. 


Observe, however, that to must be translated by pour 
whenever it may be changed into en order to : — 


Tl est venu me parler de vous une He came and spoke to me of you 


demi-heure, for half an hour. 
Il est venu pour me parler de He came to speak to me of you, but 
vous, mais j’étais sorti, I was out. 


1 The list will be found in the Appendix, page 316. 


EXERCISES. 169 


1. J’aimerais mieux me. battre avec vous qu’avec lui. 
2. Elle est allée voir son oncle, qui est arrivé ce matin 
de Paris. 3. Quand comptez-vous partir? 4. N’oubliez 
pas de me dire quand vous partirez; je désire vous ac- 
compagner jusqu’a Londres. 6. N’espérez pas me trom- 
per, vous n’étes pas assez malin pour cela. 6. Est-ce que 
vous avez osé lui dire une pareille chose? 7. Il ne veut. 
pas aller chez vous. 8. Je ne prétends pas dire que vous 
avez tort. 9. Pourquoi n’étes-vous pas venu nous voir 
la semaine derniére ? 10. Je vous ai vu passer sous nos 
fenétres, mais je n’al pas osé vous appeler. 11. Nous ne 
vivons pas pour manger, mais nous mangeons pour vivre. 
12. Elles sont venues me parler. 13. Elles sont venues 
pour me parler, mais elles ne m’ont pas trouvé. 14. J’al 
fait tout mon possible pour gagner votre amitié, mais il 
parait que je n’ai pas réussi. 


1. We went and saw (we went to see) our aunt this 
morning; she is much better. 2. Do you intend to leave 
on Friday? 3. I hope to see you! on Thursday. 4. She 
did not dare to look at me. 5. She does not wish to. 
come to-day, unless you think that she will find her 
father. 6. We do not pretend to guarantee the truth 
of the anecdote. 7. I like better to leave to-day than 
to-morrow. 8. She will not be willing to accompany us. 
9. They came and saw (they came to see) us this morn- 
ing. 10. They came to (in order to) see us this morning, 
but we were out. 11. We have done our very best to 
receive him with honor. 12. He said that to deceive 
me. 13. She did it to please you. 14. They went to 
London in order to see you. 15. It seems to me that 
you are mistaken; I do not believe that I am acquainted 
with this lady. 


1 A pronoun is placed before the verb by which it is governed. In this 
sentence vous must be placed before voir, not before espérer. 


170 EXERCISES. 


94. 
The Infinitive with the Preposition de. 


Certain verbs require de before the following verb ; 
such are : ! — 


cesser de, to cease to. essayer de, fo try to. 

commander de, to command to. négliger de, to neglect to. 
conseiller de, to advise to. proposer de, to propose to. 
craindre de, to fear to. recommander de, to recommend to. 
défendre de, to forbid to. refuser de, fo refuse to. 


The verb avoir followed by a noun requires de be- 
fore the next verb, if that verb cannot be changed 
into an infinitive passive; such are :— 


avoir la bonté de, to have the kind- avoir intention de, to intend to. 


ness to, avoir raison de, to be right to. 
avoir le courage de, to have the avoir tort de, to be wrong to. 
courage to. avoir peur de, to be afraid to. 
avoir l’audace de, to have the au- avoir besoin de, to require to. 
dacity to. avoir coutume de, to be accustomed 
avoir le plaisir de, to have the pleas- to. 
ure to. avoir envie de, to have a mind or 
avoir l’occasion de, to have an op- wish to. 


portunity to. 
An adjective preceded by the impersonal verb il est, 
il était, etc., requires de before the next verb; as:— 


Il est difficile de faire ce que vous dites, /t is difficult to do what you say. 


1. Il a cessé de me parler au mois de janvier dernier. 
2. Je ne vous conseille pas de Vattendre, il n’arrive 
jamais & temps. 93. Est-ce que vous craignez de lui par- 
ler? c’est ’homme le plus aimable du monde. 4. Je 
vous défends de sortir. 5. N’essayez pas de me trom- 
per. 6. Il a refusé de nous accompagner. 7. Elle n’a 
pas eu le courage d’entrer. 8. Il est plus facile de dire 


1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, page 316. 


EXERCISES. yA 


cela que de le faire. 9. J’ai eu l’occasion de faire la 
connaissance de M"™ votre tante; c’est une charmante 
vieille dame. 10. Je pense que vous avez eu tort de 
lui reprocher cette action, il ne vous le pardonnera ja- 
mais. 11. Ot avez-vous coutume de vous promener ? 
12. Avez-vous absolument besoin de les voir? 13. Est-ce 
que vous avez peur de venir avec nous? 14. Je pense 
quwil serait utile de leur annoncer votre avancement. 


1. He has advised me to go to London this evening. 
2. I had the pleasure of meeting your uncle last night. 
0d. They tried to deceive me. 4. She refused to come 
with us. 5. Did he forbid you to speak tome? 6. Have 
the kindness to ring. 7. You are right to forget that 
discussion. 8. We have a wish to go to the coast at the 
beginning of next week. 9. You will not have the 
audacity to ask him for some money. 10. Be so good 
as to shut the door. 11. It is time to set out. 12: It 
is absurd to speak so (ainsi). 15. She neglects writing 
tous. 14. We had the pleasure of seeing your mother 
this morning. 15. Do not propose to him to come with 
us. 16. You are the only one who has encouraged me 
in my labors. 


95. 


The Infinitive with the Preposition a. 
Certain verbs require a before the following verb ; 
such are : | — 


s’appliquer &, fo apply one’s self to. s’habituer a, to accustom one’s self to. 


s’attendre a, to expect to. inviter a, to ask, to invite. 
consentir a, to consent to. renoneer a, fo renounce. 
décider a, to persuade to. réussir a, fo succeed in. 
engager 4, to induce to. tarder 4, to be late in. 


1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, page 317. 


14 - EXERCISES. 


The verb avoir followed by a noun requires a before 
the next verb, if that verb can be changed into an 
infinitive passive; as :— 


J’ai une lettre a écrire, I have a letter to write (meaning to be 
written). 

Ils ont une maison a louer, They have a house to let (meaning to 
be let). 


An adjective preceded by c'est, c’était, . . . or cela 
est, cela était, . . . requires a before the next verb; 
as :— 


C'est difficile 4 faire, 


Cela est difficile & faire, that is difficult to do. 


A. 1 s’est appliqué 4 me tourmenter hier soir et ce 
matin. 2. Ne vous attendez pas a le voir avant midi 
et demi. 3. [ls n’ont pas consenti 4 me laisser voyager. 
4, Vous ont-ils enfin décidé & venir jouer ce soir avec 
nous ? 5. J’ai consenti 4 les visiter l’un aprés lautre. 
6. Il ne s’est pas encore habitué 4 faire cinq repas par 
jour. 7. M™* votre mére m’a invité a diner avec vous 
ce soir; jai accepté son invitation avec beaucoup de 
plaisir. 8. I] y a deux ans que j’ai renoncé a jouer et 
a fumer. 9. Avez-vous enfin réussi & rencontrer ce 
monsieur que vous avez cherché si longtemps? 10. Il 
me semble que vous avez beaucoup tardé a venir. 
11. Avez-vous beaucoup a4 faire ce matin? 12. J’ai 
trois lettres a écrire et deux personnes a visiter. 
13. C’est plus facile a dire qu’a faire. 


1.\ They have a horse to sell.) 2. I have nothing to 
fear. 3. Have you any money to give her? 4. I have 
invited him to dine with us. 5. She is late in coming. 
6. He succeeded in gaining (remporter) the second prize. 
7. Do you consent (consentez-vous) to see hin? 8. I 


EXERCISES. — 173 


expect to see you on Saturday next. 9. Who has in- 
duced you to come? 10. When will you renounce 
smoking ? U1. Have you not a house to sell now ?) 
12/ No, sir, but we have one to let.) 13.( How many 
letters have you to write ? 14.( That is not easy to 
do. \15. That is strange toSee. 16. It is possible that 


I am mistaken; but I fear you have forgotten me. 


96s) Far 
The Subjunctive and Infinitive Moods Compared. 


When the subjunctive mood can be avoided by using the infinitive 
in the secondary clause, as in the following cases, it must be done, 
because the frequent use of the subjunctive makes the style heavy. 


When two verbs have the same person for subject, 
the second is put in the infinitive ; as :— 

Est-ce que vous craignez de lui parler? Lo you fear to speak to him? 
Je voudrais bien étre 4 votre place, I wish I were in your place. 

But if the first of the two verbs is croire, penser, dire, répondre, 
déclarer, prétendre, or soutenir, the use of the infinitive is not abso- 
lutely required ; a personal tense is even often preferred . Je crois que 
j'ai eu tort; je réponds que j’ai bien fait. 

If the two clauses have the same person for sub- 
ject, the conjunction which joins them may often be 
changed to a preposition, and the verb following will 
in consequence be put in the infinitive :! — 


1 The following conjunctions may be changed into prepositions: — 


CONJ. PREP. 
afin que, in order that, into afin de. 
pour que, in order that, ‘* pour. 
4 {avant de. 
avant que, before that, | avant que de. 
sans que, without, cc Sans. 


« (a moins de. 

( 2 moins que de. 
de crainte que, for fear that, lest, ‘‘ {de crainte de. 
de peurque, for fear that, lest, ‘ de peur de. 
jusqu’a ce que, till, until, “*  jusque. 


&amoins que,  wmless, 


174 EXERCISES. 


Venez me voir avant de luiécrire, Come tosee me before youwrite to him. 
Il ne sortira pas de peur de vous He will not go out lest he should meet 
rencontrer. you. 


Even when both clauses have not identical subjects, 
the second verb is put in the infinitive if its subject 
is clearly shown by the general sense; as:— 


Elle a ordonné &l’enfant de sortir, She gave the child an order to go out. 


We may also say: elle a ordonné que l’enfant sortit, but this con- 
struction means that she gave somebody the order to take the child 
out ; whilst, in the first case, the command, being directly given to 
the child, leaves no doubt as to who has to obey. 


This last rule applies more particularly to imper- 
sonal verbs : — 
On nous attend pour trois heures, il We were expected at three, we must 


faut partir, leave at once. 
Il est honteux de se conduire ainsi, Jt is shameful for one to behave so. 


1. Mon pere a ordonné que les enfants descendissent 

au salon (he simply ordered). 2. Mon pére a ordonné 
aux enfants de descendre au salon (he ordered, speaking 
to the children). 3. Elle a commandé que je lui ache- 
tasse un journal francais. 4. Elle m’a commandé de Ini 
acheter un journal francais. 5. Je ne sortiral pas avant 
que j’aie obtenu votre promesse. 6. (A better way:) Je 
ne sortirai pas avant d’avoir obtenu votre promesse. 7. I] 
eraint qu'il ne vous ait mécontenté. 8. I] craint de vous 
avoir mécontenté. 9. I] dit vous avoir écrit. 10. (An- 
other way:) Il dit qu’il vous a écrit. 11. Il prétend 
avoir raison. 12. Il prétend quwila raison. 13. Il sou- 
tient avoir bien fait. 14. Il soutient qwil a bien fait. 
15. Je crois vous avoir écrit. 


1. IfearI am wrong. 2. J feared I was wrong. 3. I 
am sorry I am late (étre en retard). 4. I was sorry L 


EXERCISES. LR 


was late. 5. She has ordered me to punish you. 6. She 
has ordered that I should punish you. 7. I think I 
have seen you this morning (both ways). 8. I thought 
I had seen you this morning. 9. He pretends he has 
spoken to you (both ways). 10. He will not try it for 
fear (use the preposition) he should make a mistake. 
11. I shall speak to him before (use the preposition) I 
write to you. 12. I wish I were arrived, that I might 
(pour pouvoir) rest! 13. He now believes he (qu'il) 
was wrong. 14. He says that he (qw%l) does not be- 
lieve me. 15. It is time to leave. 


97. 
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
avoir, fo have. ayant, having. 
étre, to be. étant, being. 
Ist Conj. porter, fo carry. portant, carrying. 
2d Conj. finir, fo finish. finissant, finishing. 
3d Conj. rendre, to give back. rendant, giving back. 


The present participle, which is an essential part of 
a verb, must not be confounded with the verbal adjec- 
tive, — that is, an adjective derived from a verb. 

Both have generally the same form, but the pres- 
ent participle always expresses an action, and is in- 
variable ; as : — 

Ces hommes, prévoyant le danger, These men, foreseeing the danger, 
se sont mis sur leurs gardes, put themselves on their guard. 


The verbal adjective, on the contrary, always ex- 
presses an habitual quality, a permanent state, a man- 
ner of being, and, like all adjectives, agrees with the 
noun; as: — 


Ces hommes prévoyants ont apergu. These farsighted men perceived 
le danger, the danger. 


176 EXERCISES. 


The present participle in French is not of so frequent use as in. 
English. It is much used in English with the auxiliary verb to be (I 
am or was speaking); it is never thus used in French. Again, in 
English it may be used after nearly all prepositions (of, by, without, or 
before speaking); in French en is the only preposition used with the 
present participle; all other prepositions require the infinitive ; as :— 


de parler, a parler, sans parler, avant de parler, 
en parlant. 


After the following verbs the present participle 
is generally used in English, and the infinitive in 
French. Instead of the infinitive a tense of the in- 
dicative with qui may be used with all except paraitre 
and sembler : 

apercevoir, fo perceive. regarder, to look at. 
écouter, fo listen. sentir, to feel. 
entendre, fo hear. voir, fo see. 


observer, to observe. paraitre, fo appear. 
sembler, /o seem. 


je l’entends chanter, I hear him singing. je ’entends qui chante. 

je le vois jouer, IT see him playing. je le vois qui joue. 

je l’ai vu jouer, I saw him playing. je lai vu qui jouait. 
Ne... que, only, nothing but, (ne is put before the verb 

as usual, and que where but or only stands in English). 


1. J’ai vu courir votre frére (or again: J’ai vu votre 
frére qui courait). 2. J’entends crier ma sceur (or: 
J’entends ma sceur qui erie). 3. Regardez-le marcher, 
est-ce quwil ne vous semble pas boiter? 4. Ecoutez-le 
rire, il me semble que ce rire est peu naturel. 5. Il 
travaille en chantant et en causant avec tout le monde. 
6. Ces messieurs sont vraiment amusants. 7. Le champ 
de bataille était couvert de soldats mourants. 8. Ces 
photographies sont bien ressemblantes. 9. Il n’y a que 
les Ames aimantes qui soient propres a V’étude de la 
nature (Bernardin de St. Pierre). 


EXERCISES. ikve’¢ 


1. I hear your brother speaking. 2. I heard him 
speaking to his friend. 3. Did you see me playing with 
that little girl? 4. We have looked at him eating. 
5. Did they hear me singing this forenoon? 6. This 
lady is truly amusing. 7. Your portrait is very lke. 
8. I read (dis) while eating. 9. Appetite comes (vient) 
in eating. 10. She is an obliging person. 11. This 
woman appears to suffer (the infinitive, or the verbal ad- 
jectwe). 12. Your stories are not very amusing. 13. Do 
not call her away, she is amusing us. 14. For two 
hours I have been walking here and I have met only one 
lady. She was an old friend of mine and I was glad to 
see her. 15. I think I saw you walking here yesterday. 


98. 
fone PAST PARTICIPEE. 


(1) The past participle, when used as an adjective 
or when conjugated with étre, except in pronominal 
verbs, agrees like an adjective with the noun or pro- 
noun to which it relates ; as: — 


que de remparts détruits! que de how many ramparts destroyed! how 
villes forcées ! many cities taken by storm ! 

la vertu timide est souvent op- timid virtue is often oppressed. 
primée, 

ils ont été chatiés, they have been chastised. 

(2) The past participle, when conjugated with avoir, 
and also in all pronominal verbs (which are conju- 
gated with étre), agrees not with its subject but with 
its direct object whenever this direct object precedes 
it; as:— 
voici une montre, mon pére l’a here is a watch; my father wars 


achetée hier, it yesterday. 


les belles dames que j’ai vues, the beautiful women whom I saw, 
2 


- 


178 


les lettres que je vous ai écrites, 
les avez-vous recues ? 

ma sceur s’est coupée, 

ma sceur s’est coupé le doigt, 

elles se sont imaginé des choses 
fausses, 

les choses fausses qu’elles se sont 
imaginées, 

la dame que j’ai entendue chanter, 

les belles chansons que j’ai en- 
tendu chanter, 

ils nous ont donné une boite, 

nous avons chanté, 


EXERCISES. 


the letters which I wrote you, have 
you received them? 

my sister has cut herself. 

my sister has cut her finger. 

they imagined untrue things. 


the untrue things which they im- 
agined. 

the lady whom I heard sing. 

the beautiful songs which I heard 
sung. 

they have given us a box. 

we have sung. 


In the first two examples the direct objects! la and que, referring 
to a feminine noun, precede the participle, which is consequently 


feminine. 


In the third example que and les, referring to lettres, precede and 
are the direct objects of écrites and recues, which are consequently 


feminine plural. 


In the fourth example coupée is preceded by its direct object se, 


and is feminine. 


In the fifth example the direct object of coupé is doigt, which 


X 


follows it; se stands for 


a elle; coupé is then invariable. 


In the sixth example choses is the direct object of imaginé and 
follows it; se is the indirect object and stands for 4 elles. 

In the seventh example the direct object que precedes the parti- 
ciple imaginées, which is feminine plural. 

In the eighth example que is the direct object of entendue, which 


then agrees with it. 


In the ninth example que is the direct object of chanter, an 


entendu is invariable. 


Why is the participle invariable in the last two examples ? 


1. Ils sont bien recus. 


2. Elles sont venues. 


Oo Gulls 


sont convaincus que j’ai eu tort de vous parler de Vaffaire. 


4. Ma mere est enchantée de vous revoir. _ 5. 


A peine 


arrivés & Paris, ’empereur de Russie et ses fils sont allés 


1 The direct object is the answer to the question whom? or what? before 


the verb. 


What has my father bought ? 


Whom have I seen? 


EXERCISES. 179 


au spectacle; je les ai vus passer. 6. Nous avons lu vos 
deux romans francais. 7. Les avez-vous finis? 8. Nous 
ne les avons pas encore finis, nous comptons les finir ce 
soir. 9. Ou avez-vous mis mes pantoufles? 10. Je les 
ai mises sur une chaise, est-ce que vous ne les trouvez pas ? 
11. Ernest a vendu sa montre et sa chaine. 12. A qui 
les a-t-il vendues? 13. Ils se sont bien défendus. 14. Ils 
se sont défendu cet amusement. 15, Elles se sont 
adressées a nous. 16. Elles se sont adressé des lettres. 


1. Are your sisters arrived? 2. Yes, they arrived 
this morning. 3. Have you seen them? 4. Yes, I 
have seen them walking in the garden. 5. No, I have 
not yet seen them. 6. Did you return to them the books 
which they have lent you? 7. I have not yet returned 
them to them; I will return them (to them) to-morrow. 
8. I received this morning the letter which you wrote 
to me. 9. I have sent it to my sister. 10. Has she 
not yet replied to you? 11. Yes, she has replied to me, 
but I think I have lost her letter. 12. I looked for it 
this morning, but I did not find it. 15. My sisters have 
amused themselves last night. 14. My cousin Louisa and 
your sister have written to each other. 15. I have seen 
both (les deux) letters, they are not very interesting. 

IN 
99. 


The Preterite or Past Definite. 


jus, J had. je fus, 7 was. 
tu eus. tu fus. 

il or elle eut. il or elle fut 
nous efimes. nous ffimes. 
vous etites. vous fiites. 


ils or elles eurent, ils or elles furent. 


180 EXERCISES. 
je portai, 7 carried. je finis. je rendis. 
tu portas. tu finis. tu rendis. 
il porta. il finit. il rendit. 


nous rendimes. 
vous rendites. 
ils rendirent. 


nous finimes. 
vous finites. 
ils finirent. 


nous portames. 
vous pertates. 
ils portérent. 


When translating an English past tense into French, 
first try if it can be changed into used to (as I used to 
speak), or into the present participle with J was, etc., 
(as I was speaking). 

If either of these two ways can be employed, use 
the imperfect (je parlais) ; if neither can be employed 
you may generally use the past indefinite (j'ai parlé) 
in conversation, and the preterite (je parlai) in narra- 
tives or historical style.! 


When I was in Paris, I often went 
(used to go) to the opera, 
Iwas writing while my sister played, 


I went to see her this morning, 
Prince Edward on that day did not 


lose sixty men, 


The emperor alighted near the bench 
where I was sitting, 


quand j’étais 4 Paris, j’allais sou- 
vent a l’opéra. 

j’écrivais tandis que ma sceur jou- 
ait. 

je suis allé la voir ce matin. 

le prince Edouard dans cette 
journée ne perdit pas soixante 
hommes. 

VYempereur descendit auprés du 
banc sur lequel j’étais assis. 


1 As in English, the present is sometimes used instead of the preterite to 


give more animation to a narrative. 


NOTE ON THE ORIGIN OF THE PRETERITE OR HISTORICAL TENSE. — 


The Latin preterite cantavi was transformed by the people during the Ro- 
man occupation of Gaul into habeo cantatum (which afterwards became 
j’ai chanté), but the authors of the time, disdaining this vulgar Latin, ad- 
hered in their Chronicles to the classical cantavi, which has thus remained 
in the written French under the form je chantai, tu chantas, etc., whilst 
the popular j’ai chanté continued to be the tense generally used in conver- 
sation to express the past. This remark applies, of course, not only to 
chanter, but to all French verbs, 


EXERCISES. 181 


The imperfect denotes a customary or repeated action 
or state, or an unfinished action, in past time. 


elle chantait tous les jours, she used to sing every day. 


The perfect (or past indefinite) is generally used to 
denote a past action or state without reference to its 
completion or end, or a past action the effect of which 
still continues. 


je vous ai donné dix frances, TI have given you ten francs. 


The preterite (or past definite) is used of an action or 
state which was definitely completed in past time. 
le roi donna dix francs au soldat et the king gave ten francs to the soldier, 


lui demandas’il en était content, and asked him if he were satisfied 
with it. 


The preterite can be used to express what took place only in a time 
wholly past, like yesterday, last month, last year ; as: — 


je recus hier plusieurs lettres de J received yesterday several letters 
mon pére, Srom my father. 


But you must say, — 


jai recu plusieurs lettres de mon J have received several letters from 
pére cette semaine, my father this week, 


because this week is not yet wholly past. 


The past anterior, which is the compound of the 
preterite, expresses an action or state immediately 
anterior to the one expressed by the preterite, and is 
never used but after such adverbs of time as quand, 
lorsque, dés que, aussitét que, 4 peine: 

Calypso had scarcely uttered these 4% peine Calypso eut-elle prononcé 
words when she regretted them. ces paroles qu'elle s’en repentit. 


As soon as he had written that letter, aussit5t qu’il eut écrit cette lettre, 
he prepared to die. il se prépara a4 mourir. 


182 EXERCISES. 


The past anterior is the compound of the preterite in the same way 
that the pluperfect is the compound of the imperfect. 


jveus eu, J had had. jeus été, J had been. 
jveus porté, J had carried. j’eus fini. jeus rendu. 
jreus été porté, J had been je me fus lavé, J had washed 
carried. myself. 


1. J’eus; il fut. 2. Ils eurent; nous fimes. 3. Il 
porta; ils vendirent. 4. Vous finites; nous vendimes. 
5. Il eut porté; il eut été porté; il fut porté. 6. Ds 
écouterent ; elle regarda. 7. Le roi donna dix louis au 
paysan et lui pardonna sa faute. 8. Un officier anglais 
ayant été blessé fut transporté chez lui, ot deux mé- 
decins furent appelés. 9. On demanda a un petit garcon 
pourquoi il prenait du sel; ec’est, répondit-il, pour la 
viande qu’on me donnera. 10. Aussit6t qwil eut fini 
son travail, 11 partit pour la campagne. 11. L’année 
derniére je visitai mon pere a Londres, et je m’y amu- 
sails beaucoup. 12. C’est ici qu’on se battit, il y a trente 
ans. 

(Put in the Preterite every verb in italics.) 


1. He had; Lwas. 2. They were; we had., 3. They 
had ; they had been; they had been carried. 4. She 
was ; she was called. 5. You (sing.) asked ; you (plur.) 
asked. 6. They asked her where her friends lived. 7. She 
replied that they were living at the sea-shore. 8. We 
finished our labors last week; they finished theirs this 
morning. 9. The king arrived on Thursday morning ; 
he will leave this evening. 10. When she had written 
her letter, she was quite happy. 11. We visited the 
chamber in which you used to live. 12. He asked my 
pardon, and assured me that he had already written me 
six letters. 13. I told (dis) him that I had not yet 
received them, ) 

oo 


EXERCISES. 183 


100. 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 


Irregular verbs are those the conjugation of which 
differs, in some persons or tenses, from the three models 
of regular verbs. They are pretty numerous; the most 
important are conjugated here; a complete lst is given 
in the Appendix, pages 304, 515. 

The knowledge of the rules by which tenses are formed 
will greatly facilitate the study of irregular verbs. 


Formation of Tenses. 


Tenses are divided into two classes: primitive tenses 
and derived tenses. 

Primitive tenses are those from which the others 
are formed. They are: Ist, The present infinitive ; 
2d, The present participle; 3d, The past participle ; 
4th, The present of the indicative; and oth, The 
preterite (or past definite). 

Derived tenses are those formed from the primitive 
tenses. 

(1) From the infinitive are formed the future by 
changing -r or -re into -rai, and the conditional by 
changing -r or -re into -rais : — 


1. porte-r, je porte-rai, je porte-rais. 
2. fini-r, je fini-rai, je fini-rais. 
3. rend-re, je rend-rai, je rend-rais. 


(2) From the present participle are formed two 
tenses, the imperfect of the indicative and the present 
of the subjunctive, and part of another tense, the plu- 
ral of the present indicative. 


184 EXERCISES. 


The imperfect of the indicative is formed by chang- 
ing -ant into -ais, and the present subjunctive by 
changing -ant into -e: — 


1. port-ant, je port-ais, que je port-e. 
2. finiss-ant, je finiss-ais, que je finiss-e. 
3. rend-ant, je rend-ais, que je rend-e. 


The plural of the present of the indicative is formed 
by changing -ant into -ons, -ez, -ent : — 


1. port-ant, nous port-ons, vous port-ez, ils port-ent. 
2. finiss-ant, nous finiss-ons, vous finiss-ez, ils finiss-ent. 
3. Yrend-ant, nous rend-ons, vous rend-ez, ils rend-ent. 


(3) From the past participle, with avoir or étre, are 
formed all the compound tenses : — 

jai aimé, je suis aimé, j’avais fini, il était rendu, elle s’est amusée. 

(4) From the present of the indicative are formed 
the corresponding persons of the imperative : — 


INDICATIVE PRES. je porte. IMPERATIVE. no Ist person. 
tu portes. porte. 
il porte. qu’il porte.! 
nous portons. portons. 
vous portez. portez. 
ils portent. quwils portent.! 


Observe that, in the first conjugation, the s of the second person 
singular of the present indicative does not appear in the imperative, 
unless the imperative is followed by the pronouns en or y, before 
which it is kept: donnes-en la moitié a ton frére ; ménes-y-moi. 

(5) From the preterite is formed the imperfect of 
the subjunctive, by adding -se to the second person 
singular : — 


tu portas, que je portas-se. 
tu finis, que je finis-se. 
tu rendis, que je rendis-se. 


1 Properly speaking, the imperative has no third person, as a command 
in the third person must absolutely be indirect. When an indirect command 
is given, the third person singular and plural of the subjunctive present are 
used : (je veux) qu’il finisse or qu’ils finissent. 


EXERCISES. 185 


InFIn. aller, ogo. Pres. Parr. allant. Past Parr. allé. 
Inpic. Pres. je vais, tu vas, il va, nous allons, vous allez, ils vont. 


ImpeRrF. j’allais, tu allais, il allait, nous allions, vous alliez, ils al- 
laient. 


PRETERITE. j’allai, tu allas, il alla, nous allames, vous allates, ils 
allérent. 

Furure. /j’irai, tu iras, il ira, nous irons, vous irez, ils iront. 

CONDITIONAL. j’irais, tu irais, il irait, nous irions, vous iriez, ils 
iraient. 


SusJ. PRes. que j’aille, que tu ailles, qu’il aille, que nous allions, 
que vous alliez, qu’ils aillent. 


Susy. IMperF. que j’allasse. 
IMPERATIVE. va, quwil aille, allons, allez, qu’ils aillent. 

The parts of the verb will always be given in this 
order: Infinitive ; Present Participle ; Past Participle ; 
Indicative Present, Imperfect, Preterite, Future ; Condi- 
tional ; Subjunctive Present, Imperfect ; Imperative. The 
compound tenses are not given, as they are regularly 
formed from the past participle with the auxiliaries 
avoir or étre. Remember that aller is conjugated with 
étre. 


Envoyer, to send, and renvoyer, to send back, are the only other 
irregular verbs in the first conjugation. Their irregularities consist in 
the formation of the future, which is enverrai and renverrai, and of 
the conditional, which is enverrais and renverrais. The change of y 
to i before e mute (as j’envoie, tu envoies, etc.) is explained in § 70. 


The Article. 


The article le, la, les, is used before names of conti- 
nents, countries, provinces, rivers, and mountains ; 
as, — 

LAsie, la France, l Angleterre, les Etats-Unis, la Seine, le Mont 
Blanc, les Pyrénées, etc. 


But the article is suppressed before the name of a country used 
adjectively ; as, la reine d’Angleterre, du vin de France, de l’encre de 
Chine, etc. 


186 : EXERCISES. 


To or in before Names of Places or Countries. 


To or in is translated, — 
(1) By a without the article before names of 
towns ; as, — 


She is going to London, elle va 4 Londres. 
He lives in Paris, il demeure a Paris.! 


(2) By en without the article before names of 
continents, countries, provinces, when they are femi- 
nine; as, — 

Aller, ou résider, en Asie, en Afrique, en Chine, en Angleterre, en 
Ecosse, en Normandie, en Alsace. 


But we say: aller aux Indes, aux Antilles, 4 la Guadeloupe, 4 la 
Martinique, a la Jamaique, though these names are feminine. 


(3) By a with the article (that is, by au or aux) if 
they are masculine; as, — 
Aller, ou résider, au Japon, au Mexique, au Canada, au Brésil, au 


Chili, aux Etats-Unis. 


But we say: en Portugal, en Danemark, though they are masculine. 


(4) By dans with the article, should the name of a 
country be accompanied by an adjective or any attri- 
bute; as, — 


Etendre son commerce dans les Indes Orientales, dans Amérique du 
Sud, dans toute la France. 


From is translated by de, without the article, in the 
first two cases seen above (that is, before names of 


1 We may also say: il demeure dans Paris, but this means that he 
lives inside the town, not in the suburbs, while & Paris may have either 
sense, inside the town or in the suburbs. 

A few towns are always used with the article; as, je vais au Havre, J 
am going to Havre. 


EXERCISES. 187 


towns or feminine names of countries), and by du, de 
la, de 1’, or des, in the other two cases (that is, before 
masculine names of countries, or names of countries 
accompanied by an adjective); as, — 

Partir ou venir de Paris, de Londres, de France, d’Angleterre, d’Ita- 
lie, etc. Partir ou venir du Japon, du Mexique, du Canada, de l’Amé- 
rique du Nord, des Indes Orientales, etc. 

1. J’iraien France le mois prochain. 2. Si vous étiez 
disposé 4 y aller aussi, nous partirions le 15 du mois. 
3. J’ai visité plusieurs pays l’été dernier: la Belgique, 
la Hollande, les bords du Rhin, la Prusse, l’Autriche et 
Vitalie. 4. L’été prochain j’irai en Espagne et peut-étre 
jusqu’au Maroc. 5. Dans deux ans, si je suis assez riche, 
jirai au Canada, aux Etats-Unis et au Mexique. 6. Mon 
pere m’a envoyé quelques bouteilles de vin de France; 
voulez-vous venir en gotiter ce soir? 7. Sans Vaide de 
Garibaldi, Victor Emmanuel n’aurait jamais pu créer le 
royaume d’Italie. 8. Quand méme vous me donneriez 
tout Vor des monts Oural, je n’irais jamais demeurer en 
Russie. 9. M. votre frére n’est-il pas allé passer V’hiver 
en Italie? 10. Non, Monsieur, i] est allé dans le midi de 
la France, dans la petite ville de Cannes. 11. Et M. votre 
cousin est parti, je crois, pour le Chili? 12. Monsieur, 
vous vous trompez encore; il est allé aux Etats-Unis et 
non au Chili. 13. La laine d’Espagne est, dit-on, préfé- 
rable a celle d’Angleterre et a celle de Saxe. 


1. They (m.) are going. 2. They went (pret.). 3. They 
were going. 4. They had gone. 5. They willgo. 6. They 
will have gone. 7. They would go. 8. They would 
have gone. 9. That they may go. 10. That they might 
go. 11. Let them go. -12. To have gone: 13. My 
brother lives in England. 14. He will go to Spain next 
month. 15. He has already visited Holland, Belgium, 


188 EXERCISES. 


Prussia, and Austria. 16. In what country does your 
aunt live? 17. She lived in Mexico formerly, but now 
she lives in (@ da) Jamaica. 18. Have you ever been in 
Italy? 19. Yes, I went to Rome three years ago. 
20. I saw the pope, but I did not see the king of Italy. 
21. Our uncle came back from Canada last week. 
22. Have you ever seen Mont Blanc? 23. They left 
for the south of France by this morning’s train. 24. I 
fear they will send me to Italy next year, and I do not 
wish to go there, 


101. 
8’en aller, to go away, is conjugated like aller. 


s’en allant. s’en étant allé. 
je m’en vais, tu t’en vas, il s’en va, nous nous en allons, vous vous en 
allez, ils s’en vont. 
ImpeR. va-t’en, qu’il s’en aille, allons-nous-en, allez-vous-en, qu’ils 
s’en aillent. 


je m’en suis allé, I have gone away. 
je m’en serai allé, I shall have gone away. 
je m’en étais allé, I had gone away. 


Idiomatical Uses of the Verb aller. 


Instead of putting a verb in the future, the French 
often use the verb aller when the action is to be done 
immediately ; as, — 


je vais sortir, I shall go out immediately, or I am 
on the point of going. 
jallais sortir, I was about to go. 


Aller is familiarly used instead of se porter: — 


comment allez-vous ? how are you ? 
comment va votre frére ? how is your brother ? 
comment ¢a! va-t-il (very familiar)? how goes it with you? 


1 Ga is a familiar contraction for cela. 


EXERCISES. 189 


Aller also means fo fit, to suit, to become : — 
votre clef ne va pasa mamontre, your key does not fit my watch. 


ce chapeau ne vous va pas, this hat does not fit (or become) you. 
aller @ pied, fo walk (as distinguished from other ways of locomotion). 
aller & cheval, toride. aller en bateau, fo sail. 

aller en voiture, to drive. aller au-devant de, to go to meet. 


1. Dépéchez-vous, nous nous enallons. 2. Maintenant 
que j’ai écrit toutes mes lettres, je vais aller voir ma 
belle-sceur. 3. On m’a dit quelle allait partir pour 
Paris. 4. Comment vont vos deux fréres? J’aime a 
croire qwils sont aussi bien portants et aussi gais qu’a 
Vordinaire. 5. Eh bien, mon vieux camarade, comment 
ga va-t-il aujour@’hui? 6. Ces bottines ne me vont pas 
du tout, elles sont trop étroites. 7. Cette clef va a la 
serrure. 8. Trouvez-vous que cet habit aille bien ? 
9. Nous sommes allés de Stirling a Edimbourg a pied. 
10. Mes sceurs y sont allées en voiture. 11. Henri, qui 
y est allé a cheval, est arrivé le premier. 12. II est 
venu au-devant de nous. 138. Allez-vous-en tous, vous 
n’empéchez de travailler. 

1. She is going away; she has gone away. 2. She 
was going away; she had gone away. 3. She will go 
away; she will have gone away. 4. She would have 
gone away. 5. That she may go away. 6. Let her go 
away. 7. Having gone away. 8. They will go away 
immediately. 9. She will go out immediately. 10. We 
will dine immediately. 11. How are you, my little 
friend? 12. I am very well, thanks; how are you (and 
you)? 13. Your coat does not fit you. 14. Your pro- 
posal suits me, I accept it. 15. If you wish, we shall 
go to meet my aunt. 16. She is about to arrive by the 
five o’clock train. 17. Shall we drive there?! 18. We 


1 For the sake of euphony, y is not used before the future and the condi- 
tional of aller. 


190 EXERCISES. 


shall walk, if you have no objection (/e vouloir bien). 
19. Do not go away so soon. 20. I shall go away with 
you. 21. Why did you go away yesterday when we 
came in (§ 12)? 22. I went away because it was late 
and (supply gue) I was hungry. 


102. 


Partir, fo set out, to leave. partant. parti. 


je pars, tu pars, il part, nous partons, vous partez, ils partent. 

je partais, tu partais, il partait, nous partions, vous partiez, ils par- 
taient. 

je partis, etc. je partirai. je partirais. 

que je parte, que tu partes, qu’il parte, que nous partions, que vous 
partiez, qu’ils partent. que je partisse. 

pars, qu’il parte, partons, partez, qu’ils partent. 

je suis parti, 7 have left. je serai parti, 7 shall have left. 


Like partir are conjugated :— 


repartir, to set off again; sortir, to go out ; ressortir, to go out again. 


The Article continued. 


The article le, la, les, is used instead of a or an be- 
fore nouns of weight, measure, or number ; but par is 
used for a or an before time; as : — 


cing francs le kilo, Jive frances a kilo. 
un franc le métre, one franc a metre. 
dix centimes la douzaine, ten centimes a dozen. 
trois francs par jour, three francs a day. 


The article is omitted after que or quel used as an 
exclamation; as : — 


quelle jolie chose! what a pretty thing! 


EXERCISES. 191 


1. Quand partirez-vous pour l’Ecosse? 2. Nous par- 
tirons pour Edimbourg le 27, nous arriverons a Glasgow 
le 28, et nous en repartirons le 30 pour l’Irlande. 3. Si 
vous sortez cette apres-midi, j’iral avec vous partout ot 
vous voudrez. 4. Nous sortirons a une heure, nous irons 
acheter ces beaux rubans que votre cousine vend a six 
francs le metre. 5. Six francs le metre! ne trouvez-vous 
pas que c’est un peu (rather) cher? 6. M"* votre sceur 
est sortie ce matin a dix heures, elle est rentrée a onze 
heures, et je crois quelle est ressortie 4 midi. 7. Elle 
a beaucoup d’emplettes a faire; trois de ses amies vont 
venir la voir, et elle a tant de choses a préparer! 8. Vous 
prétendez que ce pauvre homme gagne 75 frances par 
mois. 9. Eh bien! moi je parie qwil ne gagne pas trente 
sous par jour. 10. Quel magnifique chat vous avez! 
11. C’est un chat angora que M. Jones nous a donné; 
voyez quelle belle queue il a! 12. Achetez-moi (buy 
from me, see § 115 (1)) cette petite cargaison de fruits ; 
je vous les vendrai a trois franes la caisse. 13. Moi! lui 
ai-je répondu, vous acheter ces fruits pourris a trois 
franes la caisse! est-ce que vous me croyez devenu fou ? 


1. Tam going; I am leaving; I am going out. 2. He 
went (tmperf.); he left; he went out. 3. We had gone; 
we had left; we had gone out. 4. You will go; you 
will leave; you will go out. 5. I have gone; I have 
left; I have gone away (s’en aller). 6. Leave; go out; 
go away. 7. Let us leave; let us go out; let us go away. 
8. They go out three times! a week. 9. This house is 
too dear at (a) fifty pounds a year. 10. He sold me that 
(at) two frances a dozen. 11. What a pretty piece of 

1 Time is translated by fois, when it can be numbered, one time, two 
times, three times, sometimes, this time, that time ; by temps, when it is the 


general idea of time, as, time flies, a long time, some time, at all times, the 
old times ; by heure, when it means hour, as: what time is it ? 


192 EXERCISES. 


ribbon you have! How much did you pay (for) it? 12.1 
paid (for) it seven francs a metre. 13. Did you not go 
out this morning ? 14. No, not (pas) yet; I am a little 
indisposed. 15. I shall go out this evening, if you will 
(voulez bien) accompany me. 16. When shall you set 
out for London? 17. We shall set out for England on 
Monday next. 


103. 


Sentir, to feel, to smell. sentant. senti. 
je sens, tu sens, il sent, nous sentons, vous sentez, ils sentent. 
je sentais, tu sentais, il sentait, nous sentions, vous sentiez, ils sentaient. 
je sentis. je sentirai. je sentirais. 


que je sente, que tu sentes, qu’il sente, que nous sentions, que vous 
sentiez, qu’ils sentent. que je sentisse. 


sens, qu’il sente, sentons, sentez, qu’ils sentent. 


Sentir is conjugated like partir and sortir. So are: 


consentir a, to consent to. s’endormir (to fall asleep. 

mentir, to /ie, to tell a lie. se rendormir, to full asleep again. 
se repentir de, to repent of. servir,! fo serve, to serve up, to help. 
dormir,! ¢o sleep. se servir de, to help one’s self to, to 
endormir, to lull, to send to sleep. make use of. 


The Substantive. 


(1) The preposition de is always put between the 
name of a thing and the name of the substance of 
which it is made; as: — 


une table de marbre, a marble table. 
un sac de papier, a paper bag. 


1 Just as the t of sentir, sortir, partir, disappears in the singular of the 
pres. ind. and the second pers. sing. of the imperative, so the m of dormir 
and the v of servir disappear in the same persons. But in all other persons 
and tenses the t reappears in sentir, sortir, and partir, the m in dormir, 
and the v in servir. 

je dors, tu dors, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils dorment ; 

je me sers, tu te sers, il se sert, nous nous servons, vous vous servez, 
ils se servent. 


EXERCISES. 193 


(2) De is also put between two nouns, when the 
second is a noun of place, or expresses the contents of 
the object represented by the first noun : 


du vin de Bourgogne, Burgundy wine. 
les chales de Paisley, Paisley shawls. 
un verre de vin, une tasse de thé, «a glass of wine, a cup of tea. 


(8) The qualifying noun is united to the principal 
noun by the preposition a to denote the use, purpose, 
or fitness of the thing mentioned, and also the means 
by which an object is put in motion ; as :— 


un couteau a papier, a paper knife. 
un verre a vin, a wine-glass. 
un pot a fleurs, a flower-pot. 
un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat. 
un moulin a vent, a windmill, 


1. Est-ce que vous consentez a lui donner votre joli 
sac de nuit? 2. Non certainement, je ne le lui donnerai 
pas, je m’en sers presque toutes les semaines. 3. Ne 
vous repentez-vous pas d’avoir offensé votre maitre de 
dessin? 4. Oui, je m’en repens un peu, mais figurez- 
vous qu’il m’a puni parce que j’ai dormi cinq minutes 
pendant laclasse. 5. Il a certainement bien fait: est-ce 
qwon a jamais vu un éléve dormir pendant sa classe de 
dessin? 6. Marie, apportez-nous trois verres a vin et 
trois tasses a thé, nous resterons ce soir dans la salle a 
manger. 7. Auguste s’est endormi hier a table, et il a 
cassé deux verres avin. 8. Il s’est réveillé en sursaut 
et ne s’est plus rendormi: maman Va tant grondé! 9. Re- 
merciez M™* votre mere de m’avoir si bien servi, et priez- 
la daccepter cette corbeille de fleurs. 10. Voici mes 
livres, mes cahiers, mon papier et mes plumes; servez- 
vous-en, je vous prie. 11. Merci, Monsieur, je ne me 
servirai que de votre papier et de vos plumes; je n’ai 
que quelques lettres a écrire. 

13 


194 EXERCISES. 


1. He feels; he sleeps; he serves. 2. We were feel- 
ing; we were sleeping; we were serving. 3. Thou wilt 
feel; thou wilt sleep; thou wilt serve. 4. She had felt; 
she had slept; she had served. 5. They would feel; 
they would sleep; they would serve. 6. Sleep well, we 
shall meet to-morrow. 7. Let us help ourselves to a glass 
of water. 8. A gold watch has been given to me. 9. I 
shall accept a cup of tea with pleasure. 10. Mary, bring 
me ateacup. 11. Here is the paper knife, in case (dans 
le cas ow) you should wish to read that new pamphlet. 
12. Let us not fall asleep in the dining-room ; everybody 
would mock us. 13. Where did you lose your watch- 
key? 14. I think I lost it in the park yesterday. 
15. This paper bag will serve you as a (de) carpet bag. 
16. Where did I put my watch? 17. I think you have 
put it on the httle wooden table. 


104. 


Courir, to run. courant. couru. 
je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent. 


je courais, tu courais, il courait, nous courions, vous couriez, ils cou- 
raient. 


je courus. je courrai. je courrais. 


que je coure, que tu coures, quwil coure, que nous courions, que vous 
couriez, qu’ils courent. que je courusse. 


cours, qu’il coure, courons, courez, qu’ils courent. 


Notice the doubled r in the future and conditional, distinguishing 
these tenses from some forms of the present and imperfect ; nous cou- 
rons, nous courrons; je courais, je courrais. 


accourir, to hasten, to come up. parcourir, to run, to go, over or 
concourir, to compete, to concur. through. 
encourir, to incur. secourir, fo succor, to relieve. 


EXERCISES. 195 


Mourir, éo die. mourant. mort. 
je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurent. 


je mourais, tu mourais, il mourait, nous mourions, vous mouriez, ils 
mouraient. 


je meurus. je mourrai. je mourrais. 


que je meure, que tu meures, qu’il meure, que nous mourions, que vous 
mouriez, qu’ils meurent. que je mourusse. 


meurs, qu’il meure, mourons, mourez, qu’ils meurent. 


Here also notice the doubled r in the future and conditional. 


Collective Nouns. 


Some nouns, although used in the singular, repre- 
sent a number of persons or things, and are called 
in consequence collective nouns. These collective 
nouns are general when they represent the whole of 
the persons or things mentioned, such as l’armée, la 
famille, le peuple. They are partitive, when they ex- 
press only a part of the whole, such as une foule, un 
certain nombre, une douzaine. 

Collective nouns preceded by le or la are general, 
and require their verb, adjective, and pronoun, to be 
put in the singular ; as: — 
le comité s’est réuni, the committee have met. 
la foule des spectateurs applaudit, the crowd of spectators applauded. 

Collective nouns preceded by un or une are usually 
partitive, and their verb, adjective, and pronoun agree, 
not with the collective, but with its complement; as: 
une foule d’enfants le suivaient, a crowd of children followed him. 
une foule d’hommes sont accourus, « crowd of men came up. 


The collectives la plupart de, la moitié de, peu de, etc., are partitive 
and require agreement with their complement ; as, — 


la plupart des enfants sont légers, most children are thoughtless. 


196 EXERCISES. 


1. Le clergé s’est opposé a la réforme, mais le parle- 
ment a passé outre. 2. Huit jours apres la bataille, une 
foule de soldats étaient morts de leurs blessures. 3. La 
maison de ce monsieur est fermée; la famille est partie 
pour la campagne la semaine derniere. 4. Nous avons 
parcouru les plus beaux quartiers de la ville, nous avons 
vu une foule de choses intéressantes. 5. Bon nombre 
de ces messieurs ont eu recours a la protection du prési- 
dent, qui leur a, comme toujours, pardonné. 6. Vous 
n’avez pas le droit de parler mal de lui, il vous a secouru 
de sa bourse; vous @tes un ingrat. 7. La moitié de la 
classe a concouru, mais je crois que bien peu d’éléves 
réussiront. 8. On prétend que j’encourrai votre disgrace 
si je dis la vérité; j’espere, Monsieur, qu’il n’en sera 
rien. 9. Le fils de notre voisine est mort ce matin. 
10. C’est ce qu’on appelle mourir a la fleur de lage. 
11. De quoi M™ votre cousine est-elle morte? 12. Elle 
est morte d’une haleine courte; nous avons tous admiré 
sa fermeté. 


1. Does she sleep; does she run; does she feel? 
2. Did she not run; did she not sleep; did she not die ? 
3. Was she not running; was she not sleeping; was she 
not dying? 4. Will they not sleep; will they not run; 
will they not die? 5. Let us not go to sleep. 6. Die, 
scoundrel that you are! 7. A great number of pupils 
have competed for that prize. 8. The crowd ran to the 
field of battle. 9. A crowd of children were running 
about in the meadow. 10. Our family has incurred your 
displeasure. 11. I hope you will succor them in their 
misery. 12. His sister died very young. 18. How old 
was she when she died? 14. I think she was only? 
thirteen years (of age). 15. The poor man to whom you 


1 Translate only by ne... que, placing ne before the verb and que be- 
fore the number. 


EXERCISES. 197 


spoke last week died of hunger yesterday. 16. I do not 
think her uncle is dead; I saw him walking in his gar- 
den yesterday. We must (faut) not believe all we 
hear. 17. I fear that she is dead. 18. He died (pret.) 
in England. 
105. 

Acquérir, to acquire. acquérant. acquis. 
j'acquiers, tu acquiers, il acquiert, nous acquérons, vous acquérez, ils 

acquiérent. 
Jacquérais, tu acquérais, il acquérait, nous acquérions, etc. 

j acquis. j acquerrai. j acquerrais. 
que j’acquiere, que tu acquiéres, qu’il acquiére, que nous acquérions, 

que vous acquériez, quwils acquierent. que j’acquisse. 
acquiers, qu’il acquiére, acquérons, acquérez, qu’ils acquiérent. 


conquérir, fo conquer. s’enquérir, fo inquire. 


Ouvrir, to open. ouvrant. ouvert. 
j’ouvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre, nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent. 


jouvrais, tu ouvrais, il ouvrait, nous ouvrions, vous ouvriez, ils ou- 
vraient. 


j ouvris. j ouvrirai. j ouvrirais. 
que j’ouvre, que tu ouvres, qu'il ouvre, que nous ouvrions, que vous 


ouvriez, qu’ils ouvrent. que j’ouvrisse. 
ouvre, qu’il ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez, qu’ils ouvrent. 


couvrir, fo cover. | offrir, to offer. 
découvrir, to uncover, to discover. souffrir, to suffer, to endure. 


The Place of Adjectives. 


The following adjectives, used singly, generally pre- 
cede the noun : — 


joli, pretty. petit, little. mauvais, bad. 
beau, fine, beautiful. jeune, young. méchant, wicked. 
grand, great, big. vieux, old. triste, sad. 

gros, /arge, stout. ancien, ancient. vilain, ugly. 


bon, good. dernier, /ust. premier, /irst. 


198 EXERCISES. 


To the adjectives mentioned in § 34 as following 
their noun may be added: adjectives of form (square, 
round); of taste (sweet, bitter): and participles used 
adjectively. 
une table carrée, a square table. une personne séduisante, a charming 


une orange douce, a sweet orange. person. 
un prince redouté, a dreaded prince. 


In addition, observe that, when an adjective is a mere ornament, 
which could be suppressed without altering the meaning of the sen- 
tence, it generally comes before the noun; as, un vil scélérat. If, on 
the contrary, the adjective is absolutely necessary to complete the ex- 
pression and give a clear meaning to it, it is placed after the noun ; as, 
un homme vil.! 


The preposition with, placed after an adjective or a 
participle, is translated by avec when it means along 
with, and by de when it implies with some of or with 
any of ; as:— 

il est arrivé avec votre frére, he has arrived with your brother. 


elle est douée de grandes qualités,? she is gifted with great qualities. 


By after a comparative, zn after a superlative, and 
than before a number, are translated by de; as : — 


je suis plus grand que lui de trois J am taller than he by three centi- 


centimetres, meters. 
voici le plus beau tableau de cette here is the finest picture in this 
galerie, gallery. 


nous n’étions pas plus de quinze, we were not more than fifteen. 


1. Ce prince a conquis des territoires vastes et nom- 
breux, mais il est abhorré de tous les honnétes gens. 


1 There will be found in the Appendix a list of adjectives which change 
their signification according as they are placed before or after the noun. 

2 Some is not expressed here to avoid the meeting of two de’s. If it 
were expressed, we should have, She is gifted with (some) great qualities, 
elle est douée de (des) grandes qualités. 


EXERCISES. 199 


2. Il a commis plus de crimes que le dernier misérable 
enfermé dans ses prisons. 5. Comme il est puissant et 
victorieux, presque tout le monde se découvre et s’incline 
a son passage. 4. M. votre grand-pére se sert toujours 
d’anciennes expressions. 95. Il m’a prié de vous dire 
quwil s’était “enquis de votre santé;” mon ami, on ne 
dit plus: “s’enquérir de la santé de quelqu’un,” mais 
“ demander des nouvelles de quelqu’un.” 6. J’ai eu bien 
des luttes pénibles 4 supporter dans ma jeunesse, mais 
jai acquis de l’expérience, et, comme j’ai beaucoup souf- 
fert, je sais maintenant jouir. 7. N’ouvrez pas cette 
fenétre, j’ai peur d’un courant d’air. 8. Je crains, mon 
bon ami, que vous n’exagériez un peu votre connaissance 
du francais; j’ai découvert plus de dix fautes dans votre 
derniére lettre. 9. J’aime a croire que vous n/’allez pas 
offrir cette rose 4 M"* votre cousine, c’est la plus vilaine 
du jardin. 10. Je la lui ai déja offerte, mais elle l’a 
refusée. 11. Elle ne veut rien accepter de moi, parce 
quwelle a découvert, dit-elle, que je suis un mauvais sujet. 
12. Nous avons souffert ses impertinences pendant plus 
de trois heures. 13. Il est si malade qu’il ne peut 
souffrir ni la voiture nile cheval. 14. J’ai cruellement 
souffert du froid tout le temps qu’a duré l’expédition. 


1. By that noble disinterestedness he conquered all 
hearts. 2. His father has acquired a large fortune in 
Spain. 3. The first French book that I read seemed 
to me very difficult. 4. We have bought a round table 
larger than the one (celle) which you saw. 5. Alexander 
conquered a great part of the known world. 6. Your 
brother is not a reasonable man, he is never pleased. 
7. You lent my mother a very interesting book. 8. Of- 
fer this flower to your aunt, it is the most beautiful that 
I have found. 9. If you wish me to open this door, 


200 EXERCISES. 


aunt, you must give me the key. 10. Our dining-room is 
longer than yours by one metre anda half. 11. I dis- 
covered more than fifteen mistakes in her exercise. 
12. She is older than her brother by three years. 13. It 
is by far (de beaucoup) the best novel I ever read. 
14. This general is the oldest officer in the army. 
15. We opened the door less than five minutes ago. 
16. He never gives me less than ten francs a week. 
17. I don’t think he is by a great deal so learned as his 
brother. 18. She has left with her two sons. 19. Let 
her open the little box which her uncle has offered her ; 
it is filled with diamonds. 


106. 
Cueillir, to gather, to pluck. cueillant. cueilli. 


je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille, nous cueillons, vous cueillez, ils cueil- 
lent. 


je cueillais, tu cueillais, il cueillait, nous cueillions, vous cueilliez, ils 
cueillaient. 


je cueillis. je cueillerai. je cueillerais. 
que jecueille. cueille, qu’il cueille, cueillons, cueillez, qu’ils cueillent. 


accueillir, to receive, to welcome. __ recueillir, to harvest, to take up. 
se recueillir, to collect one’s self or one’s thoughts. 


Assaillir, to assail, to attack. assaillant. assailli. 
Furture, j’assaillirai. ConDITIONAL, j’assaillirais. 
The rest as cueillir. 
Than before a tense of the indicative is translated 
by que... ne; as :-—— 


nous sommes plus riches que vous we are richer than you think. 

ne pensez, 

But if the first clause of the sentence is negative or 
interrogative, or if there is an adverb between que and 
the verb, the ne is left out ; as: — 


EXERCISES. 201 


n’agissez pas autrement que vous do not act otherwise than you 
parlez, speak. 

croyez-vous qu’un homme puisse do you believe that a man can be 
étre plus heureux que vous |’étes happier than you have been for 


depuis trois mois ? three months 2 
elle est plus malheureuse que lors- she is more unhappy than when she 
qu’elle demeurait chez vous, was living with you. 


1. Nous recueillerons cette année plus de vin que nous 
n’en avons recueilli les deux dernieres années. 2. Vous 
avez cueilli plus de fleurs qu’on ne vous l’avait! permis. 
3. Ils m’ont accueil avec plus de cordialité que je ne 
Vavais espéré.. 4. Nous habitons un pays froid ot Von 
ne recueille ni blé ni vin. 5. Les poires quwils ont 
cueillies ce matin sont moins miires qwils ne croyaient. 
6. Il me semble que votre oncle n’est pas plus riche qwil 
Pétait il y a six ans. 7. Est-ce quwil n’est pas moins 
malheureux quwil l’était Van dernier? 8. Nous avons 
été assaillis d’une tempéte deux heures apres étre sortis 
du port. 9. Apres s’étre recueilh un moment, il a com- 
mencé le plus beau discours qwil ait jamais prononcé. 
10. Ne me pressez pas tant de répondre, j’ai besoin de 
me recueillir quelque temps. 

11. Hélas! du crime affreux dont la honte me suit 

Jamais mon triste coeur n’a recueilli le fruit! 


1. We shall not acquire; we shall not cover. 2. Is 
she collecting herself; had she collected herself ? 3. They 
would not have acquired; they would not have covered. 
4. Let her collect herself; let us collect ourselves. 
5. Have I acquired; have I covered; have I collected 
myself. 6. He acts better? than he speaks. 7. He is 

1 For the use of le in several sentences, see § 40. 

2 Better is sometimes an adjective, sometimes an adverb. It is an ad- 
jective and is translated by meilleur when it qualifies a noun or a pronoun : 
your pens are better than mine, vos plumes sont meilleures que les 


miennes. It is an adverb and is translated by mieux when it modifies a 
verb: he reads better than you, il lit mieux que vous, 


202 EXERCISES. 


richer than people think. 8. The distance is less? than 
you pretend. 9. She is less pretty than you believe. 
10. They are richer than they were a year ago. 11. He 
is not richer than he was. 12. Is he richer than he was 
last year? 13. You have welcomed him with more cor- 
diality than he deserves. 14. We shall receive these 
gentlemen with kindness. 15. I shall welcome your 
friend this time better than I did last year. 


107. 


Tenir, fo hold. tenant. tenu. 
je tiens, tu tiens, il tient, nous tenons, vous tenez, ils tiennent. 
je tenais, tu tenais, il tenait, nous tenions, vous teniez, ils tenaient. 
je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tinmes, vous tintes, ils tinrent. 
je tiendrai. je tiendrais. 


que je tienne, que tu tiennes, qu’il tienne, que nous tenions, que vous 
teniez, qu’ils tiennent. que je tinsse. 


tiens, qu’il tienne, tenons, tenez, qu’ils tiennent. 


s’abstenir de, fo abstain from. entretenir, fo support, talk with, en- 
appartenir, fo belong. tertain. 

contenir, fo contain. obtenir, to obtain. 

détenir, fo detain. soutenir, fo sustain, to prop up, to 
maintenir, to maintain. defend, ete. 


tenir bon, to hold firm. 

se tenir debout, fo stand up. 

se tenir tout droit, fo stand or sit erect. 
tenez, there! here! hold! 


The before a comparative is not expressed in French; 
as: — 


plus on est riche, plus on a de_ the richer a man ts, the more cares 
soucis, he has. 


1 When /ess is an adjective, it is translated by moindre, and when an 
adverb by moins. 


EXERCISES. 203 


The adverb tout (quite, entirely) varies for the sake 
of euphony before an adjective or participle feminine 
beginning with a consonant or A aspirated; as : — 


elle est toute surprise et toute triste, she is quite surprised and sad. 


1. Avez-vous remarqué comme il était pale lorsqu’il 
s’est approché de nous en tenant son cheval par la bride ? 
2. Je crois quwil serait tombé si son frere ne l’avait pas 
soutenu. 3. Sa mere tient pension dans une des rues 
les plus obscures du Quartier Latin; j’y suis allé un jour 
pour Ventretenir de l’affaire que vous savez. 4. Voila 
deux bouquets qui sentent bien bon, a qui appartiennent- 
ils? 5. Jecrois qwils appartiennent 4 M"™ votre sceur. 
6. Elle les a oubliés tout 4 Vheure sur cette table, et, 
comme elle croit les avoir perdus, elle est maintenant 
toute triste. 7. Croyez-moi, plus vous vous abstiendrez 
de ces bruyants plaisirs, plus vous serez heureux. 8. Nous 
avons soutenu la guerre tant que nous avons pu; espérons 
qu’on va bient6t signer ia paix. 9. Il faut rendre a 
chacun ce qui lui appartient. 10. Tenez, voici la somme 
que je vous avais promise; j’espere que vous allez dé- 
sormais me laisser tranquille. 11. Je ne me doutais pas 
qwelle ptit (was able) crier si fort. 12. Ni moi non plus. 
13. N’obtiendrons-nous jamais la vengeance ou la mort ? 


1. You are detaining me; they used to entertain us. 
2. I was maintaining; you have been sustained. 5. That 
I might hold; that she may have held. 4. Do not de- 
tain me; let us not support them. 5. She will have ob- 
tained; they would maintain. 6. You must entertain 
me until I am ready to take a walk. 7. Do not entreat 
him any! more: the more you ask (future), the less you 
will obtain. 8. To whom do these paintings belong ? 


1 Not any more is translated the same as no more, by ne... plus, or ne 
».. pas davantage. 


204 EXERCISES. 


9. They belong to me, they cost me very dear. 10. My 
sisters are quite surprised that you have obtained a per- 
mission which has been refused to them (which one has 
refused to them). 11. Why did you scold Jane before 
(avant) so many people ?? she was quite ashamed. 12. The 
more you attack (future) her cousin, the more she will 
defend him. 13. Hold this ladder firm till (que with 
subj.) | come down. 14. She abstained from eating and 
drinking for thirty-six hours. 15. I could not (je ne 
pourrais pas) abstain so long. 16. Nor I either. 


if 108. 


Venir, to come. venant. venu. 
je viens, tu viens, il vient, nous venons, vous venez, ils viennent. 
je venais, tu venais, il venait, nous venions, vous veniez, ils venaient. 
je vins, tu vins, il vint, nous vinmes, vous vintes, ils vinrent. 
je viendrai. je viendrais. 
que je vienne, etc., que nous venions, etc. que je vinsse. 
viens, qu’il vienne, venons, venez, qu’ils viennent. 


convenir (with avoir), fo suit, (with prévenir, fo warn, to apprise. 


étre), to agree. revenir, to come back. 
devenir, to become. se souvenir de, to remind one’s self 
parvenir, to attain, to succeed. of, to remember. 


venir, devenir, parvenir, revenir, and se souvenir are conjugated 
with 6tre. 
Idiomatic Use of the Verb venir. 


Just as aller is used before a verb to express action 
which is to be done immediately, in like manner venir 
de, followed by an infinitive, expresses an action that 
has just taken place. 


je viens de sortir, J have just come out. 
nous venons d’arriver, we have just arrived. 
ils venaient de partir, they had just left. 


1 People is translated by monde when it means company. 


EXERCISES. 205 


The Possessive Adjective. 


(1) When a possessive adjective (my, his, her, our, 
your, their) is placed before a noun expressive of a 
part of the body, governed by a verb, it is expressed 
by to me, to him, to her, to us, to you, or to them; as: 
He broke my finger, il m’a cassé le doigt. 


(2) If the possessor is clearly shown, suppress the 
pronoun to me, to him, ete.; as:— 


Fe lost his right leg in the battle, il a perdu la jambe droite dans la 
bataille. 


(3) With the three words, mal (pain), froid (cold), 
and chaud (warm), translate by the verb avoir, making 
the person spoken of subject of the verb; as :— 


Her feet are sore, elle a mal aux pieds. 
My hands are very cold, jai bien froid aux mains. 


1. Il est convenu avec moi que vous étes plus instruit 
que lui. 2. Votre proposition lui a convenu. 3. Etes- 
vous parvenu a le convaincre? 4. Je viens de le ren- 
contrer. 5. Il vient de se casser la jambe. 6. Je vous 
préviens que j’ai mal au pied droit et qu’il m’est impos- 
sible de marcher. 7. Je me suis souvenue que vous 
avez toujours froid aux pieds, et j’ai dit a la bonne de 
vous faire un bon feu dans votre chambre. 8. Attendez 
un instant, mon frere va venir. 9. Mais, Mademoiselle, 
j’ai vu votre frére il y a cing minutes; il ne va pas venir, 
il vient de venir. 10. Cela commence a devenir fatigant. 
11. Il me dit (pret. to/d) qwil venait de Toléde et qwil 
allait 4 Madrid; et moi je lui dis (¢o/d) que je venais de 
Burgos et que j’allais 4 Cordoue. 12. Devenant mal- 
heureux, il m’est devenu cher. — (Racine.) 


206 EXERCISES. 


1. We remember him; he remembers us; I shall re- 
member you. 2. We were coming; he came (pret.); 
they (fem.) have come. 3. I fear that he will succeed ; 
they fear that I shall not succeed. 4. You must re- 
member this, that she did not become proud till she be- 
came rich. 5. What (§ 83) has happened does not 
astonish me; you remember that I warned you of it a 
long time ago. 6. You are right, I remember it now, 
but I had quite forgotten it. 7. He will come; they 
will have come. 8. He would remember; they (/fem.) 
would have remembered. 9. She has just gone out; she 
had just gone out. 10. They have just arrived; they 
had just arrived. 11. He has just broken his leg. 12. He 
had just lost his left hand. 13. She has a sore foot. 
14. Remember that she has a sore finger. 15. I have 
a headache. 16. These shoes pinch my feet. 


109. 


ye Voir, to see. voyant. vu. 


je vois, tu vois, il voit, nous voyons, vous voyez, ils voient. 
je voyais, tu voyais, il voyait, nous voyions, vous voyiez, ils voyaient. 
je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vimes, vous vites, ils virent. 
je verrai. je verrais. 
que je voie, que tu voies, qu’il voie, que nous voyions, que vous voyiez, 
qu’ils voient. que je visse. 
vois, quw’il voie, voyons, voyez, qu’ils voient. 
prévoir, to foresee (FUTURE, je prévoirai, CONDIT., je prévoirais). 
revoir, fo see again. 


aller voir, to go to see, to goand see, to call on, upon, to pay a visit to. 
mériter d’étre vu, to be worth seeing. 
voyons ! let me see! let us see! come! 


M Mouvoir, to move. mouvant. mii, mue. 
je meus, tu meus, il meut, nous mouvons, vous mouvez, ils meuvent. 


LN ge Oa arr ng eG, oe ee ee 


EXERCISES. 207 
je mouvais, tu mouvais, il mouvait, nous mouvions, vous mouviez, ils 
mouvaient. 
je mus. je mouvrai. je mouvrais. 
que je meuve. que je musse. 


meus, qu’il meuve, mouvons, mouvez, qu’ils meuvent. 


émouvoir, fo move, to rouse. PAST PART. ému, émue. 
s’émouvoir, to get excited, to be roused. 


Several tenses of mouvoir are scarcely ever used, except in technical 
language. Zo move is generally translated by remuer, faire aller, 
faire marcher, etc. 


1. Si vous le voyez venir (§ 97), faites semblant (pre- 
tend) de ne pas Vapercevoir. 2. Allons ensemble au 
spectacle ce soir; on dit que la nouvelle piece mérite 
d’étre vue. 3. Je ne vols pas que vous vous repentiez 
beaucoup de la faute que vous avez commise envers moi. 
4. Voyons, n’est-ce pas aujourd’hui le 1° du mois ? 
voyez done V’almanach. 5. Non, Monsieur, c’est au- 
jour@’hui le 2. C’est aprés-demain, 4 mars, que nous 
verrons M. votre frere. 6. Voulez-vous me dire la date 
de la mort des quatre Henri qui ont été rois de France ? 
7. Henri I* est mort en 1060, Henri II? en 1559, Henri 
III en 1589, et Henri TV en 1610. 8. U1 vaut mieux, dit 
La Rochefoucauld, employer notre esprit & supporter les 
infortunes qui nous arrivent qu’a prévoir celles qui nous 
peuvent (may) arriver. 9. Quelle horrible histoire vous 
nous avez contée! j’en suis encore tout émue. 10. Je 
vous en prie, ne parlez plus de cela, du moins devant 
ces enfants; vous leur faites peur (you frighten them), 
11. Voila un homme qui ne s’émeut de rien. 12. Voila 
une femme qui a vu la mort dans son plus terrible appa- 
reil sans en €tre émue. 
if 

1 Premier is the only ordinal number used in naming princes, as well as 
for dates (§ 25). 


208 EXERCISES. 


1. Do you not see? were you not seeing? had you 
not seen? 2. We shall see; they will have seen; he 
saw (pret.). 3. She is getting excited; she was getting 
excited. 4. She will get excited; she would get excited. 
5. Will you not foresee? will you not have foreseen ? 
6. I see him coming; I saw him coming (§ 97). 7. We 
went to see them on the 10th. 8. We shall go to see 
you on the 1st of next month. 9. She will pay you a 
visit to-morrow forenoon. 10. George the First, George 
II., George III., George IV. were kings of England. 
11. The ist of April, the 2d of March, the 3d of August, 
the 21st of June. 12. Come! give me what you prom- 
ised me last week. 13. I am just going to give them 
the songs which I have promised them. 14. I have just 
given him his pen; has he lent it to you? (§ 74). 15. No, 
sir; I asked him for it, but he had already lent it to 
some one. 16. Do not ask him for it again. 


110. 


Ay S’asseoir, fo sit down. s’asseyant. s’étant assis. 


je m’assieds, tu t’assieds, il s’assied, nous nous asseyons, vous vous as- 
seyez, ils s’asseyent. 


je m’asseyais, tu t’asseyais, il s’asseyait, nous nous asseyions, vous 
vous asseyiez, ils s’asseyaient. 


je m’assis, tu t’assis, il s’assit, nous nous assimes, vous vous assites, 
ils s’assirent. 


je m’assiérai or je m’asseyerai. je m’assiérais or je m’asseyerais. 


que je m’asseye, etc., que nous nous asseyions, que vous vous asseyiez, 
qu’ils s’asseyent. que je m’assisse. 


assied-toi, qu’il s’asseye, asseyons-nous, asseyez-vous, qu’ils s’asseyent. 


je me suis assis, / sat down. je m’étais assis, 7 had sat down, 


EXERCISES. 209 


— 


An impersonal verb, used only in the infinitive, past participle, and 
the third person singular of all tenses. There is no imperative. 


Pleuvoir, to rain. plu, rained. 


il pleut. il pleuvait. il plut. il pleuvra. il pleuvrait. 
qu’il pleuve. qu il plit. 
il a plu, it has rained. il avait plu, zt had rained. 


In the figurative sense, this verb is also used in the third person 
plural: les balles pleuvaient de toutes parts, balls were raining (or pour- 
ing} from all sides. 


Pourvoir a, to provide for. 
Same as voir, except Preterite, je pourvus; Future, je pourvoirai ; 
Condit., je pourvoirais ; Subj. imperf., que je pourvusse. 


The Pronoun Je (so or it). 


In English, Z am, we are, etc., may be used without 
other words in answer to a question; the French in- 
sert le, la, les, before the verb, to represent the word 

about which the question is asked. 


(1) If the word is a substantive (or adjective used 
substantively, as le malade, the patient), use le, la, les, 
according to the gender and number of the substan- 
tive represented : — 


Are you the daughter of this gentle- @tes-vous la fille de ce monsieur ? 


man? Yes, I am. oui, je la suis. 
Are you the sick lady who sent for €@tes-vous la malade qui m’a fait 
me? No, I am not. appeler? non, je ne la suis pas. 


(2) If the word to be represented is an adjective (or 
a substantive used adjectively), le alone is used : ! — 


Are you pleased, ladies? Weall €@tes-vous contentes mesdames ? 
are. nous le sommes toutes. 
Are you a governess? I am. étes-vous gouvernante? je le suis. 


1 Another way to express the above rules: If the predicate in the ques- 
tion is an adjective or a substantive with a, the le is not declined; if itisa 
substantive with the, it is declined. 

14 


210 EXERCISES. 


Le is also used to represent a preceding adjective or 
participle, or even a clause, although the form of the 
sentence is not interrogative : — 


She is more modest than she was elle est plus modeste qu’elle ne 


formerly, létait autrefois. 

He is beloved because he deserves il est aimé parce quw’il est digne de 
to be so, létre. 

You have made more progress than vous avez fait plus de progrés que 
T hoped, je ne l’espérais. 


1. Asseyez-vous done. 2. Donnez-vous la peine de 
vous asseoir. 3. Asseyez-vous sur ce banc, je vais vous 
montrer quelque chose de beau. 4. Me voila assise, et 
préte & voir tout ce que vous voulez me montrer. 5. Ow 
done voulez-vous que je m’asseye ? Par terre? 6. Avez- 
vous pourvu ma chambre de toutes les choses néces- 
saires? 7. Soyez tranquille, on y pourvoira. 8. Vous 
savez bien que votre mére pourvoit 4 tout. 9. Ne m’en- 
voyez pas ces livres s’il pleut, ils seraient tout gatés. 
10. Envoyez-les-moi pluidt demain, je serai a la maison 
entre quatre et cing heures. 11. Est-ce que vous étes 
le monsieur qui vient de perdre une montre? 12. Oui, 
monsieur, je le suis; je vous remercie de votre bonteé. 
En effet c’est ma montre, et j’avais peur que je ne la 
revisse plus. 

1. She sits down;1 she sat down; she was sitting 
down. 2. She is seated; she was seated; she will be 

1 Observe that the reflective form is used here to express the act of sitting 
down, whilst the passive merely expresses the state. 

It is well known that the French language was originally a development 
of the popular Latin spoken by the Roman soldiery, the colonists occupying 
Gaul, and the whole rustic population. This popular Latin showed a contin- 
uous tendeney to decompose classical Latin, and among other decompositions 
the following two were accomplished facts in the sixth century :— 1. The 
present tense of the passive voice of amare, viz. amor, was transformed into 
sum amatus; 2. The preterite of the active voice, viz. amavi, had become 
habeo amatum. This novel use of the past participle has been so universally 


EXERCISES. yA gl 


seated. 3. They had seated themselves; they would 
have seated themselves. 4. Let us sit down here; it 
is the only place (/iew) that we find where it does not 
rain. 5. It will rain; it will have rained; it would rain. 
6. Why do you not give her the watch which you have 
promised her? 7. No, do not give it to her, give it to 
me ($76). 8. I am sure of it ($ 80); Iam sure of him 
($71). 9. You speak of it; you speak of her. 10. I 
am glad of it. 11. I shall not consent to it. 12. He 
has bought a great many novels, and will lend me a few. 
13. Are you not a little lazy, Miss Jane? Unfortunately, 
I am. 14. Are you this gentleman’s daughter? No, 
sir, I am not. 15. Are you the gentlemen who bought 
these horses? Yes, we are. 16. Wars are less numer- 
ous than they were. 17. He is more learned than I 
had thought. 


constant in the French mind that the past participle no longer implies by 
itself any idea of past as it did in classical Latin, but does so when combined 
with j’ai, tu as, ila, ete. Thus the classical cantavi became habeo canta- 
tum in popular Latin, and j’ai chanté in French. In the same way, used 
with je suis, tu es, il est, etc , it expresses the present : the classical amor 
became swum amatus in popular Latin, in French je suis aimé. 

Bearing this in mind, and also remembering that French pronominal 
verbs always take €tre in their compound tenses with the meaning of avoir, 
one can easily understand that je me suis blessé, meaning j’ai blessé moi- 
méme, expresses a past action, whilst je suis blessé expresses a present 
state. 

Observe, however, that if je suis sorti, parti, venu, etc., are used with 
a date expressed or understood, they express a past action, as, il est arrivé 
hier, he arrived yesterday, elle est partie le 15 de ce mois, she left on 
the 15th instant. If they are without a date expressed or understood, they 
express a present state; je suis arrivé, / am arrived, il est sorti, he is out, 
elle est partie, she is away. 


je m’assieds, / sit down. il se léve, he is rising. 

je me suis assis, / sat down. il s’est levé, he rose. 

je suis assis, / am seated or sitting. il est levé, he is up. 

il se couche, he goes to bed. il se fache, he is getting angry. 
il s’est couché, he went to bed. il s'est faché, he got angry. 


il est couché, he is in bed. il est faché, he is angry. 


212 EXERCISES. 


d1h. 


tT Valoir, to be worth. valant. valu. 
je vaux, tu vaux, il vaut, nous valons, vous valez, ils valent. 
je valais, tu valais, il valait, nous valions, vous valiez, ils valaient. 
je valus. je vaudrai. je vaudrais. 
que je vaille, que tu vailles, qu’il vaille, que nous valions, que vous 


valiez, qu’ils vaillent. que je valusse. No imperative. 
The impersonal verb to be better is translated by 
valoir mieux : — 


It is better to leave to-day than to- il vaut mieux partir aujourd’hui 
morrow, que demain. 


After valoir mieux and aimer mieux, than followed by an infinitive 
is translated by que de: — 


It will be better to go away at once il vaudra mieux partir tout de suite 


than to wait an hour, que d’attendre une heure. 
IT like better to write to him than to jaime mieux lui écrire que de lui 
speak to him, parler. 
4 Savoir to know (by the mind). sachant. su. 


je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. 
je savais, tu savais, il savait, nous savions, vous saviez, ils savaient. 
je sus. je saurai. je saurais. 


que je sache, que tu saches, qu’il sache, que nous sachions, que vous 
sachiez, qu’ils sachent. que je susse. 


sache, qu’il sache, sachons, sachez, qu’ils sachent. 


Je ne sache pas is sometimes used for the negative of the first per- 
son singular of the present indicative. 


Savoir must be used instead of pouvoir, when can 
means to know how, to have learned : — 


He can read and write, 2h ae aes 
: il sait lire et écrire. 
He knows how to read and write, 


Can you danée ? 
; savez-vous danser ? 
Do you know how to dance ? 


EXERCISES. 213 


We may say, il peut écrire; but the sense is, he is able to write (in 
spite of his sore fingers or hands). We say also, pouvez-vous danser ? 
but it means, are you able to dance (in spite of your sore foot) 2 

Savoir is one of four verbs ($ 116) which may be used negatively 
without pas or point; but when not to know means not to have learned, 
pas or point is used : — 


I know not what to say, je ne sais que dire. 
He does not know his lesson, il ne sait pas sa lecon. 
Do you not know it ? ne la savez-vous pas? 
I do not know how to swim, je ne sais pas nager. 


The conditional je ne saurais, etc., may be used for 
the present je ne puis, etc. Only the meaning of the 
latter is more absolute : — 


He is not able to do this, 
He cannot do this, 
He does not know how to do this, 


il ne saurait le faire. 
il ne peut le faire. 


The Use of Disjunctive Pronouns (see §§ 32, 37, 71). 


Disjunctive pronouns ! are used : — 
(1) In answer to a question : ~ 


Who is speaking? She is. qui parle? elle, or c’est elle. 
Who brought that here? I did. qui a apporté cela ici? moi, or 
c’est moi. 


To whom did you speak? Tohim. &@ qui avez-vous parlé? a lui. 


(2) After reflective verbs : — 


I address myself to you, je m’adresse 4 vous. 
Do not trust (yourself) to him, ne vous fiez pas a lui. 


(3) When they are separated from the verb, either 
as subjects or objects, by some other word : — 


Fle alone can understand you, lui seul peut vous comprendre. 
He is not so rich as they, il n’est pas si riche qu’eux. 
He loves nobody but me, il n’aime que moi. 


1 They are called disjunctive because they are disjoined from the verb. 


214 EXERCISES. 


(4) When they are separated from their verb by a 
clause unnecessary to the meaning : — 
lui, un homme qui pouvait parler se, a man who could speak so, de- 
ainsi, vous a trompé, ceived you. 
But when the intervening clause is necessary to the meaning,! use 
celui, celle, ceux, celles for he, she, or they ; as, — 
celui qui vousl’a dit vous a trompé, he who told you so deceived you. 


1. Ce drap-ci vaut dix frances cinquante centimes le 
métre: j’en ai acheté quelques métres pour vous et pour 
elle. 2. Et celui-la4, combien vaut-il? 3. Celui-la ne 
vaut rien. 4. Cette affaire vaut bien la peine qu’on y 
pense. 5. Dans huit jours cette paire de bottines ne 
vaudra plus rien. 6. Les effets valent mieux que les 
paroles. 7. I] vaut mieux se taire que de mal parler. 
8. Nous ne savons s’il viendra. 9. Je ne sais que dire 
ni que faire. 10. Monsieur, j’ai mal @ la main droite, 
je n’ai pu faire mon exercice, mais je sais trés bien mes 
legons. 11. Je parie que lui seul sait tout. 12. Qui 
vous a appris tout ce que vous savez? C’est lui. 13. Qui 
lui? 14. Mon frére, je crois qwil sait toute chose. 
15. Il y a longtemps que j’ai dit que, pour savoir 
quelque chose, il le faut écrire. 


1. It will be better to do it now than to wait for your 
father’s arrival. 2. I like better to write to him than 
to go (and) visit him. 3. Is it not he who has lent you 
my Italian grammar? 4. It is not he, itis I. 5. Does 
she trust (herself) to him? 6. To whom did you remit 


1 Another way to express this rule: When the intervening clause ev- 
pands, use lui, elle, eux, elles; when it limits, use celui, celle, ceux, 
celles. 

A third way: If there is a comma after he, she, or they, use lui, elle, eux, 
elles, as the comma shows that the clause merely expands ; if there is no 
comma, use celui, celle, ceux, celles, 


EXERCISES. 915 


(remis) the letter? To herself. 7. Who took away my 
glass? Idid. 8. How much is this worth? 9. This 
is not worth five centimes. 10. Your brother is not 
here, that I know of (que je sache). 11. Do you know 
that your brother has arrived in America safely ? 12. She 
is not able to tell us how the thing has passed (s’est 
passée). 13, He and your sister know the whole secret. 
14. He who arrives (future) first (le premier) will get 
(aura) this engraving. 15. Your cousin’s conduct is a 
mystery to (pour) me: he, who had promised us his 
support in this affair, has done all he could against us. 


112. 


Connaitre, to know by sight. connaissant. connu. 


je connais, tu connais, il connait, nous connaissons, vous connaissez, 
ils connaissent. 


je connaissais, tu connaissais, il connaissait, nous connaissions, vous 
connaissiez, ils connaissaient. 


je connus. je connaitrai. je connaitrais. 
que je connaisse. que je connusse. 
connais, qu’il connaisse, connaissons, connaissez, qu’ils connaissent. 
The following verbs ending in -aitre and -oitre are conjugated like 
connaitre : — 
reconnaitre, to recognize. disparaitre, fo disappear. 


paraitre, fo appear, to seem. croitre, fo grow, to increase. 


In all these verbs the i takes a circumflex accent before t. 

In the verb eroitre, the present je crois and the preterite je erfis 
have the circumflex accent to distinguish them from je crois, J be- 
lieve, je crus, I believed. 


Naitre, to be born, to spring up. naissant. né. 
je nais, tu nais, il nait, nous naissons, vous naissez, ils naissent. 
je naissais. je naquis. je naitrai. je naitrais. 
que je naisse. que je naquisse. 


nais, qu’il naisse, naissons, naissez, qu’ils naissent. 


216 EXERCISES. 


Distinction between savoir and connaitre. 


Savoir means to know by the mind, to be sensible of, 
to know how to. ‘Therefore it never has persons for 
its objects, and can be followed by a conjunction or a 
verb : — 


Do you know your lesson 2 savez-vous votre lecon ? 
How many languages does he know 2 combien de langues sait-il ? 
T know that she will come, je sais qu’elle viendra. 

He knows how to read and write, il sait lire et écrire. 


Connaitre means to be acquainted with, to know (by 
sight). Therefore it may have persons or things for 
objects, but can never be followed by a conjunction or 
a verb : — 

I know that gentleman, this lady, je connais ce monsieur, cette dame, 


his house, Littré’s Dictionary, sa maison, le dictionnaire de Lit- 
ete. tré,. etc. 


The Use of Disjunctive Pronouns continued. 


Disjunctive pronouns are used for the sake of em- 
phasis or contradistinction : — 


Would I lower myself so far! moi, je m’abaisserais jusque la ! 
You tremble, but I am not afraid, vous tremblez, vous; mais moi je 
n’ai pas peur. 
He gave me a purse, and I presented il m’a donné un porte-monnaie, et 
him with my photograph, moi je lui ai présenté ma photo- 
graphie. 

It is seen from these examples that the disjunctive pronoun comes 
in addition to the conjunctive for emphasis or contradistinction ; but, in 
the third person singular or plural, the conjuncttve il or ils is some- 
times suppressed to give more rapidity to the style : — 

They will not come, but he will, elles ne viendront pas, mais lui 
viendra. 

They would not do it, but you will, | eux n’ont pas voulu le faire, mais 
vous, vous le ferez. 


EXERCISES. bal 


1. Allez lui parler vous-méme; vous le connaissez, 
vous, et moi je ne lui al jamais dit un seul mot. 2. Ne 
vous trompez-vous pas ? vous assurez que vous ne l’avez 
jamais vu, mais lui prétend vous connaitre parfaitement. 
3. Connaissez-vous beaucoup de monde ici? 4. Moi ? je 
n’y connais personne. 5. Voila un chemin que je ne 
reconnais pas. 6. Je l’ai vu paraitre un instant et s’en 
aller. 7. Toute autre gloire disparait devant la votre. 
8. Eux vous reconnaitront, mais lui passera sans vous 
parler. 9. Vous lui parlez, vous! 10. Vous la blamez, 
elle! 11. Je suis né a Dinan, en Bretagne, le 12 février 
1704, d’une famille honnéte et ancienne. 12. Bayle na- 
quit dans année 1647; la nature lui donna l’imagination, 
la force, la subtilité, la mémoire. 13. Qui sait comment 
la chose s’est passée ? 14. Moi, mais je ne vous le dirai 
pas. 


1. It is better (valoir mieux) ; it was better; it has 
been better.1 2. It will be better; it would be better ; 
it would not have been better. 3. We do not know (sa- 
voir); do not let them know. 4. They did not know 
(amperf.); we did not know (past indef.); he did not 
know (pret.) 5. They will not know; they would not 
know; they will not have known. 6. Alfred Tennyson 
was born in (en) 1810; Macaulay was born (pret.) in 
(en) 1800 and died (pret.) in 1858. 7. They do not be- 
heve that 1 know him; they did not believe (imp.) that 
I knew him. 8. They do not believe that I know it; 
they did not believe that I knew it. 9. I know what I 
say (dis) when I speak of him.? 10. J have known hin, 


1 Put mieux before the past participle. 

2 En and y apply to persons in two cases only : — 

(1) To avoid the repetition of de lui, d’elle, d’eux, d’elles, or @ lui, etc. 

Examples : I complained of him yesterday, and I shall again (complain 
of him) to-day, je me suis plaint de lui hier, et je m’en plaindrai encore 


218 EXERCISES. 


but you have never even seen him. 11. They will speak 
to you, but he will pass without looking at you. 12. You 
detest me/ 13. You visit her/ 14. You read (lisez) 
such books! 15. I see nobody’? but her. 16. They 
alone know the whole story. 


113. 


Prendre, to take, to catch. prenant. pris. 
je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous prenons, vous prenez, ils prennent. 
je prenais. je pris. je prendrai. je prendrais. 
que je prenne, que tu prennes, qu’il prenne, que nous prenions, que 
vous preniez, qu’ils prennent. ~ que je prisse. 
prends, qu’il prenne, prenons, prenez, qu’ils prennent. 


apprendre 4, to learn. s’éprendre, to be smitten. 
comprendre, to understand. se méprendre, to mistake. 
entreprendre de, to undertake. surprendre, fo take by surprise. 


The letter n is doubled in all these verbs whenever it is followed by 
a mute syllable. 


prendre garde, to take care, to beware. 

prendre gotit a, fo take a liking for. 

prendre part a, to take a share in. 

prendre patience, fo be patient, or more patient. 
prendre plaisir a, to take pleasure in. 


After many verbs followed by from in English, and 
marking extraction or separation, the French put the 
preposition a (it 1s the Latin preposition @ or ab which 
these verbs have thus retained). Some of them are: — 


aujourd’hui. Do you trust toher? Yes, I trust to her, vous fiez-vous a 
elle? oui, je m’y fie. 

(2) When persons are spoken of vaguely : — 

Example: When a man is dead, he is no more thought of, quand un 
homme est mort, on n’y pense plus. 

But if Iam speaking of a certain person, & lui should be used : — 

When this fellow is dead, he will no longer be thought of, quand cet in- 
dividu sera mort, on ne pensera plus & lui. 

1 Nobody but must be translated the same as nothing but, by ne... que. 


EXERCISES. 219 


acheter a. emprunter &. ravir a. 

arracher a. enlever a. reprendre a, 

dérober a. extorquer a. retenir a. 

se dérober a. Oter a. retrancher 4a. 

échapper a. prendre a. se soustraire a. 
voler a. 


C’est or ce sont (see §§ 36, 37). 


C’est is used for z¢ 7s when placed before an adjective 
not followed by the idea of the sentence : — 


It is impossible, c’est impossible. 
It is of no use, : e’est inutile. 


But should the idea follow the adjective, c’est cannot 
be used : — 
[t is impossible to do all this ina il est impossible de faire tout ceci 
day, en un jour. 
[t is of no use to entreat him, il est inutile de le supplier. 
Observe that ce sont is used before a third person plu- 
ral (excepting the interrogative est-ce eux? and est-ce 
elles?) whilst c’est is used in all other cases. 


1. Est-ce vous qui avez pris la clef? non, c’est mon 
frére. 2. C’est le plus malheureux homme que je con- 
naisse ; avant-hier il a perdu une grosse somme d’argent ; 
hier sa maison a briilé, et aujourd’hui on lui a pris une 
vache dans son pré. 3. Ils ont pris le deuil pour six 
mois. 4. I] est inutile de le défendre: il a été pris la 
main dans le sac. 5. Je n’ai encore rien pris de la 
journée.1 6. Chacun prend son plaisir ot il le trouve. 
7. Je prends les choses comme elles viennent, et les 
hommes comme ils sont. 8. Ou avez-vous appris ce que 

1 All my life, the whole morning, the whole evening, the whole day, etc., 


after a negation, are translated simply by de ma vie, de la matinée, de la 
soirée, de la journée, etc. 


220 EXERCISES. 


vous dites la? 9. Apprenez ces vers par ceeur. 10. Il 
avait appris tout ce que l’on peut apprendre, jusqu’aux 
danses les plus nouvelles. 11. La plupart des hommes 
estiment ce qwils ne comprennent pas. 12. Votre petit 
frére n’était pas le seul éleve dont le maitre fait content. 
13. . . . le corbeau, honteux et confus, 

Jura, mais un peu tard, qu’on ne l’y prendrait plus. 
(La Fontaine.) 


1. They (fem.) are taking each other by surprise; 
they have taken each other by surprise; they were 
taking each other by surprise. 2. They took (pret.) 
each other by surprise; they will have taken each other 
by surprise. 3. They would not take each other by sur- 
prise; they would not have taken each other by surprise ; 
let them take each other by surprise. 4. It is you who 
have taught me to be patient (to take patience). 5. Is 
it not your father who has undertaken the construction 
of anew theatre in Glasgow? 6. Yes, sir, itis my fa- 
ther; it will be the finest theatre in (§ 36, 2) Scotland. 
7. Do you understand what (§ 83, 2) she says? TJ de- 
clare it is impossible. 8. These are pleasures for which 
one takes a liking easily. 9. That is easy to learn. 
10. It is easier to learn this than (que de) to write it. 
11. Take care, do not speak so freely. 12. But these 
people do not understand me. 13. Pardon me, they do; 
they are? all Frenchmen. 14. Since? they are? all 
Frenchmen, why do they not take a share in the conver- 
sation? 15. Very likely because they would not take 
pleasure in it. 


1 Translate by ce sont if you put the article des before Francais, by ils 
sont if you use francais adjectively. 

2 Since is translated by puisque when it may be changed into as, seeing 
that, and by depuis or depuis que when it refers to time. 


EXERCISES. 291 


114. 


Mettre, to put, to pul on. mettant. mis. 
je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils mettent. 
je mettais. je mis. je mettrai. je mettrais. 
que je mette. que je misse. 
mets, qu’il mette, mettons, mettez, qu’ils mettent. 


se mettre, to place one’s self, to sit permettre de, to permit. 


down, to dress. promettre de, to promise. 
admettre, to admit. remettre, to remit. 
commettre, to commit. soumettre, to submit. 


omettre, to omit. 


Suivre, to follow, to attend, suivant. suivi. 
je suis, tu suis, il suit, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils suivent. 
je suivais. je suivis. je suivrai. je suivrais. 
que je suive. que je suivisse. 


suis, qu’il suive, suivons, suivez, qu’ils suivent. 


s’ensuivre, to result, to follow. poursuivre, fo pursue, to run after. 


The Interrogative Pronoun. 


Who or whom used interrogatively may be rendered : 
(1) By qui (subject or object) : — 


Who has just spoken to you? qui vient de vous parler ? 
Whom did you see ? qui avez-vous vu ? 


(2) Or by qui est-ce qui when subject, and qui est-ce 
que when object : — 
qui est-ce qui vient de vous parler ? 
qui est-ce que vous avez vu 2? 


This second way is the more familiar of the two, but the first alone 
can be used before étre: Whois there? qui est 1a? not: qui est-ce qui 
est la? 


222. EXERCISES. 


(8) The interrogative whom, governed by a preposi- 
tion, is translated by qui alone : — 


Whom do you speak to? or, 


Satay ’ 2 
To whom do you speak ? a qui parlez-vous ? 


In French no preposition can be placed at the end of a clause, as in 
the first of these two English sentences. 


(4) What, used interrogatively, is rendered by 
qu’est-ce qui when subject, and by qu’est-ce que or 
que alone when object. 


What prevents you from coming qu’est-ce qui vous empéche de venir 


with us ? avec nous ? 
What do you say? qu’est-ce que vous dites? or, que 
dites-vous ? 


(5) The interrogative what, governed by a preposi- 
tion, must be translated by quoi: — 


What are you thinking of ? & quoi pensez-vous ? 
W hat do you complain of ? de quoi vous plaignez-vous ?! 


1. Cette chaleur est insupportable ; mettez un écran 
devant le feu. 2. Mettez vos gants et votre chapeau, 
et nous irons faire un tour. 3. Qui est-ce qui vous a 
recommandé de mettre tous les mois un peu d’argent a 
la caisse d’épargne? 4. Qui est-ce qui vous a mis dans 
une telle colére? 5. A qui avez-vous remis le paquet 
que je vous avais confié? 6. Est-ce que vous n’avez pas 
promis 4 votre neveu de le mener au spectacle? 7. Qui 
est-ce qui vous a permis de sortir ce matin? 8. Qui 
est-ce qui vous permet de parler? 9. Permettez, le 
soleil me donne dans les yeux, je vais baisser la jalousie. 
10. Quw’est-ce que vous poursuiviez si ardemment ce ma- 


1 For other ways of translating what, see §§ 44, 88. 


EXERCISES. 223 


tin? Il me semble vous avoir vu courir 4 toutes jambes. 
11. Si vous cessez de les voir, que s’ensuivra-t-il ? 
12. Qu’est-ce que je vous répondrai? je crains qu’il ne 
s’ensuive de grands malheurs. 15. Allez devant, je 
vous suis. 


1. She is permitting; she is permitted. 2. She was 
permitting; she was permitted. 3. She had permitted ; 
she had been permitted. 4. She will have permitted ; 
she will have been permitted. 5. She would have per- 
mitted; she would have been permitted. 6. Do I follow 
you? Do you follow me? 7. Shall we not follow? 
Should we not follow. 8. That they may not follow; 
that they might not follow. 9. What is he going to do? 
10. What have you put in my carpet-bag? 11. What 
(§ 44) hands she has! 12. Who has permitted you to 
go out? 13. Who has promised you to take (mener) 
you to the theatre this evening? 14. Whom did you 
admit (mettre) into the secret? 15. Whom did they 
admit into their club (cerc/e) last night? 16. To whom 
did you submit (yourself) ? 17. To whom did you prom- 
ise this nosegay ? 18. Guess what I have in my hand! 
19. I know what it is. 


115. 


Vivre, to live, to be alive. vivant. vécu. 
je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent. je vivais. 
je vécus, tu vécus, il vécut, nous vécfimes, vous véctites, ils vécurent. 
je vivrai. je vivrais. que je vive. que je vécusse. 
vis, qu’il vive, vivons, vivez, qu’ils vivent. 


When to Jive means to dvell, it is expressed by demeurer: Where do 
you live? I live in the country, ou demeurez-vous? je demeure 4 la 


eampagne. 


224 EXERCISES. 


Craindre, to fear. craignant. craint. 
je crains, tu crains, il craint, nous craignons, vous craignez, ils 
craignent. 
je craignais. je craignis. je craindrai. je craindrais. 
que je craigne. que je craignisse. 
crains, qu’il craigne, craignons, craignez, qu’ils craignent. 


For the use of craindre with the subjunctive and 
infinitive, see §§ 89, 96. 


I fear he will come, je crains qu’il ne vienne. 

I do not fear his coming, je ne crains pas qu'il vienne. 
Do you fear he will come ? craignez-vous qu'il vienne ? 
I am afraid to be mistaken, je crains de me tromper. 
contraindre, to compel, to constrain. se joindre, to meet. 

éteindre, to extinguish, to annul, plaindre, to pity. 

joindre, to join. se plaindre, to complain. 


Which, whose, etc. (see §§ 45, 46). 


Sometimes the relative which preceded by a prepo- 
sition means where or when, in which case it may 
simply be rendered by ou, d’ou, par ou, etc.; as, — 


voici la boite ou j’ai mis vos lettres. 
linstant ou nous naissons est un pas vers la mort. 


1. De quoi vit ce monsieur? 2. Je crois qu’il vit de 
ses rentes, mais Auguste prétend qu’il vit de son travail. 
3. Qui vivra verra. 4. Pourquoi vous décourager si 
vite? qu’est-ce qui vous empéche de poursulvre votre 
entreprise? 5. De qui ou de quoi vous plaignez-vous ? 
6. A qui ou & quoi pensez-vous ? 7. Je ne crains pas 
qwil fasse cette faute. 8. Je crains de ne pas le voir. 
9. Je craignais qwil ne vint pas. 10. Je crains qu’il ne 
lui arrive quelque accident. 11. Laquelle de ces éventu- 
alités craignez-vous le plus? 12. Desquels de ses amis 
se plaint-il? 13. Voici la malheureuse femme dont vous 


EXERCISES. 225 


plaigniez le sort ce matin. 14. Voici l’atelier ot votre 
oncle avait coutume de peindre. 15. Je crains Dieu, 
cher Abner, et n’ai point d’autre crainte. —(Racine. ) 


1. Do they not live? Are they notliving? 2. Did he 
not live (pret.) ? Did he not live (past indef.)? 3. Shall 
we not live? Shall we not have lived. 4. Should 
we not live? Should we not have lived? 5. She is not 
compelled to it (y étre contrainte); she had not been 
compelled to it; she would not have been compelled to 
it. 6. She does not complain of it (s’en plaindre) ; she 
has not complained of it; she would not complain of it. 
7. We fear he will go out; we feared he would go out. 
8. We do not fear his going out; we did not fear his 
going out. 9. Do you fear he will go out? Did you 
fear he would go out? 10. I fear to see him; I feared 
I should see him. 11. Which of these two events does 
she fear most (le plus)? 12. Of which of these two 
men do you complain? 15. This is (vozez) the house 
in which we lived three years ago. 14. See the state in 
which Iam; do you not pity me? 15. What prevents 
you from attending this course? 16. What do you 
think you will do? 17. Of what do you complain. 
18. What is he thinking of ? 19. What impudence! 
20. What a misfortune ! 


" 116. 
ded 
Pouvoir, to be able, can, may. —_ pouvant. pu 
je peux (or je puis), tu peux, il peut, nous pouvons, vous pouvez, ils 
peuvent. 
je pouvais, tu pouvais, il pouvait, nous pouvions, vous pouviez, ils 
pouvaient. 
je pus. je pourrai. je pourrais. 
que je puisse, que tu puisses, qu’il puisse, que nous puissions, que vous 
puissiez, qu’ils puissent. que je pusse. 


ia 


15 


226 EXERCISES. 


The four verbs pouvoir, oser, to dare, cesser, to cease, 
and savoir, to know, when used negatively, do not 
require pas or point, but may take it: — 

I cannot do this, je ne puis (or je ne puis pas) faire ceci.! 

May and might are translated by the verb pouvoir, 

with the following verb in the infinitive : — 
That may be true, cela peut étre vrai. 
An accident might happen, un accident pourrait arriver. 

They can be omitted in translation if they are 
treated as the auxiliary of a verb in the subjunctive ; 
but, even then, the use of pouvoir is more forcible : — 


§ je voudrais qu’il vint. 


I wish he might come, | je voudrais qu’il pat venir. 


The simplest way to express what o’clock it is (see 
§ 44), 1s to name the hour which has last struck and add 
to it the number of minutes which have since elapsed : 


12.5, midi cing. 12.30, midi trente. 

12.10, midi dix. 12.40, midi quarante. 
12.15, midi quinze. 12.50, midi cinquante. 
12.20, midi vingt. 12.55, midi cinquante-cinq. 


1. Si je pouvais finir ce travail 4 11 heures 15, je par- 
tirais par le train de midi 15. 2. Vous ne pourrez pas 
le finir avant midi, vous ne partirez que par le train de 1 
heure 25. 3. Vous arriverez chez votre oncle a 2 heures 
10, vous pourrez régler votre affaire avec lui en trois 
quarts d’heure et revenir par le train de 3 heures 35. 
4, Je ne pourrai régler une affaire si importante que 
celle-ci en trois quarts d’heure. 5. Ne pouvez-vous at- 
tendre jusqu’a demain? 6. Impossible; si je ne puis 

1 The addition of pas to ne pouvoir strengthens the negation. je ne 


puis supposes obstructions and difficulties ; je ne puis pas expresses a 
complete impossibility. 


EXERCISES. 237 


y aller aujourd’hui, V’affaire est manquée. 7. Je ne 
crois pas ailleurs quwil puisse vous étre tres utile. 
8. Pourrez-vous tenir la promesse que vous m/’avez 
faite? 9. Cela pourrait bien arriver. 10. Il pourra 
venir un meilleur temps. 11. Il pouvait 6tre (il est 
probable qu’il était) dix heures ; je venais d’éteindre ma 
lampe et de me coucher. 12. Depuis huit jours que 
nous sommes a Paris, nous n’avons pu nous joindre une 
seule fois. 


1. He can go out at 1.15, but they will not be able 
to go out till 3.35. 2. They were not able (imperf.) to 
leave; he was not able (pret.) to leave. 3. They would 
not have been able to arrive before 4.50. 4. That they 
may be able; that we might be able; that he might have 
been able. 5. You may go away now; it is? half-past 
three. 6. Shall we be able to leave by the quarter be- 
fore four o’clock train? 7. Since you have just (§ 108) 
bought the whole collection of Walter Scott’s novels, you 
might (condit.) lend me one or two. 8. I shall lend you 
as many (§ 80) as you (will) desire. 9. They cannot get 
rid of it. 10. We are going to the theatre to-night; can 
you not come there with us? 11. I cannot, I am en- 
gaged; I should like (je voudrais bien) to go (§ 80) 
though! 12. He may go out if his tutor allows him (i 
tohim). 13. Tell him that he may come with us if his 
father is willing (88, 110 (2) ). 14. You might give us a 
holiday. 15. You might show me Virginia’s letter; you 
remember that you promised to show it tome. 16. The 
man whose honesty you praised (of whom you praised 
the honesty) last night has just been condemned for 
theft. 17. You have just spoken to a lady whose sister 
Iam about to marry. 


1 /t is, being here an impersonal verb, must be translated by il est, not 
c’est. ; 


228 EXERCISES. 


117. 


Vouloir, to wish, to be willing. voulant. voulu. 
je veux, tu veux, il veut, nous voulons, vous voulez, ils veulent. 


je voulais, tu voulais, il voulait, nous voulions, vous vouliez, ils 
voulaient. 


je voulus. je voudrai. je voudrais. 


que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu’il veuille, que nous voulions, que 
vous vouliez, qu’ils veuillent. que je voulusse. 


veuille, qu’il veuille, veuillons, veuillez, qu’ils veuillent. 


en vouloir a, to be angry with, to bear ill will to. 
s’en vouloir, to be angry with one’s self, to reproach one’s self for. 
vouloir dire, to mean. 


(1) The verb vouloir is followed by the infinitive 
without a preposition, or the subjunctive preceded by 
que. ‘The infinitive is used when both verbs refer to 
the same person; the subjunctive, when the verbs 
refer to different persons. See § 96. 


mon frére veut s’en aller, My brother wishes to go away. 
ma mére veut bien que vous restiez, J/y mother wishes you to stay. 


(2) When will and would mean to wish or to be 
willing, they are translated by the verb vouloir: — 


T asked him to come, but he would je lui ai demandé de venir, mais il 


not, n’a pas voulu. 
Will you come to the country with voulez-vous venir a la campagne 
me ? avec moi? 


In other words, when would expresses the past, translate it by vou- 
loir in a past tense, as in the first of the above examples. But when 
would expresses the conditional (that is, refers to a future time ex- 
pressed or understood) it is an auxiliary, and the next verb is put in 
the conditional; as, — 


He would go to the country ifit were il irait a la campagne s'il faisait 
Sine weather, beau temps. 


EXERCISES. 229 


— (8) Will you must be thus translated by voulez-vous 
when the person addressed is asked to do a thing; 
and the answer J will, I am quite willing, with pleas- 
ure, I have no objection, is rendered by je le veux 
bien : — 

Will you (do you wish to) go to the voulez-vous aller &@ la campagne 


country with your brother? Lam avec votre frére? je le veux 
quite willing. bien. 


But shdll and will, referring to future time, are 
auxiliaries of the future tense : — 
irez-vous demain 4 la campagne? Shall you go to the country to- 


morrow ? 


(4) The present of vouloir generally means to will, 
to command : — 


The law commands it, la loi le veut. 
Do what I command you, faites ce que je veux. 


But, if the word bien is added to it, it softens the 
expression and gives it the sense of a consent : — 


If it is agreeable to you, we shall go si vous le voulez bien, nous parti- 
at once, rons tout de suite. 


(5) Je voudrais or je voudrais bien expresses a mere 
wish : — 


I should like to see that, je voudrais bien voir cela. 
He would like to go to the theatre, but il voudrait aller au spectacle, mais 
his mother will not allow him, sa mere ne le veut pas. 


(6) Vouloir, followed by an infinitive, means some- 
times to intend : — 


He intends to do nothing, il ne veut rien faire. 
She intends to leave to-morrow, elle veut partir demain 


230 EXERCISES. 


1. Nous comptions partir par le train de deux heures 
et demie, mais mon tuteur ne l’a pas voulu. 2. Voudriez- 
vous que je vienne vous voir, quand vous serez a la cam- 
pagne ? 3. Voulez-vous prendre une tasse de thé avec 
moi? 4. Je le veux bien. 5. Elle ne veut pas attendre 
une minute de plus. 6. Une fois que ’homme de cceur 
a dit: “je veux,” il se sent bien plus maitre de lui qwil 
ne le croyait auparavant. 7. Je veux bien que vous 
alliez patiner cette aprés-midi, mais je veux que vous 
soyez de retour avant cinq heures. 8. Je voudrais 
vous parler un moment en particulier. 9. Je voudrais 
bien @étre riche, je voyagerais six mois de lannée. 
10. C’est Vhomme le plus irrésolu que je connaisse, il ne 
sait jamais ce qu’il veut. 11. Celui-ci, au contraire, 
est un modeéle de fermeté: il veut ce qwil veut. 12. Que 
voulez-vous dire? 13. Je veux dire que j’ai raison, et 
que c’est vous qui avez tort. 

14. . py a. evo Veuillez €tre. diseret, 

Et n’allez pas, de grace, éventer mon secret. 
— (Moliére.) 


1. I wish to go away. 2. I want him to go away. 
3. I wished to pay him, but he would not receive my 
money. 4. They are ready to depart, they will not wait 
one minute longer (de plus). 5. They were wishing to 
send me to Germany, but I would not go. 6. Will you - 
come to take a walk with me? With pleasure. 7. I 
wonder (je m’étonne) if you will receive (recevrez) your 
money to-day. 8. I am quite willing to receive it, but I 
know they will not give it to me. 9. I want him to 
come, he must obey me. 10. I consent that he may 
come. 11. If it is agreeable to you, we shall pay (/fe- 
rons) a visit to your sister-in-law. 12. I wish I were 
rich! 13. I should like to see him beating you! 14. I 


EXERCISES 


think she intends to write to you. 15. What does that 
mean? 16. When I am in the country ($49), would 
you like to come to see me? 17. Will you tell me, 
please, the name of the lady whom we heard sing (§ 98), 
last evening? 18. It is impossible for me to lend you 
this novel; I have promised to lend it to him. 


118. 


Devoir, to owe, to have to, must, ought. devant. dii,! due. 
je dois, tu dois, il doit, nous devons, vous devez, ils doivent. 
je devais. je dus. je devrai. je devrais. 


que je doive, que tu doives, qu’il doive, que nous devions, que vous 
deviez, qu’ils doivent. que je dusse. 


dois, qu’il doive, devons, devez, qu’ils doivent. 
apercevoir, fo perceive, to see (with the eyes). 
s’apercevoir, to be aware of, to notice (by the mind). 
recevoir, to receive. décevoir, to deceive. 


Different Meanings of the Verb devoir. 


(1) The original meaning of devoir is to owe, to be 

owing : — 
He owes me money, il me doit de l’argent. 
Fle owes more than he possesses, il doit plus qu’il ne posséde. 

Its figurative meaning is to be one’s duty, as in most 
of the following cases : — 

(2) When should can be changed into ought, trans- 
late it by je devrais, etc.; when should have can be 
changed into ought to have, translate it by j'aurais di, 
etc., with the next verb in the present infinitive ; as — 


You should come with me, vous devriez venir avec moi. 
You should have come with me, vous auriez dii venir avec moi. 


1 The circumflex accent is put upon the past participle di merely to dis- 
tinguish it from the article du, of the. 


Za2 EXERCISES. 


(3) When ¢o be is followed by an infinitive, trans- 
late it by the verb devoir : — 
He is to (intends to, shall) dine il doit diner avec nous. 

with us, 


He was to (intended to) dine with il devait diner avec nous. 
us, 


(4) When to have is followed by an infinitive, 
translate it either by devoir or by avoir 4: — 


She has to go out this morning, elle doit sortir ce matin. 
She ts obliged to go out this morning, elle a & sortir ce matin. 


(5) When must implies supposition, translate it by 
je dois, etc., and must have by jai dé, etc., with the 
next verb in the infinitive present : — 

You must be ill after so much fa- vous devez étre malade aprés tant 
tigue, de fatigues. 

You must have been well pleased, vous avez dii étre bien content. 

You must have been very glad to vous avez di étre bien aise d’ap- 


hear that your father arrived prendre que M. votre pére est 
safely, arrivé sans accident. 


(6) The imperfect of the subjunctive (dussé-je, dusses- 
tu, diit-il, etc.), placed at the beginning of a clause, 
means even though : — 


Even though I should be blamed, I dussé-je étre blamé, je vous sou- 
shall support you, tiendrai. 


1. Il me devait dix mille francs, il y a trois mois, mais 
aujourd’hui il ne m’en doit plus que cing mille. 2. Vous 
lui devez tout. 3. C’est a elle qu’il doit la place qu’il 
occupe. 4. Je ne dois compte de mes actions & personne. 
5. Qn devrait planter des arbres le long de cette route. 
6. Vous auriez di me prévenir. 7. Vous n’auriez pas 
di sortir sans ma permission. 8. Je dois aller demain 


EXERCISES. 233 


&la campagne. 9. Il doit partir aprés-demain. 10. Il 
devait sortir hier. 11. Nous devons chanter ce soir. 
12. I] doit y avoir cette semaine une assemblée de sol- 
dats. 13. C’est lui qui doit avoir fait cela. 14. Des 
actes d’une nature si sublime doivent étre rares, 15. Il 
a dtii partir ce matin par le train de 9 heures 40. 
16. Dussé-je @tre blamé, je lui donnerai mon appul. 
17. Dussions-nous échouer, nous essayerons. 
18. Je dois quatre cents francs & mon marchand de vin, 
Un fripon qui demeure au cabaret voisin. 
— (Regnard.) 


1. He does not receive; she is not received. 2. We 
have not received; she has not been received. 3. You 
were not receiving; she was not received. 4. I will not 
receive; she will not be received. 5. He will not have 
received; she will not have been received. 6. Thou 
wouldst not have received; she would not have been 
received. 7. That she may receive; that she might 
receive; that she may not have been received; that she 
might not have been received. 8. I owe her still fifty- 
one frances. 9. You should pay her at once. 10. You 
should have paid her when she was at my father’s house 
last month. 11. I think I should not go out with you. 
12. Should they not have sent me that parcel long ago ? 
13. Weare to spend (passer) two months in the country 
this summer. 14. She was to pay (rendre) us a visit 
this morning, but we have not yet seen her. 15. I have 
to go to the market, come along (venez) with me. 
16. You must be very hungry. 17. He must have left? 
last night or this morning. 18. You must have been 


1 Tt is seen by this sentence that must have is not invariably rendered by 
j’ai du, etc., as is said in the 5th Rule of this chapter. It is translated by 
je dois avoir, etc., when the action or its consequences are still lasting. 


234 EXERCISES. 


very sorry (peiné) to hear that your cousin was dead. 
19. Even though he should scold me, I shall take a holi- 
day. 20. What am I to bring (apporter) you? Would 
you like a glass of fresh water ? 


119. 


Faire, to do, to make. faisant. fait. 
je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous faisons, vous faites, ils font. 
je faisais, tu faisais, il faisait, nous faisions, vous faisiez, ils faisaient. 
je fis, tu fis, il fit, nous fimes, vous fites, ils firent. 
je ferai. je ferais. que je fasse. que je fisse. 
fais, qu’il fasse, faisons, faites, qu’ils fassent. 


In faisant and its derivatives (faisons, faisais, etc.) ai has the 
sound of e mute. 


se faire 4, to accustom one’s self to. refaire, to do over again. 
défaire, to undo, to overthrow. se refaire, to recruit one’s strength. 
se défaire de, to get rid of, to come undone. 


faire une faute, to make a mistake. 

faire une bévue, to make a blunder. 

faire bon accueil, bonne mine, bon visage 4, to welcome. 
faire peur a, to frighten. 

faire pitié, to excite pity. faire plaisir, to afford pleasure. 


faire place 4, to make room for. faire faillite, to fail. 
faire naufrage, to be shipwrecked. 


faire un voyage, to take a journey. faire un pas, to take a step. 
faire un kilométre, un mille, to walk a kilometer, a mile. 

faire une promenade, un tour, un tour de promenade, to take a walk. 
faire une course, fo go out on business. 

faire un tour de jardin, to take a turn in the garden. 


faire, to act, to pretend to be. faire le difficile, to be particular, 
faire le sourd, ¢o counterfeit deaf- _—ihard to please. 
ness. faire l'enfant, to be childish. 


faire le mort, to feign death, tokeep faire le magnanime, to affect mag- 
still. nanimity. 


EXERCISES. 235 


1. La description que vous venez de nous faire est tres 
intéressante. 2. Quelles bévues j’ai faites dans cet ex- 
ercice! 3. Je craignais qu’on ne nous fit pas bon 
accueil, mais on nous a recus avec la plus franche cor- 
dialité. 4. Vous nous faites peur avec vos histoires 
de revenants; allez-vous-en, vilain homme! 5. Ce pau- 
vre enfant nous faisait vraiment pitié; il avait les pieds 
nus et grelottait de froid. 6. Nous avons fait ce matin 
une petite promenade qui nous a fait beaucoup de plaisir. 
7. Si vous me faites place prés de vous, je vous conterai 
une petite histoire qui vous intéressera beaucoup. 8. Ce 
monsieur fait argent de tout. 9. Laissez-moi sortir, 
jai deux ou trois courses 4 faire avant le diner. 10. Allez 
faire un tour de jardin, cela vous donnera de Vappétit. 
11. Ne faites donc pas l’enfant, dites oui tout de suite, 
et partons. 12. Je crois, mon petit bonhomme, que tu 
fais le difficile; avant peu tu seras corrigé de ce défaut- 
la. 13. Tu me braves, Cinna, tu fais le magnanime! 


1. We accustom ourselves to it (se faire a); they 
were accustoming themselves to it. 2. They accustomed 
themselves (pret.) to it; we had accustomed ourselves 
to it. 3. He will accustom himself to it; we shall have 
accustomed ourselves to it. 4. I should accustom my- 
self to it; you would have accustomed yourselves to it. 
5. That he may accustom himself to it; that you (sing.) 
may have accustomed yourself to it. 6. We are accus- 
tomed to it; we were accustomed to it (§110, note). 
7. You make too many mistakes in your exercises, you 
are not attentive enough. 8. You frighten these chil- 
dren with your faces (grimaces). 9. We have enjoyed 
that walk: (that walk caused great pleasure to us.) 
10. We were shipwrecked (pret.) on the 2d of April, 
1870. 11. I heard your uncle had failed lately, I hope 


236 


that it is not true. 
that summer ! 


only seven or eight. 
garden, you will see what 
dahhas we have. 


and go take a walk with your cousin. 
to be deaf, but he hears all that we say. 


EXERCISES. 


12. What a grand voyage I took 
I shall never forget it. 

kilometres did you walk? this morning ? 
15. Come (and) take a turn in the 


13. How many 
14. I walked 


beautiful roses and (what) 


16. Don’t be childish, put on your hat 


17. He pretends 
18. Were you 


not rather particular when you were young ? 


120. 


(1) Used impersonally, the verb faire expresses the 


state of the weather : — 

il fait jour, 7 7s daylight. 

il fait nuit, if is night. 

il fait sombre, ’t is dark. 

il fait beau temps, or simply beau, 
it is fine weather. 

il fait mauvais temps, or simply 
mauvais, 7¢ /s bad weather. 

il fait chaud, ¢t is warm. 

il fait froid, it is cold. 

il fait soleil, 7¢ 7s sunny. 

il fait clair de lune, ?t 7s moonlight. 

il fait du vent, it is windy. 

il fait de la pluie, or il pleut, it 
rains. 


il fait du brouillard, it is foggy. 


If the word temps, air, route, 


verb, étre, not faire, must be used : 


le temps est beau, 
le temps est froid, 
lair est doux, 

le pavé est glissant, 
les rues sont sales, 


il fait de la neige, or il neige, zt 
sSnOWS. 

il fait de la gréle, or il gréle, zz 
hails. 

il fait bon, it is pleasant. 

il fait doux, zt is mild. 

il fait humide, 7¢ 7s damp. 

il fait glissant, 7t 7s slippery. 

il fait sec, it is dry. 

il fait des éclairs, there is lightning. 

il fait de la poussiére, 7¢ is dusty. 

il fait de lorage, it is stormy. 

il fait du tonnerre, or il tonne, it 
is thundering. 

il fait sale, it is dirty. 


rue, etc., is made the subject of the 


the weather is fine. 

the weather is cold. 

the air is mild. 

the pavement is slippery. 
the streets are dirty. 


1 The past participle fait is invariable when it is used intransitively- 


EXERCISES. 237 


(2) Année, journée, matinée, and soirée are used: 
(a) to express the whole duration of the year, day, 
morning, and evening ; (6) in speaking of the weather. 

In all other cases use an, jour, matin, and soir : — 


on travaille toute l’année, toute la People work the whole year, the whole 


journée, toute la matinée, toute 
la soirée. — on paye a un ouvrier 
sa journée.—on souhaite une 
bonne et heureuse année. — des 
années de seécheresse, d’abon- 
dance. — l’année, la journée, etc., 
sont belles, pluvieuses. 


un événement a eu lieu l’an 1870, 


tel jour, un matin, un soir. — le 
soleil se léve le matin et se couche 
le soir. — mon frére a vingt ans. 
—il y a trois ans que nous ne 
lavons vu. — il gagne cing mille 
francs par an. 


day, the whole morning, the whole 
evening. — A workman is paid for 
his day’s work. — People wish a 
happy new year. — Years of 
drought, of abundance. — The 
year, the day, etc., are fine, wet. 


Such an event took place in the year 


1870, on such a day, in the morn- 
ing, in the evening.— The sun 
rises in the morning and sets in 
the evening. — My brother is 
twenty years old. — We have not 
seen him for three years. — He 
makes five thousand francs a year. 


1. I] fait un temps charmant ce matin: quelle belle 
promenade nous allons faire! 2. L’air est un peu froid, 
mais il fait un soleil magnifique. 3. Ne trouvez-vous 
pas qwil fait un peu trop de vent? 4. Peut-étre, mais 
e’est un vent nord-ouest qui nous rafraichera. 5. Vous 
souvenez-vous du temps quwil faisait samedi dernier ? 
6. Le matin il a fait du brouillard, 4 midi il pleuvait, et 
le soir la neige tombait a gros flocons. 7. Quelle journée 
désagréable nous avons eue la, et quelle triste promenade 
nous avons faite! 8. Oui, mais le lendemain quelle 
agréable soirée nous avons passée au pare! 9. II faisait 
un beau clair de lune, et Vair était doux quoiqu’un peu 
humide. 10. Quel beau jour! 11. Quelle belle journée! 
12. Pendant ces derniers temps, combien en a-t-on vus _ 

Qui du soir au matin sont pauvres devenus 
Pour vouloir trop t6t étre riches !— (La Fontaine.) 


238 EXERCISES. 


1. Iam getting rid of them (s’en défaire); thou hast 
got rid of them. 2. He got rid of them (pret.); we 
were getting rid of them. 3. You will get rid of them; 
they shall have got rid of them. 4. That he may get 
rid of us; that they might have got rid of her. 5. Let 
us get rid of him; let them not get rid of us. 6. What 
a fine morning! 7. What a splendid evening! 8. If 
the weather is dry to-morrow, we shall go to the country. 
9. The weather will be dry and warm, I think, but it 
will be dusty. 10. I have just received a letter from 
London; they tell me it has been foggy there for the 
last ten days.t 11. Take an umbrella if you go out, it 
will be wet in less than (before) an hour. 12. The 
streets are always dirty in that quarter of the town. 
13. The air is very cold, but it is very pleasant in your 
parlor. 14. Is it daylight at five o’clock? 15. No, 
not yet; the sun rose at six o’clock this morning. 
16. What a fine day we have had! 17. Who is that 
gentleman to whom you were just speaking? 18. Why, 
don’t you know? ‘That is the President (Monsieur le 
Président) of the French Republic, a man whom every- 
body respects. 


121. 


In a great number of cases, faire is immediately 
followed by an infinitive; it then means to cause or to 
get or to have something done, and becomes in many 
of its constructions an auxiliary verb. 


je fais batir une maison, I am building a house. 
jai fait batir une maison, I have built a house. 


1 Last is not rendered here, as the verb being in the present and the 
preposition depuis show that the fog is still continuing. 


EXERCISES. 


il m’a fait sortir, 

elle a fait relier sa grammaire, 

je vous ferai nommer capitaine, 

nous ferons venir le médecin, 

je ferai batir ma maison a or par 
cet architecte, 

jai fait dire par un messager au 
médecin de venir, 

vous faites dire 4 Cicéron une chose 
qu’il n’a jamais dite, 

il a fait faire un nouvel habit, 

faites repasser mon chapeau, 


239 


He made me go out. 

She has had her grammar bound. 

I shall get you made a captain. 

We shall send for the doctor. 

I shall have my house built by this 
architect. 

I sent word by a messenger to the 
doctor to come. 

You make Cicero say a thing which 
he never said, 

He has had a new coat made. 

Have my hat ironed. 


If the infinitive following faire is a pronominal verb, 
its pronoun-object is generally omitted : — 


je l’en ferai repentir, 
instead of 
je l’en ferai se repentir, 


I shall make him repent. 


In the auxiliary uses of faire with the infinitive, the 
pronoun-objects precede faire in all forms except the 
imperative affirmative, where they follow it. 


faites-le bien garder, 
je le ferai partir, 
non, ne le faites pas partir, 


Have him well kept. 


I shall make him set out. 
No, don’t make him set out. 


Faire followed by an infinitive has no passive. If, 
therefore, you translate to put to death by faire mourir, 
do not say, il a été fait mourir, but on I’a fait mourir. 


ne faire que sortir, fo do nothing but go out. 
ne faire que de sortir, to have but just gone out. 


faire savoir, fo /et know. 
faire venir, fo send for. 


faire faire, to get made or done. 
faire dire, to send word. 


1 The same rule applies to laisser with the infinitive : — 
laissez-le sortir, let him go out. 
ne le iaissez pas sortir, do not let him go out. 
je le laisserai sortir, 7 shall let him go out. 


240 EXERCISES. 


1. Mon oncle a fait batir une maison a la campagne 
cet été. 2. Vous m’avez fait faire une bévue. 3. Je 
me ferai couper les cheveux cette semaine. 4. Faites 
porter cette lettre a la poste. 5. Faites venir le mé- 
decin. 6. Non, ne le faites pas venir, elle va beaucoup 
mieux. 7. Le travail fait dormir. 8. Faites entrer 
cette dame, mais ne la faites pas monter au salon. 
9. Cette pauvre béte souffrait tant qu’on l’a fait! mou- 
rir. 10. Votre visite a détruit les soupcons qu’un mal- 
entendu avait fait naitre. 11. On vous fera savoir tout 
ce qui s’est passé. 12. Faites-le asseoir sur cette chaise. 
13. Faites-moi done voir la photographie de votre frére. 
14. Vous ne faites que jouer toute la journée. 15. Nous 
ne faisons que d’arriver. 16. Mon frére ne fait que de 
sortir. 17. Vous ne faisiez que d’entrer. 


1. You make me laugh. 2. Get your coat mended. 
3. I shall have him punished by his master. 4. Did 
you get my parcel carried to the bookseller’s? 5. If you 
like, I will send for your brother-in-law. 6. I shall 
make him rise at half-past six. 7. They make us go to 
bed at half-past eight every evening. 8. Make him 
work ten hours a day. 9. I cannot make him work two 
hours; I never saw a (§ 42,2) more lazy boy. 10. They 
did not let me know your arrival in (@) time. 11. I 
shall get a little bridge made over that stream. 12. He 
has been put out of the room (one has made him go 
out. ...). 18. He does nothing but play the whole 
evening. 14. They do nothing but goandcome. 15. She 
has (pres. of faire) but just arrived. 16. I ought to 
have my hair (plural) cut; don’t you think it is too 
long? 17. I wish to have a new coat made: would you 
please send to my house the best tailor that you know ? 


1 The participle fait followed by an infinitive is always invariable, be- 
cause it is considered as forming a single word with the infinitive. 


EXERCISES, 241 


122. 
Plaire, to please. plaisant. plu. 
je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaisons, vous plaisez, ils plaisent. 
je plaisais. je plus. je plairai. je plairais. 
que je plaise. que je plusse. 


plais, qu'il plaise, plaisons, plaisez, qu’ils plaisent. 


The i of the root of plaire, complaire, etc., takes a circumflex accent 
before t. The participle plu is always invariable. 


se plaire a, to like (a place). se déplaire a, to dislike (a place). 
complaire, to humor. taire, fo pass over in silence. 
se complaire, to delight in. se taire, to remain silent, to hold 
déplaire, to displease. one’s tongue. 
Conduire, to conduct, tolead. conduisant. conduit. 
je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, nous conduisons, vous conduisez, ils 
conduisent. 
je conduisais. je conduisis. je conduirai. je conduirais. 
que je conduise. que je conduisisse. 


conduis, qu’il conduise, conduisons, conduisez, qu’ils conduisent. 


se conduire, to behave. détruire, to destroy. 

construire, to construct, to build. instruire, fo instruct. 
se construire, fo construe. produire, fo produce. 
cuire, to cook, to bake. réduire, to reduce. 


traduire, to translate. 
The Passive Form. 


For translation of the English passive, see § 83, 1. 
I was scolded this morning, on m’a grondé ce matin. 
He has been punished by his father, son pére V’a puni. 

The passive voice is also elegantly rendered in 
French by the pronominal form, in speaking of inani- 
mate objects : — 


This sells (is sold) very well, ceci se vend trés bien. 
16 


I49 EXERCISES. 


1. Elle a le don de plaire. 2. Ce qui lm agpiggim 
plaira toujours. 3. Cela ne plait pas a tout le monde. 
4. Vous plairait-il de venir diner avec moi a la cam- 
pagne? 5. Je ne me déplais pas ici. 6. Il parait que 
vous vous plaisiez 4 Paris. 7. La vigne se plait dans les 
terrains pierreux. 8. On a bien mal traduit cette phrase; 
le sens qu’on en a donné est tout différent du vrai sens. 
9. Tous vos arguments se réduisent a démontrer que 
vous n’avez pas eu tout a fait tort. 10. Une foule de 
fautes se sont trouvées dans votre premiere édition. 
11. Les adjectifs sur et certain se construisent avec de. 
12. Il nous a tiles détails. 13. Faites taire votre chien. 
14. Voulez-vous vous taire, impertinente; vous venez 
toujours méler vos extravagances a toutes choses. 

15. Messieurs les courtisans, cessez de vous détruire ; 

Faites, si vous pouvez, votre cour sans vous nuire. 


1. I like the place (s’y plaire); she has liked the 
place. 2. We used to like the place; he liked the place 
(pret.). 3. You will like the place; they would have 
liked the place. 4. He is behaving better; they used to 
behave better. 5. She has behaved better; she had be- 
haved better. 6. We should behave better; we should 
have behaved better. 7. Show her, if you please, the 
letter which I addressed to you on Wednesday. 8. This 
house has been very badly constructed, there are draughts 
in every room. 9. I confess that I was wrong to write 
you that letter, I had been led into error (lead into error, 
faire égarer). 10. Has this letter been translated ? 
11. Yes, sir, it has been translated by your brother. 
12. I was told that you had behaved badly last Sunday 
(dimanche dernier). 13. Take me to your father’s office, 
I wish to speak to him on (pour) business. 14. Sir, I 
am told (dit) that your brother has failed; do you know 


LO Ger, £4, EXERCISES. 243 


ee ching (quelque chose) about it (en)? 15. I was told 
the same thing an hour ago. 16. His books sell very 
well. 17. Wood is sold very dear in this country. 
18. That is worn no longer. 19. Advise him to hold 
his tongue. 20. Do hold your tongue! 


1238. 


Dire, to tell, to say. disant. dit. 

je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous disons, vous dites, ils disent. 
je disais, tu disais, il disait, nous disions, vous disiez, ils disaient. 
je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dirent. 

je dirai. je dirais. que je dise. que je disse. 
dis, qu’il dise, disons, dites, qu’ils disent. 
redire, fo say again, is conjugated in all tenses and persons like dire. 
se dédire, fo retract one’s word, 
contredire, to contradict, 
interdire, to forbid, 
médire, to speak ill of, to slander, 
prédire, to predict, 
maudire, fo curse, doubles the s in the plural of the pres. indic. and 

imper., in the imperf. indic., the pres. part., and the subjuuctive. 


make in the second person plural of 
the present indicative and in the 
imperative: dédisez, contredisez, 

| interdisez, médisez, and prédisez. 


For the use of ne without pas or point see §§ 89, 
90 (4), 106, 116. 


Ne is also commonly used without pas or point: — 


(1) After si used negatively and meaning unless : — 
jirai le trouver, si vous n’y allez J will go to him if you yourself do 

vous-méme, not go. 

(2) After que beginning a negative sentence and 
meaning why : — 


que ne lui dites-vous tout ce qui Why do you not tell him all that 
s’est passé ? has taken place ? 


This form of speaking is used only to hint a reproach, a regret, or a 
wish. For a real interrogation pourquoi must be used. 


QA4 EXERCISES. 


(3) After depuis que, ily a...que, followed by the 
past indefinite, with a negative meaning ; as — 


il y a dix jours que jenel’aivu, Jt is ten days since I saw him. 


If the verb is not in the past indefinite, pas or point 
must be used : — 


il y a dix jours que nous ne nous We have not spoken to each other 


parlons point, for ten days. 
il y avait dix jours que nous ne We had not spoken to each other 
nous parlions point, Jor ten days. 


See also § 126 (3). 


I say! dites done (the ¢ of done is not sounded here). 

To tell the truth, & dire vrai, or a vrai dire. 

All is said, voila qui est dit, tout est dit. 

That is a matter of course, cela va sans dire. 

Without uttering a word, sans mot dire. 

So to say, so to speak, pour ainsi dire. That is to say, eest-a-dire. 


1. Vous lui direz bien des choses honnétes de ma part. 
2. Je me le suis dit vingt fois. 3. Il est parti sans mot 
dire. 4. Il parait qu’on vous a recu autrement que vous 
ne Vespériez; je vous Vavais bien dit (J told you so before, 
you were warned). 65. Il a, m’a-t-on dit, Vintention de 
parler. 6. Je crains qwil ne m’interdise cette démarche. 
7. Prenez garde qwil ne se dédise. 8. Elle dira la chose 
mieux que vous ne pensez. 9. Il ne sait que dire. 
10. Voila qui est dit (la chose est convenue). 11. Dites 
donc, mon ami, qu’est-ce que vous faites la? 12. Ils 
sont, pour ainsi dire, morts a toutes les joies. 15. Vous 
avez bien raison, mon cher maitre; on veut toujours dire 
mieux qu’on ne doit dire; c’est le défaut de presque tous 
nos écrivains. 14. Que ne vous est-il permis de m’accom- 
pagner! 15. Que n’est-il & cent lieues de nous! 16. Je 
ne sortirai point si vous ne venez me prendre en voiture. 
17. Prince, si tu n’as des vertus, on te rendra des hom- 


EXERCISES. 245 


mages, et on te haira. 18. Bien des choses se sont pas- 
sées depuis que je ne vous ai vu. 19. Il y a six mois 
que je ne lui parle plus. 


1. You say so;} they were saying so. 2. They have 
not said so; he said (pret.) so. 3. We shall say so; we 
shall have said so. 4. That you may say so; that you 
might say so; that you might have said so. 5. I do not 
know why you always contradict me. 6. I do not know 
if the day will be fine to-morrow, I cannot predict the 
weather. 7. She will repeat the story better than 
people think. 8. I say, take care lest? they (on) forbid 
you to come here. 9. I fear that she will contradict 
you. 10. I say, why did you not send the letter which 
you wrote yesterday? 11. To tell the truth, I am too 
idle to write. 12. What does he mean? 13. All is 
said, we shall leave together at nine. 14. I am always 
wrong, and you are always right, that’s a matter of course. 
15. If you don’t come at once, I am off. 16. If you are 
cold, why (que) do you not put on your great-coat ? 
17. Tell me, why did you never visit your aunt? 18. I 
have not spoken to him fora long time [it is (a) long 
time since (que) I have spoken (neg.) to him]. 19. Turn 
the same sentence into, It is a long time since I no longer 
speak to him. 20. Since I saw you (neg.), things have 
changed much (bien changé). 21. Now that (depuis que) 
I no longer see you, I am sad and ill. 22. How have 
you been since I saw you (neg.) ? 


1 So is translated after transitive verbs by le, after intransitive verbs by 
ainsi : — 


To think so, le penser. To speak so, parler ainsi. 
To believe so, le croire. To act so, agir ainsi. . 
To say so, le dire. To behave so, se conduire ainsi. 


To do so, le faire, etc. 
2 Lest, after the verbs to fear, to be afraid, to tremble, to take care, is 
translated simply by que. 


6 eee eises, 
124. 
Lire, to read. lisant. lu. 
je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent. 
je lisais. je lus. je lirai. je lirais. 
que je lise. que je lusse. 


lis, qu’il lise, lisons, lisez, qu’ils lisent. 


Ecrire, to write. écrivant. écrit. 
jécris, tu écris, il écrit, nous écrivons, vous écrivez, ils écrivent. 
jécrivais. j écrivis. j écrirai. J écrirais. 
que j’écrive. que j’écrivisse. 
écris, qu’il écrive, écrivons, écrivez, qu’ils écrivent. 


décrire, to describe. souscrire, to subscribe. 
prescrire, to prescribe. transcrire, to transcribe. 
The Adverb. 


Mieux, bien, mal, jamais, toujours, pas, plus, and trop, 


generally precede the infinitive : — 


mieux écrire, bien parler, mal prononcer, ne jamais se tromper, ne 


pas rire, ne plus manger, trop courir. 


For the position of adverbs and adverbial phrases in 


simple and compound tenses, see § 41. 


These words and phrases require the preposition de 


before a following adjective or participle : — 


quelque chose, something or anything. que (interrogative), what. 


rien, nothing or not anything. quoi (admirative), what. 
quelqu’un, somebody or anybody. tout ce que, all that. 
personne, nobody. 

quelque chose de nouveau, something new. 

rien de bon, nothing good. 

quelqu’un de malade, somebody ill. 


personne de blessé, nobody wounded. 


EXERCISES. QAT 


qu’y a-t-il de nouveau ? what is there new 2 

quoi de plus charmant que ce what is more charming than this 
poéme ? poem ? 

tout ce qu’il y a de beau. all that is beautiful. 


1. Ne me parlez pas, je lis en ce moment quelque 
chose de trés intéressant. 2. Il n’y arien de nouveau 
dans les journaux que j’ai lus ce matin. 95. Les voici, je 
crois, ce sont eux que votre frere vient de jeter sur le fau- 
teuil. 4. Ne lisez pas si haut, il y a quelqu’un de malade 
dans la chambre voisine. 5. Qu’on est heureux d’aimer 
a lire! a dit M™ de Sévigné. 6. Oui, mais qu’a dit Rol- 
lin, ce bon et modeste Rollin que Montesquieu a appelé 
Vabeille de la France: “On songe plus a lire beaucoup 
qu’a lire utilement.” 7. Il n’y a de? bon que ce qu’on 
peut relire sans dégotit (Voltaire). 8. Avec quelque at- 
tention que j’aie lu cet écrivain, sa pensée m’a échappé 
(Condillac). 9. On s’accoutume a bien parler en lisant 
les auteurs qui ont bien écrit (Voltaire). 10. Ecrivez-mol 
votre nom au bas de ce petit papier. 11. I] vous a écrit 
que son frére était impatient de recevoir de vos nou- 
velles ;? pourquoi ne lui avez-vous pas répondu? 12. Je 
vous ai écrit que j’étais malade, mais vous n’en avez pas 
tenu compte. 15. Je ne vous ai pas écrit que je fusse 
rétabi. 14. Ces deux personnes s’écrivent. 15. Tout 
ce qui se dit ne s’écrit pas. 

16. Son visage était triste et beau ; 
A la lueur de mon flambeau, 
Dans mon livre ouvert il vint lire. 
— (A. de Musset.) 


1. Are you reading? Were they writing? 2. He 
reads better than he writes, but that is not saying (vowloir 


1 The de is required by rien understood. 
2 To hear of or from (p.) is recevoir des nouvelles de (p.). 


248 EXERCISES. 


dire) much. 93. He wrote and read very well; he was 
the best pupil that I ever had. 4. You should (118) 
try to read better. 5. You ought to read better books. 
6. Doctor (de docteur) Robinson has advised me to read 
no more at night (/e soir). 7. Get away now, you will 
not have anything more. 8. Is there anybody ill in 
your house? 9. No, madam, there is nobody seriously 
ill, but we are all somewhat (wn pew) indisposed. 
10. Have you anything good to eat? 11. Here is, sir, 
all that is (tout ce qwil y a de) good in the house. 
12. What! (can be) more fortunate than what happens 
to you? 13. I entreat you not to show him my letter ? 
14. I recommend you not to speak to him any more. 
15. She consented not to go away. 16. I wrote you to 
come at once; why did you not obey me? 17. She will 
not have the boldness to write me after such a scandal 
(a such scandal). 18. Have you no remedy to prescribe 
for my headache ? 19. It is not so easy as you think to 
prescribe remedies for an imaginary illness. 20. This 
is pleasant to read. 21. Where is your father? I have 
come here to speak to him. 22. I did my very best to 
persuade him. 


125. 
Rire, to /augh. riant. ri. 
je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, vous riez, ils rient. 
je riais. je ris. je rirai. je rirais. 
que je rie. que je risse. 


ris, qu’il rie, rions, riez, qu’ils rient. 
sourire, to smile. 
se moquer de, /o make fun of. 


ee ae to laugh at. 
rire au nez de, ; 
Nuire, fo injure, nuisant, nui, and luire, to shine, luisant, lui, are 
conjugated like conduire, § 122; the past participles nui and Iui are 
always invariable ; luire has no preterite and no imperfect subjunctive. 


1 What, followed by an adjective, is translated by quoi de. 


EXERCISES. 249 


For translated by depuis, pendant, or pour. 


Depuis marks tle beginning of a period of time; 
pendant marks the whole duration from beginning to 
end, and is often omitted ; see $$ 59, 60. 

He has been unwell for a week, il est malade depuis huit jours. 


He was unwell oniy for three days, iln’a été malade que pendant trois 
jours, or simply, que trois jours. 


Pour denotes the end :— 


He has gone for three weeks, il est parti pour trois semaines. 
We have provisions for the whole nous avons des provisions pour tout 
winter, Vhiver. 


Avant, auparavant, devant (before). 


(1) Avant denotes time, and, being a preposition, 
requires an object. It is used in opposition to aprés, 
after :— 


il ect arrivé une heure avant moi, He arrived an hour before me. 


(2) Auparavant also denotes time, but, being an ad- 
verb, it cannot have an object : — 


je partirai avec vous, mais jeveux / shall leave with you, but I want to 
finir cette lettre auparavant, Jinish this letter before. 


(3) Devant marks a situation, and its contrary is 
derriére (behind). Devant may mean also tn presence of. 


ne vous placez pas devant cette Do not place yourself before that 
dame, lady. 
ne répétez pas cela devant elle, Do not repeat that in her presence. 


1 The following diagram may help pupils to remember the distinction 
between depuis, pendant, and pour : — 


depuis . pour... .|© ae pendant} = 
5 








beam 





| 
eI 
2a 


EXERCISES. 


bo 
Or 
i) 


Dans and en used to express Time. 


Dans marks the end of an action, and en the time of 
performing it : — 


il fera cela dans trois jours, He will do that in three days (after 
three days have elapsed). 
il fera cela en trois jours, He will finish that in three days (it 


will not take him more than 
three days to finish that). 


1. Vous riez; qu’y a-t-il donc de si comique dans ce 
que je dis la? 2. Je riais des menaces que vous me 
faites. 3. Vous voulez rire; il n’est pas possible qu’on 
soit si béte! 4. Il se rit de tout ce que vous pouvez 
dire et faire contre lm. 5. Je crois qwil a cherché a 
vous nuire quand nous voyagions en Ecosse. 6. On me 
Va dit 4 Edimbourg, mais je m’en suis moqué. 7. Long- 
temps (or pendant longtemps) j’ai craint Veffet de ses 
propos, mais depuis trois ans je ne m’en inquiete plus. 
8. Vous savez sans doute que, depuis que j’ai hérité de 
mon oncle, j’al de quoi vivre pour toute ma vie. 9. Ma- 
dame, vos bons offices n’ont pas nui & mon succes; je 
vous suis fort obligé. 10. Ils se sont nui Vun 4 l’au- 
tre. 11. On voyait de loin luire les épées, les casques 
et les cuirasses. 12. Le soleil luit pour tout le monde. 
13. Tout ce qui reluit n’est pas or. 14. Allez devant 
moi, je vous en prie. 15. Voila ce que je faisais aupa- 
ravant, mais maintenant je n’en ferai rien; c’est a vous 
Waller le premier. 16. Avant de partir il m’a dit qu’il 
serait de retour dans huit jours. 

1. Iam not laughing; you are not reading; they are 


not writing. 2. We were not laughing; he was not read- 
ing; thou wast not writing. 3. I did not laugh (pret.) ; 


EXERCISES. 251 


he did not read; they did not write. 4. We shall not 
laugh; you would not read; they would not have written. 
5. That I may not laugh; that he might not read; that 
you might not have written. 6. She has been very well 
all this winter. 7. Only she has had (she has) a bad 
(gros) cold for the (last) ten days. 8. I have been 
studying French for the (last) six months; I take a les- 
son every second day (tous les deux jours). 9. My father 
has left for three months; he is travelling on the Conti- 
nent. 10. Have you (got) enough pocket money for a 
whole week? 11. Do not wait for me; I have to write 
for two hours. 12. I think they have been in England 
for the last three years, but, before, they lived long in 
North America. 13. We walked from Rheims to Paris 
in three days, and arrived a few hours before your 
father. 14. In a week I shall resume my work, and I 
will study nothing but French for two months and a half. 
15. I wish you would repeat that before your cousin ; 
she studies much less than she ought. 16. She is learn- 
ing to write; she is only nine years old. 17. She wrote 
to us to tell us of her arrival. 18. That is not easy to 
describe. 


126. 
Croire, to believe. croyant. cru. (See § 86.) 
je crois. je croyais. je crus. je croirai. je croirais. 


que je croie, etc., que nous croyions, que vous croyiez, qu’ils croient. 
que je crusse. crois, qu’il croie, croyons, croyez, qu’ils croient. 


Used affirmatively, croire (as well as penser) is fol- 
lowed by the indicative; used negatively or interroga- 
tively, it requires the subjunctive if there is a doubt 
in the speaker’s mind as to the fact mentioned in the 
question : — 


DAIWA EXERCISES. 


je crois qu’elle viendra, T believe she will come. 
je ne crois pas qu’elle vienne, I do not believe she will come. 
croyez-vous qu'elle vienne ? Do you believe she will come ? 
est-ce que vous croyez quelle You don’t believe she will come, do 
viendra ? you 2 

Vaincre, to conquer, overcome. vainquant. vaincu. 

je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vainquons, vous vainquez, ils 
vainquent. 
je vainquais. je vainquis. je vaincrai. je vaincrais. 
que je vainque. que je vainquisse. 


vaines, qu’il vainque, vainquons, vainquez, qu’ils vainquent. 
convaincre, to convince. 


Observe that the letter ¢ is changed into qu before a, e, i, 0. 

The present and imperfect indicative and the singular of the pres- 
ent subjunctive are seldom used. Etre victorieux or vainqueur are 
employed instead. 


conquérir, /0 conquer, to gain possession of. 
The Conjunction que. 


(1) Que may be used to avoid the repetition of any 
conjunction : — 
comme je n’ai pas beaucoup d’ar- As I have not much money, and as 
gent et que je suis un peu malade, I am rather unwell, I shall not 
je ne ferai pas ce voyage, take that journey. 
(2) Que requires the subjunctive ONLY when it 
stands for a conjunction requiring the subjunctive, 
or for si: — 


venez que nous vous grondions, Come that we may scold you. 
s’il vient, et que je ne sois pas ala Jfhe comes, and I should not be at 
maison, faites venir mon frére, home, send for my brother. 


(3) Ne is required before the following verb when 
que stands for a moins que, avant que, sans que, jusqu’a 


EXERCISES. 


253 


ce que, de peur que, de crainte que, and depuis que (or 


ilya... que): — 


je ne partirai pas d’ici que vous ne 
m’ayez tout confessé, 

je ne partirai pas que vous n’arri- 
viez, 

je ne puis travailler qu’aussitot je 
ne sois malade, 

je ne leur donnai point de repos 
qu’ils ne m’eussent fait venir un 
fripier, 

prenez garde (de peur or de crainte) 
qu’il ne vous voie, 

Il y a deux mois que je ne l’ai vu, 

il s’est passé bien des choses depuis 
que nous ne nous sommes vus, 


I shall not go from this place till you 
have confessed everything to me. 

I shall not leave before (or till) you 
arrive. 

I cannot work without being imme- 
diately ili. 

I gave them no rest till they had sent 
Jor an old clothesman. 


Take care lest he see you. 
I have not seen him for two months. 


Many things have taken place since 
we have seen each other. 


Observe that, when que stands for any of the four conjunctions, 
a moins que, avant que, sans que, and jusqu’a ce que, the first clause 


of the sentence must be negative.! 


(4) Que is also used for the adverbs how, how much, 
how many, and expresses wonder, irony, indignation. 
The adjective following it must be translated without 


trés, bien, or fort: — 


qu'il a l’air maladroit! 


How very avkward he looks ! 


The adjective or adverb following que is generally put after the 


verb in French, as in the preceding example. 


If, instead of an adjec- 


tive or an adverb, a noun is modified by que, the noun may also be 
placed after the verb, but is more commonly placed after que. 


que la révolution francaise a dé- 
truit de préjugés ! or, que de pré- 
jugés la révolution francaise a 
détruits ! 


How has the 
French Revolution destroyed ! 


many prejudices 


1 However, que may stand for jusqu’a ce que after attendre used with- 
out a negation: Wait till J come down,attendez que je descende. 


254 EXERCISES. 


The conjunction and, sometimes used after the verbs 
to go, to come, to run, is omitted in French: as, — 


Go and take that letter to your allez porter cette lettre 4 votre 


uncle. oncle. 
Will you come and take a walk voulez-vous venir faire un tour 
with me ? avec moi? 


1. Si vous croyez ce qu'elle vous dit, et que, malgré 
cela, vous agissiez contre ses intéréts, je ne vous pardon- 
nerais de ma vie. (See §113, note 1.) 2. Je ne saurais 
faire un pas que je ne l’aie aussitot a mes trousses. 3. Il 
ne peut faire un seul mouvement du bras que la douleur 
ne lui arrache un cri. 4. Puisqwils vous ont désobéi, 
je ne leur permettrai pas de sortir qwils ne vous deman- 
dent pardon. 5. A quelles ruses hypocrites ces gens-la 
ont di descendre, que de mensonges savamment élaborés 
ils ont débités, que de crimes ils ont commis, pour ar- 
river au rang qwils occupent! 6. Quw’étiez-vous done 
devenu, mon petit ami? il ya bien (full) quinze jours 
que nous ne vous avons vu. Nous vous croyions ma- 
lade? 7. Ce qui se dit souvent finit par secroire. 8. Je 
croyais & cet homme plus de droiture qwil n’en a. 9. Sa- 
por, roi des Perses, vainquit et fit prisonnier l’empereur 
Valérien Van 260 aprés J. C. 10. [1 faut tacher de 
vaincre cette difficulté. 11. Je suis parvenu 4 vaincre 
son indifférence et sa froideur. 12. Miltiade, aprés 
s’étre rendu maitre de la Chersonése, apres avoir conquis 
Lemnos et les Cyclades, aprés avoir vaincu a Marathon, 
fut accusé de trahison et mourut dans les fers. 13. Je 
ne pouvais faire autrement; je me suis laissé vaincre par 
ses priéres et par ses larmes. 14. J’ai fait ce que j’ai 
pu pour le convaincre. 15. Cela doit suffire pour vous 
convaincre que je n’ai pas voulu mal faire. 16. Qui veut 
vaincre est déja bien prés de la victoire. 


EXERCISES. 


1. I can hardly (avoir de la peine a) believe that; ar 
you, Miss, do you believe it? 2. No, sir, I do not be- 
lieve that the affair took place (se passer) so. 3. Is it 
believed (active with on) ? was it believed ? has it been 
believed ? 4. Will it be believed ? would it be believed ? 
would it have been believed? 5. If they go to my 
house, and if I be not there, they will certainly come 
here. 6. Wait till he comes. 7. We shall not leave 
till we have seen him. 8. Do not send your letter till 
you have showed it tome. 9. He cannot walk (faire) a 
mile without being tired. 10. How often (how many 
times) I have come here! 11. How many services he 
has rendered me! 12. How very pleasant that remem- 
brance must (§ 118) be to you! 13. How long that night 
seemed tome! 14. I came, I saw, I conquered. 15. We 
were unable to conquer his resistance; I never saw a 
(§ 42, 2) more obstinate fellow. 16. Try, and you will 
conquer all these difficulties. 17. He conquered an en- 
emy worthy of himself (wi). 18. Run and tell him that 
we have arrived. 19. Come and pay (faire or rendre) 
a visit to my mother. 


TAT. 
Falloir, impersonal verb, must, to be necessary, want. 
No present participle. fallu. 
il faut. il fallait. il fallut. il faudra. il faudrait. 
qu’il faille. qu’il fallit. 


We have seen (§ 118) that must implying supposition 
is translated by je dois, tu dois, etc., and must have by 
j'ai di, tu as dd, etc.; as, — 

You must be hungry, vous devez avoir faim. 


In all other cases must is translated by falloir in one 
of the four following ways : — 


256 EXERCISES. 


(1) When it is clear who must or must not do a 
thing, the pronoun-subject of must is not translated, 
and the next verb is put in the infinitive; as, -— 


We must always speak the truth, il faut toujours dire la vérité, 
You must not! break this glass, il ne faut pas casser ce verre. 


(2) If the subject of must (whether a noun or a 
pronoun) has to be expressed, must is translated by 
il faut que, and the next verb is put in the sub- 
junctive : — 


She must go out, il faut qu’elle sorte. 
The servant must not come, il ne faut pas {que la bonne vienne. 


(3) Or, again, if the subject of must is a pronoun 
and has to be expressed for the sake of clearness, we 
may translate by il faut and an infinitive, putting one 
of the objective pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, 
before faut: — 


I must go out, il me faut sortir. 
He or she must go out, il lui faut sortir. 
You must go out, il vous faut sortir. 
They must go out, il leur faut sortir. 


(4) Lastly, the same form, but without an infinitive, 
is used to express a want; as — 


I want, or must have, a coat, il me faut un habit. 

He or she wants a dictionary, il lui faut un dictionnaire. 

We want, or must have, pens and il nous faut des plumes et de 
ink, Vencre. 


They want, or must have, money, il leur faut de l’argent. 


Or, again, if the subject is a noun instead of a pro- 
noun : — 


My brother wants a coat, il faut un habit 4 mon frére. 


1 The negation generally goes with falloir, not with the following verb. 


EXERCISES. oot 


un homme comme il faut, a man as one ought to be, a gentleman, 
une personne comme il faut, «a /adylike person. 
par le froid qu'il fait, with or in this cold weather. 


1. Nous voici au 15 avril; la campagne doit étre déja 
belle. 2. Vous devez mourir de faim apres une si longue 
abstinence. 3. I] va falloir! partir. 4. Attendons en- 
core un peu, il faut voir ce que cela deviendra. 5. Il dit 
qu’il m’empéchera de passer, c’est ce qwil faudra voir. 
6. Il ne faut pas? croire tout ce qu’on dit. 7. Il vous 
faudra faire ce voyage. 8. I] faudra que nous partions 
demain par le trainde 7 heures. 9. Aristote disait qu’on 
doit examiner dans un livre si l’auteur dit tout ce qu’il 
faut, s’il ne dit que ce qu'il faut, s’il le dit comme il faut. 
10. Voila précisément ce qwil me faut. 11. Quelle somme 
vous faut-il? 12. Vous faut-il beaucoup d’argent ? 
15. Qwil m’a fallu de force pour cacher a tous les yeux 
les tourments que }’éprouvais! 14. Voila un homme 
comme il faut. 15. C’est une femme tout-a-fait comme 
il faut. 16. Rien ne va comme il faut. 17. Allez-vous- 
en, je le veux, il le faut. 


1. You must have been glad to hear that I have suc- 
ceeded in getting (@ obtenir) this situation. 2. They 
must be very sorry to know that you are ill. 3. We 
must learn our lessons well to-day, the professor will 
perhaps give us a holiday; this is (est aujourd’ hui) his 
birthday. 4. You must not repeat to him what I have 
told you. 5. You must not go out in this cold weather, 
you would catch cold. 6. We must write to them. 
7. Your brother must leave the door open. 8. She must 


1 When an impersonal verb is in the infinitive, the verb which governs 
it must be used impersonally. 
2 ilne faut pas always means must not, never it is not necessary, which 
we translate into French by il n’est pas nécessaire. 
17 


258 EXERCISES. 


not go out alone. 9. You will be obliged to write all 
this before you go. 10. They must have patience (pren- 
dre patience). 11. We shall be obliged to go and visit 
your uncle this evening. 12. He wants another French 
grammar. 13. I want another watch. 14. My sister 
wants another book. 15. They need a good punishment. 
16. You will need some courage. 17. How long do you 
take (combien, or combien de temps vous faut-il) to write 
your exercises? 18. I take (td me faut, or j’y mets) 
about an hour. 


128. 


Exceptions to the Rule on the Use of the Tenses of 

the Subjunctive. 

First Exception. — Although the verb in the prin- 
cipal clause is in the present or the future, the sub- 
junctive is put in the imperfect or pluperfect if it is 
accompanied by some condition expressed or under- 
stood,! as — 


je ne crois pas qu'il vint, si on ne / do not believe that he would come, 


l’y forcait, if he were not obliged. 
je ne crois pas qu’il ffiit venu, sion / do not believe that he would have 
ne l’y avait forcé, come, tf he had not been obliged. 


je ne pense pas que votrefrére vous J do not think your brother would 
efit fait ce cadeau s’il avait su have given you that present if he 


ce qui s’est passé, had known what has taken place. 

je ne crois pas que vous eussiez agi J do not believe that you would have 
autrement que moi (understood : acted differently from me (if you 
si vous aviez été 4 ma place), had been in my place. 


* However, if the condition be expressed by the present indicative, the 
present subjunctive must be used : — 


je crains qu’il ne tombe si vous ne / fear he will fall unless you support 


le soutenez, him. 
je ne crois pas qu’il réussisse sans / do not think that he will succeed 
vous (that is, si vous ne le proté- = without your support. 


gez pas), 


EXERCISES. 259 


Srconp Exception. — After a past indefinite fol- 
lowed by one of the conjunctions afin que or pour que, 
de crainte que or de peur que, quoique or bien que, the 
subjunctive is put in the present to express a present 
or future time : — 
je ne lui ai pas dit tout ce qui J did not tell himall that had taken 

s’était passé, quoiqu’il soit mon _— place, although he is my brother. 

frére (pres.), 

je vous aiécrit lasemainederniére, J wrote to you last week in order 
pour que vous ayez tout le temps that you may have plenty of time 
de songer 4 ma proposition et que to think of my proposal, and that 


vous puissiez me répondre avant you may answer me before the 
la fin de cette semaine (future), end of this week, 


1. Je n’espére pas qu’il réussisse. 2. Je ne crois pas, 
je ne croirai jamais, qu’il réussit si vous ne le protégiez. 
3. Je ne suppose pas quwil etit réussi sans votre protec- 
tion. 4. Croyez-vous qu'elle se rétablit si elle allait a 
Bath? 5. Je ne croirai jamais qwil se fit rendu coupa- 
ble de cette faute s’il efit tant soit peu réfléchi. 6. Votre 
frére s’est trop mal conduit pour que je prenne sur mol 
de Vexcuser. 7. On m’a dit qu’il n’avait pas été admis 
dans votre régiment, quoiqwil soit plus grand que vous. 
8. J’ai préparé vos deux malles afin que vous ne vous 
fassiez pas attendre. 9. I] m’a trahi quoiqu’il soit mon 
ami. 10. Je n’ai osé lui répéter ce que vous m/’aviez 
dit de peur qu’il ne vous en veuille ainsi qu’é moi. 
11. Bien qu'il soit beaucoup plus jeune que moi, il a pré- 
tendu que je lui cédasse le pas. 12. Dieu a voulu, dit 
Pascal, que les vérités divines entrent du cceur dans 
Vesprit, et non de Vesprit dans le cceur. 


f Lede: not: think that. he..will. come, .2.. b do, not 
think that he is come. 3. I do not think that he would 
come if he knew that you were (present tense) here. 4. I 


260 EXERCISES. 


do not think that he would have come if he had known 
that you were here. 5. We fear that he shall deceive 
you. 6. We fear that he would deceive you if he dared. 
7. We fear that he has deceived you. 8. We fear that 
he would have deceived you if he had dared. 9. I do 
not wish him to know all my business, although he is 
my uncle. 10. I did not wish him to know all my busi- 
ness, although he is my uncle. 11. They doubt that I 
shall succeed. 12. They doubt that I have succeeded. 
13. They doubt that I would succeed but for your sup- 
port. 14. They doubt that I would have succeeded but 
for your support. 


129. 


The Second Form of the Conditional Past. 


The pluperfect of the subjunctive of any verb is 
sometimes used (without que) as a second form of the 
conditional past : — 


jveusse eu, 7 would have had. 
tu eusses eu. 

il efit eu. 

nous eussions eu. 

vous eussiez eu. 

ils eussent eu. 


je fusse allé, / would have gone. 
tu fusses allé. 

il fit allé. 

no's fussions allés. 

vous fussiez allés. 

ils fussent allés. 


Like the preterite and the past anterior, this second 
form of the conditional past is kept for elevated style, 
while the first form is used in conversation : — 


O Fabricius, qu’etit pensé votre O Fabricius, what would your great 
9 p ’ ¥ g 


grande ame, si, pour votre mal- 
heur, rappelé 4 la vie, vous eus- 
siez vu la face pompeuse de cette 
Rome sauvée par votre bras. — 
(J. J. Rousseau.) 


soul have thought, if, unhappily 


for yourself, recalled to life, you 


had seen the gorgeous appear- 
ance of this Rome, saved by your 
arm ! 


EXERCISES. 261 


jaurais fini ma besogne sicemon- J would have finished my work if 
sieur n’était pas venu. that gentleman had not come. 


Although the conjunction si beginning a clause 
cannot be followed by the conditional (§ 51), yet, by 
exception, this second form of the conditional past 
may be elegantly used after si in elevated style: — 

il est vrai, s'il m’efitcru,quwiln’efit Jt is true, ifhe had believed me, he 
point fait de vers. — ( Boileau.) would have made no verses. 

si le sombre empire de Pluton se Jf the dark empire of Pluto had 
fait entr’ouvert, je n’aurais pas half-opened before me, I should 


été saisi, je l’avoue, d’une plus not have been seized, I confess, 
grande horreur. — (/énélon.) with greater horror. 


INSECTES HABITANT UN FRAISIER. 


Quelque petits que fussent ces objets, ils étaient dignes 
de mon attention, puisqwils avaient mérité celle de la 
nature. Je n’eusse pu leur refuser une place dans son 
histoire générale, lorsqu’elle leur en avait donné une dans 
Vunivers. A plus forte raison, si j’eusse écrit Vhistoire 
de mon fraisier, il efit fallu en tenir compte. Les plantes 
sont les habitations des insectes, et on ne fait point 
Vhistoire d’une ville sans parler de ses_ habitants. 
D’ailleurs mon fraisier n’était point dans son heu 
naturel, en pleine campagne, sur la lisiére d’un_ bois 
ou sur le bord dun ruisseau, ot il efit été fréquenté 
par bien d’autres especes d’animaux. I] était dans 
un pot de terre, au milieu des fumées de Paris. Je ne 
Vobservais qu’a des moments perdus; je ne connaissais 
point les insectes qui le visitaient dans le cours de la 
journée, encore moins ceux qui n’y venaient que la 
nuit attirés par de simples émanations, ou peut-étre 
par des lumiéres phosphoriques qui nous échappent. 
— BERNARDIN DE ST. PIERRE. 


262 EXERCISES. 


(Put in the second form of the conditional past the verbs 
printed in italics.) 

Napoleon I. was gifted with? ambition as wonderful 
as his genius, and it was his misfortune and that of 
France. Sprung? from the Revolution, of which he 
defended (pluperfect) the principles at the beginning 
of his career,’® he turned aside,* for the advantage® of 
himself and of his family, the great movement of the 
nations which were demanding ® liberty and equality. 
His glory, which will perhaps equal’ that of Alexander 
and of Cesar,’ would have been much greater if he had 
labored for humanity instead of pursuing his selfish 
views,? and his name, cursed to-day by several con- 
temporary historians, would have been surrounded 
by ™ the unanimous” love of posterity. If he had re- 
mained faithful to law and to honor, he would not have 
destroyed ® without warrant,“ and by force and craft,» 
the established government; he would not have assas- 
sinated the Duke’ of Enghien; Paris would not have 
twice 1” seen within her walls,'®* what she” had not seen 
since the reign” of an insane” king, Charles VI., an 
army of foreigners” mistress of her gates,* of her 
streets, and of her palaces. 


doué 


1 gifted with, 9 selfish views, vues 17 twice, deux fois. 
d’une. égoistes. 18 within her walls, dans 

2 sprung, sorti. 10 contemporary, con- ses murs. 

3 career, carriére (f.). temporain. 19 she, il. 

4 he turned aside, il dé- 11 surrounded by, en- 2 the reign, le regne. 
tourna. touré de. 21 insane, en démence. 


5 for the advantage, au 
profit. 

6 to demand, vouloir. 

7 to equal, égaler. 

8 Cesar, César. 


12 ynanimous, unanime. 
18 to destroy, détruire. 
14 warrant, mandat. 

16 craft, la ruse. 

16 the Duke, le due. 


22 foreigner, étranger. 

23 mistress of her gates, 
maitresse de ses 
portes. 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. 263 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. 





1. UN DROLE DE PRISONNIER. 


“A moi,! 4 moi! mon capitaine, criait un soldat, a 
moi! je tiens un prisonnier. — Eh bien, lui dit le capi- 
2 


taine, amene-le. —Je ne demande pas mieux;? mais il 
ne veut pas me laisser aller.” 


2, COMMENT ON DEVIENT MARECHAL DE 
FRANCE. 


Le maréchal Lefebvre avait un camarade de régiment 
qui vint le voir un jour et qui admirait, non sans un 
sentiment d’envie, son bel hétel, ses belles voitures, sa 
nombreuse livrée,? ses magnifiques appartements, tout 
le train enfin d’un grand dignitaire de l’empire: “ Par- 
bleu, lui dit-il, 11 faut avouer que tu es bien heureux, 
et que le ciel t’a bien traité!— Veux-tu, lui répondit 
le maréchal, avoir tout cela? — Oui, certainement. — 
La chose est trés-simple: tu vas descendre dans la cour 
de mon hotel; je mettrai 4 chaque fenétre deux soldats 
qui tireront sur toi. Si tu échappes aux balles, je te 
donnerai tout ce que tu m’envies. C’est comme cela que 
je Vai obtenu.” 


1 Help! 3 His numerous retinue. 
2 I ask nothing better, or, I wish I could. 


264 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 


3. LOPERATION INUTILE. 


Un officier anglais ayant recu une balle dans la jambe, 
fut transporté chez lui, ot deux médecins furent appelés. 
Pendant huit jours ils ne firent que? sonder et fouiller la 
plaie. L/officier, qui souffrait beaucoup, leur demanda ce 
qwils cherchaient: “Nous cherchons la balle qui vous a 
blessé. — C’est trop fort!? s’écria le patient, pourquoi ne 
le disiez-vous pas plus tot ? je V’ai dans ma poche.” 


4, A QUOI SERT*® LA VACCINE? 


Un homme trés-crédule disait quwil n’avait pas de con- 
fiance dans la vaccine. “A quoi sert-elle, ajoute-t-il; je 
connais un enfant beau comme le jour, que sa famille 
avait fait vacciner... eh bien! il est mort deux jours 
apres... — Comment! deux jours aprés ?... — Oui... il est 
tombé du haut d’un arbre, et s’est tué raide... Faites 
done vacciner vos enfants aprés cela!” 


5. SCENE D’OMNIBUS. 


La scene se passe* dans un omnibus, 4 Paris. Deux 
vieilles dames sont assises l’une a coté de autre. L’une 
veut que la portiere soit fermée, lV’autre la veut ouverte. 
On appelle le conducteur pour décider la question. 
“ Monsieur, dit la premiere, si cette fenétre reste ou- 
verte, je suis stre d’attraper un rhume qui m’emportera. 
— Monsieur, si on la ferme, je suis certaine de mourir 
d’un coup d’apoplexie.” Le conducteur ne savait que 
faire,> lorsqu’un vieux monsieur, qui jusque la s’était 

1 They did nothing but. 3 Of what use is. 


2 That is too much ! 4 Takes place. 
5 Did not know what to do. 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. 265 


tenu tranquille dans un coin de la voiture, le tira d’em- 
barras. “Ouvrez done la portiére, mon cher ami, cela 
fera mourir l’une; puis vous la fermerez, cela nous 
débarrassera de l’autre, et nous aurons la paix.” 


6. LE BON CHASSEUR. 


Un ministre protestant établi a Smyrne, M. Kuhn, 
homme tres grave, se détermina un jour a suivre a la 
chasse quelques personnes de sa connaissance; il s’était 
fait accompagner d’un petit gargon? pour porter et char- 
ger son fusil. On lui assigna son poste; il s’y plaga, 
s’assit, mit ses lunettes, et tirant un livre de sa poche, il 
commenga sa lecture, apres avoir recommandé au petit 
garcon de Vavertir lorsqu’il verrait une piéce de gibier. 
Chaque fois que le petit drole en apercevait une, il disait 
au ministre: ‘ Monsieur, en voila une.” Mais avant que 
celui-ci efit posé son livre, 6té ses lunettes, pris son 
fusil, ce qwil faisait toujours trés flegmatiquement, la 
béte disparaissait, et le petit garcon désolé lui disait: 
“Kh! mais, monsieur, elle est partie. — Mon ami, ré- 
pondait gravement le pasteur, j’en aurais fait autant ? a 
sa place.” 


7. LA CORRESPONDANCE DU ROI DE PRUSSE 
ET DU SACRISTAIN. 


Le sacristain de l’église cathédrale de Berlin écrivit un 
jour 4 Frédéric II: “Sire, j’avertis Votre Majesté, 1. qu’il 
manque des livres de cantique® pour la famille royale ; 
javertis Votre Majesté, 2. qu’il n’y a pas assez de bois 
pour chauffer comme il faut la tribune royale; j’avertis 


1 He had taken with him a small boy. 8 Hymn-books. 
2 I should have done the same. 


266 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 


Votre Majesté, 3. que la balustrade qui est sur la riviére, 
derriére l’église, menace ruine. 
Signé SCHMIDT, 
Sacristain de la cathédrale.” 


Le roi de Prusse s’amusa beaucoup de cette lettre, et 
fit la réponse suivante : 

“ Javertis M. le sacristain Schmidt, 1. que ceux qui 
veulent chanter peuvent acheter des livres; j’avertis M. 
le sacristain Schmidt, 2. que ceux qui veulent se chaut- 
fer peuvent acheter du bois; j’avertis M. le sacristain 
Schmidt, 3. que la balustrade qui est sur la riviere ne 
le regarde point;! enfin j’avertis M. le  sacristain 
Schmidt, 4. que je ne veux plus avoir de correspondance 
avec lui.” 


8. LE DOCTEUR ABERNETHY. 


Le docteur Abernethy était bien connu par son laco- 
nisme. [1 détestait les longues consultations et les dé- 
tails inutiles. Une dame, connaissant cette particularité, 
se présente chez lui pour le consulter sur une grave bles- 
sure qwun chien lui avait faite au bras. Elle entre sans 
rien dire, découvre la partie blessée, et la place sous les 
yeux du docteur. M. Abernethy regarde un instant, puis 
il dit: “ Egratignure ? — Morsure. — Chat ? — Chien. — 
Aujourd’hui ? — Hier. — Douloureux ? — Non.” 

Le docteur fut si enthousiasmé de cette conversation, 
qwil aurait presque embrassé la dame. 

I] n’aimait pas non plus qu’on vint le déranger la nuit. 
Une fois, qu’il se couchait 4 une heure du matin de fort 
mauvaise humeur, parce qu’on était venu le faire lever? — 
& minuit, il entendit la sonnette retentir. “Qu’y a-t-il? 


1 Js no business of his. 2 Some one had come to call him up. 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. 267 


s’écria-t-il avec colére. — Docteur... vite! vite !... Mon 
fils vient d’avaler une souris.— Eh bien, dites-lui d’a- 
valer un chat et laissez-moi tranquille!” fit! le docteur, 
en se recouchant. 


9. SWIFT ET LE DOMESTIQUE. 


Un jour un ami de Swift lui envoya un magnifique 
turbot. Le groom chargé de la commission s’était déja 
maintes fois acquitté de pareils messages sans avoir 
jamais rien recu de Swift. Fatigué d’une besogne aussi 
peu lucrative, il déposa brusquement le poisson sur une 
table en s’écriant: “ Voici un turbot que vous envoie 
mon maitre. — Plait-il ?? repartit aussitot Swift. Est-ce 
ainsi que tu remplis tes fonctions? Tiens, prends ce 
siege; nous allons changer de role, et tache, une autre 
fois, de mettre a profit ce que je vais t’enseigner.” Swift 
alors s’avance respectueusement vers le domestique, qui 
s’était assis dans un large fauteuil, et lui dit, en lui pré- 
sentant le turbot: ‘“ Monsieur, je suis chargé par mon 
maitre de vous prier de bien vouloir accepter ce petit 
cadeau. — Vraiment ? reprit effrontément le valet, c’est 
trés-aimable 4 lui; et tiens, mon brave garcon, voici trois 
francs pour ta peine.” 

Swift s’empressa de congédier le groom. 


10. LE DESERTEUR. 


Quelque temps avant la bataille de Rosbach, époque a 
laquelle les affaires du grand Frédéric allaient de mal en 
pis, ce prince était couché et dormait sur la paille entouré 
de ses grenadiers. Au milieu de la nuit, ’'un d’eux le 
réveilla, en lui criant: “ Frédéric, voila un de tes grena- 


1 Said. 2 What do you say? 


268 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 


diers qui avait déserté, et qu’on te rameéne. — Fais-le 
avancer, dit le roi... Pourquoi m’as-tu abandonné ? con- 
tinua-t-i1, quand le déserteur fut en sa présence. — Parce 
que tes affaires sont dans un tel état, qu’il m’a fallu aller 
chercher fortune ailleurs. — Tu as raison, répondit Fré- 
déric; mais je te demande de rester encore avec moi 
cette campagne; et si les choses ne vont pas mieux, je 
te promets de déserter avec toi.” 


11. LE CHEVAL TROP COURT. 


Lalande, musicien de la chapelle de Versailles, était 
connu comme un homme jovial et qui aimait beaucoup 
le plaisir. Jeune, il lui prit envie, pendant la semaine 
sainte, d’aller figurer & Longchamps.? I] va trouver 
Mousset, loueur de chevaux, retient un cheval richement 
caparagonné, et donne neuf francs & compte sur dix-huit,? 
le prix convenu. Sorti de lVécurie, il rencontre un ami 
qui lui parle d’une partie de Longchamps, dans sa voi- 
ture avec deux amis. “Si seulement, dit Lalande, je 
pouvais retirer les neuf francs que je viens de donner! 
En tout cas, allons chez Mousset, et nous verrons... M. 
Mousset, montrez-moi encore une fois le cheval que je 
vous ai loué.— Monsieur, le voici. —Savez-vous, mon- 
sieur Mousset, que ce cheval-la est bien court ? — Com- 
ment, Monsieur, bien court ?— Mais certainement...” 
Puis s’adressant & son ami: “ Voila bien ma place, voila 
la tienne, voila celle de Daigremont... Mais ou done se 
placera Mondonville, et cependant il vient avec nous ? — 
Comment, Monsieur, vous montez a quatre ??— Mais 
oui. — Tenez, voila votre argent; allez chercher un cheval 
ailleurs ; je ne loue pas le mien pour qu’on 1’éreinte.” 

1 To go and cut a figure at Longchamps, a race-course outside of Paris. 


2 Nine francs on account, out of eighteen. 
3 You mean to ride four together ? 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. 269 


12. JUNOT ET BONAPARTE. 


Un jour, pendant le siege de Toulon, un commandant 
dartillerie, venu de Paris depuis peu de jours pour 
diriger les opérations du siege, demanda au heutenant 
du poste un jeune sous-officier qui etit en méme temps 
de Vaudace et de intelligence. Le lieutenant appelle 
aussitot La Tempéte,’ et Junot se présente. Le com- 
mandant fixe sur lui cet ceil qui semblait déja connaitre 
les hommes. “Tu vas quitter ton habit,? dit le com- 
mandant, et tu iras la, porter ces ordres.” I lui indi- 
quait de la main un point plus éloigné de la cdte, et lui 
expliqua ce qu’il voulait de lui. Le jeune sergent devint 
rouge comme une grenade, ses yeux étincelérent. “Je 
ne suis pas un espion, répondit-il au commandant ; 
cherchez un autre que moi pour exécuter ces ordres.” 
Et il se retirait. “Tu refuses d’obéir ? lui dit Vofficier 
supérieur d’un ton sévere; sais-tu bien a quoi tu t’ex- 
poses ? — Je suis prét a obéir, dit Junot, mais j’irai la 
ol. vous m’envoyez avec mon uniforme, ou je n’irai pas.” 
Le commandant sourit, en le regardant attentivement. 
“Mais ils te tueront! reprit-il. — Que vous importe ? 3 
Vous ne me connaissez pas assez pour que cela vous 
fasse de la peine, et quant & moi, ca m’est égal... Allons, 
je pars comme je suis, n’est-ce pas?” Alors il mit la 
main dans sa giberne. ‘ Bien! avec mon fusil et ces 
dragées-la,* du moins la conversation ne languira pas, sl 
ces messieurs veulent causer.” 

Et il partit en chantant. Apres son départ: “Com- 
ment s’appelle ce jeune homme? demanda Vofficier 
1 The Tempest, a nickname given to Junot. 

2 You are to change your clothes. 


3 What is that to you? 
4 These sugar-plums; that is, the cartridges. 


270 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 


supérieur. ——- Junot. — I] fera son chemin.” Alors le 
commandant inserivit son nom sur ses tablettes. On a 
facilement deviné que l’officier d’artillerie était Napoléon. 

Peu de jours apres, se retrouvant a cette méme bat- 
terie, Bonaparte demanda quelqw’un qui etit une belle écri- 
ture; Junot sortit des rangs et se présenta. Bonaparte 
le reconnut pour le sergent qui déja avait fixé son atten- 
tion. I1 lui témoigna de l’intérét, et lui dit de se placer 
pour écrire sa lettre sous sa dictée. Junot se mit sur 
V’épaulement méme de la batterie.t A peine avait-il ter- 
miné sa lettre, qu’une bombe lancée par les Anglais éclate 
a dix pas, et le couvre de terre ainsi que la lettre. “Bien, 
dit en riant Junot, nous n’avions pas de sable pour sécher 
Vencre.” Bonaparte arréta son regard sur le jeune ser- 
gent; 11 était calme et n’avait pas méme tressailli. Cette 
circonstance décida de sa fortune. 


13. LA PLUS GRANDE GANACHE DE 
L/EMPIRE. 


Un jour Napoléon, fort mécontent a la lecture d’une 
dépéche de Vienne, dit & Marie-Louise, “ Votre pere 
est une ganache.” Marie-Louise, qui ignorait beaucoup 
de termes francais, s’adressa au premier chambellan: 
“L’empereur dit que mon pere est une ganache, que veut 
dire cela? ”? A cette demande inattendue, le courtisan 
balbutia que cela voulait dire un homme sage, de poids, 
de bon conseil. A quelques jours de 1a,® et la mémoire 
encore toute fraiche de sa nouvelle acquisition, Marie- 
Louise présidait le conseil de famille. Voyant la discus- 
sion plus animée qu’elle ne voulait, elle interpella, pour 


1 The very crest of the fort. 2 What does that mean ? 
38 A few days afterwards. 


EXTRACTS FOR READING. ZT 


y mettre fin, M. R..., qui, 4 ses cdtés,! bayait aux cor- 
neilles.2 “C’est & vous & nous mettre d’accord dans 
cette occasion importante, lui dit-elle; vous serez notre 
oracle, car je vous tiens pour la plus grande ganache de 
Vempire.” 


14. JOSEPH II ET LE SERGENT. 


L’empereur Joseph II n’aimait ni la représentation ni 
Vappareil. Un jour, revétu d’une simple redingote bou- 
tonnée,® accompagné d’un seul domestique a cheval? et 
sans livrée, il était allé, dans une caléche a deux places qu’il 
conduisait lui-méme, faire une promenade du matin dans 
les environs de Vienne. Comme il reprenait le chemin 
de la ville, il fut surpris par la pluie. 

Il en était encore éloigné, lorsqu’un piéton, qui re- 
gagnait aussi la capitale, fait signe au conducteur d’arré- 
ter, ce que Joseph II fait aussitot. “ Monsieur, lui dit le 
militaire (car e’était un sergent), y aurait-il de l’indiseré- 
tion 4 vous demander une place a cOdté de vous? cela ne 
vous génerait pas prodigieusement, puisque vous étes seul 
dans votre caléche, et ménagerait mon uniforme que je 
mets aujourd’hui pour la premiere fois. — Ménageons 
votre uniforme, mon brave, lui dit Joseph, et mettez-vous 
la. D’ot venez-vous ? — Ah! dit le sergent, je viens de 
chez un garde-chasse de mes amis,° ot j’ai fait un fier 
déjeuner. — Qu’avez-vous done mangé de si bon ? — 
Devinez. — Que sais-je,® moi; une soupe 4 la biére ? — 
Ah! bien, oui, une soupe; mieux que ca. — De la chou- 
croute ? — Mieux que ga. — Une longe de veau ?7— Mieux 

1 For his part. 

2 Was gaping at the crows, that is, was staring in the air. 

8 Dressed in a plain frock-coat, buttoned up close. 


4 On horseback. 6 How do I know? 
5 4 game-keeper, a friend of mine. 7 A loin of veal. 


272 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 


que ca, vous dit-on. — Oh! ma foi, je ne puis plus deviner, 
dit Joseph. — Un faisan, mon digne homme, un faisan 
tiré sur les plaisirs' de Sa Majesté, dit le camarade en 
lui frappant sur le genou. — Tiré sur les plaisirs de Sa 
Majesté, il n’en devait étre que meilleur.? — Je vous en 
réponds.” 

Comme on approchait de la ville, et que la pluie tom- 
bait toujours, Joseph demanda a son compagnon dans 
quel quartier il logeait, et ou il voulait qu’on le descendit. 
“ Monsieur, c’est trop de bonté, je craindrais d’abuser 
de... — Non, non, dit Joseph, votre rue ? ” — Le sergent, 
indiquant sa demeure, demanda a connaitre celui dont il 
recevait tant d’honnétetés. “A votre tour, dit Joseph, 
devinez. — Monsieur est militaire, sans doute ? — Comme 
dit monsieur. — Lieutenant ? — Ah! bien oui, lieutenant; 
mieux que ca. — Capitaine ? — Mieux que ca. — Colonel, 
peut-étre ?— Mieux que ga, vous dit-on. — Comment! s’é- 
crie le sergent, en se rencognant aussit6t dans la caléche, 
seriez-vous feld-maréchal ? — Mieux que ga. — Ah! mon 
Dieu, c’est Vempereur ! — Lui-méme, dit Joseph, se dé- 
boutonnant pour montrer ses décorations.”’ I] n’y avait 
pas moyen de tomber a genoux dans la voiture; V’inva- 
lide? se confond en excuses et supple Vempereur d’arré- 
ter pour qwil puisse descendre. “Non pas, lui dit Jo- 
seph; apres avoir mangé mon faisan, vous seriez trop 
heureux de vous débarrasser de moi aussi promptement ; 
jentends bien que vous ne me quittiez qu’a votre porte.” 
Et il Vy descendit. 


1 The pleasure grounds, the preserves. 
2 There ought to be nothing better. 
8 The veteran. 


APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES. 





I. THE ARTICLE. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 





Before a consonant or | Before a vowel or Before all 
h aspirate. h mute. nouns. 


| 
Masculine. Feminine. | Masc. or Fem, 


the la i 


of the or ‘ 
Lapel dele | del 


to the, at the, ala al’ 





THE NOUN. 
II. The gender of inanimate objects. 
The shortest and most satisfactory rule yet given for the 
gender of French nouns is as follows : — 
Nouns having the following terminations are feminine : — 


ale, ole, ule; ure, ére, eur ; 
rre, lle, ie, ié; ée, ue, ion; 
be, ce, de; fe, ne, pe; 
se, te, té; ve, he, aison. 
As cathédrale, école, nature, faveur, terre, conversation, clémence, 
beauté, marche, maison. 


Nouns not having these terminations are masculine. 


As port, cheval, café, crime, village. 
18 


974 APPENDIX. 


There are, of course, exceptions to this rule; but according to its 
author, it holds good in 99 cases out of 100. 

Observe that the rule does not apply to nouns evidently denoting 
males, as prince, homme; nor to nouns evidently denoting females, 
as princesse, dame, etc. 


III. Formation of the feminine in nouns representing ani- 
mate beings. 
Nouns representing animate beings usually have a partic- 
ular form for each sex, and their feminine, like the feminine 
of adjectives, is more or less regularly formed : — 


un Francais, a Frenchman, une Francaise. 
un Prussien, a Prussian, une Prussienne. 
un jardinier, a gardener, une jardiniére. 
un baron, a baron, une baronne. 
un jumeau, a twin, une jumelle. 

un époux, a husband, une épouse. 

un compagnon, a companion, une compagne. 


1) Those ending with an e mute are the same for both 
$ 
genders : — 


un Russe, a Russian, une Russe. 
un esclave, a slave, une esclave. 
un artiste, an artist, une artiste. 


PRINCIPAL EXCEPTIONS. 


un ane, an ass, une anesse. 

un chanoine, a canon, une chanoinesse. 
un comte, a count, une comtesse. 
un héte, a host, une hotesse. 

un maitre, a master, une maitresse 
un négre, a negro, une négresse. 
un prétre, a priest, une prétresse. 
un Suisse, a Swiss, une Suissesse. 
un tigre, a tiger, une tigresse. 

un traitre, a traitor, une traitresse. 


(2) Substantives ending in -eur, and which are derived 
from a present participle, change -eur into -euse : — 


APPENDIX. 275 


le danseur (from dansant), the dancer, la danseuse. 
le plaideur (from plaidant), the suitor, la plaideuse. 
le buveur (from buvant), the drinker, la buveuse. 


(3) Substantives ending in -teur, and which are not de- 
rived from a present participle, change -teur into -trice : — 


l’accusateur, the accuser, l’accusatrice. 
lacteur, the actor, l’actrice. 
linstituteur, the teacher, Vinstitutrice. 


Add to these: le débiteur, debtor ; Vinspecteur, the inspector ; Yexé- 
Guteur, the executor; Vinventeur, the inventor; le persécuteur, (the 
persecutor. 

(4) Some in -eur change it into -eresse for the feminine, such as: 
Venchanteur, the enchanter, ’enchanteresse ; le pécheur, the sinner, la 
pécheresse ; le vengeur, the avenger, la vengeresse; le défendeur, the 
defendant, la défenderesse; le chasseur, the hunter, la chasseresse, — 
Chanteur has two feminines, chanteuse and cantatrice: the latter is 
said only of professional singers. Empereur makes impératrice; gou- 
verneur makes gouvernante, serviteur makes servante. Témoin is used 
for both genders, and also auteur, poéte, philosophe, peintre, juge, 
guide, etc., and even possesseur and successeur. 

(5) Some nouns originally feminine keep that gender, even when 
applied to man: la dupe, the dupe ; la sentinelle, the sentry; la recrue, 
the recruit ; la caution, the bail ; la victime, the victim, etc. 

(6) The names of animals form their feminine irregularly : — 


le bélier, the ram, la brebis. 
le bouc, the he-goat, la chévre. 
le cheval, the horse, la jument, 
le mouton, the sheep, la brebis. 
le sanglier, the wild boar, la laie. 

le singe, the monkey, la guenon. 
le canard, the duck, la cane. 

le chat, the cat, la chatte. 
le lapin, the rabbit, la lapine. 
le mulet, the mule, la mule. 
Vours, the bear, l’ourse. 

le perroquet, the parrot, la perruche. 
le loup, the wolf, la louve. 


le dindon, the turkey, la dinde. 


276 APPENDIX. 


(7) Most of the names of animals have only one form for both 


genders ; such are: — 
ALL MASCULINE. 


le castor, the beaver. le cigne, the swan. 

le chameau, the camel. le hibou, the owl. 

Vécureuil, the squirrel. le vautour, the vulture. 

Véléphant, the elephant. le merle, the blackbird. 

le léopard, the leopard. le saumon, the salmon. 
ALL FEMININE. 

la baleine, the whale. Valouette, the lark. 

la girafe, the giraffe. Vhirondelle, the swallow. 

la panthére, the panther. la perdrix, the partridge. 

Vhyéne, the hyena. la pie, the magpie. 

la souris, the mouse. la tortue, the tortoise. 


To all these nouns, when we want to determine the sex, we add 
male or femelle: la panthére male, la panthére femelle; l’éléphant 
male, l’éléphant femelle. 


IV. Formation of the plural. 


Nouns and adjectives form their plural by adding s to the 
singular ; §§ 9, 10. 

Exceptions. — (1) Nouns and adjectives ending in 8, X, Z, 
in the singular, are the same in the plural; § 30. 

(2) Nouns and adjectives ending in -au or -eu take x 
in the plural; § 80. 


But the noun landau, a dandau (sort of carriage), and the adjec- 
tive bleu, d/ue, take s in the plural. 


(3) Nouns and adjectives in -al change al into aux; 
§ 30. 
But s is added in the plural to the nouns bal, carnaval, chacal, 


régal, and to the adjectives amical, fatal, final, glacial, initial, 
watinal, naval, pénal, théatral, and a few others seldom used. 


(4) Six nouns ending in -ail change ail into aux : — 


le bail, the lease, les baux. 
le corail, the coral, les coraux. 
Vémail, the enamel, les émaux. 


APPENDIX. 277 


le soupirail, the air hole, les soupiraux. 
le travail, the work, the labor, les travaux. 
le vitrail, the glass windows, les vitraux. 


(5) Six nouns ending in -ou take x; — 


le bijou, the jewel, les bijoux. 
le caillou, the flint, les cailloux. 
le chou, the cabbage, les choux. 
le genou, the knee, les genoux. 
le hibou, the owl, les hiboux. 
le joujou, the toy, les joujoux, 


(6) Aieul, ciel, and wil, generally make aieux, ancestors; cieux, 
heavens ; yeux, eyes. But aieul makes aieuls when it means the pa- 
ternal and maternal grandfathers ; ciel makes ciels when it means 
the testers of beds, the roofs of quarries, or “‘ skies” in painting ; and 
in the cases when eil does not mean properly eye, it makes eils, as, 
des ceils-de-beeuf, oval windows. 

(7) Foreign words, which have not yet been naturalized in 
France by custom, remain invariable, such as: des alibi, des errata, 
des in-folio, des in-quarto, des post-scriptum, des fac-simile, etc. 

But the following take the mark of the plural: des bravos, des 
duos, des trios, des numéros, des opéras, des zéros, des impromptus, 
des é6chos, des déficits, etc. 


THE ADJECTIVE. 
V. Formation of the feminine of adjectives. 


GENERAL Ru._e.—To form the feminine of adjectives, 
add e mute to the masculine (§ 2). 

Exceptions. — (1) Adjectives ending with e mute in the 
masculine are the same in the feminine (§ 2). 

(2) Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the last 
consonant, and take an e mute after it (§ 54). 

(3) Eight other adjectives also double their last consonant 
in the feminine (§ 54). 

(4) Adjectives ending in -f change f into ve (§ 54). 

(5) Adjectives ending in -x change x into se (§ 54). 

(6) Adjectives ending in -eur, and which are derived from 
a present participle, change eur into euse, 


278 APPENDIX, 


Flatteur (from flattant), flatteuse; grondeur (from grondant), 
grondeuse. 


(7) Adjectives ending in -teur, and which are not derived 
from a present participle, change teur into trice. 


Profanateur, profanatrice ; corrupteur, corruptrice. 


Adjectives ending in -érieur, not belonging to either of the above 
exceptions, follow the general rule: inférieur, inférieure; ultérieur, 
ultérieure. Add to them meilleur, majeur, and mineur. 


(8) Some adjectives form their feminines irregularly (§ 55). 


The plural of adjectives is formed in the same way as that 
of nouns (see page 276). 


For the comparison of adjectives see §§ 24, 48. 


VI. Possessive adjectives. 







PLURAL. 





SINGULAR. 


Masculine. Feminine. Both genders. 
My, mon. ma. mes. 
Thy, ton. ta. tes. 


Mis, her, its, son. se8. 





Our, 
Your, 
Their, 





OBSERVE. — Possessive adjectives are compared with possessive 
pronouns in § x. 


VII. Demonstrative adjectives. 


MASCULINE. FEMININE. 


SINGULAR. Before a consonant, | Before a vowel. | Before any letter. 


This or that, ce. cet. cette. 
arf — 


PLURAL. 
These or those, 





~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ y ~ ~~ ~~ < ~~ 


~~ 


- 


~~ ~ - ~ 


I ie Al el a al eter 
— SHWDADAPWNHKH SO OID oP OD 


2 
= 


APPENDIX, 


NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 


VIL. 


un, une. 

deux. 

trois. 

quatre. 

cing. 

81x (siss). 

sept (sett). 

huit (weet, short). 
neuf, 

dix (diss). 

onze. 

douze. 

treize. 

quatorze. 

quinze. 

seize. 

dix-sept (diz-sett). 
dix-huit (diz-huite). 
dix-neuf (diz-neufe). 
vingt (vin). 


vingt-et-un (vinté-un). 


vingt-deux (vinte). 
vingt-trois (vinte). 
vingt-quatre (vinte). 
vingt-cing (vinte). 
vingt-six (vinte). 
vingt-sept (vinte). 
vingt-huit (vinte). 
vingt-neuf (vinte). 
trente. 
trente-et-un. 
trente-deux, etc. 
quarante. 
quarante-et-un. 
quarante-deux, etc. 
cinquante. 
cinquante-et-un. 


52, 
60, 
61, 
62, 
70, 
a; 
72, 
73, 
74 
75, 
76, 
1%, 
78, 
79, 
80, 
81, 
82 
90, 
91, 
92, 
93, 
94 
95, 
96, 
97, 
98, 
99, 
100, 
150, 
200, 
230, 
300, 
1000, 
1203, 
2000, 
2100, 
1,000,000, 


~ 


~ 


~) 


Cardinal Numbers. 


cinquante-deux. 
soixante. 
soixante-et-un. 
soixante-deux. 
soixante-dix. 
soixante-et-onze. 
soixante-douze. 
soixante-treize. 
soixante-quatorze. 
soixante-quinze. 
soixante-seize. 
soixante-dix-sept. 
soixante-dix-huit. 
soixante-dix-neuf. 
quatre-vingts (vin). 
quatre-vingt-un. 
quatre-vingt-deux. 
quatre-vingt-dix. 
quatre-vingt-onze. 
quatre-vingt-douze. 
quatre-vingt-treize. 
quatre-vingt-quatorze. 
quatre-vingt-quinze, 
quatre-vingt-seize. 
quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 
quatre-vingt-dix-huit, 
quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 
cent. 

cent cinquante. 

deux cents. 

deux cent trente. 
trois cents. 

mille. 

mille deux cent trois. 
deux mille. 

deux mille cent. 

un million. 


280 APPENDIX. 


IX. Ordinal Numbers. 


1st, premier, premiére. 17th, dix-septiéme. 
2nd, deuxiéme, or second, e. 18th, dix-huitiéme. 

3rd, troisieme. 19th, dix-neuvieme. 
4th, quatrieme. 20th, vingtiéme. 

5th, cinquiéme. 21st, vingt-et-uniéme. 
6th, sixiéme. 22nd, vingt-deuxiéme. 
7th, septiéme. 30th, trentieéme. 

8th, huitiéme. 40th, quarantiéme. 
9th, neuvieme. 50th, cinquantiéme. 
10th, dixiéme. 60th, soixantiéme. 
11th, onziéme. 70th, soixante-dixiéme. 
12th, douziéme. 80th, quatre-vingtiéme. 
13th, treizieme. 90th, quatre-vingt-dixiéme. 
14th, quatorziéme. 100th, centieme. 
15th, quinziéme. 1,000th, milliéme. 
16th, seiziéme. 1,000,000th, millioniéme. 


THE PRONOUN. 
Definition. 


A pronoun is a short word standing instead of a noun to 
avoid its repetition, while an adjective always accompanies 
a noun to qualify it or determine it. 


In the sentence ma plume est bonne, la tienne est bonne aussi, ma 
is an adjective determining the noun plume, that is to say, expressing 
whose pen it is; la tienne, on the contrary, is a pronoun standing for 
ta plume and is used to avoid the repetition of that noun, which 
would be disagreeable to the ear. 


X. Possessive pronouns. 





SINGULAR. PLURAL. 


Masculine. | Feminine. | Masculine. Feminine. 
Mine, le mien. | la mienne.| les miens. | les miennes. 
Thine, le tien. la tienne. | les tiens. les tiennes. 


His, hers, its, le sien. la sienne. | les siens. | les siennes. 
Pp <i 





Ours, le or la notre. les nétres. 
Yours, le or la votre. les vétres. 
Thewrs, le or la leur. les leurs. 


A SSS 








Comparing possessive adjectives with possessive pronouns, ob- 


serve :— 


(1) The o of the possessive pronouns le nétre, le votre, les nétres, 
les votres, has a circumflex accent, while that o is short in the adjec- 


tives notre and votre. 


(2) The same pronouns take s in the plural, les nétres, les vétres, 
while the adjectives change their form entirely and become nos, vos. 


There are only two auxiliary verbs in French, avoir (¢o 


have) and @tre (to be). They are the most frequently used 


APPENDIX. 


THE VERB. 
Auxiliary Verbs. 


and the most important of all verbs. 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. 


avoir, to have. 


PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 


ayant, having. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


jai, J have. 

tu as. 

il or elle a. 
nous avons. 
vous avez. 

ils or elles ont. 


IMPERFECT. 


~~ javais, J had. 
tu avais. 
il or elle avait. 
nous avions. 
vous aviez. 
ils or elles avaient. 


Avoir. 


INFINITIVE PAST. 


avoir eu, to have had. 


PARTICIPLE PAST. 


eu, had. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


jai eu, J have had, I had. 
tu as eu. 

il or elle a eu. 

nous avons eu. 

vous avez eu. 

ils or elles ont eu. 


PLUPERFECT. 


javais eu, J had had. 
tu avais eu. 

il or elle avait eu. 
nous avions eu. 

vous aviez eu. 

ils or elles avaient eu. 


A 


982 


PRETERITE. 


jeus, J had. 

tu eus. 

il or elle eut. 
nous efimes. 

vous eiites. 

ils or elles eurent. 


FUTURE. 
jaurai, J shall or will have. 
tu auras. 

il or elle aura. 

nous aurons. 

vous aurez. 

ils or elles auront. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


I would or should have. 
jaurais. 
tu aurais. 
il or elle aurait. 
nous aurions. 
vous auriez. 
ils or elles auraient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


that I may have, that I have. 


que j’aie. 

que tu aies. 

qu’il or qu’elle ait. 
que nous ayons. 
que vous ayez. 
qu’ils (elles) aient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


that I might have, that I had. 


que j’eusse. 

que tu eusses, 

qw’il or qu'elle eit. 
que nous eussions. 
que vous eussiez. 
qu’ils (elles) eussent. 


_ APPENDIX. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


jeus eu, J had had. 
tu eus eu. 

il or elle eut eu. 
nous etimes eu. 

vous elites eu. 

ils or elles eurent eu. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
jaurai eu, J shall have had. 
tu auras eu. 

il or elle aura eu. 

nous aurons eu. 

vous aurez eu. 

ils or elles auront eu. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


I would or should have had. 
jaurais eu. 
tu aurais eu. 
il or elle aurait eu. 
nous aurions eu. 
vous auriez eu. 
ils or elles auraient eu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 


that I may have had. 

que j’aie eu. 

que tu aies eu. 

qw’il or qu'elle ait eu. 

que nous ayons eu. 

que vous ayez eu. 

quiils (elles) aient eu. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

that I might have had. 

que j’eusse eu. 

que tu eusses eu. 

qu'il or qu'elle efit eu. 

que nous eussions eu. 

que vous eussiez eu. 

qu’ils (elles) eussent eu. 


aie, have (thou). 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. 


étre, to be. 


PARTICIPLE PRESENT, 


étant, being. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


je suis, J am. 
tu es. 

il or elle est. 
nous sommes. 
vous étes. 

ils or elles sont. 


IMPERFECT. 


j’étais, / was. 

tu étais. 

il or elle était. 
nous étions. 

vous étiez. 

ils or elles étaient. 


PRETERITE. 


je fus, J was. 

tu fus. 

il or elle fut. 
nous faimes. 

vous fiites. 

ils or elles furent. 


FUTURE. 


je serai, J shall or will be. 
tu seras. 

il or elle sera. 

nous serons. 

vous serez. 

ils or elles seront. 


ayons, let us have. 


APPENDIX. 


IMPERATIVE. 


ayez, have (you). 


Etre. 


INFINITIVE PAST. 


avoir été, to have been. 


PARTICIPLE PAST. 
été, been. 
PAST INDEFINITE. 


j’ai été, / have been, I was. 
tu as été. 

il or elle a été. 

nous avons été. 

vous avez été. 

ils or elles ont été. 


PLUPERFECT, 


j’avais été, / had been. 
tu avais été. 

il or elle avait été. 
nous avions été. 

vous aviez été. 

ils or elles avaient été. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


jveus été, J had been. 
tu eus été. 

il or elle eut été. 
nous efimes été. 

vous efites été. 

ils or elles eurent été. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR, 


j’aurai été, / shall huve been, 
tu auras été. 

il or elle aura été. 

nous aurons été. 

vous aurez été. 

ils or elles auront été. 


283° 


284 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


je serais, J wouid or should be. 
tu serais. 

il or elle serait. 

nous serions. 

vous seriez. 

ils er elles seraient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


que je sois, that / may be, that I be. 
que tu sois. 

qu’il or qu’elle soit. 

que nous soyons. 

que vous soyez. 

qu’ils (elles) soient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


that I might be. 
que je fusse. 
que tu fusses. 
qu’il or qu’elle fat. 
que nous fussions, 
que vous fussiez. 
qu’ils or qu’elles fussent. 


APPENDIX. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


jaurais été, 7 would or should have 
tu aurais été. [ been. 
il or elle aurait été. 

nous aurions été. 

vous auriez été. 

ils or elles auraient été. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 


que j’aie été, that J may have been. 
que tu aies été. 

qu’il or qu'elle ait été. 

que nous ayons été. — 

que vous ayez été. 

qu’ils (elles) aient été. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT: 


that I might have been. 
que j’eusse été. 
que tu eusses été. \ 
qu’il or qu’elle efit été. 
que nous eussions été. 
que vous eussiez été. 
qu’ils or qu’elles eussent été. 


IMPERATIVE. 


sois, be (thou). 


xT. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
ai-je? have J? 
as-tu ? 
a-t-il? a-t-elle? 
avons-nous ¢ 
avez-vous ? 
ont-ils ? ont-elles ? 


IMPERFECT. 
avais-je? had I? 
avais-tu? ° 
avait-il? avait-elle ? 
avions-nous? 
aviez-vous ? 
avaient-ils? avaient-elles ” 


soyons, Jet us be. 


soyez, be (you). 


Avoir used interrogatively. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


ai-je eu? have I had? had I? 
as-tu eu? 

a-t-il eu? a-t-elle eu? 
avons-nous eu? 

avez-vous eu? 

ont-ils eu? ont-elles eu? 


PLUPERFRCT. 
avais-je eu? had I had? 
avais-tu eu? 

avait-il eu? avait-elle eu? 
avions-nous eu ? 
aviez-vous eu? 

avaient-ils (elles) eu ? 


APPENDIX. 


PRETERITE, 


eus-je? had I? 

eus-tu ? 

eut-il? eut-elle ? 
efimes-nous 2 

etites-vous ? 

eurent-ils ? eurent-elles 2 


FUTURE. 


aurai-je? shall I have? 
auras-tu ? 

aura-t-il ? aura-t-elle ? 
aurons-nous ? 

aurez-vous ? 

auront-ils ¢ auront-elles ? 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT, 


aurais-je ? should I have? 
aurais-tu ? 

aurait-il? aurait-elle ? 
aurions-nous ? 
auriez-vous ? 
auraient-ils (elles) ? 


XIV. Etre used 


INDICATIVE, 


suis je? am 1? 
es-tu ? 

est-il ? est-elle ? 
sommes-nous ? 
étes-vous % 

sont-ils ? sont-elles ? 


IMPERFECT. 
étais-je? was 1? 
étais-tu ? 
était-il ? était-elle ? 
étions-nous % 
étiez-vous ? 
étaient-ils ¢ étaient-elles ? 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


eus-je eu? had I had? 

eus-tu eu? 

eut-il eu? eut-elle eu ? 
efimes-nous eu? 

efites-vous eu ? . 
eurent-ils (elles) eu? 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


aurai-je eu? shall J have had? 
auras-tu eu? 

aura-t-il eu? aura-t-elle eu ? 
aurons-nous eu? 

aurez-vous eu? 

auront-ils (elles) eu? 


CONDITIONAL PAST- 


aurais-je eu? should I have had? 
aurais-tu eu? 

aurait-il eu? aurait-elle eu? 
aurions-nous eu ? 

auriez-vous eu? 

auraient-ils (elles) eu? 


interrogatively. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


ai-je été t have [ been? was I? 
as-tu été ? 

a-t-il été? a-t-elle été? 
avons-nous été ? 

avez-vous été ? 

ont-ils été? ont-elles été ? 


PLUPERFECT. 


avais-je été? had I been ? 
avais-tu été ? 

avait-il été? avait-elle été? 
avions-nous été ? 

aviez-vous été ? 

avaient-ils (elles) été? 


286 


PRETERITE. 
fus-je? was [? 

fus-tu ? 

fut-il ? fut elle ? 
fiimes-nous ? 

fiites-vous ? 

furent-ils ? furent-elles ? 


FUTURE. 


serai-je? shall I be? 
seras-tu ? 

sera-t-il ? sera-t-elle ? 
serons-nous ? 

serez-vous ? 

seront-ils ? seront-elles ? 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


serais-je ? should I be ? 
serais-tu ? 

serait-il ? serait-elle ? 
serions-nous ? 

seriez-vous ? 

seraient-ils ? seraient-elles ? 


APPENDIX. 


PAST ANTERIOR, 
eus-je été? had J been? 
eus-tu été ? 

eut-il été? eut-elle été ? 
etimes-nous été ? 
etites-vous été ? 
eurent-ils (elles) été ? 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


aurai-je été? shall I have been 2 
auras-tu été ? 

aura-t-il été ? aura-t-elle été ? 
aurons-nous été ? 

aurez-vous été ? 

auront-ils (elles) été ? 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


aurais-je été ? should I have been ? 
aurais-tu été ? 

aurait-il-été ? aurait elle été ? 
aurions-nous été ? 

auriez-vous été ? 

auraient-ils (elles) été ? 


XV. Avoir used negatively. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


TI have not. 
je n’ai pas. 
tu n’as pas. 
il or elle n’a pas. 
nous n’avons pas. 
vous n’avez pas. 
ils or elles n’ont pas. 


IMPERFECT. 


je n’avais pas, I had not. 
tu n’avais pas. 

il or elle n’avait pas. 
nous n’avions pas. 

vous n’aviez pas. 

ils or elles n’avaient pas. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


I have not had, I had not had. 
je n’ai pas eu. 
tu n’as pas eu. 
il or elle n’a pas eu. 
nous n’avons pas eu. 
vous n’avez pas eu. 
ils or elles n’ont pas eu. 


PLUPERFECT. 
je n’avais pas eu, J had not had. 
tu n’avais pas eu. 

il or elle n’avait pas eu. 

nous n’avions pas eu. 

vous n’aviez pas eu. 

ils or elles n’avaient pas eu. 


PRETERITE. 
je n’eus pas, J had not. 
tu n’eus pas. 

il or elle n’eut pas. 
nous n’efimes pas. 

vous n’efites pas. 

ils or elles n’eurent pas. 


FUTURE. 


T shall not have. 
je n’aurai pas. 
tu n’auras pas. 
il or elle n’aura pas. 
nous n’aurons pas. 
vous n’aurez pas. 
ils or elles n’auront pas. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


I should not have. 
je n’aurais pas. 
tu n’aurais pas. 
il or elle n’aurait pas. 
nous n’aurions pas. 
vous n’auriez pas. 
ils or elles n’auraient pas. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
that I may not have. 

que je n’aie pas. 

que tu n’aies pas. 

qu’il or qu’elle n’ait pas. 

que nous n’ayons pas. 

que vous n’ayez pas. 

qu’ils (elles) n’aient pas. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


that I might not have. 
que je n’eusse pas. 
que tu n’eusses pas. 
qu’il or qu’elle n’eiit pas. 
que nous n’eussions pas. 
que vous n’eussiez pas. 
qu’ils (elles) n’eussent pas. 


APPENDIX. 287 


PAST ANTERIOR. 

je n’eus pas eu, J had not had. 
tu n’eus pas eu. 

il or elle n’eut pas eu. 

nous n’etimes pas eu, 

vous n’eiites pas eu. 

ils or elles n’eurent pas eu. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR, 
I shall not have had. 
je n’aurai pas eu. 
tu n’auras pas eu. 
il or elle n’aura pas eu. 
nous n’aurons pas eu. 
vous n’aurez pas eu. 
ils or elles n’auront pas eu. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


IT should not have had. 
je n’aurais pas eu. 
tu n’aurais pas eu. 
il or elle n’aurait pas eu. 
nous n’aurions pas eu. 
vous n’auriez pas eu. 
ils or elles n’auraient pas eu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
that I may not have had. 

que je n’aie pas eu. 

que tu n’aies pas eu. 

quw’il or qu'elle n’ait pas eu. 

que nous n’ayons pas eu. 

que vous n’ayez pas eu. 

qu’ils (elles) n’aient pas eu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 


that I might not have had. 
que je n’eusse pas eu. 
que tu n’eusses pas eu. 
quw’il or qu’elle n’etit pas eu. 
que nous n’eussions pas eu. 
que vous n’eussiez pas eu. 
quw’ils (elles) n’eussent pas eu. 


288 


APPENDIX. 


IMPERATIVE. 


n’aie pas, have not (thou). 
n’ayons pas, let us not have. 
n’ayez pas, have not (you). 


XVI. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


I am not. 
je ne suis pas. 
tu n’es pas. 
il or elle n’est pas. 
nous ne sommes pas. 
vous n’étes pas. 
ils or elles ne sont pas. 


IMPERFECT. 


je n’étais pas, J was not. 
tu n’étais pas. 

il or elle n’était pas. 
nous n’étions pas. 

vous n’étiez pas. 

ils or elles n’étaient pas. 


PRETERITE. 


je ne fus pas, / was not. 
tu ne fus pas. 

il or elle ne fut pas. 
nous ne fiimes pas. 

vous ne fiites pas. 

ils or elles ne furent pas. 


FUTURE. 


T shall not be. 
je ne serai pas. 
tu ne seras pas. 
il or elle ne sera pas. 
nous ne serons pas. 
vous ne serez pas. 
ils or elles ne seront pas, 


Etre used negatively. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


I have not been, I was not. 
je n’ai pas été. 
tu n’as pas été. 
il or elle n’a pas été. 
nous n’avons pas été. 
vous n’avez pas été. 
ils or elles n’ont pas été. 


PLUPERFECT. 


je n’avais pas été, / had not been. 
tu n’avais pas été. 

il or elle n’avait pas été. 

nous n’avions pas été. 

vous n’aviez pas été. 

ils or elles n’avaient pas été. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


je n’eus pas été, J had not been. 
tu n’eus pas été. 

il or elle n’eut pas été. 

nous n’efimes pas été. 

vous n’etites pas été. 

ils or elles n’eurent pas été. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


T shall not have been. 
je n’aurai pas été. 
tu n’auras pas été. 
il or elle n’aura pas été. 
nous n’aurons pas été. 
vous n’aurez pas été. 
ils or elles n’auront pas été. 


APPENDIX. 289 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
I should not be. 
je ne serais pas. 
tu ne serais pas. 
il or elle ne serait pas. 
nous ne serions pas. 
vous ne Seriez pas. 
ils or elles ne seraient pas. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
that I may not be. 
que je ne sois pas. 
que tu ne sois pas. 
qu’il (elle) ne soit pas. 
que nous ne soyons pas. 
que vous ne soyez pas. 
qu ils (elles) ne soient pas. 
SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
that I might not be. 
que je ne fusse pas. 
que tu ne fusses pas. 
qu’il or qu'elle ne fit pas. 
que nous ne fussions pas. 
que vous ne fussiez pas. 
quwils (elles) ne fussent pas. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


I should not have been. 
je n’aurais pas été. 
tu n’aurais pas été. 
il or elle n’aurait pas été. 
nous n’aurions pas été. 
vous n’auriez pas été, 
ils or elles n’auraient pas été. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 


that I may not have been. 
que je n’aie pas été. 
que tu n’aies pas été. 
qu'il (elle) n’ait pas été. 
que nous n’ayons pas été. 
que vous n’ayez pas été, 
qu’ils (elles) n’aient pas été. 
SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
that I might not have been. 
que je n’eusse pas été. 
que tu n’eusses pas été. 
qu’il or qu'elle n’etit pas été. 
que nous n’eussions pas été, 
que vous n’eussiez pas été, 
quwiils (elles) n’eussent pas été. 


IMPERATIVE. 


ne sois pas, be not (thou). 


ne soyons pas, /et us not be. 


ne soyez pas, be not (you). 


OBSERVATION FOR ALL VERBS USED NEGATIVELY. — Instead of 
pas, put point for a stronger negation, jamais for never, and plus for 


no more or no longer. 


XVII. Avoir used negatively and interrogatively. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
n’ai-je pas? have I not ? 
n’as-tu pas ? 
n’a-t-il (elle) pas? 
n’avons-nous pas ? 
n’avez-vous pas ? 
n’ont-ils (elles) pas ? 


PAST INDEFINITE. 
n’ai-je pas eu? have I not had ? 
n’as-tu pas eu? 
n’a-t-il (elle) pas eu? 
n’avons-nous pas eu ? 
n’avez-vous pas eu ? 
n’ont-ils (elles) pas eu ? 


19 


290 


IMPERFECT. 
’avais-je pas ? had I not ? 
etc. 


PRETERITE. 
n’eus-je pas ? had I not ? 
etc. 


FUTURE. 
shall I not have ? 
n’aurai-je pas ? 
etc. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


should I not have ? 
n’aurais-je pas ? 
etc. 


APPENDIX. 


PLUPERFECT. 


n’avais-je pas eu? had I not had? 
etc. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


n’eus-je pas eu? had I not had ? 
etc. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
shall I not have had ? 
n’aurai-je pas eu ? 
etc. 
CONDITIONAL PAST. 
should I not have had ? 
n’aurais-je pas eu ? 
etc. 


XVIII. Etre used negatively and interrogatively. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
am I not 2 
ne suis-je pas ? 
n’es-tu pas ? 
n’est-il pas? n’est-elle pas ! 
ne sommes-nous pas ? 
n’étes-vous pas ? 
ne sont-ils (elles) pas ? 
IMPERFECT. 
was I not ? 
n’étais-je pas ? 
etc. 
PRETERITE. 
was I not ? 
ne fus-je pas ? 
etc. 


FUTURE. 


shall I not be ? 
ne serai-je pas ? 
etc. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 
have I not been? was I not ? 
n’ai-je pas été ? 
n’as-tu pas été ? 
n’a-t-il pas été? n’a-t-elle pas été ? 
n’avons-nous pas été ? 
n’avez-vous pas été ? 
n’ont-ils (elles) pas été? 
PLUPERFECT. 
had I not been ? 
n’avais-je pas été ? 
etc. 
PAST ANTERIOR. 
had I not been? 
n’eus je pas été ? 
etc. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR, 
shall I not have been ? 
n’aurai-je pas été? 
etc. 


291 


APPENDIX. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT, 


should I not have been ? 


should I not be ? 


été 2 


aurais-je pas 


ny 


q 


ne serais-je pas 


etc. 


etc. 





*JUOSSI 
*ZOISSI 
*SUOISST 
“Hw 
*SOSSI 
*OSSI 








*JUOSST 
*ZOISSI 
*SUOISSI 


| 
| 

"4 
"SOSSI 


"OSSI 


es | rs | me ff 


*quasse 
*ZOISSB 
*SUOISSB 
“78 
*SaSse 
"aSse 


"pa fuaduy 
aanyounlong 















"Za 
*SUOL 
7) 
"$9 
zr) 


“}UOSST 
*ZOISSI 
*SUOISSI 
*OSSI 
*SOSST 
*aSsI 


*JUISINT 
pounlang 


oar 


‘suotqesnfuoo 1ze[nSe1 sary} 9yy Jo suOT}eUTUIIA, 


“JUSSI 
"ZOSSI 
*SUOSSI 
"OSSI 
“SI 


"que 
‘ZO 
“suo 
7) 
fe) 


‘aaunsaduy 


quorva | *quor 
ZaIL |  *Zox 

*suolt | *Suod 
"JCI "wl | 
‘SIBI Eeer| 
*SIBd “1Bl | 


*JUOTBAT 
*ZOUU 
*SUOLII 
"1B 
"SIVA 
*SIBAL 


“quale. 
*ZOLLo 
*STOLLa 
CAG) 
*STBIO 
"STR 


*pouornpuo) 









*JUOIT 
"ZAI 
*SUOLT | 


*JUO.LO 
*Z919 
*suo.o 
aa) 
*SB.1d 
“TRL 





“UIT 
"Soql 
"SOULE 
41 

“ST 

st 


BGR) 
*So]B 
"solu 
“G 

"St 

1B 


"OIL T 





*juore 


“Zeal 


*SUOI 
‘718 
"STB 
“SIR 


"JUOIBSST 
*ZOISSI 
*SUOISSI 
*VVBSSL 
*SIBSST 
*STVSSI 


*}UOIe 
"Zal 
*SUOL 
“18 
*sIe 
"STB 


pa fuaduy 


*JUOSSI 
"ZOSSI 
*SUOSSI 
“HU 

SI 

‘SI 


*2anqwoipuy 
quasal 





‘oO 





‘apdiayund jsv qT 


“QUST 


“que 


sandoyund 
1Uasan 


"XIX 


*I0 


‘aagauyy 

















'NOILVOALNOD 





292 APPENDIX. 


Observations on these terminations. 


(1) All verbs in the French language terminate in the same way 
in three of their tenses : — 


The imperfect in -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 
The future in -rai, -ras, -ra, -rons, -rez, -ront. 
The conditional in -rais, -rais, -rait, -rions, -riez, -raient. 


(2) The termination of the past participle is the most important 
to be remembered, as all compound tenses are formed by that parti- 
ciple preceded by avoir or étre. 

(3) The imperative is exactly like the present indicative. It must, 
however, be remarked that the s of the second person singular of the 
present indicative in verbs of the Ist conjugation does not appear in 
the imperative. 


XX. The Three Conjugations. 
Verbs in -er. Verbs in -ir. Verbs in -re, 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. 


porter, to carry. finir, to finish. rendre, to give back. 


INFINITIVE PAST. 


avoir porté. avoir fini. avoir rendu. 


PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 


portant. finissant. rendant. 


PARTICIPLE PAST. 


porté, fini. rendu. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


(I come back, I am coming back, I do come back.) 


je porte. je finis. je rends. 

tu portes. tu finis. tu rends. 

il porte. il finit. il rend. 

nous portons. nous finissons. nous rendons. 
vous portez. vous finissez. vous rendez. 


ils portent. ils finissent. ils rendent. 


APPENDIX. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


293 


(I came back last year or this year, last month or this month, last 
week or this week, yesterday, to-day, this morning, an hour ago.) 


jai porté. 

tu as porte. 

il a porté. 

nous avons porté. 
vous avez porté. 
ils ont porté. 


jai fini. 

tu as fini. 

il a fini. 

nous avons fini. 
vous avez fini, 
ils ont fini. 


IMPERFECT. 


jai rendu. : 
tu as rendu. 

il a rendu. 

nous avons rendu. 
vous avez rendu, 
ils ont rendu, 


(I came back—meaning used to come back — every day for dinner; I 
was coming back from the town when I met your brother.) 


je portais. 

tu portais. 

il portait. 
nous portions. 
vous portiez. 
ils portaient. 


je finissais. 

tu finissais. 

il finissait. 
nous finissions. 
vous finissiez. 
ils finissaient. 


PLUPERFECT. 


je rendais. 

tu rendais. 

il rendait. 
nous rendions. 
vous rendiez. 
ils rendaient. 


(I had come back already when the Emperor died; he had died before 


j’avais porte. 

tu avais porte. 

il avait porte. 
nous avions porté. 
vous aviez porté 
ils avaient porte. 


I came in.) 


j’avais fini. 

tu avais fini. 

il avait fini. 
nous avions fini. 
vous aviez fini. 
ils avaient fini. 


PRETERITE 


j’avais rendu. 

tu avais rendu. 

il avait rendu. 
nous avions rendu. 
vous aviez rendu. 
ils avaient rendu. 


(I came back, in narratives or historical style.) 


je portai. 

tu portas. 

il porta. 

nous portames. 
vous portates. 
ils portérent. 


je finis. 

tu finis. 

il finit. 

nous finimes. 
vous finites. 
ils finirent. 


je rendis. 

tu rendis. 

il rendit. 

nous rendimes. 
vous rendites. 
ils rendirent. 


294. 


(Scarcely had Caesar entered the Senate when he was slaughtered: 


j’eus porte. 

tu eus porte. 

il eut porté. 

nous efimes porte. 
vous efites porté. 
ils eurent porté. 


APPENDIX. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


historical style.) 


j'eus fini. 

tu eus fini. 

il eut fini. 

nous efimes fini. 
yous efites fini. 
ils eurent fini. 


FUTURE. 


jeus rendu. 

tu eus rendu. 

il eut rendu. 

nous efimes rendu. 
vous efites rendu. 
ils eurent rendu. 


(I shall or will come back.) 


je porterai. 

tu porteras. 

il portera. 

nous porterons. 
vous porterez. 
ils porteront. 


je finirai. 

tu finiras. 

il finira. 
nous finirons. 
vous finirez. 
ils finiront. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


je rendrai. 

tu rendras. 

il rendra. 
nous rendrons. 
vous rendrez. 
ils rendront. 


(I shall have come back — or shall be back — before you go.) 


j’aurai porte. 

tu auras porte. 

il aura porte. 

nous aurons porteé. 
vous aurez porte. 
ils auront porté. 


(I should or would come back if . 


je porterais. 

tu porterais. 

il porterait. 
nous porterions. 
vous porteriez. 
ils porteraient. 


j’aurai fini. 

tu auras fini. 

il aura fini. 

nous aurons fini. 
vous aurez fini. 
ils auront fini. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


je finirais. 

tu finirais. 

il finirait. 
nous finirions. 
vous finiriez. 
ils finiraient. 


j’aurai rendu. 

tu auras rendu. 

il aura rendu, 
nous aurons rendu. 
vous aurez rendu. 
ils auront rendu. 


Ns 


je rendrais. 

tu rendrais. 

il rendrait. 
nous rendrions. 
vous rendriez. 
ils rendraient. 


APPENDIX. 295 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


(I should have come back but for your brother.) 


j’aurais porté. j’aurais fini. j’aurais rendu. 

tu aurais porté. tu aurais fini. tu aurais rendu. 

il aurait porté. il aurait fini. il aurait rendu. 
nous aurions porté. nous aurions fini. nous aurions rendu. 
vous auriez porté. vous auriez fini. vous auriez rendu. 
ils auraient porté. ils auraient fini. ils auraient rendu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


(Is it necessary, or do you think, or do you wish that he should come 


back ?) 
que je porte. que je finisse. que je rende. 
que tu portes. que tu finisses. que tu rendes. 
qu’il porte. qu’il finisse. qu’il rende. 
que nous portions. que nous finissions. que nous rendions. 
que vous portiez. que vous finissiez. que vous rendiez. 
qu’ils portent. qu’ils finissent. ' quwils rendent. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 


(Is it necessary, or do you think, or do you wish that he should have 
come back before my departure ?) 


que j’aie porte. que j’aie fini. que j’aie rendu. 

que tu aies porté. que tu aies fini. que tu aies rendu. 
qu’il ait porté. qu'il ait fini. qu’il ait rendu. 

que nous ayons porté. que nous ayons fini. que nous ayons rendu. 
que vous ayez porte. que vous ayez fini. que vous ayez rendu. 
qu’ils aient porté. qu’ils aient fini. qu’ils aient rendu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


(Was it necessary, or did you think, or did you wish that he should 
come back?) 


que je portasse. que je finisse. que je rendisse. 

que tu portasses. que tu finisses. que tu rendisses. 
qu’il portat. qu’il finit. qu’il rendit. 

que nous portassions. que nous finissions. que nous rendissions. 
que vous portassiez. que vous finissiez. que vous rendissiez. 


qu’ils portassent. qu’ils finissent. qu’ils rendissent. 


296 APPENDIX. 


fool 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 


(Was it necessary, or did you think, or did you wish that he should 
have come back before my departure ?) 


que j’eusse porté. que j’eusse fini. que j’eusse rendu. 
que tu eusses porte. que tu eusses fini. que tu eusses rendu. 
qu’il efit porté. qu’il eft fini. qu’il efit rendu. 


que nous eussions porté. que nous eussions fini, que nous eussions rendu. 
que vous eussiez porté. que vous eussiez fini. que vous eussiez rendu. 
qu’ils eussent porté. quilseussent fini. qu’ils eussent rendu. 


IMPERATIVE. 


(Come back at once.) 


porte. finis. rends. 
portons. finissons. rendons. 
portez. finissez. rendez. 


XXI. Peculiarities in verbs of the first conjugation. 


All the verbs of the 1st conjugation, but two, are regular, and 
consequently conjugated like porter. But a few, besides those which 
have been seen in §§ 69-70, present some peculiarities. 

(1) Verbs in -ier, such as prier, crier, have two consecutive i’s in 
the Ist and 2nd persons plural of the imperfect indicative and pres- 
ent subjunctive: priions, priiez, criions, criiez; the first i belongs to 
the root, the second to the termination. 

(2) In verbs in -yer, after the y of the root, there is an i belong- 
ing to the termination in the same parts of the verb: employions, 
employiez. 


XXII. Peculiarity in the second conjugation. 


The verb hair, to hate, loses the diwresis in the singular of the pres- 
ent indicative: je hais, tu hais, il hait; and the second singular of 
the imperative: hais. 


XXIII. Peculiarity in the third conjugation. 


Battre, and all verbs formed with it (abattre, combattre, etc.) take 
only one t in the singular of the present indicative, and the second 
singular of the imperative: je bats, tu bats, il bat, ne bats pas. In 
all other tenses they are regular. i 


APPENDIX. 297 


XXIV. Verbs in -evoir. 


Seven verbs ending -evoir form a whole conjugation in 
most grammars, according to which the Ist ends in -er, the 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
recevoir, to receive. 


PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
recevant, receiving. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
je regois, / receive. 
tu recois. 

il, elle recoit. 
nous recevons. 
vous recevez. 

ils, elles recoivent. 


IMPERFECT. 
je recevais, / was receiving. 
tu recevais. 
il, elle recevait. 
nous recevions. 
vous receviez. 
ils, elles recevaient. 


PRETERITE. 

je recus, / received. 
tu recus. 

il, elle recut. 

nous reciimes. 
vous recites. 

ils, elles regurent. 


FUTURE. 


je recevrai, / shall receive. 
tu recevras. 

il, elle recevra. 

nous recevrons. 

vous recevrez. 

a48, elles recevront. 


2nd in -ir, the 3rd in -evoir, and the 4th in -re. 


INFINITIVE PAST. 


avoir regu, to have received. 


PARTICIPLE PAST. 
regu, received. 


PAST INDEFINITE. 
j’ai regu, / received. 
tu as recu. 

il, elle a recu. 

nous avons recu. 
vous avez regu. 

ils, elles ont regu. 


PLUPERFECT. 


j’avais regu, J had received. 
tu avais recu. 

il, elle avait recu. 

nous avions recu. 

vous aviez recu. 

ils, elles avaient regu. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


jveus recu, J had received. 
tu eus recu. 

il, elle eut regu. 

nous efimes regu. 

vous efites regu. 

ils, elles eurent regu. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


j’aurai regu, / shall have received. 
tu auras regu. 

il, elle atira requ. 

nous aurons recu. 

vous aurez recu. 

ils, elles auront recu. 


298 APPENDIX. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
je recevrais, J should receive. 
tu recevrais. 

il, elle recevrait. 
nous recevrions. 
vous recevriez. 

ils, elles recevraient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
that I may receive. 
que je recoive. 
que tu regoives. 
qu'il, qu’elle recoive. 
que nous recevions. 
que vous receviez. 
qu’ils, qu’elles recoivent. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
that I might receive. 
que je recusse. 
que tu recusses. 
qu’il, qu’elle recft. 
que nous recussions. 
que vous recussiez. 
qu’ils, qu’elles regussent. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 
j’aurais regu, / should have received. 
tu aurais regu. 

il, elle aurait regu. 
nous aurions requ. 
vous auriez recu. 

ils, elles auraient regu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
that I may have received. 
que j’aie recu. 
que tu aies regu. 
qu’il, qu’elle ait regu. 
que nous ayons requ. 
que vous ayez recu. 
qu’ils, qu’elles aient regu. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
that I might have recewed. 

que j’eusse recu. 

que tu eusses regu. 

qu’il, qu’elle efit regu. 

que nous eussions regu. 

que vous eussiez regu. 

qu’ils, qu’elles eussent requ. 


IMPERATIVE. 
recois, receive (thou). recevons, let us receive. recevez, receive (ye). 


XXV. The Passive Form. 


Verbs have two Voices, namely : — 
The Active Voice, when the subject does something, as, — 


mon pére me punit, my father punishes me. 
mon pére m’a puni, my father has punished me. 


The Passive Voice,! when the subject has something done 


to it, as, — 


je suis puni par mon pére, J am punished by my father. 
jai été puni par mon pére, Z was punished by my father. 


1 Only transitive verbs have a passive voice. 


APPENDIX. 299 


=r eal 


Conjugation of the passive verb étre frappé. 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. INFINITIVE PAST. 
étre frappé, to be struck. avoir été frappé, to have been struck 
PARTICIPLE PRESENT. PARTICIPLE PAST. 
étant frappé, being struck. ayant été frappé, having been struck 
INDICATIVE PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. 
I am struck. IT have been struck, I was struck. 
je suis frappé (ée). jai été frappé (ée). 
tu es frappé (ée). tu as été frappé (ée). 
il est frappé (€e). il a été frappé (ée). 
nous sommes frappés (ées). nous avons été frappés (ées). 
vous étes frappés (€es). vous avez été frappés (ées), 
ils sont frappés (ées). ils ont été frappés (ées). 
IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
I was struck. I had been struck. 
jétais frappé (ée). javais été frappé (ée). 
tu étais frappé (ée). tu avais été frappé (ée). 
il était frappé (ée). il avait été frappé (ée). 
nous étions frappés (ées). nous avions été frappés (ées). 
vous étiez frappés (ées). vous aviez été frappés (ées). 
ils étaient frappés (ées). ils avaient été frappés (ées). 
PRETERITE. PAST ANTERIOR. 
T was struck. I had been struck. 
je fus frappé (ée). jeus été frappé (ée). 
tu fus frappé (ée). tu eus été frappé (ée). 
il fut frappé (ée). il eut été frappé (ée). 
nous fiimes frappés (ées). nous efimes été frappés (ées). 
vous fiites frappés (ées). vous etites été frappés (ées). 
ils furent frappés (ées). ils eurent été frappés (ées). 
FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
T shall be struck. T shall have been struck. 
je serai frappé (ée). jaurai été frappé (ée). 
tu seras frappé (ée). tu auras été frappé (ée). 
il sera frappé (ée). il aura été frappé (ée). 
nous serons frappés (ées). nous aurons été frappés (ée8). 
vous serez frappés (ées). vous aurez été frappé (ées). 


ils seront frappés (ées). ils auront été frappés (€es). 


300 APPENDIX. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
I should be struck. 
je serais frappé (ée). 
tu serais frappé (ée). 
il serait frappé (ée). 
nous serions frappés (€ées). 
vous seriez frappés (ées). 
ils seraient frappés (ées). 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
that I may be struck. 
que je sois frappé (ée). 
que tu sois frappé (ée). 
qu’il soit frappé (ée). 
que nous soyons frappés (ées). 
que vous soyez frappés (ées). 
qu’ils soient frappés (€es). 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
that I might be struck. 
que je fusse frappé (ée). 
que tu fusses frappé (ée). 
qu’il fat frappé (ée). 


que nous fussions frappés (ées). 


que vous fussiez frappés (ées). 
qu’ils fussent frappés (ées). 


CONDITIONAI, PAST. 
I should have been struck. 

jaurais été frappé (ée). 
tu aurais été frappé (ée). 
il aurait été frappé (ée). 
nous aurions été frappés (ées). 
vous auriez été frappés (ées). 
ils auraient été frappés (ées). 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 

that [ may have been struck. 
que j’aie été frappé (ée). 
que tu aies été frappé (ée). 
qu’il ait été frappé (ée). 
que nous ayons été frappés (ées). 
que vous ayez été frappés (ées). 
qu’ils aient été frappés (ées). 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

that 1 might have been struck. 
que j’eusse été frappé (ée). 
que tu eusses été frappé (ée). 
qu’il efit été frappé (ée). 
que nous eussions été frappés (ées). 
que vous eussiez été frappés (ées). 
qu’ils eussent été frappés (ées). 


IMPERATIVE. 


sois frappé (ée), be struck. 


soyons frappés (ées), let us be struck. 


soyez frappés (6es), be you or ye struck. 


XXVI. Conjugation of a reflective verb. 


INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
se laver, to wash one’s self. 


PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
se lavant, washing one’s self. 


INFINITIVE PAST. 


s’étre lavé, to have washed one’s self. 


PARTICIPLE PAST. 


s’étant lavé, having washed one’s self. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
I wash myself. 


je me lave. 
tu te laves. 
il se lave. 


nous nous lavons. 
vous vous lavez. 
ils se lavent. 


APPENDIX. 301 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


I have washed myself. 


je me suis lavé (ée). 
tu t’es lavé (€e). 
il s’est lavé (é9). 


IMPERFECT. 

I was washing myself. 
je me lavais. 
tu te lavais. 
il se lavait. 
nous nous lavions. 
vous vous laviez. 
ils se lavaient. 


PRETERITE. 


I washed myself. 
je me lavai. 
tu te lavas. 
il se lava. 
nous nous lavames. 
vous vous lavates. 
ils se laverent. 


FUTURE. 


I shall wash myself. 
je me laverai. 
tu te laveras. 
il se lavera. 
nous nous laverons. 
vous vous laverez. 
ils se laveront. 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


I should wash myself. 
je me laverais. 
tu te laverais. 
il se laverait. 
nous nous laverions. 
vous vous laveriez. 
ils se laveraient. 


nous nous sommes lavés (ées). 
vous vous étes lavés (ées). 
ils se sont lavés (ées). 


PLUPERFECT. 


I had washed myself. 
je m’étais lavé (ée). 
tu t’étais lavé (ée). 
il s’était lavé (ée). 
nous nous étions lavés (ées). 
vous vous étiez lavés (€es). 
ils s’étaient lavés (é¢es). 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


I had washed myself. 
je me fus lavé (ée). 
tu te fus lavé (ée). 
il se fut lavé (ée). 
nous nous fiimes lavés (€e8). 
vous vous fiites lavés (ées). 
ils se furent lavés (ées). 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


I shall have washed myself. 
je me serai lavé (ée). 
tu te seras lavé (ée). 
il se sera lavé (ée). 
nous nous serons lavés (6e8). 
vous vous serez lavés (ées). 
ils se seront lavés (ées). 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


I should have washed myself. 
je me serais lavé (ée). 
tu te serais lavé (ée). 
il se serait lavé (ée). 
nous nous serions lavés (ées). 
vous vous seriez lavés (ées). 
ils se seraient lavés (ées). 


302 APPENDIX. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 


that I may wash myself. 
gue je me lave. 
que tu te laves. 
qu’il se lave. 
que nous nous lavions. 
que vous vous laviez. 
qu’ils se lavent. 


SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 


that I might wash myself. 
que je me lavasse. 
que tu te lavasses. 
quil se lavat. 
que nous nous lavassions. 
que vous vous lavassiez. 
qu’ils se lavassent. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 


that I may have washed myself. 
que je me sois lavé (ée),. 
que tu te sois lavé (ée). 
qu'il se soit lavé (ée). 
que nous nous soyons lavés (ées). 
que vous vous soyez lavés (ées). 
quwils se soient lavés (ées),. 


SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 


that I might have washed myself. 
que je me fusse lavé (ée). 
que tu te fusses lavé (ée). 
qu’il se fit lavé (ée). 
que nous nous fussions lavés (ées). 
que vous vous fussiez lavés (ées). 
qu’ils se fussent lavés (ées). 


IMPERATIVE. 


lave-toi, wash thyself. 


lavons-nous, Jet us wash ourselves. 


lavez-vous, wash yourselves. 


Observe that the pronoun object is placed after the imperative. 
See § 94. If the imperative is negative, the pronoun is placed before, 
according to the general rule, as: — 


ne te lave pas, 


ne nous lavons pas, 
ne vous lavez pas, 


do not wash thyself. 
let us not wash ourselves. 
do not wash yourselves. 


XXVII. Conjugation of a reciprocal verb. 


INDICATIVE PRESENT. 


Speaking of two per- 


Speaking of more 


sons only. than two. 
nous nous flattons Yun! l'autre, les uns! les autres. 
vous vous flattez Yun l’autre, les uns les autres. 
ils se flattent Yun lautre, les uns les autres. 


1 All through the conjugation, put Pune l’autre if speaking of two femi- 
mene subjects, and les unes les autres if speaking of more than two. 


APPENDIX. 303 


PAST INDEFINITE. 


nous nous sommes flattés l'un l’autre, les uns les autres. 

vous vous étes flattés lun l’autre, les uns les autres. 

ils se sont flattés l’un l’autre, les uns les autres. 
IMPERFECT. 

nous nous flattions lun l’autre, les uns les autres. 

vous vous flattiez lun l’autre, les uns les autres. 

ils se flattaient lun l’autre, les uns les autres. 


and so on till the 


IMPERATIVE AFFIRMATIVE. 
flattons-nous lun l’autre, les uns les autres. 
flattez-vous Vun l’autre, les uns les autres. 
IMPERATIVE NEGATIVE. 
ne nous flattons pas l'un l’autre, les uns les autres. 


ne vous flattez pas Vunlautre, les uns les autres. 
If the reciprocal verb requires the preposition @ before its 
object, it is conjugated in this way : — 
INDICATIVE PRESENT, 
We speak to each other. 


nous nous parlons lun a l’autre, les uns aux autres. 
Vous vous parlez l’un a l’autre, les uns aux autres. 
ils se parlent lun a l’autre, les uns aux autres. 


If the reciprocal verb requires any other preposition be- 
fore its object, the preposition is likewise placed between 
l'un and l'autre, or les uns and les autres, as: — 


PAST INDEFINITE. 
We fought against each other. 


nous nous sommes battus l’uncontrel’autre, les uns contre les autres. 
vous Vous étes battus lun contre l’autre, les uns contre les autres. 
ils se sont battus V’un contre l’autre, les uns contre les autres. 


XXVIII. Formation of Tenses. 


For the formation of tenses, see pages 183, 184. 


304 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 








to acquire. 


Aller, 
to go. 


Assaillir, 
to assail. 


Asseoir, 
to seat. 


Battre, 
to beat. 


«| Boire, 


to drink. 


Bouillir, 
to boil. 





Clore, 
to close. 


Conclure, 
to conclude. 


S Conduire, 
to conduct. 





Confire, 
l to preserve. 








acquis, -e. 


allant, 
allé, -e. 


assaillant, 
assailli, -e. 


asseyant, 
assis, -e. 


buvant, 
bu, -e. 


bouillant, 
bouilli, -e. 


no pres. part. 


clos, -e. 


concluant, 
conclu, -e. 


conduisant, 
conduit, -e. 


confisant, 
confit, -e. 











tu acquiers, 
il acquiert, 
je vais, 

tu vas, 

il va, 


cn) 


j assaille, 
tu assailles, 
il assaille, 
j’assieds, 
tu assieds. 
il assied, 


nous absolvons, 
vous absolvez, 
ils absolvent. 


INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
Absoudre, absolvant, j absous, 
to absolve. absous, tu absous, 
absoute. il absout, 
Acquérir, acquérant, j acquiers, 


nous acquérons, 
vous acquérez, 
ils acquierent. 


nous allons, 
vous allez, 
ils vont. 


nous assaillons, 
vous assaillez, 
ils assaillent. 


nous asseyons, 
vous asseyez, 
ils asseyent. 


all regular except 
je bats, tu bats, il bat. 


je bois, 
tu bois, 
il boit, 

je bous, 
tu bous, 
il bout, 


je clos, 
tu clos, 
il clot. 


je conclus, 
tu conclus, 
il conelut, 


je conduis, 
tu conduis, 
il conduit, 


nous buvons, 
vous buvez, 
ils boivent. 


nous bouillons, 
vous bouillez, 
ils bouillent. 


no plural. 


nous concluons, 
vous concluez, 
ils concluent. 


nous conduisons, 
vous conduisez, 
ils conduisent. 


In all other parts like suffire. 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 


305 





| 














FUTURE. IMPF. & PRET. | PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. | IMPERATIVE. 
jabsoudrai. | j’absolvais. que jabsolve. absous, 
no preterite. absolvons, 
absolvez 
jacquerrai, | j’acquérais. que j’acquiere. acquiers, 
jacquis. acquérons, 
acquérez. 
j irai. j allais. ue j’aille | va 
J ? ? 
j allai. que nous allions, allons, 
qwils aillent. allez. 
jassaillirai. | j’assaillais. que j’assaille. assaille, 
j assaillis. assaillons, 
assaillez. 
j assiérai j’asseyais. que j’asseye. assieds, 
or j assis. asseyons, 
j asseyerai. asseyez. 
je boirai. je buvais. que je boive, bois, 
je bus. que nous buvions, | buvons, 
qwils boivent. buvez. 
je bouillirai. | je bouillais. que je bouille. bous, 
je bouillis. bouillons, 
bouillez. 
je clorai. wanting. que je close. clos. 
je conclurai. | je concluais. | que je conclue. conclus. 
je conclus. 
je conduirai. | je conduisais. | que je conduise. conduis, 
je conduisis. conduisons, 
conduisez 





306 


é 
S INFINITIVE. 


Connaitre, 
to know. 


Construire, to 


Coudre, 
to sew. 


Courir, 
tO TUN. 


Craindre, 
to fear. 


Croire, 
to believe. 


Croitre, 
to grow. 


Cueillir, 
to gather. 


Cuire, 
to cook. 


Déchoir, 
to fall. 





~ Devoir, 
to owe, must. 


Dire, 
to sa Yy. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 


PARTICIPLES. 


connaissant, 


connu, -e. 


construct, is 


cousant, 
cousu, -e. 


courant, 
couru. 


sraignant, 
craint, -e. 


croyant, 
cru, -e. 


croissant, 
cra, crue. 


cueillant, 
cueilli, -e. 


cuisant, 
cuit, -e. 


wanting. 
déchu, -e. 


devant, 
da, due. 


oo 


disant, 
dit, -e . 


For compounds of | dire see p. 248. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 





je connais, 
tu connais, 
il connait, 


nous connaissons, 
vous connaissez, 
ils connaissent. 


conjugated like conduire. 


je couds, 
tu couds, 
il coud, 


je cours, 
tu cours, 
il court, 


je crains, 
tu crains, 
il craint, 


je crois, 
tu crois, 
il croit, 


je crois, 

tu crois 

il croit, 

je cueille, 
tu cueilles, 
il cueille, 


nous cousons, 
vous cousez, 
ils cousent. 


nous courons, 
vous courez, 
ils courent. 


nous craignons, 
vous craignez, 
ils craignent. 


nous croyons, 
vous croyez, 
ils croient. 


nous croissons, 
vous Croissez, 
ils croissent. 


nous cueillons, 
vous cueillez, 
ils cueillent. 


as conjugated like conduire. 


je déchois, 
tu déchois, 
il déchoit, 


je dois, 
tu dois, 
il doit, 
je dis, 
tu dis, 
il dit, 


nous déchoyons, 
vous déchoyez, 
ils déchoient. 


nous devons, 
vous devez, 
ils doivent. 


nous disons, 
vous dites, 
ils disent. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 








FUTURE. 


je connaitrai. 


je coudrai. 


je courrai 


je craindrai. 


je croirai. 


je croitrai. 


je cueillerai. 


Or it may 
with faire 


je décherrai. 


je devrai. 


je dirai. 


IMPF. & PRET. 








je connaissais. 
je connus. 


je cousais. 
je cousis. 


je courais. 
je courus. 


je craignais. 
je craignis. 


je croyais. 
je crus. 


je croissais. 
je cris. 


je cueillais. 
je cueillis. 


be used in 
as an 


je déchoyais. 
je déchus. 


je devais, 
je dus. 


je disais. 
je dis. 





PRES. SUBJ UNCTIVE. 


que je connaisse. 


que je couse. 


que je coure. 


que je craigne. 


que je croie, 


que nous croyions. 


que je croisse. 


que je cueille. 


the infinitive 
auxiliary. 


que je déchoie. 


que je doive, 
que nous devions. 


que je dise. 


307 


IMPERATIVE. 


connais, 
connaissons, 
connaissez. 


couds, 
cousons, 
cousez. 


cours, 
courons, 
courez. 


crains, 
craignons, 
craignez. 


crois, 
croyons, 
croyez. 


crois, 
croissons, 
croissez. 


cueille, 
cueillons, 
cueillez. 


déchois, 
déchoyons, 
déchoyez. 


dois, 
devons, 
devez. 


dis, 
disons, 
dites. 





5 
=_—_ 


—— 


308 





| 








IRREGULAR VERBS. 








INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
Dormir, dormant, je dors, nous dormons, 
to sleep. dormi. tu dors, vous dormez, 

il dort, ils dorment. 
Ecrire, écrivant, } écris, nous é€crivons, 


to write. 


Envoyer, 
to send. 


Faillir, 
to fail. 


Faire, 
to do. 


Falloir, 


to be necessary. 


Fuir, 
to flee. 
Gésir, F 
to lie. 


Joindre, 
to join. 
Lire, 
to read. 


Luire, 
to shine. 


Mettre, 
to put. 


Moudre, 
to grind. 





écrit, -e. 


envoyant, 
envoyé, -e. 


wanting. 


failli. 


faisant, 
fait, -e. 


wanting. 
fallu. 
fuyant, 
fui. 


gisant. 


joignant, 
joint, -e. 
lisant, 
lu, -e. 


luisant, 
lui. 


mettant, 
mis, -e. 


moulant, 
moulu, -e. 











tu écris, 
il écrit, 
j envoie, 
tu envoies, 


il envoie, 


il faut, 
je fais, 
tu fais, 
il fait, 


il faut. 


vous €crivez, 
ils écrivent. 
nous envoyons, 
vous envoyez, 
ils envoient. 


ils faillent. 


nous faisons, 
vous faites, 
ils font. 


i becomes ‘y before a vowel, 
except before -e, -es, -ent. 


il git, 


nous gisons, 
VOUS @iSeZ, 
ils gisent. 


ws conjugated like craindre, 
substituting oi for ai. 


jets; 
tu lis, 
il lit, 


nous lisons, 
vous lisez, 
ils lisent. 


is conjugated like conduire. 


je mets, 
tu mets, 
il met, 


je mouds, 
tu mouds, 
il moud, 


nous mettons, 
vous mettez, 
ils mettent. 


nous moulons, 
vous moulez, 
ils moulent. 


FUTURE. 


je dormirai. 


j écrirai. 


j enverrai. 


je faudrai. 


je ferai. 


il faudra. 


je lirai. 


je mettrai. 


je moudrai. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 


IMPF. & PRET. 


je dormais. 
je dormis. 


j’écrivais. 
} écrivis. 


j envoyais. 
j envoyal. 


je faillis. 


je faisais. 
je fis. 


il fallait. 
il fallut. 


je gisais. 


je lisais. 
je lus. 


no preterite. 


je mettais. 
je mis. 


je moulais. 
je moulus. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


que jc dorme. 


que }’écrive. 


que j’envoie. 


que je fasse. 


qu’il faille. 


que je lise. 


que je mette. 


que je moule. 


309 


IMPERATIVE. 


dors, 
dormons, 
dormez. 
écris, 
écrivons, 
écrivez. 
envoie, 
envoyons, 
envoyez. 


fais, 
faisons, 
faites. 


lis, 
lisons, 
lisez. 


mets, 
mettons, 
mettez. 


mouds, 
moulons, 
moulez. 








319 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 





INFINITIVE. 


Mourir, 
to die. 


Mouvoir, 
to move. 


Naitre, 
to be born. 


Nuire, 

lo injure. 
Offrir, 

lo offer. 
Ouitr, 

to hear. 


Ouvrir, 
to open. 


Paitre, 
to graze. 


Partir, 
to set out. 


Peindre, 
to paint. 


Plaire, 
to please. 


Pleuvoir, 
to rain. 


Pourvoir, 
to provide. 


PARTICIPLES. 


mourant, 
mort, -e. 


mouvant, 
muti, mue. 


naissant, 
ne, -e. 


) nuisant, 


nui. 


offrant, 
offert, -e. 


oul, -e. 


ouvrant, 
ouvert, -e. 


paissant. 
no past part. 


partant, 
parti, -e. 


peignant, 
peint, -e. 


plaisant, 
plu. 


pleuvant, 
plu. 


pourvoyant, 
pourvu, -e. 





PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


je meurs, 
tu meurs, 
il meurt, 


je meus, 
tu meus, 
il meut, 


nous mourons, 
vous mourez, 
ils meurent. 


nous mouvons, 
vous mouvez, 
ils meuvent. 


is conjugated like connaitre 
except preterie. 


is conjugated like conduire. 


ts conjugated like ouvrir. 


is conjugated only in the infin- 
itive and compound tenses. 


j ouvre, 
tu ouvres, 
il ouvre, 


nous ouvrons, 
vous ouvrez, 
ils ouvrent. 


is conjugated like connaitre. 


je pars, 
tu pars, 
il part, 


nous partons, 
vous partez, 
ils partent. 


is conjugated like craindre, 
substituting ei for ai. 


| je plais, 


tu plais, 
il plait, 


il pleut. 


je pourvois, 
tu pourvois, 
il pourvoit, 


nous plaisons, 
vous plaisez, 
ils plaisent. ~ 


nous pourvoyons, 
vous pourvoyez, 
ils pourvoient. 





FUTURE. 


je mourrai, 


je mouvrai. 


jouvrirai. 


je partirai. 


je plairai. 


il plenvra. 


je pourvoirai. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 


IMPF. & PRET. 


je mourais. 
je mourus. 


je mouvais. 
je mus. 


je nacquis. 


jouvrais. 
jouvris. 


no preterite. 


je partais. 
je partis. 


je plaisais. 
je plus. 


il pleuvait. 
il plut. 


je pourvoyais. | 


je pourvus. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 





que je meure, 
que nous mourions, 
qwils meurent. 


que je meuve, 
que nous mouvions, 
qu’ils meuvent- 


que j’ouvre. 


que je parte. 


que je plaise. 


qu'il pleuve. 


que je pourvoie. 


311 





IMPERATIVE. 


meurs, 
mourons, 
mourez. 





meus, 
mouvons, 
mouvez. 


ouvre, 
ouvrons, 
ouvrez. 


pars, 
partons, 
partez. 


plais, 
plaisons, 
plaisez. 


pourvois, 
pourvoyons, 
pourvoyez. 











312 


INFINITIVE. 





Pouvoir, 
to be able. 


Prendre, 
to take. 


Se repentir, 
to repent. 

Résoudre, 
to resolve. 


Rire, 
to laugh. 


Rompre, 

to break. 
Saillir, 

to project, 

to gush forth, 
Savoir, 

to know. 


Sentir, 
to feel. 


Servir, 
lo serve. 


Sortir, 
to go out. 


Souffrir, 
to suffer. 


Suffire, 
to suffice. 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 





PARTICIPLES. 


pouvant, 
pu. 


prenant, 
pris, -e. 


repentant, 
repenti, -e. 
résolvant, 
résolu, -e, 
résous. 
riant, 

ri. 


rompant, 
rompu, -e. 


is conjugated 
is regular 
sachant, 

Bil, -e. 


sentant, 
senti, -e. 


servant, 
servl, -e. 


sortant, 
sorti, -e. 


souffrant, 
souffert, -e. 


suflisant, 
sufhi. 








PRESENT INDICATIVE. 





je peux (puis), nous pouvons, 
tu peux, vous pouvez, 
il peut, ils peuvent. 
je prends, 
tu prends, 
il prend, 


nous prepons, 
vous prenez, 
ils prennent. 


s conjugated like partir. 


nous résolvons, 
vous résolvez, 
ils résolvent. 


je résous, 
tu résous, 
il résout, 


je ris, nous rions, 
tu ris, vous riez, 
erit, ils rient. 


the third person singular is 
il rompt. 


like assaillir. 
like finir. 


je sais, nous savons, 
tu sais, vous saveZ, 
il sait, ils savent. 


ts conjugated like partir. 


je sers; 
tu sers, 
il sert, 


nous servons, 
vous servez, 
ils servent. 


is conjugated like partir. 
is conjugated like ouvrir. 


nous suffisons, 
vous suflisez, 
ils suffisent. 


je suffis, 
tu suflis, 
il suffit, 





. 


FUTURE. 


je pourrai. 


je prendrai. 


je résoudrai. 


je rirai. 


All the rest 


je saurai. 


je servirai. 


je suffirai. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 





IMPF. & PRET. 


je pouvais. 
je pus. 


je prenais. 
je pris. 


je résolvais. 
je résolus. 


je riais. 
je ris. 


of the verb is 


je savais. 
je sus. 


je servais. 
je servis. 


je suffisais. 
je suflis. 


que je puisse. 


que je prenne, 


que nous prenions, 
quils prennent. 


que je résolve. 


que je rie. 


regular. 


que je sache. 


que je serve. 


que je suffise. 


518 


| 
PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. | IMPERATIVE. 


wanting. 


prends, 
prenons, 
prenez. 


résous, 
résolvons, 
résolvez. 
ris, 

rions, 
riez. 


sache, 
sachons, 
sachez. 


sers, 
servons, 
servez. 


suflis, 


sufhsons, 


sufhisez. 7 
e | 


314 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 


INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Suivre, 
to follow. 


Taire, 





Tenir, 
to hold. 


Traire, 
to milk. 


Tressaillir, 
to start. 


Vaincre, 
to overcome. 


Valoir, 
to be worth. 


Venir, 
to come. 


Vétir, 
to clothe. 





Vivre, 
to live. 


Voir, 
to see. 





Vouloir, 





to keep silent. 





to be willing. 


suivant, 
Suivi, -e. 


taisant, 
tu, -e. 


tenant, 
tenu, -e. 


trayant, 
trait, -e. 


tressaillant, 


tressailli, -e. 


vainquant, 
vaincu, -e. 


valant, 
valu. 


venant, 
venu, -e. 


vétant, 
vétu, -e. 


vivant, 
vécu. 


voyant, 
VU,)-e. 


voulant, 
voulu, -e. 














je suis, 
tu suis, 
il suit, 


nous suivons, 
vous suivez, 
ils suivent. 


is conjugated like plaire. 


je tiens, 
tu tiens, 
il tient, 
je trais, 
tu trais, 
il trait, 


nous tenons, 
vous tenez, 
ils tiennent. 


nous trayons, 
vous trayez, 
ils traient. 


is conjugated like assaillir. 


je vaincs, 
tu vaines, 
il vainc, 
je vaux, 


tu vaux, 
il vaut, 


nous vainquons, 
vous vainquez, 
ils vainquent. 


nous valons, 
vous valez, 
ils valent. 


is conjugated like tenir. 


je véts, 
tu véts, 
il vét, 
je vis, 
tu vis, 
il vit, 


je vois, 
tu vois, 
il voit, 


je veux, 
tu veux, 
il veut, 


nous vétons. 
vous vétez, 
ils vétent. 


nous vivons, 
vous vivez, 
ils vivent. 


nous voyons, 
vous voyez, 
ils voient. 


nous voulons, 
vous voulez, 
ils veulent. 


—$—_——— 


FUTURE. 


je suivrai. 


je tiendrai. 


je trairai. 


je vaincrai. 


je vaudrai. 


je vétirai. 


je vivrai. 


je verrai. 


je voudrai. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 





IMPF. & PRET. 


je suivais. 
je suivis. 


je tenais. 
je tins. 


je trayais. 
no preterite. 


je vainquais. 


je vainquis. 


e valais. 
e valus. 


je voyais. 
je vis. 


je voulais. 
je voulus. 








315 





PRES. SUBJ UNCTIVE. 


que je suive. 


que je tienne, 
que nous tenions, 
que vous teniez. 


que je traie, 


que nous trayions, | 


que vous trayiez. 


que je vainque. 


que je vaille, 
que nous valions, 
que vous valiez. 


que je vete. 


que je vive. 


que je voie, 
que nous voyions, 
que vous voyiez. 


que je veuille, 
que nous voulions, 











IMPERATIVE. 


suis, 
suivons, 
suivez. 


tiens, 
tenons, 
tenez. 


trais, 
trayons, 
trayez. 


vaincs, 
vainquons, 
vainquez. 


wanting. 


vets, 
vétons, 
vetez. 
vis, 
vivons, 
vivez. 
Vols, 
voyons, 
voyez. 


veuille, 
veuillons, 


que vous vouliez. | veuillez. | 


316 


APPENDIX. 


XXIX. List of verbs governing the 


aimer mieux, to prefer. 
aller, to go, to be about to. 
affirmer, to affirm. 
apercevoir, to perceive. 
assurer, to assert. 
avouer, fo confess. 
compter, to expect. 
concevoir, to conceive, to 
represent to one’s self. 
confesser, to confess. 
croire, to believe. 
daigner, to deign. 
déclarer, to declare. 


a preposition. 


entendre, to hear. 

envoyer, to send. 

espérer, to hope. 

faillir, to have like to, to 
be near... 

faire, to cause, to get, to 
have. 

falloir, to be necessary. 

s’imaginer, to fancy. 

laisser, to allow, to let. 

mener, to take. 

nier, fo deny. 

observer, fo observe. 


déposer, to depose (as ajoser, to dare. 


witness). 
desirer, to desire. 
devoir, to be to, to have 
to, must, 
écouter, to listen. 


ouir, to hear, 

paraitre, to appear. 

penser, to be like to, to 
be near... 

pouvoir, to le able. 


infinitive without 


préférer, to prefer. 
pretendre, to pretend, 
rapporter, to relate. 
reconnaitre, to acknow!l- 
edge. 
regarder, to look at. 
retourner, to go back. 
revenir, to come back. 
savoir, to know. 
sembler, to seem, 
sentir, to feel. 
souhaiter, to wish. 
soutenir, to maintain. 
temoigner, to testify. 
valoir mieux, to be bet- 
UGiie 
venir, fo come. 
voir, to see. 
vouloir, to be willing. 


XXX. List of verbs requiring de before an infinitive. 


accepter, to accept. 
accorder, to permit. 
achever, to finish. 
affecter, to affect. 
ambitionner, to be ambi- 
tious to. 
appréehender, to appre- 
hend. 
s’aviser, to bethink one’s 
self. 
blamer, to blame. 
briler, to be ¢mpatient. 
cesser, fo cease. 
choisir, to choose. 
commander, to 
mand. 
conjurer, to entreat. 
conseiller, to advise. 
se contenter, to be satis- 


at 


fied, 


COM- 


‘craindre, to fear. 

erier, to cry out. 

\dédaigner, to disdain. 

‘défendre, to forbid. 

se dépéecher, to hasten. 

détester, to detest. 

differer, to differ. 

dire, to say, to tell. 

discontinuer, to discon- 
tinue. 

écrire, to write. 

s’efforcer, to exert one’s 
self, 

éluder, to elude. 

empécher, to hinder. 

entreprendre, to under- 
take. 

essayer, to try. 

s’étonner, to wonder. 

éviter, to shun. 





is’excuser, fo excuse one’s 
self. 

feindre, to pretend. 

finir, to finish. 

se flatter, to flatter one’s 
self, to hope. 

fremir, to shudder. 

gager, fo wager. 

se garder, to lake care 
not. 

géemir, to groan. 

se hater, to make haste. 

imaginer, to take into 
one’s head, 

s’indigner, to be indig- 
nant. 

inspirer, to inspire. 

interdire, to forbid. 

jurer, to swear. 

jlouer, to praise. 


APPENDIX. 


317 


mander, to write word. |\se plaindre, to complain.|se réserver, to reserve to 


manquer, to fail to. 
méditer, to contemplate. 
se méler, to interfere. 
menacer, to threaten. 
meériter, to deserve. 
négliger, to neglect. 
obliger, to oblige, to do 
a service, 
obtenir, to obtain. 
offrir, fo offer. 
omettre, to omit. 
ordonner, to prescribe. 
pardonner, to forgive. 
permettre, to permit. 
persuader, to persuade. 


prier, to request, to ask, 
projeter, to project. 
promettre, to promise. 
proposer, fo propose. 
ise proposer, to purpose. 
protester, fo protest. 
recommander, to recom- 
mend, 
redouter, fo fear, 
refuser, to refuse, 
regretter, to regret. 
se réjouir, fo rejoice, 
remercier, to thank. 
se repentir, fo repent. 
reprocher, fo reproach. 





one’s self a right. 
resoudre, to resolve. 
risquer, to risk. 
rougir, to blush. 
sommer, to summon. 
se soucier, to mind, to 
care, 
soupconner, to suspect. 
se souvenir, to remem- 
ber. 
suggerer, to suggest. 
tenter, to atlempt. 
tacher, to endeavor. 
trembler, to fear. 
se vanter, to boast. 


XXXI. List of verbs requiring a before an infinitive. 


s’abaisser, fo stoop to. 

aboutir, to end in. 

s’accorder, to agree in. 

s’accoutumer, to accus- 
tom one’s self. 

s’acharner, to be eager 
at. 

admettre, to admit. 

aguerrir, fo inure. 

s’aguerrir, fo inure one’ 
self. 

aider, to he/p. 

aimer, to like. 

s’amuser, to amuse one’s 
self. 

s’appliquer, to apply. 

apprendre, to learn. 

s’appréter, to prepare 
one’s self. 

aspirer, fo aspire. 

assigner, fo summon. 

assujettir, to compel. 

s’assujettir, to submit. 

s’attacher, to make it 
one’s study. 


> 


Ss 


s’attendre, to expect. 
autoriser, to authorize. 
s’avilir, to demean one’s 
self. 
avoir, to have. 
balancer, to hesitate. 
se borner, to confine 
one’s self. 
chercher, to seek. 
commencer, to begin. 
se complaire, to delight. 
concourir, to concur. 
condamner, fo condemn. 
se condamner, to con- 
demn one’s self. 
condescendre, to conde- 
scend. 
consentir, to consent. 
consister, to consist. 
conspirer, to conspire. 
se consumer, to ruin 
one’s health. 
contribuer, to contribute. 
convier, to invite. 
couter, fo cost. 


| décider, to persuade. 

se décider, to decide. 

destiner, to destine, to 
design. 

determiner, to persuade, 
to induce. 

se déterminer, to deter- 

| mune. 

se deévouer, to devote 
one’s self, 

disposer, to prepare, to 
Sit. 

se disposer, to prepare. 

dresser, fo train. 

employer, to employ, to 
occupy. 

s’employer, to employ, 
to occupy one’s self. 

encourager, to encour- 
age. 

s’encourager, to incite 
one’s self. 

engager, to induce. 

s’engager, to bind one’s 


self. 


1 








318 


s’enhardir, to make bold. 
enseigner, to teach. 
s’entendre, to know how. 
s’étudier, to make it 
one’s study. 
exceller, to excel. 
exciter, fo urge. 
s’exciter, to stimulate 
one’s self. 
s’exercer, 
one’s self. 
exhorter, to exhort. 
s’exposer, fo expose 
one’s self. 
se fatiguer, to fatigue 
one’s self. 
gagner, to gain. 
shabituer, to accustom 
one’s self. 
se hasarder, to venture. 
hésiter, to hesitate. 
instruire, to instruct. 
s’instruire, to instrucl 
one’s self. 
inviter, to invite, to ask. 


to exercise 





APPENDIX. 


se mettre, to set about, 
to begin. 

s’obstiner, to be obsti- 
nate. 


occuper, to occupy, to, 


employ. 

s’occuper, to be engaged. 

soffrir, to offer, to stand 
forth. 

s’opiniatrer, to be obsti- 
nate. 

parvenir, to succeed. 

pencher, to lean. 

penser, to think, to have 
some thoughts. 

persévérer, to persevere. 

persister, to persist. 

se plaire, to delight. 

plier, to bend. 

se plier, to bend, to stoop. 

porter, to induce, to 
prompt. 

preparer, to prepare. 

se préparer, to prepare 
one’s self. 





prétendre, to aspire. 

provoquer, to provoke. 

réduire, to reduce. 

se refuser, to refuse one’s 
self, not to admit. 

renoncer, to renounce. 

répugner, to be repug- 
nant. 

se résigner, to resign, to 
submit one’s self. 

se résoudre, to resolve. 

réussir, to succeed. 

servir, to serve. 


songer, to think. 


suffire, to be sufficient. 

tarder, to delay, to be 
long. 

travailler, to study, to 
endeavor. 

se tuer, to kill one’s self, 
to take much trouble. 

viser, to aim, to aspire. 

vouer, to devote. 

se vouer, to devote, to 
apply, one’s self. 


XXXII. Adjectives which change their signification ac- 
cording as they are placed before or after the noun. 


Bon. 


Un homme bon, a good man; un bon homme, a simple man; un 


bon mot, a pun; une bonne parole, a good word. 


Brave. 
man. 


Certain. 
particular thing. 


Un homme brave, a brave man; un brave homme, a worthy 


Une chose certaine, a positive thing; une certaine chose, 


Commun. Une voix commune, a common voice; dune commune voix, 


unanimously. 


Dernier. 


(of the year, of my stay in London, etc.). 


Faux. 


Le mois dernier, /ast month ; le dernier mois, the last month 


Une fausse clef, a skeleton key; une clef fausse, a wrong key ; 


une fausse porte, a secret door ; une porte fausse, a fulse door. 


APPENDIX. 319 


Furieux. Un furieux menteur, a terrible liar ; un homme furieux, an 
enraged man. 

Galant. Un galant homme, « well-bred man ; un homme galant, a man 
polite to ladies. 

Gentil. Un gentilhomme, a nobleman; un homme gentil, a gay, polite 
man. 

Grand. Un grand homme, a great man; un homme grand, a tall man. 
But if, after grand homme, some other external qualities are added, 
it means tall: C’est un grand homme blond, bien fait. In like man- 
ner if, after wn homme grand, some moral qualification is added, 
grand does not refer to the size: Un homme grand dans ses desseins. 
Le grand air, noble manners ; Vair grand, a noble iook. 

Haut. Le haut ton, an arrogant munner ; le ton haut, a loud voice. 

Honnéte. Un honnéte homme, an honest man; un homme honnéte, a 
polite man. 

Mauvais. Le mauyais air, vulgar appearance ; Vair mauyais, tl/-natured 
look, 

Méchant. Une méchante ¢pigramme, a poor epigram ; une €pigramme 
méchante, a wicked epigram. 

Mortel. Un mortel ennemi, a deadly enemy ; Vhomme mortel, mortal 
man. 

Neuf. Un habit neuf, a new-made coat ; un habit nouveau, a coat of 
new fashion ; un nouvel habit, another coat. 

Nouveau. Le nouveau vin, wine different from that which was drunk 
before, newly broached wine ; du vin nouveau, wine newly made. 
Pauvre. When placed before the noun, it has the various significa- 
tions which the word poor has in English: ass/ster un pauvre vieil- 
lard, une pauvre veuve, un pauvre homme, means to assist one in 
poverty ; /e pauvre enfant, les pauvres innocents, le pauvre animal, 
are terms of endearment; un pauvre orateur, de pauvre vin, are terms 
of contempt. When placed after the noun it always signifies poy- 

erty: un homme pauvre, a needy man, 

Petit. Un petit homme, a Jittle man; un homme petit, a mean man. 
Observe that petit has its natural meaning when placed before 
the noun, its figurative when placed after. It is the reverse with 
grand. 

Plaisant. Un plaisant conte, an unlikely, absurd tale ; un conte plai- 
sant, an amusing story. Un plaisant homme, a ridiculous man; un 
homme plaisant, a humorous man. 


290) APPENDIX. 


Propre. Mon propre habit, my own coat; un habit propre, a clean 


coat, 
Seul. Un seul homme, a single man; un homme seul, a man alone. 


Triste. Un triste homme, a poor kind of a man; un homme triste, a 
sorrowful man. 


Vilain. Un vilain homme, a disagreeable man ; un homme fort vilain, 
i 
an ugly man. 


THE ADVERB. 


Formation of qualificative adverbs. 


(1) Qualificative adverbs are formed either from the 
masculine of adjectives, or from the feminine. 


(2) If the masculine ends with a vowel, the termina- 
tion -ment is added: poli, poliment; sage, sagement. 
Exceptions. — Impuni makes impunément; prodigue, prodigale- 


ment; traitre, traitreusement. Aveugle, conforme, énorme, incom- 
mode, opiniatre, and uniforme, change e mute into 6; aveuglément. 


(3) If the masculine ends with a consonant, it 1s to 
the feminine that the termination -ment is added. 

Pur, purement; franc, franchement; sec, séchement; complet, 
complétement; heureux, heureusement; actif, activement. 

Exceptions. — Gentil makes gentiment. Commun, confus, diffus, 
exprés, importun, obscur, précis, profond, end in -ément instead of 
-ement: communément, confusément, etc. 

The adjectives beau, nouveau, fou, mou, being derived from bel, 
nouvel, fol, mol, are considered as ending with a consonant, and make 
bellement, nouvellement, follement, mollement. 


(4) If the masculine ends in -nt, nt is changed into 
-mment, and the last two syllables are pronounced amant: 
méchant, méchamment; prudent, prudemment. 


Exceptions. — The three adjectives lent, présent, véhément, make 
lentement, présentement, véhémentement. 


VOCABULARY. 





I. — FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


A, has. 
il y a, there is, there are; 
ago. 
a, to, at, in, by. 
abandonner, to abandon. 
abeille, bee. 
abhorré de, abhorred by. 
abondant, abundant. 
d’abord, at first. 
aboyer, to bark. 
absolument, 
absolutely. 
s’abstenir, fo abstain. 
abstinence, abstinence. 
abuser, fo abuse. 
accepté, accepled. 
accepter, to accept. 
acces, fit. 
accident, accident. 
accompagner, fo accom- 
pany. 
accord, agreement, 
accoutumer, to accus- 
tom. 
accueil, reception, wel- 
come. 
accueillir, fo receive. 
accuser, to accuse. 
acheté, bought. 
acheter, (a), 


from. 


acqueérir, fo acquire 


entirely, 


to buy 





s’acquitter, to perform.|ainsi, thus, so. 


acte, «ct. 

actif, «clive. 

action, engagement, ac- 
tion. 

adjectif, udjective. 

admettre, to wdmit. 

admirer, fo admire. 

adresser, fo apply to. 

s’'adresser (a), fo ad- 
dress. 

affaire, affair, matter. 

affliger, lo afflict, to dis- 
tress, 

affreux, sombre, fright- 
ful. 

afin de, 7n order to. 

afin que, so that. 

age, age. 

moyen 
Ages. 

ageé, old. 

agi, behaved. 

agir, fo act, to behave. 

agréable, pleasant, 
agreeable. 

aide, help. 

aiguille, needle. 

ailleurs, e/sewhere. 

(ailleurs, besides. 

aimable, amiable, kind. 

aimer, to like, to love. 

2% 


age, Middle 


aise, bien aise, glad. 
alle, yone. 
aller, fo go. 
allons! come! 
almanach, almanac. 
alors, then, at that time. 
ambition, ambition. 
amener, to bring. 
Amerique, America. 
ami, friend. 
amiti¢, friendship. 
amusant, amusing. 
amuser, fo amuse. 
s’amuser, fo enjoy one’s 
self. 
an, year. 
ancien, o/d, ancient. 
anglais, English. 
Angleterre, England. 
angora, angora. 
animal, animal. 
anime, animated. 
année, year. 
l’année derniére, /ast 
year. 
annoncer, fo announce. 
aout, August. 
apercevoir, (o perceive. 
apoplexie, apople.ry. 
appareil, form, display. 
appartement, room. 


d22 


appartenir, to belong. 
appeler, fo call, sum- 
mon. 
s’appeler, to call one’s 
self, to be called. 
appetit, appetite. 
applique, diligent. 
s’appliquer, to 
one’s self. 
apporter, fo bring (here). 
avportez-moi, bring me. 
apprendre, to learn. 
appris, /earnt. 
approbation, 
tion. 
s’approcher de, fo go up 
to, to come near. 
approuver, fo approve. 
appul, support. 
appuyer, fo support. 
apres, after, afterwards. 
apres-demain, the day 
after to-morrow. 
apres-midi, afternoon. 
arbre, tree. 
ardemment, eagerly. 
ardoise, slate. 
argent, money, silver. 
argument, argument. 
Aristote, Aristotle. 


apply 


approba- 


arracher, (0 take out, to|autant, 


extort. 
arreter, fo stop; to fix. 
arrive, arrived. 
arrivée, arrival. 
arriver, fo arrive, 
happen. 
arrosé, watered. 
arroser, to walter. 
article, article. 
artillerie, artillery. 
assemblée, assembly, 
meeting. 
asseoir, to seat. 


to 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


s’asseoir, fo sit down. 
assez, enough ; (bef. adj. 
or adv.), pretty. 
assigner, fo assign. 
assurer, fo affirm, to 
maintain. 
atelier, workshop, studio. 
attaquer, to attack. 
attendre, fo wait (for). 
attentif, attentive. 
attention, attention, no- 
tice. 
attentivement, 
tively. 
attirer, o attract,todragq. 
attraper, fo catch. 
au, to the, at the. 
aucun, any. 
audace, audacity. 
au-devant, before. 
aujourd’ hui, fo-day. 
au moins, at the least. 
auparavant, before. 
auquel, a laquelle, aux- 


atten- 


avancer, to advance. 

avant, before. 

avant-hier, the day be- 
Sore yesterday. 

avec, with. 

avenue, avenue. 

avertir, to warn, to no- 
lify. 

avocat, lawyer. 

avoir, to have. 

avouer, to confess. 

avril, April. 

ayant, having. 


Bagage, luggage. 
bague, ring. 
baisser, (¢o 
lower down. 
balbutier, fo stammer. 
balle, ball, bullet. 
balustrade, railing. 
banc, bench. 
bas, /ow. 


stoop, to 


quels, auxquelles, fo|au bas, at the foot. 


which. 
aussi, also, as, therefore. 
aussitot, immediately, at 
once. 
aussitot que, as soon as. 
as much, as 
many. 
auteur, author. 
autre, other. 
autrefois, formerly. 
autrement, otherwise. 
Autriche, Austria. 
Autrichien, Austrian. 
aux, to the, at the. 
il y avait, there was, 
there were. 
avaler, to swallow. 


bataille, batt/e. 

bateau, boat. 

bateau a vapeur, steam- 
er. 

batir, to buald. 

baton, stick. 

batterie, battery. 

battre, fo beat, to flap. 

se battre, to fight. 

battu, beaten. 

beau, bel, belle, beaute- 
ful, fine, handsome. 

beau-frere, brother-in- 

law. 

beaucoup, much, many, 
a great deal, plenty. 

Belgique, Belgium. 


plus avancé, Letter off. |belle-sceur, sister-in-law. 
avancement, promotion.'besogne, task, job. 


besoin (avoir), to he in 
need, to need. 

béte, beast, animal. 

béte (adj.), stupid. 

beurre, butter. 

bévue, b/under. 

bibliotheque, bookcase. 

bien, well, very, a greal 
many, most ; indeed. 

eh bien! well ! 

bientot, soon. 

biere, Leer. 

billet, nofe. 

blamer, to blame. 

blanc, blanche, white. 

ble, wheat. 

blessé, wounded. 

blesser, to wound. 

blessure, wound. 

bleu, b/ue. 

boire, to drink. 

bois, wood, grove. 

boite, or. 

boiter, to halt. 

bombe, Lomb. 

bon, bonne, good. 

bonheur, /appiness, — 
pleasure. 

bonhomme, fellow, ‘ /it- 
tle man.’ 

bonne, maid -servant, 
nursemaid. 

bonté, goodness. 

bord, edge, bank, shore. 

au bord de la mer, at 
the coast. 

bottine, boot. 

boucle d’oreille. ear- 
ring. 

boulanger, baker. 

bouquet, nosegay. 

bourse, purse ; exchange. 

bouteille, botile. 

bouton, stud. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 583 


bracelet, bracelet. cas, case, circumstance. 
bras, arm. en tous cas, at any rate. 
brave, brave; honest. casque, he/met. 

braver, to brave. casser, to break. 
Bretagne, Brittany. cathédrale, cathedra/. 
bride, bridle. cause, cause. 

broche, brooch. a cause de, on account of. 
brouillard, fog. causer, to talk, to chat. 
bruit, noise, report. ce, cet, cette, this, that. 
bruiler, fo burn. ce qui, ce que, what. 
brusquement, rude/y. |ce que c’est que (voila), 
bruyant, noisy. see what. . . 1s. 

bu, drunk. ce sont, they are. 


ceci, this thing. 
céder, to yield, to give 
Ca (a familiar contrac-| «way or place. 
tion for cela), that. |céder le pas, lo give 
ca et la, here and there.| precedence. 


cabaret, tavern. cela, that thing. 
caché, hidden. celébrer, to celebrate 
cacher, tohide,to conceal.| celle, that, this. 
cadeau, present. celle-ci, this, this one. 
café, coffee. celle-la, that, that one. 
cahier, copy-book. celles, those, these. 
caisse, bor. celles-ci, these, these 
caisse d’épargne, sav-| ones. 
ings bank. celles-la, those, those 
caleche, carriage. ones. 
calme, ca/m. celui, that, this. 
camarade, comrade. celui qui, he who. 
campagne, country; |celui-ci, the latter, this, 
campaign. this one. 
a la campagne, in the |celui-la, that, that one. 
country. cent, hundred. 
canne, cane. centime, centime, = of 
caparaconné, capari-| a cent. 
soned, cependant, however, 
capitaine, captain. meanwhile. 
capitale, capital. certain, certain. 
captiver, o captivate, o|certainement, certainly. 
take up. ces, these, those. 
car, for, as. cesser, to cease. 


carafe, carafe, decanter. |c’est, he is, she 7s, tt is, 
cargaison, cargo. they are. 


324 


cet, cette, this, that. 
ceux, those, these. 
ceux-ci, these, these ones. 


ceux-la, those, those 
ones. 

chacun, each, every one. 

chagrin, sad, vexed, 
SOrTy. 


chaine, chain. 
chaise, chair. 
chaleur, warmth, heat. 
chambellan, chamber- 
lain. 
chambre, room. 
champ de course, race- 
ground, 
changement, change. 
changer, to change. 
chanson, song. 
chanter, fo sing. 
chapeau, hat. 
chapelle, chapel. 
chaque, each, every. 
charger, to load, 
charge. 
Charles, Charles. 
charmant, charming. 
charmé, delighted. 
chasse, hunt. 
chasser, fo drive, to hunt. 
chasseur, huntsman. 
chat, chatte, cat. 
chaud, hot, warm. 
chaud (avoir), to be 
warm. 
chauffer, to warm. 
chemin, way. 
cher, dear. 
cherche, 
sought. 
chercher, to look for, to 
seek, to bring, to try. 
Chersonese, Chersonese. 
cheval, horse. 


to 


looked for, 








FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


cheveu, hair. 

chez, at, in, or to the 
house of. 

chien, dog. 

chiffre, number. 

Chili, Chili. 

choisi, chosen. 

choisir, to choose. 

choix, choice. 

chose, thing. 

chose (autre), something 
else. 

choucroute, sour-crout. 

ci, here. 

ciel, heaven, sky. 

cing, five. 

cinquante, fifty. 

cinquieme, fifth. 

circonstance, 
stance. 

clair, clear, obvious. 

clair de lune, moonlight. 

clameur, noise. 

classe, class. 

clé, key. 

clerge, clergy. 

coeur, heart. 

de tout mon coeur, with 
all my heart. 

coin, corner. 

colere, anger, passion. 

colonel, colonel. 

combattre, fo fight. 

combien, show much, 
how many. 

combien de temps, how 
long. 

comique, comical. 

commandant,  com- 
mander. 

commande, ordered. 

commander, to order, to 
command. 

comme, as, like, how. 


circum- 


comme a !’ordinaire, us 
usual, 

commencer, fo begin, to 
COMMENCE. 

comment, how, what. 

commettre, to commit. 

commission, errand. 

compagnon, companion. 

complet, complete. 

completement, com- 
pletely. 

compose, composed. 

comprendre, lo under- 
stand. 

compte, account. 

compter, to count, to in- 
tend. 

concourir, to take part. 

conducteur, conductor, 
driver. 

conduire, to take to; to 
drive. 

se conduire, to behave. 

conduite, conduct. 

confiance, confidence. 

confier, to trust, to in- 
trust. 

se confondre, to be lost 
i 

confus, confused. 

congedier, fo dismiss. 

connaissance, acquaint- 
ance, knowledge. 

connaitre, to know. 

conquerir, fo conquer. 

conseil, advice ; council. 

conseiller, to advise, to 
recommend. 

consentir, fo consent. 

constamment, constant- 
ly. ; 

consulter, to consult. 


content, satisfied, pleas- 
ed. 


conter, to relate. 

continuellement, cont:n- 
ually. 

continuer, /o continue. 

contraindre, fo compel. 

contraire, contrary, re- 
verse. 

au contraire, on the con- 
trary. 

contre, against. 

conyaincre, fo convince. 

conyaincu, convinced. 

convenable, becoming. 

convenablement, prop- 
erly. 

convenir, to agree. 

convenu, appointed, 
agreed upon. 

conversation, conversa- 
tion. 

il convient, it is proper. 

corbeau, crow. 

corbeille, baskel. 

cordialité, cordiality. 

Cordoue, Cordova. 

corps, body. 

correspondance, 
spondence. 

corriger, to correct. 

cote, coast. 

COR SUPE 1) BS. 5s 5 
the side; de Vautre 
. , on the other side. 

cou, neck. 

se coucher, to go to bed, 
to lie down. 

coup, shot, blow, stroke. 

coup de canon, cannon- 
shot. 

coup de pied, kick. 

tout a coup, suddenly. 

coupable, gualty. 

coupé, cut. 

couper, to cut, to cut off 


corre- 


10 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


cour, court, court-yard. 
courage, courage. 


325 


date, date. 
davantage, more. 


courant d’air, current of|\de, of, from, any, in, 


al. 
courir, fo run. 
cours, course. 
course, errand. 
court, short. 
courtisan, courtier. 
cousin, cousin 
couteau, knife. 
couter, to cosé. 
coutume, habit. 
avoir coutume, 
accustomed. 
couturiere, dressmaker. 
couvert (de), covered 
(with). 
couvrir, to cover. 
craindre, to fear. 
crainte, fear. 
crayon, pencil. 
creer, fo create. 
eredule, credulous. 
creme, cream. 
Cresus, Cresus. 
eri, cry. 


lo be 


with, by. 

dé, thimble. 

débarrasser, /o rid. 

se débattre, to strug- 
gle. 

débiter, /o recite. 

debout, standing up. 

déboutonner, to unbut- 
ton, 

décembre, December. 

décider, /o decide. 

décoration, decoration. 

‘déecourager, to discour- 
age. 

découvert, discovered. 

‘découvrir, fo uncover. 

se decouvrir, to take off 
one’s hat. 

dedire, to contradict. 

defaut, fault, defect. 

défendre, to forbid. 

se défendre, to defend 
one’s self or each other. 

défendu, forbidden. 





crier, (0 cry, to cry out, définitivement, positive- 


to exclaim, to call out. 
crime, crime 
croire, to believe. 


Dame, lady. 
dans, in. 
danse, dance. 


ly. 
degotit, dislike. 
deja, already. 


.{eruel, cruel. déjeuner (n.), dbreak- 
cruellement, cruelly. fast. 
cueillir, to gather, to|déjeuner (v.), to break- 
harvest. Jasi. 
cuirasse, cudrass. de 1’, de la, of the, some, 
cuisiniere, cook. any. 
cuivre, copper. délicieux, delicious, de- 
curieux, curious. lightful. 


demain, /0-morrow. 

demande, inquiry. 

demander, to ask (for); 
se ..., fo ask one’s self, 
to wonder. 


326 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


démarche, step. idétester, to detest. donner, to give, to as- 
deménager, to remove. |detruire, to destroy. eribe. 
demeure, dwelling. deuil, mourning. donner dans, to come 
demeuré, lived. deux, two. into, to strike. 
demeurer, to remain, to|deuxieme, second. donnez, give. 
live. devant, before, in front. |dont, of which, of whom, 
demi, a demi, half: devenir, to become. whose, with which. 
demi-douzaine,  hal/-|devenu, become. dormi, s/ept. 
dozen. deviner, fo guess. dormir, to sleep. 
demi-livre, half pound. |devoir (n.), duty. doueé, gifted. 
demoiselle, young lady,|devoir (v.),1o owe, must.|douleur, grief, pain. 
unmarried lady. diamant, diamond. douloureux, painful. 
demontrer, to prove. dictée, dictation. sans doute, doubtless, of 
dent, tooth. Dieu, God. course. 
dentelle, lace. different, different. douter, to doubt. 
depart, departure. difficile, difficult. doux, douce, sweet, gen- 
depéche, despatch. difficulté, difficulty. tle. 
depécher, /o hasten. digne, worthy. douzaine, dozen. 
deplaire, (o displease. |dignitaire, dignitary. |douze, twelve. 
déposer, to lay down. |dimanche, Sunday. douzieme, twelfth. 
depuis, since, for, from. |diner (n.), dinner. drap, cloth. 
depuis quand, how long.|diner (v.), to dine. droit, right ; straight. 
deranger, lo disturb. dire, to say. droite (a), to the right. 
dernier, /as/. diriger, to direct. droiture, uprightness. 
derriere, behind. discret, discreet. drole, strange, queer, 
des, of the, from the,|discussion, discussion. n., rascal, 
some, any. disgrace, displeasure. |du, of the, from the; 
des que, as soon as. disparaitre, to disap-| some, any. 
desagreable, disayree-| pear. dai, due, due, must. 
able. disparu, disappeared. | duel, duel. 
descendre, to come down, | disposé, inclined. duquel, de laquelle, des. 
to let out, get out. dit, said, quels, desquelles, o/ 
déserter, to desert. divin, divine. which. 
déserteur, deserter. dix, ten. dur, hard. 
désirer, to wish. dix-huit, eighteen. durer, to /ast. 
desobéir, to disobey. dixieme, tenth. 
désolé, grieved. dix-neuf, nineteen. 
désormais, im future,|dix-sept, seventeen. Kau, water. 
henceforth. docteur, doctor. échapper, to escape. 
dessin, design, drawing. |doigt, finger. echarpe, scarf. 
dessus, upun, above. domestique, servant. | €chouer, to fail. 
detail, detail. don, gift. é€clat, brightness, lustre. 
determiner, to deter-|donc, then, so. éclater, to burst. 


mine. donne, given. a l’ecole, at school. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


écossais, Scotch, Scotch-|empereur, emperor. 
empire, empire 
emplette, purchase. 
employer, fo employ. 
emporter, /o carry off. 
s’empresser, to hasten. 
emprunter (a), ¢0 borrow 

(from). 
ému, moved. 
en (pr.), some, any, of it, 

of him, of her, of them, 
Edimbourg, Edinburgh.| jor it, hence, thence. 
edition, edition. en (prep.), while, in, at. 
effet, effect, fact, deed. |enchanté, delighted. 
en effet, truly, soit is. jencore, still, as yet, 
effrayer, to frighten. ayain. 
s’effrayer, to be fright-\encourir, fo ‘ncur. 

ened. encre, ink. 
effrontément, ‘mpudent-|encrier, inkstand. 

ly. enfant, child. 
égal, equal. enfermer, to shut up. 
cela m’est égal, if 7s a//\enfin, at /ast. 

the same to me. enlever, to carry off. 
égarer, fo mislay. s’enlever, lo rise. 
s’égarer, fo lose one’s|ennemi, enemy. 

way. s’enquerir, to inquire. 
église, church. étre enrhume, to have a 


man. 
Ecosse, Scotland. 
écouter, to listen. 
€cran, screen. 
s'€crier, to exclaim. 
éecrire, to write. 

ecrit, written. 
éecriture, handwriting. 
€crivain, writer. 
ecurie, slable. 





égratignure, scratch. cold. 
eh bien! we//! senrhumer, (0 catch 
élabore, contrived. cold. 


éléphant, elephant. 
éleve, pupil. 

elle, she, her, it. 
elle-méme, herse/f. 
elles, they, them. 


enseigner, fo teach. 
ensemble, logether. 

il s’ensuit, it follows. 
ensuite, aflerwards. 
s’ensuivre, fo follow, to 


elles-méemes, themselves.| resuilt. 

éloigne, distant. entendre, fo hear; to 

emanation, emanation. mean. 

embarras, embarrass-\entendre dire, to hear, 
ment. to learn. 

embrasser, to embrace. |enthousiasmé, curried 

s‘emouvoir, to be moved.| away. 


empécher, to hinder, to|entourer, fo surround. 
prevent. entre, between. 








327 


entre, entered, come in. 

entreprise, undertaking. 

entrer, to go in, to enter. 

entretenir, fo converse 
with. 

envers, lowards. 

envie, desire, fancy ; 
envy. 

environs, neighborhood. 

envoyer, to send. 

epais, thick. 

épée, sword. 

epingle, pun. 

époque, period. 

éprouver, lo feel, to ex- 
perience. 

epuisé, exhausted. 

ereinter, to break the 
back. 

Ernest, Ernest. 

erreur, mistake. 

es, arl. 

espace, space. 

Espagne, Spain. 

espece, kind. 

esperer, to hope ( for). 

espion, spy. 

esprit, spiral, wit. 

essayer, to try. 

essentiel, essential, ma- 
lerial. 

est, /s, belongs. 

n’est-ce pas @ is if nol ? 

estimer, fo esteem, to set 
a value on. 

et, and. 

établir, to establish, to 
secure. 

etant, being. 

etat, condition. 

Etats - Unis, 
Stales. 

été (n.), summer. 

eté (partic.), been. 


United 


328 


eteindre, to put out. 

étinceler, to flash. 

étonner, /o astonish, 

éetourdi, heedless. 

etrange, strange. 

étre (n.), being. 

étre (v.), lo be. 

étre a, to belong to. 

etroit, narrow. 

etude, sludy. 

étudier, lo study. 

eu, had. 

Europe, Europe. 

eux, they, them. 

eux-mémes, themselves. 

éventer, to divulge, to 
let out. 

éventualité, event. 

evident, evident. 

exactitude, punctuality. 

exagerer, to exaggerate. 

examiner, to examine. 

excellent, excellent. 

excepte, except. 

excuse, excuse. 

excuser, to excuse. 

executer, to execute. 

exemple, example. 

exercice, exercise, drill. 

exiger, to demand, to re- 
quire, lo insist upon. 

expedition, expedition. 

experience, experience. 

expliquar, fo explain. 

sex poser, lo expose one’s 
self. 

expression, expression. 

exprimer, /o express. 

extravagance, extrava- 
gance. 

extreme, extreme. 


Face, face, surface. 
en face de, opposite. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


facher, to ver. 

se facher, to gel angry. 

facile, easy. 

facilement, easily. 

faim, hunger. 

‘faire, fo do, to make. 

faisan, pheasant. 

fait, dues, makes ; done, 
made, shaped ; fact. 

falloir, to be necessary, 
must, want. 

fameux, famous. 

famille, family. 

fatigant, tiresome. 

fatigué, tired, fatiqued. 

il faut, it is necessary, 

| must. 

faute, fault, offence. 

fauteuil, arm-chazr. 

faux, fausse, fa/se, arti- 

_ ficial, adulterated. 

favori, favorite, favor- 

| ate. 

feld - marechal, 
marshal. 

femme, wonan, wife. 

fenétre, window. 

fer, iron; fers, fetters. 

fermé, shut. 

fermer, to shut, to close. 

fermete, firmness. 

féroce, fierce, ferocious. 

fete, birthday. 

feu, fire. 

féevrier, Hebruary 

fidele, farthful. 

fier, proud. 

se figurer, to fancy. 

fil, thread. 

fille, daughter, girl. 

fils, son. 

fin, end. 

a la fin, after all. 

fini, ended, finished. 





field- 


finir, to finish. 

fixer, to fix. 

flambeau, torch. 

flatter, fo flatter. 

se flatter, to hope. 

flegmatiquement, calm- 
ly. 

fleur, flower. 

fleuve, river. 

flocon, flake. 

fois, time 

fonction, function. 

fondre en larmes, to 
burst into tears. 

font, make. 

force, strength, power. 

forét, forest. 

fort (adj.),- strong, hard, 
(adv.), much, very. 

fortune, foriune. 

fou, fol, folle, mad, 
foolish. 

foudre, lightning. 

fouiller, to ransack. 

foule, crowd. 

fourrure, fur. 

frais, fraiche, fresh, 
cool. 

fraise, strawberry. 

fraisier,  strawberry- 
bush. 

france, franc. 

franc, franche, straight- 
Jorward, frank. 

francais, French. 

France, France. 

frapper, to strike. 

trequenter, to frequent. 

frere, brother. 

fripon, rogue. 

troid, cold 

‘avoir froid, to be cold. 

froideur, coldness. 

fromage, cheese, 





FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


gras, fut. 

grave, grave, severe. 

gravement, gravely. 

gravure, engraving. 

grec, grecque, Greek. 

loréle, hail. 

| grelotter, to shiver. 

grenade, pomegranate. 

grenadier, grenadier. 

gronder, to growl, to 
scold. 

groom, lackey. 

gros, sioul, big, large, 
rough. 

guerir, (0 cure. 

guerre, war. 


fruit, fruit. 

fumee, smoke. 

fumer, to smoke. 

jureur, fury; en. .~.; 
wild. 

furieux, furious. 

fusil, gun. 


Gagner, to reach, to 
gain. 

gai, cheerful, merry. 

gaiement, cheerfully. 

ganache, Llockhead. 

gant, glove. 

garcon, boy. 

garde, nolice; keeper, 
guard. 

prendre garde, fo look 
out, lo take care. 

garder, fo keep. 

gater, /o spoil. 

gauche (a), to the left. 

geler, to freeze. 

gener, fo inconvenience. 

général, general. 

genereux, generous. 

genou, knee. 

gens, people. 

gentil, pretty. 

geographie, geography. 

giberne, —cartridge- 
pouch. 

gibier, game. 

gloire, glory. 

gout, /aste. 

goiter, fo taste, to lunch. 

grace a, thanks to. 

de grace, pray, I pray 


Habile, clever. 

habilement, ski/fully. 

habit, coat. 

habitant, inhab/tant. 

habitation, habitation. 

habiter, to dwell in. 

habitude, habil. 

habitue, accustomed, 
n., frequenter. 

hair, to hate. 

haleine, breath. 

haricots, beans. 

hasard, chance ; par. . «3 
perchance. 

haut (adv.), loud; 
(adj.), high, tall; 
(subst.), hezght. 

Henri, Henry. 

heriter, to inherit. 

heure, hour, o’clock. 

heureusement, happily. 
you. heureux, happy, fortu- 

gracieux, graceful. nate. 

grammaire, grammar. |hier, yesterday. 

grand, large, tall, great.|hier soir, last night. 

grand-pere,grandfather.|histoire, history, story. 











329 


hiver, winter. 

hommage, homage. 

homme, man. 

honnéte, honesl, polite, 
civil, 

honneteteé, kindness. 

honte, shame. 

honteux, shameful. 

horrible, horrible. 

horriblement, 
Sully. 

hotel, hotel, mansion. 

huit, echt. 

huitieme, ezghth. 

humeur, femper. 

humide, damp, moist. 

hypocrite, hypocritical. 


dread- 


Ici, here. 

ignorer, tobe ignorant of. 
il, he, it. 

ile, ‘sland. 

ils, they. 

s’imaginer, fo fancy. 
imiter, /o ¢mitate. 
immense, /mmense. 
impatient, ¢mpatient. 


impertinence, ¢mperti- 
neENCE. 
impertinent, — imperti- 


nent fellow. 
impitoyable, pitiless. 
important, important. 
il importe, ¢ ¢s impor- 

fant. 
impossible, zmpossible. 
inattendu, unexpected. 
incliner, éo bend. 


s’incliner, to bow. 
incroyable, incredibie. 
indiquer, to indicate. 
indiscretion, 


indiscre- 
110Nn. 


330 


indispensable, ind/spen- 
sable. 
indispose, :ndisposed. 
infame, infamous. 
inferieur, /ower. 
infiniment, infinitely. 
infortune, misfortune. 
ingrat, ungrateful. 
injustement, unjustly. 
inquiéter, to annoy. 
s'inquiéter, to trouble 
one’s self. 
inscrire, to write down. 
insecte, /nsect. 
instant, moment. 
instruit, wise. 
s’instruire, to acquire 
information. 
insulter, to insult. 
intelligence, znte/li- 
gence. 
interdire, to forbid. 
intéressant, interesting. 
intéresser, (o interest. 
intéerét, interest. 
interpeller, to speak to. 
inutile, useless. 
invitation, invitation. 
inviter, to invite. 
Irlande, Jreland. 
irrésolu, crresolute. 
Italie, Ztaly. 
italien, /talian. 


J’ stands for je. 

oe Christ. 

jalousie, jealousy ; blind. 

jaloux, jealous. 

jamais, ever. 

ne. . . jamais, never. 

jambe, /eg. 

a toutes jambes, at full 
speed. 








FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


janvier, January. 

jardin, garden. 

jaune, yellow. 

jener: 

Jean, John. 

Jeanne, Jane. 

jeter, to cast, to throw. 

jeu, game, play. 

jeudi, Thursday. 

jeune, young. 

jetiner, to fasi. 

jeunesse, youth. 

joie, joy. 

joindre, fo join. 

se joindre, /o meet. 

joli, pretty. 

jouer, lo play: 

jouir de, to enjoy. 

joujou, toy. 

jour, day. 

journal, journaux, news- 
paper. 

journée, day. 

jovial, jovial. 

joyeux, cheerful. 

juillet, July. 

juin, June. 

jurer, fo swear. 

jusqu’a, as far as, till. 

juste, just. 

tout juste, exactly. 

justement, just, exactly. 


Kilogramme, kilo- 


gramme. 


L’ stands for /e or la. 
la, the, her, tt. 

la, there. 

laborieux, industrious. 
lache, cowardly. 
laconisme, /aconism. 


laid, ugly. 

laine, wool. 

laisser, to let, to allow, 
to leave. 

laisser tranquille, to let 
alone. 

lait, milk. 

lampe, /amp. 

lancer, to throw. 

langue, tongue, 
guage 

languir, to languish. 

lapin, rabbit. 

laquelle, which. 

large, broad. 

larme, tear. 

las, tired. 

latin, Latin. 

le, la, the, him, tt. 

lecon, lesson. 

lecture, reading. 

lendemain, nert day. 

lentement, slowly. 

léopard, leopard. 

lequel, laquelle, les- 
quels, lesquelles, 
which. 

les, the, them. 

lest, ballast. 

lettre, letter. 

leur, leurs, 
them. 

le leur, la leur, les 
leurs, thezrs. 

lever, to raise. 


lan- 


their, to 





se lever, to rise, to get up. 
levre, lip. 

libraire, bookseller. 
libre, free. 

lieu, place. 

au lieu de, instead of. 
lieue, league. 
lieutenant, /ieutenant. 
‘ligne, /ine. 


lion, lion. 

lionne, /ioness 

lire, to read. 

lisiere, verge. 

lit, bed. 

litre, /itre. 

livre (m.), book. 

livre (f.), pound. 

livrée, livery. 

loger, to lodge. 

Von stands for on, one, 
people, they. 

loin, far. 

loin de, far from. 

de loin, from afar. 

Londres, London. 

long, longue, long. 

le long de, through, 
along. 

longtemps, a /ong time, 
long. 

lorsque, when. 

louer, fo praise. 

louer, to hire, to rent. 

loueur, one who lets out. 

Louis, Louis. 

louis, /ouis (a coin) 

Louise, Louisa. 

lourd, heavy. 

lu, read. 

lueratif, /ucrative. 

lueur, gleam, flash, light. 

lui, he, to him, to her. 

lui-méme, Aimself. 

de lui-méme, of his own 
accord. 

luire, to shine, to glitter. 

lumiere, light. 

lundi, Monday. 

lune, moon. 

lunettes, spectacles. 

lutte, struggle. 

lutter, to struggle, to 


Sight. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


M’ stands for me. 

M. stands for Mon- 
sieur, Sir, Mr. 

ma, my. 

Madame, Madam, Mrs. 

Mademoiselle, Miss. 

magasin, shop. 

magnanime, 
mous. 

magnifique, magnifi- 
ceni. 

mai, May. 

main, hand. 

maint, many, many a. 

maintenant, now, by this 
time. 

maintenant que, now 
that. 

mais, but, why ! 

maison, house. 

4 la maison, al home. 

maitre, /eacher, master. 

maitresse, mistress. 

majeste, majesty. 

mal (n.), harm, evil. 

mal (adv.), ill, badly. 

de mal en pis, from bad 
to worse. 

se porter mal, to le un- 
well, 

malade, 
sick. 

maladie, 7//ness. 

malentendu, misunder- 
standing. 

‘malgré, in spite of. 

malheur, misfortune. 

malheureusement, 
fortunately. 

malheureux, unhappy, 
unfortunate. 

malin, maligne, ma/zgq- 
nani, cunning, clever. 


magnani- 


ill, 


unwell, 


un- 





imalle, trunk. 


331 


j|maman, mamma. 


manchon, muff. 

mange, eaten. 

manger, fo eat. 

maniere, way, manner. 

manquer, /o miss, to fail. 

manquer de, to lack, to 
be in need of. 

marchand, dealer, mer- 
chant. 

marchander, to bargain 
for. 

marche, step. 

marcher, to walk, to 
march, to go to work. 

mardi, Tuesday. 

marechal, marshal, 

Maroc, Morocco. 

mars, March. 

matin, morning. 

mauvais, bad. 

mauvais sujet, bad boy, 
bad fellow. 

me, me, fo me, myself, 
to myself. 

méchant, naughty. 

mécontent, displeased. 

mecontenter, fo dis- 
please. 

médecin, doctor. 

meilleur, better (adj.). 

méler, fo mix. 

méme, same, even. 

de méme, likewise. 

memoire, remembrance, 
memor yf. 

menace, threat. 

menacer, (0 threaten. 

menager, fo save. 

mener, to take to, to 
lead. 

mensonge, deceit, lie. 

mer, sea. 

merci, thanks. 


392 


mercredi, Wednesday 

mere, mother. 

meriter, to merit. 

mes, my. 

Mesdames, ladies, Mes- 
dames. 

Mesdemoiselles, Miss- 
es, the Misses. 

message, message. 

Messieurs, gentlemen, 
Messrs. 

mesure, measure. 

metre, metre. 

mettre, to put, to put 
on. 

le Mexique, Mexico. 

midi, noon ; south. 

miel, honey. 

le mien, la mienne, les 
miennes, les miens, 
mine. 

mieux, better (adv.). 

faire de son mieux, to do 
one’s best. 

milieu, middle. 

au milieu de, in the mid- 
dle of, among. 

militaire, soldier. 

mille, thousand. 

million, million. 

Miltiade, Miltiades. 

ministre, minister. 

minute, minute. 

mis, pul, dressed. 

misérable, miserable. 

misere, misery. 

Mlle. stands for Made- 
moiselle, Miss. 

Mlles. stands for Mesde- 
moiselles, Misses, the 
Misses 


MM. stands for Mes- 
sieurs, gentlemen, 
Messrs. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


Mme. stands for Ma- 
dame, Madam, Mrs. 

Mmes. stands for Mes- 
dames, ladies, Mes- 
dames. 

modeéle, model. 

moderne, modern. 

modiste, mil/iner. 

moi, J, me, to me, as for 
me; amoi! help! 

moi-méme, myself: 

moins, /ess, fewer. 

a moins de, unless. 

au moins, al the least. 

du moins, at least. 

mois, month. 

le mois dernier, /ast 
month. 

moitie, a moitié, half. 

moment, moment. 

moments perdus, spare 
moments. 

mon, ma, mes, my. 

monde, wor/d. 

beaucoup de monde, 
many people. 

personne au monde, no- 
body in the world. 

tout le monde, every- 
body. 

Monsieur, Sir, Mr., 
gentleman. 

mont, All. 

monter, to go up. 

montre, watch. 

montrer, to show, to 
poini to. 

se moquer de, to sneer 
at, laugh at. 

morceau, piece. 

mordre, to bite. 

morsure, bite. 

mort (n.), death. 

mort (part.), dead. 


;mot, word. 

mouche, fly. 

mouchoir, handkerchief. 

mourant, dying. 

mourir, to die. 

mousseline, mus/in. 

moutarde, mustard. 

mouvement, movement. 

moyen, means, way. 

moyen age, Middle 
Ages. 

mur, wall. 

mfr, ripe. 

musée, museum. 

musicien, musician. 

musique, music. 





Naitre, to be born. 

faire naitre, to produce, 
to give rise to. 

nature, nature. 

naturel, natural, 

naufrage, wreck. 

faire naufrage, to be 
wrecked. 

ne... pas, not. 

ne... que, only, noth- 
ing but. 

né, born. 

nécessaire, necessary. 

négociant, merchant. 

neige, snow. 

nettoyer, to clean. 

neuf, nine. 

neuf, neuve, new-made. 

neuvieme, ninth. 

neyeu, nephew. 

nez, nose. 

ni... ni, neither... nor. 

noir, black. 

nom, name. 

nombre, number. 

nombreux, numerous. 


non, no. 

non plus, ezther. 

nord-ouest, north-west. 

nos, our. 

notre, ours. 

le notre, la notre, les 
notres, ours. 

nous, we, us, fo us; our- 
selves, to ourselves. 

nous-meémes, ourselves. 

nouveau, nouvel, nou- 
velle, new. 

de nouveau, again. 

nouvelle, report, news. 

novembre, November. 

nu, bare. 

nuire, to injure. 

nuit, night. 

cette nuit, last night 
(from 12 till this 
morning). 


Obéir, to obey. 

objet, object. 

obligé, obliged. 

obliger, to oblige. 

obscur, obscure, dark. 

observer, fo observe, to 
keep. 

obtenir, to obtain. 

occasion, opportunity. 

oceupé, busy, engaged. 

occuper, to occupy. 

octobre, October. 

ceil, eve. 

offenser, to offend. 

offert, offered. 

office, office. 

bons offices, kind offices. 

officier, officer. 

offre, offer. 

offrir, to offer. 

oiseau, bird. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


ombrelle, parasol. 

omnibus, omnibus. 

on, one, people, we, you, 
they. 

oncle, unele. 

ont, have. 

onze, eleven. 

onzieme, eleventh. 

opera, opera. 

operation, operation. 

s’opposer (a), (0 oppose, 
to object. 

or, gold. 

oracle, oracle. 

orageux, stormy. 

orange, orange. 

ordinaire, common. 

a Vordinaire, as usual. 

ordonner, to order. 

ordre, order. 

oreille, ear. 





333 


palais, palace. 

pale, pale. 

panier, basket. 

pantoufle, slipper. 

papier, paper. 

paquet, parcel. 

par, by, through; be- 
fore words express- 
ing time, a@ or an. 

il parait, 7¢ appears. 

paraitre, /o appear. 

parapluie, umbrella. 

parbleu! upon my 
word ! 

pare, park. 

parce que, because. 

parcourir, fo perambu- 
late. 

par-dessus, over. 

demander pardon a, fo 
ask a person’s pardon. 


boucle doreille, ear-|pardonner, to forgive. 


ring. 
oser, to dare. 
oter, to take off or away. 
ou, or. 
ou, where. 
oublier, fo forget. 
oui, yes. 


pareil, /’ke, alike, such. 

parents, parents, rela- 
tives. 

paresseux, /azy, idle. 

parfaitement, perfectly, 
quite. 

parier, to wager. 


les monts Oural, Ural|parlé, spoken. 


Mountains. 
outre, beyond, besides. 
ouvert (adj.), open; 
(part.), opened. 
ouverture, opening. 
ouvrage, work, book. 
ouvrir, 0 open. 


Page, page. 
paille, straw. 
pain, bread. 
paire, pair. 
paix, peace. 


parlement, parliament. 

parler, to speak. 

parmi, among. 

parole, word. 

de ma (ta, sa) part, from 
me, (thee, him, her). 

quelque part, some- 
where. 

parti, gone away, de- 
parted, set out, left. 

en particulier, pri- 
vately. 

particularité, pecult- 
arity. 


334 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


partie, part, party, ex-\ne... personne, nobody,|plume, feather, pen. 


cursion. no one. 


la plupart, most. 


partir, to set out, to|persuader, fo persuade.|plus, more. 


leave. 
partout, everywhere. short. 
parvenir, to reach, suc-| peu, little, few. 

ceed. peu a peu, by degrees. 
pas (noun), step. peuple, people, nation. 
passage, passage. peur (avoir), fo 
passer, to spend, tohand,| afraid. 

to escape, to go, to 


petit (adj.), little, small,|/ne... plus, not again, 


no more, no longer. 
de plus en plus, more 
and more. 
plus t6t, sooner. 


be| plusieurs, several. 


plutot, rather. 


de peur de, for fear of.|pluvieux, rainy. 


pass. peut-étre, perhaps. poche, pocket. 
se passer, to take place,|philosophie, philosophy.| poids, weight. 
occur. phosphorique, phospho-| point, point. 
pasteur, pastor. rescent. ne... point, not, not at 
patiner, to skate. photographie, photo- all, 
pauvre, poor. graph. [ee pear. 
payer, to pay (for). phrase, sentence. |poisson, Jish. 
pays, country. piéce, piece, (theat.)|poivre, pepper. 
paysan, peasant. play. |poliment, politely. 


peine, trouble, labor, 
grief 
a peine, scarcely, 
pendant, during, for. 
pendant que, during, 
while. 
pénible, painful. 
pensée, thought. 
penser, to think. 
pension,  boarding- 
school. 
perdre, to Jose. 
perdu, (ost. 
pere, father. plaire, to please. 
permettre, to permit. _| plaisir, pleasure. 
permission, permission.|s’il vous plait, 7f you 
Perses, Persians. please. 
personnages,personages.| plante, plant. 
personne, person, peo-|planter, to plant. 
ple, any one. plein, full ; open. 
jeune personne, young|pleuré, wept, cried. 
lady. pleurer, to weep. 
personne au monde, no-|pleuvoir, to rain. 
body in the world. __|pluie, rain. 


pied, foot. 

a pied, on foot. 

pierre, stone. 

pierreux, stony. 

piéton, pedestrian. 

pis, worse. 

pitié, pity. 

place, place, situation. 

placer, to place. 

plaie, wound. 

plaindre, fo pity. 

se plaindre, to 
plain. 


cOmMm- 


politesse, politeness. 

pomme, apple. 

pont, bridge. 

bien portant, well. 

porte, door. 

porte-monnaie, purse. 

porter, to carry, to bear, 
to wear, to put. 

porter a, to take to. 

se porter, fo be. 

portiere, door. 

portrait, portrait. 

poser, to place, to put 
down. 

posseder, to possess. 

possible, possible. 

poste, post; post-office. 

pot de terre, earthen 
pot. 

pour, for, to, in order to. 

pourquoi, why. 

poursuivre, to pursue. 

pourtant, yet, however. 

pourvoir, fo provide. 





FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


pourvu que, provided. | prochain, nezt. 
pousser, to carry, to|le mois prochain, next|quart, quarter, fourth. 


utter. 
poussiere, dust. 
pouvoir, to be able. 
pré, meadow. 
précieux, precious. 
precisement, exactly. 
preferable, preferable. 
préférer, fo prefer. 
premier, first, former. 
prendre, to take, catch. 
prendre garde, lo be- 
ware. 
prenez, take. 
preparer, to prepare. 
pres de, near, beside, 
closely, on the point of. 
présence, presence. 
présent, present. 

a présent, now. 
présenter, to show, to 
present. 
présider, to preside over. 

presque, a/most. 

pret, ready. 

prété, /ent. 

prétendre, to pretend. 

préter, to /end. 

pretre, priest. 

prévenir, to warn. 

prévenu, warned. 

prévoir, to foresee. 

prier, to pray, to beg. 

priere, prayer, entreaty. 

prince, prince. 

princesse, princess. 

principal, principaux, 
principal. 

printemps, spring. 

pris, taken. 

prison, prison. 

prisonnier, prisoner. 

prix, prize. 


month. 
prodigieusement, great- 
ly. 
professeur, professor. 
profit, bene fit. 
proie, prey. 
promenade, walk ; ride. 
promener, to take out to 
walk. 
se promener, to lake a 
walk. 
promesse, promise. 
promettre, to promise. 
promis, promised. 
promptement, quickly. 
prononcer, to pro- 
nounce, to utter. 
propos, talk. 
proposition, proposal. | 
propre a, fit for. 
propriétaire, landlord. 
proprieté, property. 


330 


quarante, forty. 


quart d’heure, quarter 
of an hour. 

quartier, quarter. 

Quartier Latin, the 
Latin Quarter, a part 
of Paris in which 
many colleges and 
schools are situated. 

quatorze, fourteen. 

quatre, four. 

quatre-vingts, eighty. 


|quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. 
quatrieme, fourth. 


que, whom, which, that ; 
than, as, how, let, 
since; (interr.) what. 

quel, quels, quelle, 
quelles, what, which. 

quelque chose, some- 
thing. 





protection, patronage. 
protéger, to protect. 
prouver, to prove. 
proverbe, proverb. 
provoquer, to provoke. 
prudence, prudence. 
Prusse, Prussia. 
Prussien, Prussian. 
pu, been able. 


quelque part, some- 
where. 
quelque . . . que, how- 


ever, whatever. 
quelque temps, some- 

time. 
quelqu’un, somebody. 
quelquefois, sometimes. 
quelques-uns, a few. 
se quereller, to quarrel. 
qu’est-ce que...% what ? 


public, publique, public.| question, question. 


puis, then. 
puisque, since, as. 
puissant, mighty. 
punir, to punish. 


Quw’ stands for que. 
quand, when. 


queue, fail. 

qui, who, which, that. 

qui (interr. or after 
prepos.), whom. 

quinzaine, fortnight. 

quinze, fifteen. 

quitter, to leave. 

quoi, which, what. 


depuis quand, how /ong.|de quoi, wherewith. 


quant a, as for. 


quoique, although. 


336 


Raconter, to relate, to 
tell. 

rafraichir, to refresh. 

rageur, angry. 

raide, stiff: 

raison, reason. 

avoir raison, 
right. 

raisonnable, reasonable, 
sensible. 

ramener, to bring back. 

rang, rank. 

rapidement, quickly. 

rappeler, to remind, to 
recall. 

rare, rare. 

recevoir, (0 receive. 

recherche, sought after. 

réciproquement, recip- 
rocally. 

réclamer, to claim. 

recogner, fo draw back. 

recommander, to recom- 
mend, to order. 

recommencer, to begin 
ayain. 

recompense, reward. 

recompenser, to reward. 

reconnaissant, grateful 


to be 


reconnaitre, to recog- 
nize. 

se recoucher, to go to 
bed again. 


recueillir, to harvest. 
recu, received. 
reculer, to go back. 
redemander, to ask back 
or again. 
reduire, to reduce. 
réfléchir, to reflect. 
reforme, reform. 
refuser, to refuse. 
regagner, to get back to. 
regard, look ; eyes. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


regarder, to look at; to|se reposer, to rest one’s 


concern. 

régiment, regiment. 

regle, rule. 

regler, to settle. 

regretter, to regret. 

régulier, regular. 

rejouir, to rejoice. 

relever, to lift up, to push 
up. 

relire, to read again. 


reluire, to shine, glitter. 
remarquable, remark- 
able. 


remarquer, to notice. 

remercier, to thank. 

remettre, fo put on 
again ; to send. 

remplir, to jill, to ful- 
Sul. 

remuer, to move. 

rencontrer, /0 meet. 


rendre, to render, to 


make, to return, to re-| 


store, to yreld. 

rendre visite, fo pay a 
visit. 

se rendre, to surrender 
one’s self. 

renoncer, to renounce 

rentes, income, property. 

rentrer, to enter, to re- 
turn, to come home 
again. 

répandre, to spread. 

repartir, fo set off again ; 
to answer. 

repas, meal. 

se repentir, to repent. 

répéter, lo repeat. 

sans réplique, without 
replying, at once. 

répondre, to answer. 

réponse, answer. 





self. 

reprendre, to resume ; to 
reply. 

representation, 
sentation, show. 

reprocher, to reproach. 

république, republic. 

respect, respect. 

manquer de respect, to 
be disrespectful. 

respectueusement, 
spectfully. 

ressembler, /o resemble. 

ressortir, (0 go out 
again. 

du reste, however. 

reste, remained, stayed. 

rester, fo remain, to stay. 

résulter, to follow. 

retabli, recovered. 

se rétablir, to be restored 
to health. 

retenir, (0 engage, 
keep. 

retentir, to resound. 

retirer, io withdraw, 
draw back. 

retour, return. 

de retour, returned. 

retourner, to return. 

retrouver, /o find, to 
Jind again. 

reussir, fo succeed, to be 
successful. 

réveiller, to awaken. 

revenant, ghost. 

revenir, to come back. 

revenu, come back, re- 
turned. 

revoir, fo see again. 

Rhin, the Rhine. 

rhume, cold. 

ri, laughed. 


repre- 


Te= 


to 


riant, laughing. 
riche, rich. 
richement, richly. 
ne... rien, nothing. 
rire (n.), laughter. 
rire (v.), to laugh. 
rive, Lank, shore. 
riviere, rver. 

robe, dress, robe. 
rol, king. 

role, character, part. 
roman, novel. 
rompre, to break. 
rose, rose, 

rouge, red. 

rougir, to blush. 
rouler, to roll. 
route, ;oad, way. 
royal, royal. 
royaume, kingdom. 
ruban, rzbbon. 

rue, street. 

ruine, ruin. 
ruisseau, stream. 
ruse, cunning, trick. 
Russie, Russia. 


S’ stands for se ; before 
il or is, for sz. 

sa, his, her, its. 

sable, sand. 

sac, bag. 

sac de nuit, carpet-bag. 

sacrifier, to sacrifice. 

sacristain, sexton. 

sage, wise, good. 

saint, holy. 

saisir, to seize. 

saison, season, 

sale, dirty. 

salir, to soul. 

salle & manger, dining- 
room. 





FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


salon, drawing-room. 
samedi, Saturday. 
sang, blood. 

sans, without, but for. 
sante, health. 

sauf, except. 

sauvage, wild. 

sauver, 10 save, 
savamment, cunningly. 
savant, /earned. 
savoir, to know. 

Saxe, Saxony. 
scandaleux, scandalous. 
scelerat, scoundrel, 
scene, scene. 

science, science. 


sculpture, sculpture. 


se, himself, to himsel/, 
herself, to herself ; 
one’s self, to one’s 
self ; themselves, to 
themselves. 

sec, seche, dry. 

secher, to dry up. 

second (adj.), second. 

secouer, to shake. 

secourir, to assist. 

secret, secret. 

secretement, secretly. 

seize, sirteen. 

sel, salt. 

selon, according to. 

semaine, week. 

faire semblant, to pre- 
tend. 

ce me semble, it seems 
to me. 

sembler, to appear, to 
seem. 

s’en repentir, to repent 
at. 

sens, sense, meaning. 

sentier, path. 

sentiment, feeling. 


22 


337 


sentir, to feel, to smell. 

séparer, to separate, 

se separer, to part. 

sept, seven. 

septembre, September. 

septieme, seventh. 

sergent, sergeant. 

serieux, serious. 

serment, oath. 

serpent, serpent. 

serrure, lock. 

service, service. 

servir, to serve. 

se servir (de), ¢o use. 

ses, his, her, its. 

seul, alone. 

seulement, only. 

severe, severe. 

severement, severely. 

Sl, if, SO. 

siege, seat ; siege. 

le sien, les siens, la 
sienne, les siennes, 
has, hers, its. 

signe, sign, signal. 

signer, fo sign. 

simple, szmple, foolish. 

simplement, simply, 

| merely. 

sire, s7re. 

sit6t, so soon. 

SIX, Six. 

sixieme, szxth. 

sceur, sister. 

‘soi, one’s self, himself. 

sole, si/k. 


‘soif, ¢hzrst. 





avoir soif, to be thirsty. 
‘soigner, fo nurse. 

‘ce soir, this evening, to- 
| night. 


hier soir, /ast night. 
soirée, evening, night. 
'soixante, sixty. 


338 


soixante-dix, seventy. 

soldat, soldier. 

soleil, sun. 

somme, sum. 

sommeil, sleep. 

avoir sommeil, 
sleepy. 

son (n.), sound. 

son, sa, ses, his, her, its. 

sonder, to probe. 

songer, to think. 

sonnette, bell. 

sont, are, belong. 

sort, fate. 

sortant, going oul. 

sortir, fo go out, to issue. 

sot, sotte, foolish. 

sou, cent. 

soudain, suddenly. 

soufller, to blow. 

souffrir, to suffer. 


to be 


~——souhaiter, to wish. 


soulier, shoe. 

soup¢con, susprcion. 

soupe, soup. 

souper (v.), io sup. 

souper (n.), supper. 

sourire (n.), smile. 

sourire (v.), to smile. 

souris, mouse. 

sous, under, below, be- 
neath. 

sous-officier, non-com- 
missioned officer. 

soutenir, to bear, to 
maintain. 

se souvenir, to remem- 
ber. 

souvent, often. 

spectacle, sight, play. 

splendeur, splendor. 

station, sfatron. 

studieux, studious. 

stupide, stupid. 





FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


subitement, suddenly. 
subtilite, subtlety. 
succes, success. 

sucre, sugar. 

suffire, to suffice. 
tout de suite, at once. 
suivant, following. 
suivre, to follow. 
sujet, sujette, subject. 
supercherie, deceit. 
superieur, superior. 
supplier, to implore 
supporter, /o support. 
supposer, /o suppose. 
sur, on, upon. 

stir, sure, cer/ain. 
surpris, surprised. 

en sursaut, 7n a start. 
surtout, above all. 


T’ stands for te. 

ta, thy. 

table, table. 

tableau, picture. 

tablette, tablet. 

tacher, to try. 

taire, to say nothing 
about, to be silent. 

se taire, to hold one’s 
tongue. 

talent, talent. 

tandis que, while. 

tant, so much, so many. 

tant soit peu, however 
little. 

tante, aunt. 

tantot, sometimes. 

tard, /ate. 

tarder a, to be long in, 
to delay. 

tasse, cup. 

te, thee, to thee, thyself, 
to thyself. 





tel, such. 

tellement, so much so. 

temoigner, to show, to 
express. 

tempéte, tempest, storm. 

temps, lime ; weather. 

a temps, in time. 

combien de temps, how 
lony. 

de temps en temps, now 
and then. 

tendre (v.), to hold out. 

tenez, hold, see here. 

tenir, to hold, to keep. 

tenir compte, to take 
onto consideration. 

tenter, to attempt ; to 
tempt. 

termes, terms. 

terminer, to end. 

terrain, soil, ground. 

terre, /and, earth. 

territoire, territory. 

tes, thy. 

téte, head. 

the, tea. 

théatre, scene, theatre. 

Therese, Theresa. 

theme, exercise. 

le tien, la tienne, les 
tiens, les tiennes, 
thine. 

tiens! there! I say! 

tigre, tiger. 

tiré, drawn ; shot. 

tirer, to draw; to fire. 

se tirer, to get out. 

tiroir, drawer. 

Tolede, Toledo. 

toi, thou, thee, to thee. 

toi-méme, thyself. 

toit, roof. 

tombe, fallen. 

tomber, to fall. 


FRENCH-ENGLISH. 


'travailler, to work. 

ton (n.), tone. a travers, through. 

tonnerre, thunder. treize, thirteen. 

avoir tort, to be wrong. tremblant, trembling. 

plus t6t, sooner. trembler, to shake. 

toujours, always, still. trente, thirty. 

tour, turn ; tower. tres, very. 

faire un tour, to take a tressaillir, to tremble. 
turn. tribune, gallery. 

tourment, forment. triste, sad, sorry. 

tourmenter, fo fease. _ trois, three. 

tourner, to turn round. troisieme, third. 

tous, all, every. trompé, mistaken, de- 

tousser, fo cough. | ceived. 

tout, all, whole, every, tromper, to deceive. 
everything. ‘se tromper, to be mis- 

taken. 


tout (adv.), quite. 
tout a coup, suddenly. | trop, too much, too many. 
a mes trousses, at my 


tout a fait, quite. | 


ton, ta, tes, thy. 





tout a l’heure, a Jittle| heels. 
ago, just now. trouvé, found. 
tout au moins, at the|trouver, to find; to 
very least. think. 
tout de suite, at once. |se trouver, to happen to 
tout en, while. be. 
tout juste, exactly. tu, thou. 


traduire, to translate. |tuer, to kill. 
tragedie, tragedy. 
tragique, tragic. or each other. 
trahir, to betray. turbot, turbot. 
trahison, treason, treach-|tuteur, guardian. 
ery. 
train, train, style. 
traineau, s/edge. 
trainer, to drag. 
se trainer, to run along. 
traiter, to use; (de), to 


Un, une, a, an, one. 
Vun et l’autre, both. 
uniforme, uniform. 
univers, universe. 
urgent, urgent, pressing. 


treat as. : : 
: : utile, useful. 
tranquille, easy; in d 
utilement, usefully. 
peace. : 
transporter, to carry, to 
take. Vaccine, vaccination. 


travail, travaux, work. 
travaillé, worked. 


vache, cow. 
vague, wave. 


339 


len vain, in vain. 

‘vaincre, to overcome. 

vaincu, vanquished. 

vainqueur, conqueror. 

Valerien, Valerian. 

valet, valet. 

valoir, to be worth. 

‘valoir mieux, to be bet- 
ter: 

se vanter, to extol one’s 
self or each other. 

vaste, vast. 

veiller, to watch. 

vend, sel/s. 

vendre, to sell. 

vendredi, Friday. 

vendu, sold. 

vengeance, vengeance. 

venir, fo come. 

vent, wind. 

venu, come. 

verité, truth. 

verre, glass. 

vers ( prep.), towards. 

vers (n.), verse. 

vert, green. 

vertu, virtue. 





se tuer, fo kill one’s se/f\veuve, widow. 


viande, meat. 

victoire, victory. 

victorieux, victorious. 

vider, to empty. 

vie, /ife, living. 

Vienne, Vienna. 

vieux, vieil, vieille, o/d. 

vif, vive, lively, quick, 
keen, alive. 

vigne, vine. 

village, village. 

vilain, ugly, bad. 

ville, down, city. 

vin, wine. 

vingt, twenty. 

vingtieme, twentieth. 


340 


violer, to violate. 
visage, face, look. 
viser, to aim. 

visite, visit. 

visite, visited. 

visiter, to visit. 

vite, quickly, quick. 
vivement, greatly. 
vivre, to live. 

voici, here ts, here are. 
voila, there is, there are. 
voir, fo see. 

voisin (n.), neighbor. 
voisin (adj.), next, near. 
voiture, carriage. 

VOIX, voice. 


voler, to fly. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


votre, vos, your. 

le votre, la votre, les 
votres, yours. 

voulez-vous, will you 
have 2? do you wish ? 

vouloir, to wish, to will. 

vouloir bien, to consent, 
(o permit. 

en vouloir a, to be 
angry. 

vous, you, to you ; your- 
self, to yourself’; your- 
selves, to yourselves. 

vous-meme, yourself: 

vous-méemes, yourselves. 

voyage, voyage, journey. 

vogager, to travel. 


voyageur, traveller. 
vrai, true. 
c’est vrai, 
vraiment, 
Vu, seen. 

vue, sight. 


at is true. 
truly, really. 





Wagon, railway car- 
riage. 
whist, whist. 


Y, there ; to it, to them: 
to him, to her ; in it, 
in them. 

yeux, eyes. 


II. — ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


A, un, une. 

about, environ, pres de. 

absent, absent. 

absolutely, absolument. 

to abstain, s’abstenir. 

absurd, absurde. 

abundant, abondant. 

to accept, accepter. 

to accompany, accom- 
pagner. 

according to, se/on. 

on account of, a cause 
de. 

to accuse, accuser. 

to act, agir. 

active, actif, active. 

to address, adresser, 
s’adresser a. 

to admire, admirer. 


to advise, conseiller. 

affair, affaire (f). 

to affirm, affirmer. 

to be afraid, avoir peur, 
craindre. 

after, apres. 

afternoon, 
(f). 

afterwards, ensuite. 

again, encore, de nou- 
veau. 

against, contre 

age, age (m). 

aged, agé. 


apres-midi 





ago, i ya. 
ale, biére (f). 


to admire one’s self or|all, tout, -e, tous, toutes. 
each other, s’admirer.|not at all, pas du tout. 
‘to admit, ad mettre. 


to allow, permettre. 
almost, presque. 

alone, seul, -e. 
already, dea. 

also, aussi. 

always, toujours. 
ambition, ambition (f). 
America, Amérique (f). 
amiable, azmable. 
among, parmt. 
amusing, amusant. 

an, wn, une. 

ancient, ancien, -ne. 
and, et. 

anecdote, anecdote (f) 
anger, colére (f). 
angry, rageur. 


to get angry, se facher. 

animal, animal (m). 

to announce, annonce’. 

answer, réponse (f). 

to answer, répondre. 

any, du, de la, del’, des, 
en. 

to appeal, en appeler (a). 

to appear, sembler, pa- 
raitre. 

appetite, appetit (m). 

apple, pomme (f). 

to approve, approuver, 
trouver bon. 

April, avril. 

architecture, 
ture (f). 

arm, bras (m). 

armchair, fauteui/ (m). 

army, armée (f). 

arrival, arrivee (f). 

to arrive, arriver. 

arrived, arrivé. 

article, article (m). 

artist, artiste (m or f). 

aS, AUSSi, que. 

as for, quant a. 

as many, autant. 

as much, autant. 

as soon, dés que, aussi- 
tot que. 


architec- 





ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


astonishing, étonnant. 

at;'a 

at last, enfin. 

at once, tout de suite. 

at present, a présent. 

to be attached to, te- 
nir a. 

to attack, attaquer. 

to attend to, so/qner. 

attention, good care, 
bons soins (m). 

attention, attention (f). 

attentive, attentif, -ve. 

audacity, audace (f). 


|August, ott. 


aunt, faunte. 

Austria, Autriche (f). 
Austrian, Autrichien. 
author, ecrivain (m). 
avenue, avenue (f). 


Bad, mauvais, vilain. 

bad boy, mauvais su- 
jet. 

badly, mal. 

bag, sac (m). 

carpet bag, sac (m) de 
nuit. 

baker, Loulanger. 

to bark, aboyer. 


as usual, comme @ /’or-|to bargain for, marchan- 


dinaire. 
ashamed, honteuz, -se. 


der. 
basket, panier (m). 


to be ashamed, avoir|battle, bataille (f). 


honte. 

Asia, Asie (f). 

to ask, to ask for, de- 
mander. 

toask back, redemander. 

to ask pardon, deman- 
der pardon a. 

to assassinate, assassi- 
ner. 


to be, étre. 
ps lus (health), se porter. 
well, se porter bien. 
ill, se porter mal. 
afraid, avoir peur. 
ashamed, 
honte. 
cold, avoir froid. 
hungry, avoir faim. 


avoir 


\to be off, 


341 


s’en aller, 
Sauver. 

right, avoir raison. 

sleepy, avoir som- 
meil, 

thirsty, avoir soif. 

in want, avoir be- 
soin. 

warm, avoir chaud. 

wrong, avoir tort. 

to bear, porter. 

beast, Léte (f). 

to beat, battre. 

beautiful, beau, belle. 

because, parce que. 

to become, devenir. 

ibecome, devenu. 

to go to bed, se coucher. 

been, &é. 

beer, liére (f). 

before (followed by an 


SE 





infin.), avant 
de, avant que 
de. 


(conj.),avant que. 

(prep. of time), 
avant. 

(prep. of place), 
devant, en pré 
sence de. 

(adv. of time), 
auparavant. 

to begin, commencer. 

beginning, commence- 
ment (m). 

to behave, agir. 

Belgium, Belgique (f). 

to belong, appartenir, 
étre a. 

besides, d’ailieurs. 

to betray, trahir. 

to betray one’s self or 
each other, se trahir. 

better off, plus avanceé. 


342 


to be better (health), 
se porter mieux, aller 
mieux. 

to be better worth, va- 
loir mieux. 

to bid, commander, dire. 

bill, b//et (m). 

bird, oiseau (m). 

birthday, féte (f). 

to bite, mordre. 

black, noir. 

to blame, b/amer. 

t one’s self or 

each other, se b/amer. 

to blush, rougir. 

boarding-school, 
sion (f). 

boat, bateau (m). 

boldness, audace (f). 

bonnet, chapeau (m). 

book, /iwre (m) 

bookseller, /ibrazre (m). 

boot, bottine (£). 

to borrow, emprunter a. 

bottle, bouteille (f). 

bought, acheté. 

box, boite (f). 

boy, gargon. 

bracelet, bracelet (m). 

bread, pain (m). 

to break, casser. 

bridge, pont (m). 

to bring, amener, ap- 
porter. 

bring me, apportez-mor. 

broad, large. 

brooch, broche (f). 

brother, frére. 

brother-in-law, 
Jrere. 

to build, batir. 

business, affaires (f). 

busy, occupé. 

but, mais. 


pen- 


beau- 





ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


but for, sans. 

butter, beurre (m). 

button, bouton (m). 

to buy, acheter. 

by, par. 

by far, de beaucoup. 

by that road, par cette 
route. 


Cabbage, choux (m). 

to call, appeler. 

to call one’s self, s’ap- 
peler. 

Canada, Canada (m). 

cane, canne (f). 

cannon shot, coup (m) 
de canon. 

to captivate, captiver. 

carafe, carafe (f). 

good care, bons soins 
(m). 

carpet bag, sac de nuit. 

to carry, porter. 

case, cas (m). 

the cat, /e chat, la chatte. 

to catch cold, s’enrhu- 
mer. 

to celebrate, cé/ébrer. 

cent, sow (m). 

certain, certain. 

certainly, certainement. 

chain, chaine (f). 

chair, chaise (f) 

to change, changer. 

to charge, accuser de. 

Charles, Charles. 

cheerful, gaz, -e. 

cheerfully, garement. 

cheese, fromage (m). 

child, enfant (m or f). 

China, Chine (1). 

choice, choix (m). 

to choose, chorsir. 


chosen, chois?. 

Christmas, Noél (m). 

church, église (f). 

city, ville (f). 

to claim, réclamer. 

class, classe (f). 

to clean, nettoyer. 

clever, habile, malin. 

cloth, drap (m). 

coast, bord (m) dela mer. 

coat, habit (m). 

coffee, café (m). 

cold, froid. 

to have a cold, étre en- 
rhumé. 

to be cold, avoir frod. 

collection, collection (f). 

come (part.), venu. 

come ! voyons ! 

come back, revenu. 

come In, entré. 

to come down, 
scendre. 

to command, comman- 
der 

to commence, commen- 
cer. 

common, ordinaire. 

to compel, contraindre. 

to complain, se plain- 
dre. 

complete, complet, com- 
plete. 

to complete, 
terminer. 

completely, 
ment. 

comrade, 
ami. - 

to conceal, cacher. 

to concern, concerner, 
regarder. 

to condemn, condamner. 

lcondition, condition (f). 


des 


achever, 
complete- 


camarade, 


conduct, conduite (f). 

to confess, avouer. 

conscience, conscience 
(f). 

to consent, consentir (a), 
voulowr bien. 


Constantinople, Con- 
stantinople 

constantly, = constam- 
ment. 

construction, construc- 
tion (f). 


contented, content, -e. 

continent, continent (m). 

continually, continuelle- 
ment. 

tocontradict, contredire. 

contrary, contraire. 

on the contrary, au con- 
traire. 

conversation, conversa- 
tion (f). 

cool, frais, fraiche. 

copper, cuivre (m). 

copy-book, cahier (m). 

cordiality, cordialité (f). 

corner, coin (m). 

to correct, corriger. 

to cost, cotter. 

to cough, tousser. 

to count, compter. 

country (the whole ter- 
ritory), pays (m). 

country (in contradis- 
tinction to the town), 
campagne. 

in the country, a la 
campagne (f). 

courage, courage (m 

courtier, courtisan. 

course, cours (m) 

cousin, cousin, -e. 

Creesus, Crésus. 

cruel, cruel, -le. 


ys 








ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


to ery, pleurer 

cunning, malin, maligne. 

cup, fusse (f). 

to cure, guérir. 

to cure one’s self, sé 
quérir. 

to curse, maudire. 

to cut, couper. 


Dainty, difficile. 

to dance, danser. 

to dare, oser. 

date, date (f). 

daughter, fille. 

day, jour (m). 

to dazzle, éblouir. 

dead, mort. 

deat, sourd. 

a great deal, beaucoup. 

dear, cher, chére. 

decanter, carafe (f). 

to deceive, tromper. 

December, décembre. 

to decide, décider. 

to declare, declarer. 

decidedly, décidément. 

defect, défaut (m). 

to defend, défendre 

delicious, deélicieuz, -se. 

to depart, partir. 

departed, parti. 

to descend, descendre. 

to deserve, mériter (de). 

detail, détail (m). 

to detest, détester. 

diamond, diamant (m). 

dictionary, dictionnaire 
(m). 

to die, mourir. 

differently, autrement, 
différemment. 

difficult, difficile. 

difficulty, difficulté (f). 


diligent, appliqué, -e. 

to dine, diner. 

dining-room, salle a 
manger (£). 

dinner, diner (m) 

dirty, sale. 

to dirty, salir. 

to discover, découvrir. 

discussion, discussion 
(f). 

disinterestedness, désin- 
téressement (m). 

to disobey, désobéir (a). 

disposition, caractére 
(m). 

distance, distance (f). 

to disturb, déranger. 

displeasure, disgrace (f). 

to do, faire. 

doctor, médecin. 

dog, chien. 

done, fait. 

door, porte (f). 

to doubt, douter. 

dozen, douzaine (f). 

draught, courant 
@air. 

drawer, tiroir (m). 

dress, robe (f) 

dressed, mis, habille. 

dressmaker, couturiére. 

to drink, boire. 

to drive, aller en voiture. 

drunk, bu. 

dry, sec, séche. 

in a duel, en duel. 

during, pendant,durant. 

duty, devoir (m). 

to dwell, demeurer. 

dying, mourant. 


(m) 


Ear-rings, boucles (f) 
d’oreilles. 


344 


easy (things), facile. 

easy (pers.), tranquille. 

easily, facilement. 

to eat, manger. 

eaten, mangé. 

Edinburgh, Hdimbourg. 

in effect(you are right), 
en effet. 

effort, effort (m 

eight, huit. 

eighteen, dix-huit. 

eighth, huitiéme. 

eighty, quatre-vingts. 

either (after a nega- 
tion), non plus. 

elephant, é/éphant (m). 

eleven, onze. 

eleventh, onziéme. 

emperor, empereur. 

to employ, employer. 

end, fin (f). 

to end, finir. 

enemy, ennemi (m). 

engaged, occupé. 

England, Axgleterre 
(f). 

English, angiais, -e. 

engraving, gravure (f). 

to enjoy one’s self, 
s’amuser. 

enough, assez. 

to enter, entrer. 

enterprise, entreprise 
(f). 

to entreat, prier, sup- 
plier. 

equal, egal, -e. 

equality, égalitée (f). 

Ernest, Ernest. 

error, faute (f), erreur 
(f). 

to establish, établir. 

even, méme. 

the evening, /e soir. 


). 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


event, évenement (m). 
ever, jamais. 
every, tout, -e, tous, 
toutes. 
everybody, 
monde. 
everyone, tout le monde. 
everything, lout. 
everywhere, partout 
evident, évident. 
exactly, précisément. 
to exaggerate, exageérer. 
example, exemple (m). 
excellent, excellent. 
excuse, excuse (f). 
to excuse, exrcuser. 
exercise, erercice (m), 
theme (m). 
to expect, bef. a noun, 
attendre ; bef. an in- 
fin., s’attendre (a). 
experience, esxpérience 
(f). 
to experience, éprouver. 
to explain, expliquer. 
to express, exprimer. 
to extol, vanter, louer. 
extremity, extrémité (f). 


tout le 


Face, grimace (f). 
to fail in respect, man- 
quer de respect. 
faithful, jfidele. 
to fall, tomber. 
fallen, tombé. 
false, faux, fausse. 
family, famille (f). 
famous, fameuz, -se. 
to fancy, s’*imaginer. 
by far, de beaucoup. 
fat, gras, -se. 
father, pére. 
favorite, favort, -te. 








fault (defect) ,défaut(m). 

fault (wrong), faute (f). 

favor, faveur (f). 

to fear, craindre. 

for fear of, de crainte 
de, de peur de. 

February, février. 

fellow, gargon. 

ferocious, féroce. 

few, peu. 

a few, quelques (adj.), 
quelques-uns (pr.). 

fewer, moins. 

field, champ (m). 

fifteen, quinze. 

fifth, cinquieme. 

fifty, conquante. 

to fight, se battre. 

to fill, remplir. 

fine, beau, belle. 

to find, trouver. 

to find (a thing lost), 
retrouver. 

finger, dowgt (m). 

to finish, finer. 

fire, feu (m). 

first, premier, premiere. 

fish, povsson (m). 

to fit, aller. 

fit of anger, accés (m) 
de colere. 

five, cing 

to flatter, flatter. 

to flatter one’s self or 
each other, se flatter. 

flower, fleur (f). 

fog, brouillard (m). 

foolish, fou, folle ; sot, 
sotte. 

foot, pied (m). 

for, pour. 

for (during), pendant. 

for (marking the begin- 
ning), depuis. 


to forbid, défendre. 
forenoon, matin (m). 
to forget, oublier. 
to forgive, pardonner. 
formerly, autrefois. 
fortnight, quinze jours, 
quinzaine (f). 
fortunate, heureuz, -se. 
fortune, fortune (f). 
forty, quarante. 
found, trouvé. 
four, quatre. 
fourteen, quatorze. 
fourth, quatriéme. 
franc, franc (m). 
frank, franc, franche. 
free, libre. 
freely, /ubrement. 
to freeze, geler. 
French, francais, -e. 
Frenchman, Francais. 
fresh, frais, fraiche. 
Friday, vendredi (m). 
friend, ami, -e. 
friendship, amitié (f). 
to frighten, effrayer. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


George, Georges. 

Germany, Allemagne(f). 

to get, avoir, recevoir. 

to get rid, se défaire. 

to get up, se lever. 

gilt-edged, doré sur 
tranches. 

girl, fille. 

to give, donner. 

to give back, rendre. 

give me, donnez-mor. 

given, donne. 

glad, aise, bien aise. 

Glasgow, Glasgow. 

iglass, verre (m). 

glory, glovre (f). 

glove, gant (m). 

to go to bed, se cou- 
cher. 

gold, or (m). 

gone, allé, parti. 

gone out, sortz. 

good, bon, bonne. 

good (in conduct), sage. 

to be so good as, avoir 
la bonté de. 





from, de ; from me, de|government, gouverne- 


ma part; from thee, 
de ta part, ete. 

fruit, fruit (m). 

full, plein. 

to fulfil, remplir. 

fur, fourrure (f). 


Game, jeu (m). 
garden, jardin ( 
general, général. 


m). 


ment (m). 
grammar, 

(f). 
grand, magnifique. 
grateful, reconnaissant, 

-e. 
great, grand, -e. 
greatcoat, paletot (m). 
greatness, grandeur (f). 
Greek, grec, grecque. 


grammaire 


345 


Habit, habitude (f). 

a hair, un cheveu. 

half, demi. 

half-hour, 
(f). 

hand, main (f). 

handkerchief, mouchoir 
(m). 

handsome, beau, belle. 

to happen, arriver. 

happy, eureuz, -se. 

hard, fort, difficile. 

harmonious, Aarmoni- 
eux, -Se. 

hat, chapeau (m). 

to have, avoir. 

will you have, voulez- 
vous 2 


he, 2. 


demi-heure 


jhe who, celuz qui. 


head, téte (f). 

health, santé (f). 

to hear (a noise), en- 
tendre. 

to hear it said, to learn, 
entendre dire. 

heart, ceur (m). 

with all my heart, de 
tout mon ceur. 

heedless, étourd?. 

heedlessness, étourderie 
Gale 

to help, azder. 

Henry, Henri. 

her, /a, elle. 

her (adj.), son, sa, ses. 

to her, Jui. 


generous, généreuz, -se.}on what ground, @ quel|here is, voici. 


genius, génie (m). 

gentle, douz, 
gentil, gentille. 

gentleman, monsieur. 


douce ; 


titre. 


to guarantee, garantir.| hesitation, 


guardian, tuteur. 
to guess, deviner. 


geography, géographie|\to guide, mener. 


(f). 


guilty, coupable. 


herself, se, elle-méme. 

hésitations 
(f. pl.): 

to hide, cacher. 

to hide one’s self, se 
cacher. 


346 


high, haut, -e. 

him, /e, /u. 

to him, Juz. 

himself, se, /ui-méme. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


ill (adj.), malade. 

ill (adv.), mal. 

to be ill, étre malade or 
se porter mal. 


his (adj.), son, sa, ses.|illness, maladie (f). 
(pr.), le sien, la stenne, illustrated, allustré. 


les siens, les siennes. 

historian, historien. 

history, histovre (f). 

hold! tenez! 

holiday, jour de congé 
(m), congé (m). 

Holland, Hollande (f). 

at home, a /a mazson. 

honey, mel (m). 

honor, honneur (m). 

to hope, (before a fu- 
ture) espérer ; (before 
a pres. or past) aimer 
@ croire, aimer a@ pen- 
ser. 

horse, cheval, chevauz, 
(m). 

hot, chaud. 

hotel, Aétel (m). 

hour, heure (f). 

house, maison (f). 

at the house of, chez. 

how, comment. 

however, pourtant. 

how long ? combien de 
temps ? depuis quand ?| 

how many, combien. 

how much, combien. 

humanity, humanité (f). 

hunger, faim (f). 

hundred, cent. 

hundredth, centiéme. 

to be hungry, avoir 
faim. 





Lye: 
idle, paresseux, -se. 
if, si. 


imaginary, imaginaire. 

impertinent, imperti- 
nent. 

important, ¢mportant. 

to be important, impor- 
ter. 

impossible, impossible. 

impudence, impudence 
(f). 

in, a, dans ; en. 

incredible, incroyable. 

indeed, bien. 

indifference, 
rence (f). 

indispensable, indispen- 
sable. 

indisposed, indisposé. 

indisputable, tncontes- 
table. 

to induce, engager (a). 

industrious, /aborieux. 

infinite, infini. 

ink, encre (f). 

inkstand, encrier (m). 

innocence, innocence (f). 

insolence, insolence (f). 

instead of, au lieu de. 

to insult, insulter. 

interest, intérét (m). 

interesting, intéressant. 

to interfere, s’entremet- 
tre. 

to intimidate, intimider. 

‘iron, fer (m). 

‘it, /e, la. 

Italian, ztalien, -ne. 

Italy, /talie (f). 


its, son, sa, ses. 


indifjé- 





Jane, Jeanne. 
January, janvier. 
jealous, jalouz, -se. 
John, Jean. 

journey, voyage (m). 
July, juillet. 

June, juin. 

just (adj.), juste. 

just (adv.), justement. 
to have just, venir de. 
just now, tout a Vheure. 
justice, justice (f). 


to Keep, garder. 

key, cié (f). 

to kill, tuer. 

kilogramme, 
gramme (m). 

kindness, bonté (f). 

to kiss each other, s’em- 
brasser. 

knife, couteau (m). 

to know, connaitre, sa- 
vor. 


kilo- 


to Labor, travailler. 
laborious, laborieua, 
“Se. 
labor, travail (m). 
lace, dentelle (£). 
ladder, échelle (f). 
lady, dame (f). 
young lady, jeune fille, 
Jeune personne, demoi- 
selle. 
land, terre (f). 
landlord, propriétazre. 
language, langue (f). 
large, grand, -e; gros, -se. 
last, dernier, derniére. 
last month, le mois der- 
ner. 


jast night, hier soir, 
cette nuit. 

at last, enfin. 

late, tard. 

Latin, Jatin, -e. 

to laugh, rire. 

law, loi (f). 

lawyer, avocat. 

laziness, paresse (f). 

lazy, paresseug, -se. 

to lead, menei, 

to learn, apprendre. 

learned, instruit. 

learnt, appris. 

at least, du moins. 

at the least, aw moins. 

to leave, partir. 

left (adj.), gauche. 

leg, jambe (f). 

to lend, préter. 

leopard, léopard. 

less, (adj.), moindre, 
(adv.), moins. 

lesson, /egon (f). 

lest, en cas que, de peur 
que, de crainte que; 
after verbs express- 
ing fear, que. 

to let, /aisser, (a house) 
louer. 

letter, lettre (f). 

liberty, liberté (f). 

life, vie (f). 

like, pareil, -le ; comme. 

to like, aimer. 

to be like, ressembler (a). 

likely, probablement. 

lion, lion. 

litre, /itre (m). 

little, (adj.), petit, -e. 
(adv. ), peu. 

to live, demeurer ; vivre. 

lively, vif, vive. 

living, vie (f). 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


London, Londres. 

long, long, -ue. 

to be long in, tarder a. 

a long time, longtemps. 

no longer, ne... plus. 

to look, avoir Pair. 

to look at, regarder. 

to look for, chercher. 

to look ill, avoir mau- 
vaise mine. 

to lose, perdre. 

to lose one’s self, se 
perdre. 

lost, perdu. 

Louis, Louis. 

to love, aimer. 

low, bas, -se. 


luggage, bagage (m). 


Mad, fou, folle. 

made, fait. 

magnanimity, magnani- 
mité (f). 

magnificent,magnifique. 

maid-servant, bonne. 

malignant, malin, ma- 
ligne. 

mamma, maman. 

man, homme. 

manners, manieres (f). 

many, beaucoup. 

March, mars (m). 

to march, marcher. 

market, marché (m). 

to marry, épouser. 

Mary, Marie. 

master, maitre. 

May, mai. 

it may be, ¢/ se peut, i 
est possible. 

me, me, moi. 

meadow, prairie (f). 

meat, viande (f). 





347 


to meet (by chance), 
rencontrer. 

to go to meet, aller au 
devant de. 

to mend, raccommoder. 

merchant, négociant. 

merry, gai, -e. 

metre, métre (m). 

Mexico, Mexique (m). 

Middle Ages, moyen 
age (m). 

mile, mille (m). 

milk, /ait (m). 

milliner, modiste. 

million, million (m). 

mine... , le mien, lu 
mienne ; les miens, les 
miennes. 

minister, ministre. 

minute, minute (f). 

misery, misere (f). 

misfortune, malheur 
(m). 

to mislay, €garer. 

Miss, Mademoiselle or 
Mlle. 

mistake, faute (f). 

to be mistaken, se trom- 
per. 

mistress, maitresse. 

to mock, se moquer de. 

modern, moderne. 

moment, moment (m). 

Monday, /undi. 

money, argent (m). 

Mont Blanc, le Mont 
Blanc (m). 

month, mois (m). 

more, plus. 

no more, ne... plus. 

morning, matin (m). 

mother, mere. 

movement, mouvement 


(m). 


348 


Mr., Monsieur or M. 
Mrs. Madame or Mme. 
much, beaucoup, fort. 
muff, manehon (m). 
museum, musée (m). 
muslin, mousseline (f). 
must, il faut que, de- 
voir. 
mutton, mouton (m). 
my, mon, ma, mes. 
myself, mov-méme. 
mystery, mystére (m). 


Name, nom (m). 
naughty, méchant, -e. 
near, pres de. 
necessary, nécessaire. 
needle, aiguille (f). 
to neglect, néyliyer. 
neighbor, voisin, -e. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


nose, nez (m). 

nosegay, bouquet (m). 

not, née... pas. 

not at all, pas du tout. 

note, billet (m). 

nothing, ne... rien. 

novel, roman (m). 

November, novembre. 

now, @ present, main- 
tenant. 





now that, maintenant 
que. 

number, chiffre (m); 
nombre (m). 


numerous, nombreux, -se. 


Oath, serment (m). 
to obey, obéir (a). 
to oblige, obliger. 
obstinate, obstiné. 


neither...nor, 2/...nv.|to obtain, obtenir. 


Nero, Néron. 
never, ne... jamais. 


October, octobre. 
of, de. 


new (another), nouveau. offence, faute (f). 


new-made, neuf, neuve. 
news, nouvelle (f). 


offer, offre (f). 
offered, offert. 


newspaper, journal (m).| office, bureau. 


next, prochain, -e. 
night, nuit (f). 

at night, le soir. 

last night, hier soir. 
nine, neuf. 

nineteen, dix-neuf. 
ninety, quatre-vingt-dix. 


jofficer, officier. 

often, souvent. 

old, vieuxr, vieille. 

omnibus, omnibus (m). 

on, sur. 

on before a day or date 
is not translated. 


no, non, ne... pas, ne\at once, tout de suite. 


2. point. 


one (adj.), un, une. 


nobody, personne ...ne.|one (pr.), on, Von. 


noise, bruit (m). 


oneself, se, sod. 


no... longer, ne... plus.|no one, personne... ne. 
no...more,ne... plus.jonly (adj.), seul. 


no one, personne .« . 

nor I either, ni mor non 
plus. 

Nerth, Nord (m). 


.ne.jonly, (adv.), seulement, 


ME. « Que: 
to open, ouvrir. 
opened, ouvert. 


opera, opéra (m). 

to Oppose, opposer. 

or, ou. 

orange, orange (f). 

order, ordre (m). 

to order, ordonner, com. 
mander. 

ordered, commandé. 

other, autre. 

otherwise, autrement. 

our, notre, nos. 

ours, /e notre, la nétre, 
les notres. 

ourselves, 
mémes. 


nous, nous- 


Painting, tableau (m). 

pair, pare (f). 

palace, palais (m). 

pamphlet, brochure (f). 

paper, papier (m). 

parasol, ombrelle (f). 

parcel, paquet (m). 

to ask pardon, de- 
mander pardon. 

park, pare (m). 

parents, parents. 

part, partie (f). 

to part from each other, 
se séparer. 

to pass, passer; se 
passer. 

passage, passage (m). 

to pay for, payer. 

pear, poire (f). 

pen, plume (f). 

pencil, crayon (m). 

penknife, canif (m). 

people, gens, on, Von. 

so many people, tant de 
monde. 

pepper, potvre (m). 

to perceive, apercevoir. 

perfectly, parfaitement. 


perhaps, peut-éire. 

perishable, périssable. 

permission, permission 
(f). 

personage, 
(m). 

philosophy, philosophie 
(f). 

photograph, 
phie (f). 

physician, médecin. 

picture, tableau (m). 

piece, morceau (m). 

pin, éptngle (f). 

to pinch, serrer, blesser. 

place, place (f). 

to place, placer. 

play, jeu (m). 

to play, jouer. 

plaything, joujou (m). 

pleasant, agréable. 

to please, plaire, faire 
plaisir a. 

if you please, s’/ vous 
plait. 

pleased with, content de. 

pleasure, plaisir (m). 

plenty, beaucoup. 

pocket, poche (f). 

politely, polément. 

poor, pauvre. 

pope, pape. 

portrait, portrait (m). 

positively, définitive- 
ment. 

to possess, posséder. 

possible, possible. 

post, poste (f). 

post-office, poste (f). 

posterity, postérité (f). 

potato, pomme (f) de 
terre. 

pound, //rre (f). 

to praise, /ouer. 


personnage 


photogra- 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


to predict, prédire. 
to prefer, pré/éer. 
preferable, préférable. 
present, cadeau (m). 
to pretend, prétendre. 
pretty, genti/,-le ; jolt, -e. 
pretty-looking, jolt, -e. 
pretty (before an adj. 
or adv.), assez. 
priest, prétre. 
prince, prince. 
princess, princesse. 
principal, principal, -e. 
principle, principe (m). 
prize, prix (m). 


to gain a prize, rempor- 


ter un prix. 
probity, probité (f). 
professor, professeur. 
to promise, promettre. 
promised, promis. 


Q 
o 


49 

purse, 
(m). 

to pursue, poursuivre. 

put, mis, placé. 

to put, placer, mettre. 


porte - monnaie 


to Quarrel, se quereller. 

quarter (the 4th part), 
quart (m). 

quarter (district), quar- 
tier (m). 

queen, reine. 

question, question (f). 

quite, tout a fait. 


Rabbit, /apin. 

railway-carriage, wagon 
(m). 

rain, pluie (f). 


to pronounce, prononcer.|rainy, pluvieux, -se. 


proof, preuve (f). 
proper, convenable. 

to be proper, convenir. 
property, propriété (f). 


rare, rare. 

to read, lire. 
read, /u. 
ready, prét, -e. 


proposal, proposition(f).|reason, raison (f). 


to propose, proposer. 

to protect, protéger. 

protection, protection(f). 

to prove, prouver. 

proverb, proverbe (m). 

to provide for, pour- 
voir a. 

province, province (f). 

Prussia, Prusse (f). 

Prussian, prussien, -ne. 


reasonable, raisonnable. 

to receive, recevoir. 

received, recu. 

reciprocally, réciproque- 
ment. 

to reckon, compter. 

to recommend, conseil- 
ler. 

red, rouge. 

to refuse, refuser. 


public, public, publique.|to regret, regretter. 


punctuality, exactitude 
(f). 

to punish, punir. 

punishment,  punition 
(f). 


Ipupil, é/éve (m or f). 


regular, réyulier, régu- 
liére. 

to reign, régner. 

to relate, raconter. 

relatives, parents. 

to remain, rester- 





300 


remained, resté. 

remarkable, remarqua- 
ble. 

remedy, remede (m). 

to remember, se souve- 
nur. 

remembrance, souvenir 
(m). 

to remind, rappeler. 

to remit, remettre. 

to remove, déménager. 

to renounce, renoncer. 

to repeat, répéter. 

reply, réponse (f). , 

to reply, répondre. 

report, bruit (m). 

representation, repré- 
sentation (f). 

to reproach for, repro- 
cher a. 

to resign, se démettre. 

resistance, résistance. 

respect, respect (m). 

to fail in respect, man- 
quer de respect a. 

to rest, se reposer. 

to resume, reprendre. 

to return (to give back), 
rendre. 

returned (come back), 
revenu. 

revolution,révolution(f). 

reward, récompense (f). 

to reward, récompenser. 

ribbon, ruban (m). 

rich, riche. 

to be right, avoir raison. 

ring, bague (f). 

to ring, sonner. 

to rise, se lever. 

river, riviere. 

road, route (f). 

roasted, rdli. 


Rome, Rome (f). 








ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


room, chambre (f). 
rose, rose (f). 
round, rond, -e. 
rule, régle (f). 


to Sacrifice, sacrifier. 

sad, chagrin, -e; triste. 

safely, sans accident. 

said, dit. 

salad, salade (f). 

salt, sel (m). 

same, méme. 

Saturday, samedi. 

savage, sauvage. 

Savoy, Savoie (f). 

scandal, scandale (m). 

scarcely, @ peine. 

scarf, écharpe (f). 

scenery, paysage (m). 

school, école (f). 

boarding-school, pen- 
sion (f). 

science, science (f). 

to scold, gronder. 

Scotland, Ecosse (f). 

scoundrel, scélérat (m). 

sculpture, sculpture (f). 

sea, mer (f). 

seaside, bord (m) de la 
mer. 

season, saison (f). 

second, second, 
deuxieme. 

secret (n.), secret (m). 

secret (adj.), secret, -éte. 

to see, voir. 

see ! tenez ! 

to seek, chercher. 

to seem, sembler. 

seen, vu. 

selfish, éyoiste. 

to sell, vendre. 

to send, envoyer. 

sentence, phrase (f). 


-€ 5 








September, septembre. 

seriously, sérzeusement 

serpent, serpent {m). 

servant (f{), bonne. 

service, service (m). 

session, session (f). 

seven, sept. 

seventeen, diz-sept. 

seventh, septieme. 

seventy, sovrante-diz. 

several, plusieurs. 

severely, sévérement. 

she, elle. 

she who, celle qui. 

to be shipwrecked, faire 
naufrage. 

shoe, soulter (m). 

shop, magasin (m). 

short, court, -e, petit, -e. 

to show, montrer. 

to show one’s self, se 
montrer. 

show me, montrez-mov. 

shut, fermé. 

to shut, fermer. 

sick, malade. 

silk, sove (f). 

silver, argent (m). 

simple, simpile. 

simply, simplement. 

since, depuis; puisque. 

to sing, chanter. 

sir, monsieur (m). 

sister, sur. 

sister-in-law, bell/e-sceur. 

situation, place (f). 

Six Site 

sixteen, se7ze. 

sixth, siv/éme. 

sixty, solxante. 

to skate, patiner. 

to slander, calomnier 
médire de. 

slate, ardoise (f). 


slave, esclave. 

to sleep, dormir. 

to be sleepy, avoir som- 
mel. 

slept, dorm. 

slipper, pantoufle (f). 

small, petit, -e. 

to smoke, fumer. 

so,s/; after a transitive 
verb, /e; after an in- 
transitive, ainsi. 

so many, tant. 

so much, tant. 

so soon, sitét. 

to soil, salir. 

sold, vendu. 

some, du, de la, de I, 
des; en; quelques-uns. 

somebody, quelquwun. 

something, quelque 
chose. 

something else, autre 
chose. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


spoken, parle. 

to sprain, démettne. 

station, station (f). 

to stay, rester. 

stayed, resté. 

in his stead, @ sa place. 

steamboat, bateau (m) 
a@ vapeur. 

stick, canne (f). 

still, encore. 

stormy, orageux, -seé. 

story, histoire (f). 

stout, gros, -se. 

straight, droit, -e. 

strange, étrange. 

strawberry, fraise (f). 

stream, ruisseau (m). 

street, rue (f). 

strength, force (f). 

strong, fort, -e. 

stud, bouton (m). 

studious, studieux, -se. 

to study, éudier. 


sometimes, guelquefois. subject (noun), sujet 


somewhere, quelque 
part. 

son, fils. 

song, chanson (f). 

soon, bientét. 

sooner, plus (6t. 

sorrowful, chagrin, -e. 

sorry, faché, triste, cha- 
grin. 

to be sorry, regretter de, 
étre faché de. 

soul, ame (f). 

soup, soupe (f). 

south, midi (m). 

Spain, Hspagne (f). 

to speak, parler. 

to spend, passer. 

in spite of, malgré. 

splendid, magnifique, 
superbe. 


(m). 
subject 
-te. 

to submit, soumettre. 

to succeed, réussir. 
such, parez/, -le ; tel. 

to suffer, souffrir. 
suffering, souffrant. 
‘sugar, sucre (m). 

sum, somme (f). 
summer, éfé (m). 

sun, soled (m). 
Sunday, dimanche (m). 
support, appui (m). 

to support, appuyer. 

to suppose, supposer. 
sure, sur, certain. 

to surprise, surprendre. 
to surrender, se rendre. 
sweet, doux, -ce. 


(adj.), sujet, 








dol 


Table, table (f). 
to take, prendre. 
to take to, mener, con- 
duire. 
to take a walk, se pro- 
mener. 
to take away, enlever. 
taken, pris. 
talent, talent (m 
tall, grand, -e. 
tea, thé (m). 
to teach, enseigner (a). 
teacher, maitre (m). 
to tell, raconter, dire a. 
temper, humeur (f). 
temple, temple (m). 
ten, dix. 
tenth, dixiéme. 
than, que. 
to thank, remercier. 
thanks, merc. 
thanks to, grace a. 
that (adj.), ce, cet, cette. 
“ (pr.), celui, celle ; 
celui-la, celle-ia ; 
cela. 
which, que 
(nom.),que(acc.). 
(conj.), que. 
the, le, la, les. 
theatre, theatre (m). 
thee, te, to?. 
theft, vol (m). 
their, leur, leurs. 
theirs, /e leur, la leur, 
les leurs. 
them, les; eux, elles. 
to them, Jeur. 
themselves, se; euzx- 
mémes, elles-mémes. 
then (afterwards), en- 
suite, alors. 
then (therefore), done. 
there, /a, y. 


J: 


ce 


or 


“ce 


d02 


there is, are, a y a, 
voila. 
there was, were, 
avait, 
‘therefore, donc. 
Therese, Thérése. 
these (adj.), ces. 
2) (PE); eeae Ct, 
celles-cv. 
they, ils, on. 
they who, ceur qui, 
celles qui. 
thick, épais, -se. 
thimble, dé (m). 
thine, /e tien, la tienne ; 
les tiens, les tiennes. 
thing, chose (f). 
to think, penser. 
third, troisiéme. 
to be thirsty, avoir soif. 
thirteen, (reize. 
thirty, trente. 
this (adj.), ce, cet, cette. 
“ (pr.), celui-ci, celle- 
Ci; Ceci. 
those (adj.), ces. 
“ (pr.), ceux, celles ; 
ceux-la, celles-la, 
thou, tu. 
though, quoique, cepen- 
dant. 
thousand, mi//e. 
thousandth, millieme. 
thread, ji/ (m). 
to threaten, menacer. 
three, trois. 
throat, gorge (f). 
to throw, jeter. 
thunder, tonnerre (m). 
Thursday, jeude (m). 
thus, ainsi. 
thy, ton, ta, tes. 
thyself, te, tov-méme. 
tiger, tigre (m). 


uy 





ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


till, jusqu’a, jusque. 

time, temps (m); fovs 
(f). 

a long time, longtemps. 

by this time, mainte- 
nant. 

from time to time, de 
temps en temps. 

in time, @ temps. 





tipsy, gris, -é. 
tired, das, -se. 
to, a. 
to-day, aujourd’hui. 
together, ensemble. 
told, dit. 
to-morrow, demain. 
to-night, ce soir. 
too (also), aussi. 

“ (beforeadj. oradv.), 

trop. 
toe many, trop. 
too much, trop. 
towards, envers. 
town, ville (f). 
toy, joujou (m). 
train, train (m). 
to transmit, transmettre. 
to travel, voyager. 
treason, frahison (f). 
to treat, traiter. 
tree, arbre (m). 
to tremble, treimbler. 
trembling, tremb/ant. 
trial, proces (m). 
trifle, misére (f). 
to trouble, déranger. 
troublesome, (fatigant, 
ENNUYCUL, -SE. 

true, vrai, -e. 

to trust, se fier a. 
truth, vérité (f). 

to try, essayer, tacher de. 
Tuesday, mardi (m). 
turn, tour (m). 








tutor, précepteur. 
twelve, douze. 
twenty, vingt. 
two, deux. 


Ugly, vilain, -e. 

umbrella, parapluie(m). 

uncle, oncle. 

unfortunate, 
reux, -Se. 

unfortunately, matheu- 
reusement. 

ungrateful, ingrat, -e. 

unhappy, malheureux, 
malheureuse. 

unjustly, injustement. 

unwell, malade. 

upon, sur. 

us, to us, nous. 

use, usage (m). 

useful, utile. 

as usual, comme a l’or- 
dinaire. 


malheu- 


Very, tres, bien. 

to vex, facher. 

victory, victoire (f). 

Vienna, Vienne. 

to violate, trahir. 

virtue, vertu (f). 

visit, visite (f). 

to pay a visit, rendre 
visite. 

to visit, visiter. 

voice, voix (f). 

voyage, voyage (m 


). 


to Wait for, attendre. 

walk, promenade (f). 

to walk, aller a pied. 

to take a walk, se pro- 
mener. 


ENGLISH-FRENCH. 


to go out for a walk,{from which, of which, 


aller fuire une prome- 
nade. 

to be in want, avoir be- 
soin ; falloir. 

war, guerre (f). 

warm, chaud. 

to be warm, avoir chaud. 

watch, montre (f). 

water, eau (f). 

to water, arroser. 

way, chemin (m). 

We, nous, on. 

to wear, porter. 

weather, temps (m). 

in this cold weather, par 
le frod qu ul fait. 

Wednesday, mercredi. 

week, semaine (f). 

to weep, pleurer. 

to welcome, accueillir. 

well, bien. 

to be well, se porter 
bien. 

what, quel, -le ; 
-les. 

when, quand, lorsque. 

when (interr.), quand. 

where, ow. 

which (nom.), qui, (acc. ) 

que. 

after prep. or 

followed by of, 

lequel, luqueile ; 

lesquels, les- 


quelles. 


quels, 


ia) 


duquel, de laquelle ; 
desquels, desquelles ; 
dont. 

to which, auquel, a la- 
quelle ; auxquels, aux- 
quelles. 

while, en. 

whist, whist (m). 

white, blanc, blanche. 

who, que. 

whole, tout, 
toutes. 

whom, que; aft. pr.,qui. 

why # pourquoi 2 

why! mais! 

wicked, meéchant. 

wide, large. 

wife, femme (f). 

wild, féroce, sauvage. 

will you have ? voulez- 
vous ? 

to be willing, vou/oir. 

window, fenétre (f). 

wine, vin (m). 

winter, hiver (m). 

wise, sage. 

to wish, désirer, souhai- 
ter. 

with, avec. 

without, sans. 

woman, femme. 

wonderful, merveilleux. 

wood, bois (m). 

wooden, de bois. 

word, mot (m). 


-€; tous, 


THE END. 


23 





303 


in a word, en us mot. 

work, ouvrage (m), tra- 
vail (m). 

to work, travailler. 

world, monde (m). 

worse, plus mauvais. 

to be worth, valoir. 

worthy, digne. 

to wound one’s self or 
each other, se blesser. 

to write, écrire. 

written, écrit. 

to be wrong, avoir tort. 

wrought, travaillé. 


Year, an (m), année (f). 

last year, année der- 
niere. 

yes, oui. 

yesterday, hier. 

yet (again, still), encore. 
‘“ (however),pourtant. 

you, vous, on. 

young, jeune. 

young lady, jeune fille, 
jeune personne, de- 
mouselle. 

your, votre, vos. 

yours, /e vdtre, la vétre, 
les votres. 

yourself, vous, 
méme. 

yourselves, vous, vous- 
memes. 

youth, jeunesse (f). 


vous- 






< oe 7 
Ae “Le 


SRR KI oe EY 





( 


~ 





CAs Cary E1-0r0.r 





RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
University of California Library 
or to the 


NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
University of California 

Richmond, CA 94804-4698 


ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
(415) 642-6233 
1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books | 
to NRLF Uw 
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days | 
prior to due date | 





DUE AS:-STAMPED BELOW 


¥ 
\ he 


JUN 2.3 1988 ‘ 





= ae 





= 
== —— 


i 


at 


Maat) iii 

} Teter Z J 
iy! UY 
by | 
Rate 
Hi ne ARIEL 
! Lilet nhs 


4 ROMP CHG: 
AAU pte ESN 
Hear 


Mi 
2 


ish il se 
aE 
i i thy 

Hie sa 


if ti 
Huis 
Rh i 


Bae 


bull, 
i 
pent 


{ 
Hi 
iN 





